10403 lines
633 KiB
Markdown
10403 lines
633 KiB
Markdown
# CITY CODE of CHOTEAU, MONTANA
|
||
|
||
Since 1967
|
||
|
||
Contains ordinances up to and including ordinance 314, passed August 22, 2017
|
||
|
||
## PREFACE
|
||
This City Code of the City of Choteau, as supplemented, contains ordinances up to and including [ordinance 314](ordinance 314.md), passed August 22, 2017. Ordinances of the City adopted after said ordinance supersede the provisions of this City Code to the extent that they are in conflict or inconsistent therewith. Consult the City office in order to ascertain whether any particular provision of the Code has been amended, superseded or repealed.
|
||
|
||
## ADOPTING ORDINANCE ORDINANCE NUMBER 285 TO AMEND ORDINANCE NUMBER 160 OF THE CITY CODE OF THE CITY OF CHOTEAU
|
||
|
||
**RECITAL**
|
||
|
||
1. **WHEREAS,** on August 21, 1967 the City Council passed and approved [Ordinance Number 160](ordinance 160.md) which provides as follows:
|
||
|
||
>"Section 1. From and after the date of passage of this Ordinance the Official City Code of the City of Choteau, prepared by Sterling Codifiers, Inc., and hereby approved and accepted shall be the Official Code of all Ordinances of a general and permanent character of the City.
|
||
>
|
||
>Section 2. There is hereby adopted, as a method of perpetual codification, the loose leaf type of binding together with the continuous supplemental service whereby each newly adopted Ordinance of a general nature, amending, altering, adding to, or deleting provisions of this Official City Code is identified by the proper catch line, and following preparation by Sterling Codifiers, Inc., is inserted in the proper place in each of the Official copies. Each such insertion shall be made within thirty (30) days following the date of adoption by the Council, and each new provision shall become effective upon such insertion.
|
||
>
|
||
>Section 3. At least one (1) copy of this City Code shall at all times be on
|
||
file and available for inspection in the office of the Clerk."*
|
||
|
||
2. **WHEREAS,** Ordinance 160 of the City Code should be amended to clarify its meaning and to clarify when ordinances become effective; and,
|
||
|
||
3. **WHEREAS,** Section 7-5-4203 Montana Code Annotated provides that ordinances are not effective until at least 30 days after passage.
|
||
|
||
**NOW, THEREFORE**, based upon the above considerations the Council finds that the proposed amendment would be in the best interest of the City and its inhabitants:
|
||
|
||
**BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF CHOTEAU** that [Ordinance 160](ordinance 160.md) is amended and shall read as follows in its entirety:
|
||
|
||
>"Section 1: The Official City Code of the City of Choteau, prepared by Sterling Codifiers, Inc. or by any other ordinance codifier selected by the City Council shall be the Official Code of all City of Choteau Ordinances.
|
||
>
|
||
>Section 2: All ordinances passed and approved by the City Council of the City of Choteau if not already inserted in the Official City Code of the City of Choteau shall automatically be included and deemed inserted in the Official City Code of the City of Choteau on the effective date set forth in the ordinance.
|
||
>
|
||
>Section 3: The Official City Code shall at all times be on file and available for inspection in the office of the City of Choteau."
|
||
|
||
**EFFECTIVE DATE**: This Ordinance shall take effect thirty (30) days after the
|
||
date of final passage.
|
||
|
||
**PASSED AND APPROVED** on final passage by the City Council of the City of
|
||
Choteau, Montana, this 19th day of October, 1999.
|
||
|
||
*Superintendent/Finance Officer*
|
||
|
||
City of Choteau
|
||
|
||
(SEAL)
|
||
|
||
## TITLE 1 ADMINISTRATIVE
|
||
|
||
## CHAPTER 1
|
||
|
||
**CITY CODE **SECTION**:**
|
||
|
||
[1-1-1: Title](#1-1-1-title)
|
||
|
||
[1-1-2: Acceptance](#1-1-2-acceptance)
|
||
|
||
[1-1-3: Amendments](#1-1-3-amendments)
|
||
|
||
[1-1-4: Construction Of Words](#1-1-4-construction-of-words)
|
||
|
||
[1-1-5: Interpretations](#1-1-5-interpretations)
|
||
|
||
### 1-1-1: TITLE:
|
||
Upon adoption by the governing body this code is hereby declared to be and shall hereafter constitute the official code of the city. Any reference made to the number of any section contained herein shall be understood to refer to the position of the same under its appropriate chapter and title heading, and to the general penalty clause relating thereto, as well as to the section itself, when reference is made to this code by title in any legal document. (1967 Code)
|
||
|
||
### 1-1-2: ACCEPTANCE:
|
||
This code, as hereby presented in printed form, shall hereafter be received without further proof in all courts and in all administrative tribunals of this state as the ordinances of the city of general and permanent effect. (1967 Code)
|
||
|
||
### 1-1-3: AMENDMENTS:
|
||
Any ordinance amending this code shall set forth the title, chapter and section number of the section or sections to be amended, and this shall constitute a sufficient compliance with any statutory requirement pertaining to the amendment or revision by ordinance of any part of this code. ([Ord. 283](ordinance 283.md), 7-20-1999)
|
||
|
||
### 1-1-4: CONSTRUCTION OF WORDS:
|
||
Whenever any word in any section of this code importing the plural number is used, in describing or referring to any matters, parties, or persons, any single matter, party, or person shall be deemed to be included, although distributive words may not have been used.
|
||
|
||
When any subject matter, party or person is referred to in this code by words importing the singular number only, or the masculine gender, several matters, parties, or persons and females as well as males and bodies corporate shall be deemed to be included. Provided, that these rules of construction shall not be applied to any section of this code which contains any express provision excluding such construction or where the subject matter or content may be repugnant thereto. (1967 Code)
|
||
|
||
### 1-1-5: INTERPRETATIONS:
|
||
In the determination of the provisions of each section of this code the following rules shall be observed:
|
||
1. Intent To Defraud: Whenever an intent to defraud is required in order to constitute an offense, it shall be sufficient if an intent appears to
|
||
defraud any person.
|
||
2. Liability Of Employers And Agents: When the provisions of any section of this code prohibits the commission of an act, not only the person actually doing the prohibited act or omitting the directed act, but also the employer and all other persons concerned with or in aiding or abetting the said person shall be guilty of the offense described and liable to the penalty set forth. (1967 Code)
|
||
|
||
## CHAPTER 2 SAVING CLAUSE
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
|
||
[1-2-1: Repeal Of General Ordinances](#1-2-1-reoeal-of-general-ordinances)
|
||
|
||
[1-2-2: Public Utility Ordinances](#1-2-2-public-utility-ordinances)
|
||
|
||
[1-2-3: Court Proceedings](#1-2-3-court-proceedings)
|
||
|
||
### 1-2-1: REPEAL OF GENERAL ORDINANCES:
|
||
All general ordinances of the city passed prior to the adoption of this code are hereby repealed, except such as are referred to herein as being still in force or are by necessary implication herein reserved from repeal (subject to the saving clauses contained in the following section), from which are excluded the following ordinances which are not hereby repealed: tax levy ordinances; appropriation ordinances; ordinances relating to boundaries and annexations; franchise ordinances and other ordinances granting special rights to persons or corporations; contract ordinances and ordinances authorizing the execution of a contract or the issuance of warrants; salary ordinances; ordinances establishing, naming or vacating streets, alleys or other public places; improvement ordinances; bond ordinances; ordinances relating to elections; ordinances relating to the transfer or acceptance of real estate by or from the city; and all special ordinances. (1967 Code)
|
||
### 1-2-2: PUBLIC UTILITY ORDINANCES:
|
||
No ordinance relating to railroads or railroad crossings with streets and other public ways, or relating to the conduct, duties, service or rates of public utilities shall be repealed by virtue of the adoption of this code or by virtue of the preceding section, excepting as this code may contain provisions for such matters, in which case this code shall be considered as amending such ordinance or ordinances in respect of such provisions only. (1967 Code)
|
||
### 1-2-3: COURT PROCEEDINGS:
|
||
No new ordinance shall be construed or held to repeal a former ordinance, whether such former ordinance is expressly repealed or not, as to any offense committed against such former ordinance or as to any act done, any penalty, forfeiture or punishment so incurred, or any right accrued or claim arising under the former ordinance, or in any way whatever to affect any such offense or act so committed or so done, or any penalty, forfeiture or punishment so incurred or any right accrued or claim arising before the new ordinance takes effect, save only that the proceedings thereafter shall conform to the ordinance in force at the time of such proceeding, so far as practicable. If any penalty, forfeiture or punishment be mitigated by any provision of a new ordinance, such provision may be, by the consent of the party affected, applied to any judgment announced after the new ordinance takes effect. This section shall extend to all repeals, either by express words or implication, whether the repeal is in the ordinance making any new provisions upon the same subject or in any other ordinance. Nothing contained in this or the preceding section shall be construed as abating any action now pending under or by virtue of any general ordinance of the city herein repealed; or as discontinuing, abating, modifying or altering any penalty accrued or to accrue, or as affecting the liability of any person, firm or corporation, or as waiving any right of the city under any ordinance or provision thereof in force at the time of the adoption of this code. (1967 Code)
|
||
## CHAPTER 3 DEFINITIONS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
|
||
[1-3-1: Definitions, General](#1-3-1-definitions-general)
|
||
|
||
### 1-3-1: DEFINITIONS, GENERAL:
|
||
Whenever the following words or terms are used in this code they shall have the
|
||
meanings herein ascribed to them, unless the content makes such meanings
|
||
repugnant thereto:
|
||
|
||
**AGENT**: A person acting on behalf of another.
|
||
|
||
**CITY**: The city of Choteau.
|
||
|
||
**CODE**: Unless otherwise specifically stated shall mean this code.
|
||
|
||
**EMPLOYEES**: Whenever reference is made in this code to a city employee by title only, this shall be construed as though followed by the words of the city of Choteau.
|
||
|
||
**FEE**: A sum of money charged by the city for the carrying on of a business,
|
||
profession or occupation.
|
||
|
||
**KNOWINGLY**: Imports only a knowledge that the facts exist which brings the act
|
||
or omission within the provisions of this code. It does not require any
|
||
knowledge of the unlawfulness of such act or omission.
|
||
|
||
**LICENSE**: The permission granted for the carrying on of a business, profession
|
||
or occupation.
|
||
|
||
**MISDEMEANOR**: Any offense deemed a violation of the provisions of this code
|
||
which is a lesser offense than a felony as defined by state law.
|
||
|
||
**NEGLECT, NEGLIGENT, NEGLIGENCE OR NEGLIGENTLY**: A want of such attention to the nature or probable consequences of the act or omission as a prudent man ordinarily bestows in acting in his own concern.
|
||
|
||
**NUISANCE**: Anything offensive or obnoxious to the health and welfare of the inhabitants of the city; or any act or thing repugnant to, or creating a hazard to, or having a detrimental effect on the property of, another person or to the community.
|
||
|
||
**OCCUPANT**: As applied to a building or land shall include any person who occupies the whole or any part of such building or land whether alone or with others.
|
||
|
||
**OFFENSE**: Any act forbidden by any provision of this code or the omission of any act required by the provisions of this code.
|
||
|
||
**OFFICERS**: Whenever reference is made in this code to a city officer by title only, this shall be construed as though followed by the words of the city of Choteau.
|
||
|
||
**OPERATOR**: The person who is in charge of any operation, business or profession.
|
||
|
||
**OWNER**: As applied to a building or land shall include any part owner, joint owner, tenant in common, joint tenant or lessee of the whole or of a part of such building or land.
|
||
|
||
**PERSON**: Shall include the singular and the plural and shall also mean and include any person, firm, corporation, association, partnership, or any other form of association or organization.
|
||
|
||
**PERSONAL PROPERTY**: Shall include every description of money, goods, chattels, effects, evidence of rights in action and all written instruments by which any pecuniary obligation, right or title to property is created, acknowledged, transferred, increased, defeated, discharged or diminished and every right or interest therein.
|
||
|
||
**RETAILER**: Unless otherwise specifically defined shall be understood to relate to the sale of goods, merchandise, articles or things in small quantities direct to the consumer.
|
||
|
||
**STREET**: Shall include alleys, lanes, courts, boulevard, public ways, public square, public places and sidewalks.
|
||
|
||
**TENANT**: As applied to a building or land shall include any person who occupies the whole or any part of such building or land whether alone or with others.
|
||
|
||
**WHOLESALER OR WHOLESALE DEALER**: As used in this code unless otherwise specifically defined, shall be understood to relate to the sale of goods, merchandise, articles or things in quantity to persons who purchase for the purpose of resale.
|
||
|
||
**WILFULLY**: When applied to the intent with which an act is done or omitted, implies simply a purpose or willingness to commit the act or make the omission referred to. It does not require any intent to violate law, or to injure another, or to acquire an advantage. (1967 Code)
|
||
## CHAPTER 4 GENERAL PENALTY
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
1-4-1: Penalty
|
||
1-4-2: Default
|
||
1-4-3: Labor
|
||
1-4-4: License
|
||
1-4-5: Application
|
||
### 1-4-1: PENALTY:
|
||
Any person convicted of violating any section of this code shall be fined in a
|
||
sum not to exceed five hundred dollars ($500.00) for any one offense and such
|
||
person may be confined in the municipal jail for a period of not more than six
|
||
(6) months. Either or both such fine and imprisonment may be imposed. (Ord.
|
||
196, 5-19-1975)
|
||
### 1-4-2: DEFAULT:
|
||
Any person in default of payment of any fine imposed shall be imprisoned in the
|
||
municipal jail for a period of one day for each ten dollars ($10.00) of such
|
||
fine. (Ord. 171, 5-20-1968)
|
||
### 1-4-3: LABOR:
|
||
Any person imprisoned under the provisions of this chapter may be put to work
|
||
for the benefit of the municipality for the term of his imprisonment.
|
||
No female prisoner shall be required to work in public, nor shall any prisoner
|
||
be required to work on Sunday. (1967 Code)
|
||
### 1-4-4: LICENSE:
|
||
When a person is convicted of a violation of any section of this code any
|
||
license previously issued to him by the municipality may be revoked by the
|
||
court or by the municipal governing body. (1967 Code)
|
||
### 1-4-5: APPLICATION:
|
||
The penalty provided in this chapter shall be applicable to every section of
|
||
this code the same as though it were a part of each and every separate section.
|
||
Any person convicted of a violation of any section of this code, where any duty
|
||
is prescribed or obligation imposed, or where any act which is of a continuing
|
||
nature is forbidden or declared to be unlawful, shall be deemed guilty of a
|
||
misdemeanor. A separate offense shall be deemed committed upon each day during
|
||
or on which a violation occurs or continues 1 . (1967 Code)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. For statute provisions see 11-950, 11-954, 11-955.
|
||
## CHAPTER 5 WARDS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
1-5-1: Designation Of Wards
|
||
1-5-2: First Ward
|
||
1-5-3: Second Ward
|
||
1-5-1: DESIGNATION OF WARDS:
|
||
The city is hereby, for election and such other purposes as are or may
|
||
hereafter be required by law, divided into two (2) wards, to be known
|
||
respectfully as the first ward and the second ward. (Ord. 22, 2-16-1914)
|
||
### 1-5-2: FIRST WARD:
|
||
The first ward shall comprise all that territory within the corporate limits of
|
||
the city lying to the north of the centerline of First Street northwest and
|
||
First Street northeast. (Ord. 22, 2-16-1914)
|
||
### 1-5-3: SECOND WARD:
|
||
The second ward shall comprise all that territory within the corporate limits
|
||
of the city lying to the south of the centerline of First Street northwest and
|
||
First Street northeast 1 . (Ord. 22, 2-16-1914)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. RCM 11-707.
|
||
CHAPTER 6
|
||
APPOINTIVE OFFICERS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
1-6-1: Appointive Officers Designated
|
||
1-6-2: Clerk
|
||
1-6-3: Attorney
|
||
1-6-4: Chief Of Police; Duties
|
||
1-6-5: Treasurer
|
||
1-6-6: Health Officer
|
||
1-6-7: Fire Chief
|
||
1-6-8: Engineer
|
||
1-6-9: Abolishment Of Office
|
||
1-6-10: Bonds
|
||
### 1-6-1: APPOINTIVE OFFICERS DESIGNATED:
|
||
The mayor by and with the consent of the council, shall appoint the following
|
||
officers: clerk, attorney, police chief, health officer, fire chief, engineer,
|
||
and such number of policemen as may be from time to time required as
|
||
hereinafter provided, or established by action of the council. ([Ord. 25](ordinance 25.md), 6-29-1944)
|
||
### 1-6-2: CLERK:
|
||
The duties of the clerk shall be such as are prescribed by section 11-805 of
|
||
the statutes of the state.
|
||
The clerk shall file with the treasurer a bond in the sum of one thousand
|
||
dollars ($1,000.00) with sufficient sureties to be approved by the council.
|
||
([Ord. 25](ordinance 25.md), 6-29-1944; amd. 1967 Code)
|
||
### 1-6-3: ATTORNEY:
|
||
The duties of the attorney shall be such as prescribed by the statutes of the
|
||
state of Montana.
|
||
Upon the request of the attorney, the mayor may appoint one deputy attorney,
|
||
with the advice and consent of the council, if necessary for the faithful and
|
||
prompt discharge of the duties of the attorney.
|
||
Whenever the official name of the attorney is used in any ordinance or
|
||
resolution conferring power or imposing duties or liabilities, it also includes
|
||
his deputy. ([Ord. 216](ordinance 216.md), 8-7-1979)
|
||
### 1-6-4: CHIEF OF POLICE; DUTIES:
|
||
It is the duty of the chief of police:
|
||
1. To execute and return all processes issued by the police judge or
|
||
directed to him by any legal authority, and to attend upon the city court
|
||
regularly.
|
||
2. To arrest all persons guilty of a breach of the peace or for the
|
||
violation of any provisions of this code, and bring them before the city judge
|
||
for trial. ([Ord. 25](ordinance 25.md) 6-29-1944; amd. 1967 Code; [Ord. 218](ordinance 218.md) 2-19-1980)
|
||
3. To have charge and control of all policemen, subject to such rules as
|
||
may be prescribed by law, and to report to the council all delinquencies or
|
||
neglect of duty or official misconduct of policemen.
|
||
4. The chief of police shall have the same power as a constable in the
|
||
discharge of his duties, but he must not serve a process in any civil action or
|
||
proceeding except when the city is a party.
|
||
5. To perform such other duties as the council may prescribe. ([Ord. 25](ordinance 25.md),
|
||
6-29-1944)
|
||
### 1-6-5: TREASURER:
|
||
The duties of the treasurer shall be such duties as are prescribed in section
|
||
11-807 of the statutes of the state. He shall collect all licenses that may
|
||
become due, and at the end of each quarter of the fiscal year, and more often
|
||
if required, prepare and file with the clerk a full and complete report for the
|
||
quarter as to all licenses issued, giving the name of each person paying the
|
||
license and the amount paid therefor and the business in which the same is
|
||
paid, which report shall be submitted to the council at the next regular
|
||
meeting after said report has been filed.
|
||
The treasurer shall give bond to the city with sufficient sureties to be
|
||
approved by the council, in the penal sum of five thousand dollars ($5,000.00).
|
||
The penalty of the bond may be increased or diminished at any time by order of
|
||
the council. ([Ord. 25](ordinance 25.md) 6-29-1944; amd. 1967 Code)
|
||
When any warrant, drawn upon the treasurer of the city pursuant to any
|
||
ordinance, resolution or direction of the council, is presented to the
|
||
treasurer for payment and is not paid for want of funds, such treasurer must
|
||
endorse thereon the words "Not paid for want of funds", annexing the date of
|
||
presentation and his signature, and from that time until the warrant is called
|
||
in for payment, such warrant shall bear interest at the rate of six percent
|
||
(6%) per annum. (Ord. 4, 5-15-1913)
|
||
### 1-6-6: HEALTH OFFICER:
|
||
The duties of health officer shall be such as are prescribed by the statutes of
|
||
the state and the rules and regulations of the state board of health. ([Ord. 25](ordinance 25.md)
|
||
6-29-1944)
|
||
### 1-6-7: FIRE CHIEF:
|
||
The duties of the fire chief shall be such as are prescribed by the statutes of
|
||
the state, the rules and regulations of the state fire marshal, and the various
|
||
provisions of this code. He shall have supervision of the engine and
|
||
firefighting apparatus of the city, and the city firemen shall be under his
|
||
orders and control. His duties as inspector of buildings shall be such as are
|
||
prescribed by the state laws and the provisions of this code. ([Ord. 25](ordinance 25.md) 6-29-
|
||
1944)
|
||
### 1-6-8: ENGINEER:
|
||
1. General Duties: The engineer shall be in charge of all engineering and
|
||
surveying done within the city and shall have general superintendence of all
|
||
work crews of the city. He shall supervise the location of lines and grades of
|
||
all streets and sidewalks, alleys, avenues or public ways, and to determine the
|
||
position, size and construction of all sewers, waterworks, irrigation or
|
||
drainage canals, reservoirs, culverts, conduits, aqueducts, bridges, viaducts
|
||
or other public works or appurtenances, and to prepare plans, maps or profiles
|
||
of the same, and to make estimates and furnish specifications for any of said
|
||
work whenever required to do so by the council. He shall have the general
|
||
supervision of all contract or other work and see that it is performed in a
|
||
workmanlike manner and in accordance with the authorized plans, and in
|
||
conformity with the terms of the contract and specifications.
|
||
2. Plumbing: He shall have general supervisory control of licensed
|
||
plumbers and all matters relating to the plumbing, waterworks and sewage
|
||
connections made, constructed or had within the city, with power to do, carry
|
||
out and perform all of those duties, matters and things herein elsewhere
|
||
provided for in a manner and form as there prescribed, and he shall do, perform
|
||
and carry out all such other matters and things as may from time to time be
|
||
required of him by this code or the orders or resolutions of the council or its
|
||
proper committee or committees.
|
||
3. Building Inspector: He shall also perform the duties generally
|
||
relating to the office of building inspector and have such duties as are
|
||
prescribed elsewhere in this code and by the laws of the state with powers
|
||
generally to do, carry out and perform all matters and things herein provided
|
||
for, and he shall also do, carry out and perform such other matters and things
|
||
relating to said office as may from time to time be required by this code or
|
||
laws of the state, or the orders and resolutions of the council relating to the
|
||
office of building inspector.
|
||
4. Notes, Profiles And Plans: All surveys, notes of surveys, field notes,
|
||
maps or profiles, plans and estimates made by him or others in his employ for
|
||
the city, shall be the property of the city, and shall be carefully preserved
|
||
in his office and open to the inspection of all persons interested. He shall
|
||
also make a certified copy of all surveys, notes of surveys, field notes, maps,
|
||
or profiles, plans and estimates and file the same in the office of the clerk.
|
||
([Ord. 25](ordinance 25.md) 6-29-1944)
|
||
### 1-6-9: ABOLISHMENT OF OFFICE:
|
||
The council shall have the power to abolish any office, the appointment to
|
||
which is made by the mayor, with the advice and consent of the council, and
|
||
discharge any officer so appointed, by a majority vote of the council, but no
|
||
office created by the statutes of the state must be so abolished. The council
|
||
may, by ordinance, consolidate any of the offices, the appointment to which is
|
||
made by the mayor with the advice and consent of the council, and may require
|
||
any of the elected officers to perform any of the duties of an appointed
|
||
officer whose office has been abolished. The council, upon written charges, to
|
||
be entered upon their journal, after notice to the party and after trial by the
|
||
council, by vote of two-thirds (2/3) of all the members elect, may remove any
|
||
officer. ([Ord. 25](ordinance 25.md) 6-29-1944)
|
||
### 1-6-10: BONDS:
|
||
The official bonds provided for in this chapter shall run to the city, or its
|
||
successor, and be conditioned for the faithful performance of all the duties of
|
||
the respective offices and that the principal therein will account for and turn
|
||
over unto his successor or other person lawfully entitled thereto all monies,
|
||
property or effects belonging to the city or its successor, coming into his
|
||
hands or control during his term of office. Said bonds, when approved by the
|
||
council, shall be filed with the clerk, except the bond of the clerk, which
|
||
shall be filed with the treasurer. ([Ord. 25](ordinance 25.md) 6-29-1944; amd. 1967 Code)
|
||
## CHAPTER 7 COUNCIL
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
1-7-1: Term Of Office; Qualifications
|
||
1-7-2: Time And Place Of Meetings
|
||
1-7-3: Conduct Of Meetings
|
||
1-7-4: Quorum
|
||
1-7-5: Voting
|
||
1-7-6: President Of Council
|
||
### 1-7-1: TERM OF OFFICE; QUALIFICATIONS:
|
||
There shall be elected from among the residents of the city two (2) aldermen
|
||
from each ward, who must, at the first meeting of the council, decide by lot
|
||
their term of office, one from each ward to hold office for a term of two (2)
|
||
years and one for the term of one year, and until the qualifications of their
|
||
successors 1 .
|
||
No person shall be eligible to the office of alderman unless he shall be
|
||
taxpaying freeholder within the city limits. He shall also be a resident of the
|
||
ward so electing him, or a resident of an area which has been annexed by the
|
||
city and placed in a ward, for at least one year preceding such election 2 .
|
||
(1967 Code)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. RCM 11-711.
|
||
2 2. RCM 11-714.
|
||
### 1-7-2: TIME AND PLACE OF MEETINGS:
|
||
A regular meeting of the council shall be held the first and third Tuesday of
|
||
each month at the hour of seven o'clock (7:00) P.M. Special meeting may be
|
||
called by the mayor, or two (2) aldermen at any other time, the clerk on their
|
||
requisition, giving reasonable notice thereof in writing to all members of the
|
||
council present in the city, which notice will be served by the marshal. At the
|
||
regular meetings shall be transacted the municipal business of the city, as it
|
||
may come up from time to time, and any regular meeting may be adjourned to any
|
||
future date not exceeding the time for the next regular meeting, and any number
|
||
of times. At any special meeting shall be transacted only that business for
|
||
which the special meeting was called, which business must be stated in the
|
||
notice of the meeting as served upon the members of the council. All meetings
|
||
unless otherwise ordered for cause shall be held in the office of the clerk of
|
||
the city. (Ord. 204, 6-7-1977)
|
||
### 1-7-3: CONDUCT OF MEETINGS:
|
||
At the hour appointed for the meeting, the council shall be called to order by
|
||
the mayor, or in his absence by the president of the council, or in the absence
|
||
of both, by the clerk. Upon the appearance of a quorum, the council shall
|
||
proceed to business in the following order:
|
||
Reading, amending and approving the minutes of the previous meeting.
|
||
Report to officers.
|
||
Report of standing committees.
|
||
Allowance of claims against the city.
|
||
Presentation of petitions and communications.
|
||
New business.
|
||
The foregoing order of business may be suspended on a majority vote, and
|
||
questions relating to the priority of business shall be decided without debate.
|
||
(Ord. 57, 6-2-1924; amd. 1967 Code)
|
||
### 1-7-4: QUORUM:
|
||
A majority of the council, including the presiding officer, shall constitute a
|
||
quorum to do business, but a smaller number when present may compel the
|
||
attendance of the absent members by sending the chief of police or other police
|
||
officer to require their attendance; provided, however, that when a quorum
|
||
consists of three (3) members only, any action taken must be by unanimous vote.
|
||
If they refuse to attend after being notified by the chief of police or other
|
||
police officer, they shall be fined by the presiding officer of the council in
|
||
a sum not less than five dollars ($5.00) nor more than ten dollars ($10.00)
|
||
which fine when entered on the journal of the council shall be deducted from
|
||
the compensation allowed or to be allowed to such alderman; provided, if said
|
||
failing member at a subsequent meeting of the council renders an excuse which
|
||
shall be satisfactory to the council, he shall be released from said fine.
|
||
The absence from meetings of the council for the continuous period of three (3)
|
||
months shall work a forfeiture of the office of any member of the council
|
||
unless leave of absence shall first be asked of and granted by the council.
|
||
(1967 Code)
|
||
### 1-7-5: VOTING:
|
||
The ayes and nays must be called and recorded on the final passage of any
|
||
ordinance, bylaw, or resolution on making any contract, and the voting on the
|
||
election or appointment of any officer must be via voice, and a majority of the
|
||
whole number of the members elected is requisite to appoint or elect an
|
||
officer, and such vote must be recorded 1 . (1967 Code)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. RCM 11-1014.
|
||
### 1-7-6: PRESIDENT OF COUNCIL:
|
||
The council shall elect a president, who, in the absence of the mayor, shall be
|
||
the presiding officer and may perform the duties of mayor, and in the absence
|
||
of the president of the council, it may appoint one of its members to act in
|
||
his place 1 . (1967 Code)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 2. RCM 11-804.
|
||
## CHAPTER 8 CITY COURT
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
1-8-1: City Court Hours
|
||
1-8-2: Duties Of City Judge
|
||
1-8-3: Arrests; Complaints
|
||
1-8-4: Bail Bond
|
||
1-8-5: Cash Bond
|
||
1-8-6: Collection Of Costs
|
||
1-8-7: Reports
|
||
1-8-8: Acquittal
|
||
### 1-8-1: CITY COURT HOURS:
|
||
City court shall commence at such hours as the city judge shall designate.
|
||
([Ord. 218](ordinance 218.md) 2-19-1980)
|
||
### 1-8-2: DUTIES OF CITY JUDGE:
|
||
The city judge shall keep a regular docket of proceedings in the court, in
|
||
which shall be entered in consecutive order a brief synopsis of the proceedings
|
||
on each case, from the time of arrest up to and including final judgment
|
||
rendered in the court, and an entry of the appeal, if any appeal is taken.
|
||
([Ord. 218](ordinance 218.md) 2-19-1980)
|
||
### 1-8-3: ARRESTS; COMPLAINTS:
|
||
If in the opinion of the city judge a complaint is malicious or without
|
||
probable cause, he may demand the payment in advance of the probable costs from
|
||
the complainant, or security to pay the same within thirty (30) days, before
|
||
issuing the warrant, and such costs shall be refunded, or the security released
|
||
upon the conviction of the defendant. ([Ord. 218](ordinance 218.md) 2-19-1980)
|
||
### 1-8-4: BAIL BOND:
|
||
Cash bonds shall be turned over to the treasurer within twenty four (24) hours
|
||
and his receipt taken therefor, but the treasurer shall not pay the same into
|
||
any fund until the bond is declared forfeited, and may return the same to the
|
||
depositor on the order of the city judge when the condition of the bond has
|
||
been met. ([Ord. 218](ordinance 218.md) 2-19-1980)
|
||
### 1-8-5: CASH BOND:
|
||
Any person found guilty of a violation of the provisions of this code which is
|
||
punishable by a fine, the city judge rendering judgment that the defendant pay
|
||
such fine, may also direct that he be imprisoned in jail until such fine be
|
||
satisfied as provided in chapter 4 of this title. ([Ord. 218](ordinance 218.md) 2-19-1980)
|
||
### 1-8-6: COLLECTION OF COSTS:
|
||
The city judge shall collect the same costs in civil and criminal actions
|
||
coming before him as are allowed by statute in similar cases or matters arising
|
||
under the state laws, and all fines, fees, or charges so collected by him shall
|
||
be paid over to the treasurer for the benefit of the city. When a fine imposed
|
||
by the city judge for the violation of any provision of this code is paid in
|
||
money, he shall note the payment and the amount thereof with the name of the
|
||
person paying the same, if it is other than the defendant, on his docket as an
|
||
entry in the case, and such entry shall be sufficient receipt therefor. ([Ord. 218](ordinance 218.md), 2-19-1980)
|
||
### 1-8-7: REPORTS:
|
||
The city judge shall make out and file with the clerk at end of each quarter of
|
||
the fiscal year, a report of the number of cases tried by him for offenses
|
||
against the provisions of this code, the persons convicted and acquitted, the
|
||
fines and costs imposed and whether the same have been paid, and the number of
|
||
days any person convicted has been sentenced to confinement in jail. The
|
||
receipts of the treasurer for money paid over to him by the city judge during
|
||
said quarter shall be attached to said report and made a part thereof. (Ord.
|
||
218, 2-19-1980)
|
||
### 1-8-8: ACQUITTAL:
|
||
When any defendant charged with the violation of any of the provisions of this
|
||
code is acquitted, and if the city judge shall certify in the minutes that the
|
||
prosecution was malicious or without probable cause, he may order the
|
||
complainant to pay the costs of the action, or to give satisfactory security by
|
||
a written undertaking with one or more sureties to pay the same within thirty
|
||
(30) days after the trial. If the complainant does not pay the costs or give
|
||
security therefor, the city judge may enter judgment against him for the amount
|
||
thereof which may be enforced in all respects in the same manner as a judgment
|
||
rendered in a civil action. An appeal may be taken as in other cases in civil
|
||
action. ([Ord. 218](ordinance 218.md) 2-19-1980)
|
||
## CHAPTER 9 ELECTIONS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
1-9-1: Registration
|
||
1-9-2: Qualification Of Electors
|
||
1-9-3: Voters; Disqualification
|
||
1-9-4: Biennial Election
|
||
1-9-5: Precincts
|
||
1-9-6: Notice
|
||
1-9-7: Judges And Clerks Appointment
|
||
1-9-8: Name Must Appear On Register
|
||
1-9-9: Certificates Of Nomination
|
||
1-9-10: Certificate, Where Filed, Contents
|
||
1-9-11: Nomination Requirements
|
||
1-9-12: Certificates To Be Preserved One Year
|
||
1-9-13: Nominees To Pay Prescribed Filing Fee
|
||
1-9-14: Filing Fees
|
||
1-9-15: Nomination Declined
|
||
1-9-16: Vacancies May Be Filled By Further Certificates
|
||
1-9-17: Errors, How Corrected
|
||
1-9-18: Unlawful Interference
|
||
### 1-9-1: REGISTRATION:
|
||
Any elector residing within the corporate limits of the city may register for
|
||
any city election by appearing before the county clerk and ex officio registrar
|
||
and making correct answers to all questions propounded by the county clerk
|
||
touching the items of information called for by such registry card, and by
|
||
signing and verifying the affidavit or affidavits on the back of such card.
|
||
(Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
|
||
### 1-9-2: QUALIFICATION OF ELECTORS:
|
||
Every person of the age of eighteen (18) years or over, possessing the
|
||
following qualifications if his name is registered as required by law, may vote
|
||
at all elections held in the city.
|
||
1. He must be a citizen of the United States.
|
||
2. He must have resided in the state for one year and in the city for six
|
||
(6) months, and in the ward for thirty (30) days immediately preceding the
|
||
election of which he offers to vote. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
|
||
### 1-9-3: VOTERS; DISQUALIFICATION:
|
||
No person who has been convicted of a felony has the right to vote unless he
|
||
has been pardoned. No person who is an idiot or who is insane is entitled to
|
||
vote at any election held in this city. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
|
||
### 1-9-4: BIENNIAL ELECTION:
|
||
The election of such officers as are by law elected for the city shall be on
|
||
the first Tuesday of April in each second year. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
|
||
### 1-9-5: PRECINCTS:
|
||
The city shall be divided into precincts for the purpose of such elections,
|
||
whether biennial or special, as follows:
|
||
1. Precinct no. 1, the first ward.
|
||
2. Precinct no. 2, the second ward. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
|
||
### 1-9-6: NOTICE:
|
||
Notice of every election held in the city shall be prepared by the clerk,
|
||
stating the purpose of which such election is held, the day upon which it will
|
||
be held, the place of voting in each ward and the time the polls will open and
|
||
close and such notice shall be posted in three (3) public places in each ward
|
||
of the city at least ten (10) days prior to such election, one being the place
|
||
where the election is held. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
|
||
### 1-9-7: JUDGES AND CLERKS APPOINTMENT:
|
||
The council must, at least five (5) days before any election, appoint three (3)
|
||
judges and two (2) clerks of election for each voting precinct, and at such
|
||
time fix the voting places for each precinct. Such judges or other officers
|
||
shall qualify and conduct the election, canvass the votes and make returns
|
||
thereof to the clerk in all respects as required by the laws of the state of
|
||
Montana for conducting the general elections, as far as the same are applicable
|
||
to city elections. In the event that any judge or clerk of election, appointed
|
||
by the council, shall fail to appear and qualify at the time and place for
|
||
opening the polls for such election, another shall be chosen by the qualified
|
||
electors present at such time and place, who shall qualify and act as judge or
|
||
clerk. Judges and clerks of election shall be entitled to receive compensation
|
||
as fixed by the city council. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
|
||
### 1-9-8: NAME MUST APPEAR ON REGISTER:
|
||
When any person shall offer to vote at any general or special city election,
|
||
the judges shall examine the registry list for that ward, and if his name be
|
||
found thereon without challenge and none is offered, shall check the same and
|
||
deposit his ballot, and the clerks shall enter his name on the poll list. If
|
||
his name be not on the list, he shall not be allowed to vote. (Ord. 187, 2-20-
|
||
1973)
|
||
### 1-9-9: CERTIFICATES OF NOMINATION:
|
||
Candidates for municipal office may be nominated in the following manner:
|
||
1. A certificate of nomination containing the name of the candidate for
|
||
the office is to be filed with the city clerk with such information as is
|
||
required in section
|
||
1-9-10 of this chapter, must be signed by the electors residing within the
|
||
political subdivision in and for which the officer or officers are to be
|
||
elected in the following required numbers:
|
||
The number of signatures must not be less in number than five percent (5%) of
|
||
the number of votes cast for the successful candidate for the same office at
|
||
the next preceding election; but the signatures need not be appended to one
|
||
paper.
|
||
2. Each elector signing the certificate shall add to his signature his
|
||
place of residence, his business and his business address. Any such certificate
|
||
may be filed as provided for in section
|
||
1-9-10 of this chapter. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
|
||
1-9-10: CERTIFICATE, WHERE FILED, CONTENTS:
|
||
1. Certificates of nomination for municipal officers must be filed with
|
||
the city clerk not more than forty five (45) days and not less than thirty (30)
|
||
days previous to the day of election.
|
||
2. Certificates of nomination which must be in writing must contain the
|
||
name of the person nominated, his residence, his business, his business address
|
||
and the office for which he is named. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
|
||
### 1-9-11: NOMINATION REQUIREMENTS:
|
||
No certificate of nomination must contain the name of more than one candidate
|
||
for each office to be filled. No person must join in nominating more than one
|
||
person for each office to be filled, and no person must accept the nomination
|
||
to more than one office. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
|
||
### 1-9-12: CERTIFICATES TO BE PRESERVED ONE YEAR:
|
||
The city clerk must cause to be preserved in his office for one year all
|
||
certificates of nomination filed under the provisions of this chapter. All such
|
||
certificates must be open to public inspection under proper regulations made by
|
||
the city clerk with whom the same are filed. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
|
||
### 1-9-13: NOMINEES TO PAY PRESCRIBED FILING FEE:
|
||
All candidates nominated under the provisions of this chapter shall upon filing
|
||
a certificate of nomination pay to the city clerk with whom the certificates of
|
||
nomination are required to be filed the fees provided for by section
|
||
### 1-9-14 of this chapter and such filing fee shall be paid by every person whose
|
||
name appears upon the ballot in any general election, provided, however, that
|
||
only one filing fee shall be required from any candidate. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
|
||
### 1-9-14: FILING FEES:
|
||
The fees required to be paid for filing such certificates of nomination shall
|
||
be as follows:
|
||
1. For any office with a salary attached of one thousand dollars
|
||
($1,000.00) or less per annum - ten dollars ($10.00);
|
||
2. For any office with a salary attached of more than one thousand
|
||
dollars ($1,000.00) per annum - one percent (1%) of the total amount of the
|
||
annual salary. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
|
||
### 1-9-15: NOMINATION DECLINED:
|
||
Any person declining nomination in a municipal election shall make such
|
||
declination at least five (5) days before an election. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
|
||
### 1-9-16: VACANCIES MAY BE FILLED BY FURTHER CERTIFICATES:
|
||
When a vacancy occurs in an office of a candidate before the printing of the
|
||
ballot for the general election, or if a candidate declines the nomination as
|
||
provided in this chapter, or if any certificate of nomination is or becomes
|
||
insufficient or inoperative from any cause, the vacancy or vacancies thus
|
||
occasioned may be filled in the manner required for original nomination. (Ord.
|
||
187, 2-20-1973)
|
||
### 1-9-17: ERRORS, HOW CORRECTED:
|
||
Whenever it appears by affidavit that an error or omission has occurred in the
|
||
publication of the name or description of a candidate nominated for office, or
|
||
in the printing of the ballot, the district court of the county may, upon
|
||
application of any elector, order and require the city clerk to correct such
|
||
error or to show cause why such error should not be corrected. (Ord. 187, 2-20-
|
||
1973)
|
||
### 1-9-18: UNLAWFUL INTERFERENCE:
|
||
No person shall by bribery or other improper means or device directly or
|
||
indirectly attempt to influence any elector in the casting of any ballot nor
|
||
deter him in the deposit of his ballot or interfere or hinder any voter in the
|
||
full and free exercise of his right of suffrage. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
|
||
## CHAPTER 10 ORDINANCES
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
1-10-1: Publication
|
||
1-10-2: Posting
|
||
1-10-3: Effective Date
|
||
1-10-4: Ordinance Books
|
||
1-10-5: Destruction Of Records
|
||
1-10-1: PUBLICATION:
|
||
All ordinances, bylaws and resolutions of the city shall be published or posted
|
||
as required by law. (Ord. 1, 5-5-1913; amd. 1967 Code)
|
||
### 1-10-2: POSTING:
|
||
All ordinances, bylaws and resolutions shall be posted for a period of thirty
|
||
(30) days in three (3) public places, in the city, one of which shall be the
|
||
city hall, after which they shall be recorded in a book to be kept for that
|
||
purpose by the clerk, who shall append to each ordinance, bylaw and resolution,
|
||
when so recorded and posted, over his signature, the following certificate:
|
||
"Posted for thirty (30) days, Clerk", and the record of said
|
||
ordinance, bylaw or resolution with said certificate shall be sufficient
|
||
evidence in any court of the proper, legal publication of said ordinance, bylaw
|
||
or resolution. (Ord. 1, 5-5-1913; amd. 1967 Code)
|
||
### 1-10-3: EFFECTIVE DATE:
|
||
All resolutions passed by the council shall be immediately effective unless a
|
||
delayed effective date is specified. No ordinance passed by the council shall
|
||
become effective until thirty (30) days after its passage except general
|
||
appropriation ordinances providing for the ordinary and current expenses of the
|
||
city, excepting also, emergency measures and in the case of emergency measures,
|
||
the emergency must be expressed in the preamble or in the body of an ordinance,
|
||
as the ordinance must receive two-thirds (2/3) vote of all the members elected.
|
||
In emergency ordinances, the resolution shall include only such measures as are
|
||
immediately necessary for the preservation of peace, health and safety. (Ord.
|
||
234, 11-20-1984)
|
||
### 1-10-4: ORDINANCE BOOKS:
|
||
The book in which said ordinances, bylaws and resolutions are recorded shall be
|
||
called the "ordinance book", shall be kept in the custody of the clerk, and
|
||
shall be open to inspection by the public at all proper times. (Ord. 1, 5-5-
|
||
1913)
|
||
### 1-10-5: DESTRUCTION OF RECORDS:
|
||
It is hereby declared to be unlawful and a misdemeanor to in any manner alter,
|
||
mutilate or destroy the copy of any ordinance, bylaw or resolution which has
|
||
been posted in accordance with the provisions hereof, and any person guilty of
|
||
a violation of this section shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor 1 . (Ord.
|
||
1, 5-5-1913; amd. 1967 Code)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. RCM 11-805, 11-1102.
|
||
|
||
## CHAPTER 11 SALARIES AND WAGES
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
1-11-1: Compensation
|
||
### 1-11-1: COMPENSATION:
|
||
The salaries and wages of the officers and employees of the city shall be fixed
|
||
and determined by the city council by proper resolution. (Ord. 267, 2-21-1995)
|
||
CHAPTER 12
|
||
CITY FINANCES; FUNDS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
1-12-1: Special Improvement District Revolving Fund
|
||
### 1-12-1: SPECIAL IMPROVEMENT DISTRICT REVOLVING FUND:
|
||
There is hereby created and established in the city of Choteau, Montana, a
|
||
"special improvement district revolving fund" as authorized by section 11-2269
|
||
of the Revised Codes of Montana, 1947, as amended, to be maintained for any
|
||
special improvement district or districts created during the year 1976 and
|
||
thereafter for any purpose, in order to secure prompt payment of any special
|
||
improvement district bonds or warrants hereafter issued in payment of
|
||
improvements made therein, and the interest thereon as it becomes due. For the
|
||
purpose of providing funds for such revolving fund the council may in its
|
||
discretion, from time to time, transfer to the said revolving fund from the
|
||
general fund of the city such amount or amounts as may be deemed necessary,
|
||
which amount or amounts so transferred shall be deemed and considered, and
|
||
shall be, loans from such general fund to the revolving fund, and shall in
|
||
addition to such transfer or transfers from the general fund, or in lieu
|
||
thereof, levy and collect for such revolving fund such a tax, hereby declared
|
||
to be for a public purpose, on all the taxable property in said city or town as
|
||
shall be necessary to meet the financial requirements of such fund, such levy,
|
||
together with such transfer, not to exceed in any one year five percent (5%) of
|
||
the principal amount of the then outstanding special improvement district bonds
|
||
and warrants. Whenever any special improvement district bond or warrant, or any
|
||
interest thereon, shall become due and payable, and there shall then be either
|
||
no money or not sufficient money in the appropriate district fund with which to
|
||
pay the same, an amount sufficient to make up the deficiency may, by order of
|
||
the council, be loaned by the revolving fund to such district fund to be used
|
||
and applied as provided by sections 11-2270, 11-2271, 11-2272 and 11-2273,
|
||
Revised Code of Montana as amended. (Ord. 202, 7-19-1976)
|
||
## TITLE 2 DEPARTMENTS
|
||
##CHAPTER 1 WATER DEPARTMENT
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
2-1-1: Duties Of City Superintendent Regarding Water System
|
||
2-1-2: Rules And Regulations
|
||
2-1-3: Application For Water
|
||
2-1-4: Charges For Connections
|
||
2-1-5: Discontinuance Of Service At Request Of Owner
|
||
2-1-6: Responsibility For Service Pipes And Fixtures
|
||
2-1-7: Seasonal Rules; Violations; Penalties
|
||
2-1-8: Using Water During Fire Prohibited
|
||
2-1-9: Tapping Water Mains; Authorized Persons
|
||
2-1-10: One Connection For Two Or More Buildings Prohibited; Exceptions
|
||
2-1-11: Shutting Off Water At Mains
|
||
2-1-12: Unlawful Acts
|
||
2-1-13: Water Meters And Permits
|
||
2-1-14: Water Meters; Property Of City
|
||
2-1-15: Water Meters To Have Cutoffs; Bypass
|
||
2-1-16: Licensed Person Only To Install
|
||
2-1-17: Bond For Water Connection Work
|
||
2-1-18: Curb Stops
|
||
2-1-19: New Construction And Total Reconstruction; Connection To City Water
|
||
2-1-20: Private Water Supply; Permit Required
|
||
2-1-21: Private Water Supply; No Connection To City Water System
|
||
2-1-22: Establishment Of Water Rates
|
||
2-1-23: Water Rates; Payable
|
||
2-1-24: Water Service; Delinquent Accounts; Violation
|
||
2-1-25: Deposit For New Accounts
|
||
2-1-26: Variation In Water Pressure
|
||
2-1-27: Supersedes Prior Ordinances And Repealer
|
||
2-1-28: Severability
|
||
### 2-1-1: DUTIES OF CITY SUPERINTENDENT REGARDING WATER SYSTEM:
|
||
The city superintendent shall have the following duties regarding the city
|
||
water department:
|
||
1. Executive Officer: Be the general executive officer of the water
|
||
system and shall have the immediate control and management of all things
|
||
pertaining to the water system and shall perform all acts which may be
|
||
necessary for the prudent, efficient and economical management and protection
|
||
of the water system, subject to the approval and control of the council.
|
||
2. Administration: Have charge of all employees and all property
|
||
belonging to, and pertaining to the water system, and shall give written orders
|
||
for all supplies and materials and preserve a copy of such orders in the
|
||
office.
|
||
3. Contracts And Repairs: Have charge of all contracts and shall see that
|
||
they are faithfully executed, and shall have charge of all erection, alteration
|
||
and repair of all buildings, engines, pumps, fixtures, wells, reservoirs and
|
||
grounds. The superintendent shall determine the location and size of all water
|
||
mains, service connections, valves, hydrants and specials, subject to approval
|
||
by the department of environmental quality.
|
||
4. Records: Keep correct record of all mains, hydrants, valves and
|
||
specials and submit all bills, payrolls and accounts to the city for their
|
||
audit and approval.
|
||
(E) Books And Papers: Have the care and safekeeping, in a place provided
|
||
by the city, of all books and papers regarding the water system.
|
||
(F) Permits: Issue all permits for tapping mains and shall keep record of
|
||
all taps, service pipes, their size, location, material and all data pertaining
|
||
to same.
|
||
(G) Pump Record: Cause to be kept a daily record of all the work of each
|
||
pump, the pressure maintained, the number of gallons pumped and such other data
|
||
as may be necessary.
|
||
(H) Gates And Hydrants: See that all gates and hydrants are restored to
|
||
their proper condition after use by the fire department and shall see that all
|
||
breaks or defects, should any be discovered, are repaired as necessary and as
|
||
resources permit.
|
||
(I) Taps And Service Pipes: Shall require that service pipes and
|
||
connections be properly laid and curb stops placed in their proper location,
|
||
and record kept of same.
|
||
(J) Meters: Keep a true record of each meter in use and test any meters
|
||
which are suspected of inaccuracy and cause the same to be remedied.
|
||
(K) Delegation Of Duties: The superintendent may delegate any of the above
|
||
responsibilities to other city employees. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
### 2-1-2: RULES AND REGULATIONS:
|
||
The rules and regulations hereby established for the management, control and
|
||
protection of the water system shall be considered to be part of each contract
|
||
with each customer of city water who will be deemed to have consented to be
|
||
bound to these rules and regulations. Failure to know the rules will not excuse
|
||
anyone from the penalty for infringement of such rules. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
### 2-1-3: APPLICATION FOR WATER:
|
||
Applications for city water to be used for any purpose must be made at the city
|
||
office upon the printed form furnished for that purpose. The application must
|
||
be signed by the owner or duly authorized agent of the owner of the property to
|
||
be served. No taps shall be made to the main until the applicant has signed the
|
||
contract mentioned herein, and a permit has been issued authorizing the laying
|
||
and connecting of such pipes as will conform with the application. (Ord. 294,
|
||
4-16-2002)
|
||
### 2-1-4: CHARGES FOR CONNECTIONS:
|
||
At the time of making application and signing the contract set forth herein,
|
||
the applicant shall pay for the cost of the tap and the material furnished by
|
||
the city for making said connection. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
### 2-1-5: DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE AT REQUEST OF OWNER:
|
||
Should an owner of property desire to discontinue the use of water at the
|
||
owner's property, written notice thereof shall be filed with the city. When the
|
||
water is ordered shut off from any premises, all charges for water supplied to
|
||
such premises shall be immediately due and payable to the city. The water will
|
||
be turned off without charge, but the owner shall continue to be obligated to
|
||
pay the monthly base rate. The owner of property requiring reconnection after
|
||
voluntary discontinuance of service shall pay a reconnection fee. (Ord. 294, 4-
|
||
16-2002)
|
||
### 2-1-6: RESPONSIBILITY FOR SERVICE PIPES AND FIXTURES:
|
||
The city is responsible for the water main and main corporation valve. The
|
||
property owner is responsible for the service pipe from the city water main to
|
||
the premises together with the curb stops and box. Service pipe and curb stop
|
||
will be installed according to city specifications and by authorized persons
|
||
only, at the expense of the property owner. No claim shall be made against the
|
||
city on account of failure of any service pipe or fixtures or for accidental
|
||
failure in the supply of water. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
### 2-1-7: SEASONAL RULES; VIOLATIONS; PENALTIES:
|
||
The city council shall make such rules as they deem necessary for controlling
|
||
the seasonal use of water. All water users shall be notified of these rules by
|
||
publication in the newspaper or by mail. Users violating the rules adopted by
|
||
the city council shall be given a warning by the city. A person who violates
|
||
the rules after receiving a warning is guilty of a misdemeanor and upon
|
||
conviction thereof, shall be punished by a fine of not less than twenty five
|
||
dollars ($25.00) nor more than one hundred dollars ($100.00). (Ord. 294, 4-16-
|
||
2002)
|
||
### 2-1-8: USING WATER DURING FIRE PROHIBITED:
|
||
During a fire, it is unlawful for any person to use hoses, yard fountains and
|
||
all other outlets where a constant flow of water is maintained except for the
|
||
extinguishment of the fire. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
### 2-1-9: TAPPING WATER MAINS; AUTHORIZED PERSONS:
|
||
No person other than an authorized employee of the city shall make any tap or
|
||
connection with any main or with any distributing pipe of the water system, and
|
||
water may be turned on at the curb cock only by an authorized employee of the
|
||
city. It is a misdemeanor for any unauthorized person to turn water on or tap
|
||
into or connect with the water system. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
### 2-1-10: ONE CONNECTION FOR TWO OR MORE BUILDINGS PROHIBITED; EXCEPTIONS:
|
||
It is unlawful for any owner, agent or tenant to supply or permit to be
|
||
supplied, any water to two (2) or more buildings through one and the same
|
||
connection except on a special contract with the city. Supplying or permitting
|
||
water to be supplied to two (2) or more buildings without a special contract is
|
||
a violation of the owner's contract and owners shall be liable for the cost of
|
||
all water so used. The city reserves the right to shut off the supply of water
|
||
for wilful abuses. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
### 2-1-11: SHUTTING OFF WATER AT MAINS:
|
||
The city reserves the right at any time without notice to shut the water off at
|
||
its mains for the purpose of making repairs or extensions or for any other
|
||
purpose, and no claim shall be made against the city for any damage that may
|
||
result from shutting off the water. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
### 2-1-12: UNLAWFUL ACTS:
|
||
It is unlawful for any person with intent to injure or defraud, to:
|
||
1. Break or deface the seal on any water meter; or
|
||
2. Obstruct, alter, injure or prevent the action of any water meter; or
|
||
3. Make any connection by means of a pipe, or otherwise, with any main or
|
||
pipe used for delivery of water to a consumer thereof, in such a manner as to
|
||
take water from said main or pipe without its passage through the meter; or
|
||
4. Make any connection or connection with such main or pipe, or turn off
|
||
or on, or in any manner interfere with any valve, stopcock or other appliance
|
||
connected therewith; or
|
||
(E) Prevent by the erection of any device or construction, or by any other
|
||
means, free access to any water meter or to interfere with, obstruct or
|
||
prevent, by any means the reading or inspection of such water meter by any
|
||
agent of the city.
|
||
Any violation of this section will be deemed a misdemeanor. (Ord. 294, 4-16-
|
||
2002)
|
||
### 2-1-13: WATER METERS AND PERMITS:
|
||
All property with water service lines tapped into or connected to the city
|
||
water system shall be serviced by a city approved water meter. No person, firm
|
||
or corporation shall connect any water service pipe or pipes into the city
|
||
water mains without having first obtained a permit, in accordance with the fee
|
||
schedule therefor from the city council and on file in the city office. (Ord.
|
||
294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
### 2-1-14: WATER METERS; PROPERTY OF CITY:
|
||
Water meters are owned by the city and are furnished to customers. Meter cost
|
||
shall be originally paid by the city and repairs or replacements paid by the
|
||
city except for meters damaged by the wilful acts or negligence of the customer
|
||
or user. Meter installation cost on new construction will be the responsibility
|
||
of the consumer, and proper receptacles are to be provided for the meters and
|
||
the service pipes are to be suitably arranged. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
### 2-1-15: WATER METERS TO HAVE CUTOFFS; BYPASS:
|
||
All meters installed for measuring city water shall be provided with a cutoff
|
||
on each side of said meter, so that any meter may be removed for the purpose of
|
||
testing or repairing and a bypass may be placed in the service pipe for the
|
||
purpose of supplying the customer with water during the testing of said meter.
|
||
(Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
### 2-1-16: LICENSED PERSON ONLY TO INSTALL:
|
||
No water meter or water service shall be installed except by a plumber, duly
|
||
licensed under the laws of the state of Montana, or by the city, and no person
|
||
other than one acting under the authority and direction of the city shall open,
|
||
repair or interfere with any water meter in service. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
### 2-1-17: BOND FOR WATER CONNECTION WORK:
|
||
Any private contractor or plumber authorized and licensed by the city for
|
||
making water connections to the city main shall file with the city a bond or
|
||
proof of insurance in at least the sum of one hundred thousand dollars
|
||
($100,000.00) protecting the city against all loss or damage which may occur on
|
||
account of such license through the wilful or negligent acts or omissions to
|
||
act in the execution or protection of his work or by reason of any inadequate
|
||
or defective work done by such person or his employees. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
### 2-1-18: CURB STOPS:
|
||
The opening of curb stops by any means other than with a proper wrench by an
|
||
authorized person is strictly forbidden and persons violating this section
|
||
shall be liable for all damages occasioned thereby. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
### 2-1-19: NEW CONSTRUCTION AND TOTAL RECONSTRUCTION; CONNECTION TO CITY WATER:
|
||
All new commercial or noncommercial construction and total reconstruction of a
|
||
demolished residence or building within the city limits must connect to the
|
||
city water system provided, however, that the lot or premises is adjacent to a
|
||
city water line existing at the time of the construction or reconstruction.
|
||
(Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
### 2-1-20: PRIVATE WATER SUPPLY; PERMIT REQUIRED:
|
||
Every person who owns or occupies premises within the city limits connected to
|
||
city water service who intends to construct or install a private, domestic
|
||
water supply, must obtain a permit from the city. A private, domestic water
|
||
supply is any assemblage of pipes, hoses, conduits, pumps, tanks or other
|
||
apparatus whereby water is obtained from a well, spring, pond, stream or lake
|
||
to be used for domestic water use. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
### 2-1-21: PRIVATE WATER SUPPLY; NO CONNECTION TO CITY WATER SYSTEM:
|
||
It is prohibited to have any physical connection between a private water supply
|
||
and the city water system. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
### 2-1-22: ESTABLISHMENT OF WATER RATES:
|
||
The charges for water furnished by the city to a customer whose property is not
|
||
metered shall be based on the rates in effect on the date of adoption hereof or
|
||
as adopted by resolution of the city council, which schedule may be revised
|
||
from time to time by resolution and in accordance with title 69, chapter 7,
|
||
part 1 et seq.
|
||
The charges for water furnished by the city to a customer whose property has
|
||
been metered shall be based on a schedule of charges for water furnished by the
|
||
city as adopted by resolution of the city council which schedule may be revised
|
||
from time to time by resolution of the city council and in accordance with
|
||
title 69, chapter 7, part 1 et seq. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
### 2-1-23: WATER RATES; PAYABLE:
|
||
On a monthly basis, the city shall prepare a statement of charges assessed
|
||
against each user for the previous month. The city shall mail said statement of
|
||
charges to the user at the address provided to the city by the user.
|
||
Payment for the charges named therein shall be due in the office of the city
|
||
clerk no later than thirty (30) days from the issuance date of the statement.
|
||
(Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
### 2-1-24: WATER SERVICE; DELINQUENT ACCOUNTS; VIOLATION:
|
||
For violation of any of the rules set out in this chapter or for nonpayment,
|
||
the city has the right to turn off water to the premises.
|
||
Charges shall be delinquent if not paid on or before the due date, and a
|
||
delinquency which continues thirty (30) days or more shall result in
|
||
termination of water service unless arrangements acceptable to the city have
|
||
been made. The city shall have an action at law for the collection of
|
||
delinquent charges, interest at the legal rate from the date of delinquency,
|
||
costs and attorney fees.
|
||
Once terminated, the water service shall not be restored until the customer's
|
||
account is paid in full, including both current and delinquent charges, or
|
||
until arrangements acceptable to the city have been made. The city shall have
|
||
the sole discretion to decide what arrangements, if any, are acceptable.
|
||
Whenever the water supply shall be shut off in the service pipe for nonpayment,
|
||
before service is reinstated, the customer shall pay a fee as determined by
|
||
resolution of the city council and payable at the time that service is turned
|
||
on again; and in the event that the authorized city representative has to dig
|
||
down to, or cause to be dug down to the service pipe or water main, in order to
|
||
shut off and/or turn on the water service, the customer shall pay all expense
|
||
thereof in addition to the fees mentioned in this section before the water
|
||
shall be turned on. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
### 2-1-25: DEPOSIT FOR NEW ACCOUNTS:
|
||
At the time of making application for a new account for city water service, the
|
||
customer shall pay a deposit in an amount determined by resolution of the city
|
||
council. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
### 2-1-26: VARIATION IN WATER PRESSURE:
|
||
The city will not be held responsible for damages resulting from variation in
|
||
water pressure or soil collapse from any cause whatsoever. (Ord. 294, 4-16-
|
||
2002)
|
||
### 2-1-27: SUPERSEDES PRIOR ORDINANCES AND REPEALER:
|
||
This chapter supersedes all prior water rules, regulations and ordinances. All
|
||
ordinances of this code or parts thereof in conflict herewith are hereby
|
||
repealed. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
### 2-1-28: SEVERABILITY:
|
||
If any provision of this chapter is held invalid, such invalidity shall not
|
||
affect the other provisions which may be given effect without the invalid
|
||
provision and, therefore, the provisions of this chapter are declared to be
|
||
severable. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
## TITLE 3 - BUILDING REGULATIONS
|
||
## CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL BUILDING PROVISIONS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
3-1-1: Building Permits
|
||
3-1-2: Plan Review
|
||
3-1-3: Inspections
|
||
3-1-4: Inspector Qualifications And Duties
|
||
3-1-5: Factory Built Buildings
|
||
3-1-6: Permit Fees
|
||
3-1-7: Territorial Application
|
||
3-1-8: Board Of Appeals
|
||
3-1-9: Violations And Penalties
|
||
### 3-1-1: BUILDING PERMITS:
|
||
1. Any person wishing to obtain a building permit shall submit a
|
||
completed application to the building inspector.
|
||
2. The building inspector shall specify the manner in which said
|
||
application shall be completed.
|
||
1. A description of the land which it will affect;
|
||
2. The present use of any existing structures;
|
||
3. Plans and specifications indicating the entire scope of work.
|
||
3. The applicant shall furnish such other documents as the building
|
||
inspector deems relevant and necessary, in his/her discretion, for review of
|
||
the proposed work.
|
||
4. The building inspector may, in his/her discretion, waive any of the
|
||
requirements hereunder when the proposed work is of an insubstantial nature or
|
||
effect. (Ord. 310, 2-3-2015)
|
||
### 3-1-2: PLAN REVIEW:
|
||
1. The building inspector shall be responsible for coordination of
|
||
building plan review and for issuance of building permits.
|
||
2. Upon application by any person for a building permit, the building
|
||
inspector shall review the plans for compliance with this code. The building
|
||
inspector shall submit the plans to any other affected city departments for
|
||
review and approval by the departments before issuing a permit.
|
||
3. Building plan review shall be completed by the building inspector
|
||
within fifteen (15) working days of submission of a completed application.
|
||
4. The building inspector may, in certain cases, request the building
|
||
codes division, other state agencies or design professionals to aid in the plan
|
||
review process. In such cases, the building inspector may lengthen the
|
||
completion of time for review by twenty (20) working days when necessary.
|
||
(E) One such approved set of plans and specifications shall be retained by
|
||
the building inspector as a public record, for a period of not less than ninety
|
||
(90) days from the date of completion of the work covered therein, and one set
|
||
of approved plans and specifications shall be returned to the applicant, which
|
||
set shall be kept on such building or work site at all times during which the
|
||
work authorized thereby is in progress and shall be open to inspection by
|
||
public officials. Such approved plans and specifications shall not be changed,
|
||
modified or altered without authorization from the building inspector and all
|
||
work shall be done in accordance with the approved plans. (Ord. 310, 2-3-2015)
|
||
### 3-1-3: INSPECTIONS:
|
||
Inspections shall be conducted by the building inspector. Where other
|
||
departments require inspection, the building inspector shall ensure they are
|
||
conducted within the time frame allowed. Final inspections and issuance of
|
||
certificates of occupancy shall be conducted in accordance with the
|
||
international building code.
|
||
Where applicable the work listed below must be inspected prior to covering.
|
||
Request for an inspection must be made seventy two (72) hours in advance.
|
||
1. Footing.
|
||
2. Foundation wall.
|
||
3. Concrete slab.
|
||
4. Under floor (crawl space).
|
||
(E) Frame (walls, trusses, rafters, floor, etc.).
|
||
(F) Energy efficiency (insulation, glazing, etc.).
|
||
(G) Wallboard.
|
||
(H) Final - issue certificate of occupancy.
|
||
(I) Reroof/Re-side - tear off, in progress and final.
|
||
Written inspection reports or verbal communication will be conveyed to the
|
||
contractor, job superintendent, design professional or owner with a copy or
|
||
notation retained in the inspector's file should any discrepancies be observed.
|
||
Depending on the scope of work not all of the above inspections may be
|
||
necessary. Circumstances may require additional site visits for consultation or
|
||
discrepancy resolution. (Ord. 310, 2-3-2015)
|
||
### 3-1-4: INSPECTOR QUALIFICATIONS AND DUTIES:
|
||
1. The building inspector shall possess adequate knowledge of the
|
||
building trade and such other qualifications as may be prescribed by the city
|
||
council from time to time.
|
||
2. As building inspector, his/her duties shall include those set forth in
|
||
the international building code and in Montana Code Annotated title 50, chapter
|
||
60, 2011, as now or hereinafter amended. (Ord. 310, 2-3-2015)
|
||
### 3-1-5: FACTORY BUILT BUILDINGS:
|
||
Factory built buildings bearing an insignia issued by Montana building codes
|
||
division, department of labor and industry, shall be subject to local
|
||
government zoning, utility connections, building permit and subsequent
|
||
inspections for foundations and appurtenances to the structure (landings,
|
||
stairs, decks, covered porches and the like). Applications to the building
|
||
official for the erection and utility connection shall be in accordance with
|
||
the applicable codes. (Ord. 310, 2-3-2015)
|
||
### 3-1-6: PERMIT FEES:
|
||
Building permit fees shall be set and established by the city council from time
|
||
to time by appropriate resolution. (Ord. 310, 2-3-2015)
|
||
### 3-1-7: TERRITORIAL APPLICATION:
|
||
The jurisdictional area of the building department of the city shall be
|
||
residential and commercial buildings and structures and permits therefor within
|
||
the corporate limits of the city. (Ord. 310, 2-3-2015)
|
||
### 3-1-8: BOARD OF APPEALS:
|
||
In order to determine the suitability of alternate materials and methods of
|
||
construction and to provide for reasonable interpretations of the provisions of
|
||
the international building code, there shall be and is hereby created a board
|
||
of appeals, consisting of five (5) members, who are qualified by experience and
|
||
training to pass upon matters pertaining to building construction. The board of
|
||
appeals shall be appointed by the mayor with approval by the city council and
|
||
shall hold office at their leisure. The board shall adopt reasonable rules and
|
||
regulations for conducting its investigations and shall render all decisions
|
||
and findings, in writing, to the building official, with a duplicate copy to
|
||
the applicant. The board may recommend to the city council such new legislation
|
||
as is consistent herewith. (Ord. 310, 2-3-2015)
|
||
### 3-1-9: VIOLATIONS AND PENALTIES:
|
||
1. It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation to erect,
|
||
construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move, improve, remove, raze, convert,
|
||
demolish, equip, use, occupy or maintain any building or structure in the city,
|
||
or cause or permit the same to be done, contrary to, or in violation of, any of
|
||
the provisions of this title.
|
||
2. Any person, firm or corporation violating any of the provisions of
|
||
this title shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and each such person shall
|
||
be deemed guilty of a separate offense for each and every day during which any
|
||
violation of any of the provisions of this title is committed, continued or
|
||
permitted and upon conviction of any such violation, such person shall be
|
||
punishable by a fine of not more than three hundred dollars ($300.00) or by
|
||
imprisonment for not more than ninety (90) days or by both such fine and
|
||
imprisonment. (Ord. 310, 2-3-2015)
|
||
## CHAPTER 2 BUILDING CODE
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
3-2-1: Adoption Of Codes
|
||
3-2-2: Building In Floodplain Area
|
||
### 3-2-1: ADOPTION OF CODES:
|
||
Those certain codes known as "the state building code" are hereby adopted by
|
||
the city of Choteau for the purpose of regulating buildings in the city of
|
||
Choteau and protecting the health and safety of the city's citizenry, which
|
||
codes consist of:
|
||
1. The international building code (hereinafter referred to as "IBC"),
|
||
2012 edition, as described in and amended by section 24.301.131, 1 through 3 of
|
||
the administrative rules of Montana (hereinafter referred to as ARM) and ARM
|
||
24.301.146, 1 and 2 and including IBC appendix C (group U - agricultural
|
||
buildings) and appendix H.
|
||
2. The international residential code (hereinafter referred to as the
|
||
"IRC"), 2012 edition, as described in and amended by section 24.301.154 ARM.
|
||
3. The international energy conservation code (hereinafter referred to as
|
||
the IECC), 2012 edition, as amended by section 8.70.204(1) ARM.
|
||
4. Uniform plumbing code, 2012 edition - effective: December 1, 2014.
|
||
(E) International mechanical code, 2012 edition - effective: December 1,
|
||
2014.
|
||
(F) International fuel gas code, 2012 edition - effective: December 1,
|
||
2014.
|
||
These codes are hereby adopted and incorporated herein as if fully set out in
|
||
their entirety herein. (Ord. 310, 2-3-2015)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. Referred to in MCA § 50-60-203, 2011.
|
||
### 3-2-2: BUILDING IN FLOODPLAIN AREA 1 :
|
||
1. Building Permit Required: Within the tentatively designated floodplain
|
||
area in the city, no new construction, substantial improvement to an existing
|
||
structure or moving or demolishing of an existing structure shall be allowed
|
||
unless the person engaged in such construction improvement, moving or
|
||
demolishing has been granted a building permit by the city authorizing one or
|
||
more of these enumerated activities with reference to a particular building or
|
||
structure.
|
||
1. The applicant for such permit, as part of his or her application may
|
||
be required to submit to the city such documentation as it may require to show
|
||
that new construction or substantial improvement to existing structures will be
|
||
reasonably safe from flooding.
|
||
2. The applicant for such permit, as part of his or her application,
|
||
must submit a record of elevations (in relation to mean sea level of the lowest
|
||
floor, including basement) of all new or substantially improved structures
|
||
located in the special flood hazard areas. If the lowest floor is below grade
|
||
on one or more sides, the elevation of the floor immediately above must also be
|
||
recorded.
|
||
1. The city clerk shall maintain for public inspection and furnish
|
||
upon request the said record of elevations.
|
||
2. Construction Requirements: Within the tentatively designated
|
||
floodplain area of the city, any proposed new construction or substantial
|
||
improvement (including prefabricated and mobile homes) must:
|
||
1. Be designed (or modified) and anchored to prevent flotation,
|
||
collapse or lateral movement of the structure;
|
||
2. Use construction materials and utility equipment that are resistant
|
||
to flood damage; and
|
||
3. Use construction methods and practices that will minimize flood
|
||
damage.
|
||
3. Design Of Water And Sewer Systems: New or replacement water supply
|
||
systems and/or sanitary sewage system must be designed to minimize or eliminate
|
||
infiltration of floodwaters into the systems and discharges from the systems
|
||
into floodwaters, and on site waste disposal systems must be located so as to
|
||
avoid impairment of them or contamination from them during flooding. (Ord. 208,
|
||
3-8-1978; amd. Ord. 305, 4-17-2012)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 2. See also chapter 4 of this title.
|
||
## CHAPTER 3 AWNINGS AND SIGNS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
3-3-1: Awning Requirements
|
||
3-3-2: Sign Requirements
|
||
### 3-3-1: AWNING REQUIREMENTS:
|
||
It shall be unlawful hereafter for any person to erect, construct, maintain or
|
||
attach any awning to the front of any building in the city, unless the same
|
||
shall be, at the lowest part, at least seven feet (7') from the surface of the
|
||
sidewalk along the front or sides of such building, and shall not project over
|
||
to exceed three-fourths (3/4) of the width of such sidewalk, and such awning
|
||
shall be supported without posts, by iron brackets or iron framework attached
|
||
firmly to the building so as to leave the sidewalk wholly unobstructed thereby,
|
||
all to the satisfaction of the street commissioner or engineer. (Ord. 28, 7-20-
|
||
1914)
|
||
### 3-3-2: SIGN REQUIREMENTS:
|
||
It shall be unlawful hereafter for any person to erect, construct, maintain, or
|
||
attach any sign, signboard, carved figure or emblem, tobacco sign, barber pole,
|
||
bulletin board, private lamp or light to any building so as to project over any
|
||
sidewalk in the city, unless the same shall be, at the lowest part, at least
|
||
eight feet (8') from the surface of the sidewalk, and shall not project over to
|
||
exceed three-fourths (3/4) of the width of such sidewalk in the case of
|
||
electrically lighted signs made of metal and glass, and one-half (1/2) of the
|
||
width of the sidewalk in the case of all other signs, and such sign, signboard,
|
||
carved figure or emblem shall be supported on posts or by safe and substantial
|
||
iron brackets or frames attached firmly to the building. Supporting posts for
|
||
such signs shall be so placed as to not obstruct the main traveled portion of
|
||
the sidewalk; provided, however, that tobacco signs, carved figures, barber
|
||
poles and bulletin boards may be placed upon the sidewalk next to the building
|
||
line, but shall not extend outwardly from said line to exceed two feet (2'),
|
||
nor in height to exceed six feet (6') above the surface of the sidewalk, and be
|
||
securely fastened so as to eliminate all danger of being tipped over by the
|
||
wind or otherwise, and the fastening of all signs, signboards, carved figures
|
||
or emblems, tobacco signs, barber poles, bulletin boards, private lamps or
|
||
light shall be to the satisfaction of the street commissioner or engineer.
|
||
Provided that when any sign as above described is placed on a street which is a
|
||
federal, interstate or state highway, the outermost portion of the overhanging
|
||
device shall be at least five feet (5') behind the face of the curb, or where
|
||
there is no curb, from the shoulder of the road, and further, the lowest
|
||
portion of the overhanging device shall be at least ten feet (10') above the
|
||
top of the curb or sidewalk or highway shoulder elevation 1 . (Ord. 169, 3-18-
|
||
1968)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. RCM 11-972.
|
||
## CHAPTER 4 FLOODPLAIN AND FLOODWAY MANAGEMENT [1](#notes-1-1)
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
3-4-1: Intent
|
||
3-4-2: Statutory Authority
|
||
3-4-3: Adoption By Reference
|
||
#### Notes 1 1.
|
||
*See also section 3-2-2 of this title for building requirements in floodplain area.*
|
||
### 3-4-1: INTENT:
|
||
This chapter is passed in order to comply with the Montana floodplain and
|
||
floodway management act 1 and to ensure compliance with the requirements for
|
||
the continued participation by the city, in the national flood insurance
|
||
program. Land use regulations which are hereby adopted are to be applied to all
|
||
identified 100-year floodplains within local jurisdiction. (Ord. 258, 5-21-
|
||
1991)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 2. MCA 76-5.
|
||
### 3-4-2: STATUTORY AUTHORITY:
|
||
Municipalities have authority to adopt ordinances as provided for in section 7-
|
||
1-4123, Montana Code Annotated to promote the general public health and
|
||
welfare.
|
||
Other authority for municipalities and counties to adopt floodplain management
|
||
regulations appears in sections 76-5-101 through 406, Montana Code Annotated.
|
||
(Ord. 258, 5-21-1991)
|
||
### 3-4-3: ADOPTION BY REFERENCE:
|
||
This chapter adopts the set of comprehensive land use regulations attached
|
||
hereto by reference, and on file in the city office, for identified 100-year
|
||
floodplains within the city. Identification of 100-year floodplains is based on
|
||
the "Federal Emergency Management Agency Flood Insurance Study", dated October
|
||
3, 1983. All other ordinances are hereby repealed to the extent of any
|
||
inconsistencies. (Ord. 258, 5-21-1991)
|
||
## TITLE 4 POLICE REGULATIONS
|
||
## CHAPTER 1 GENERAL OFFENSES
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
4-1-1: Assembly, Unlawful
|
||
4-1-2: Billposting
|
||
4-1-3: Broken Glass On Streets
|
||
4-1-4: Disturbing The Peace
|
||
4-1-5: Drunkenness
|
||
4-1-6: Lug Wheels
|
||
4-1-7: Playing Ball On Streets Prohibited
|
||
4-1-8: Vagrancy
|
||
4-1-9: Minor; Possession Of Beer Or Liquor
|
||
4-1-10: Peeping Persons
|
||
### 4-1-1: ASSEMBLY, UNLAWFUL:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to make, or assist in making, any riot,
|
||
noise or disturbance in the city, or aid or countenance any disorderly
|
||
assemblage 1 . (Ord. 10, 5-19-1913)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. RCM 11-927, 94-35-181.
|
||
### 4-1-2: BILLPOSTING:
|
||
No person shall paste, or in any manner post up, any written or printed bill,
|
||
notice or advertisement, on any part of the outer walls of any building or on
|
||
any fence, bridge or other structure, or on any tree, or any telegraph,
|
||
telephone or electric light or other pole, within the city limits, without
|
||
having obtained the consent of the owner thereof. (Ord. 10, 5-19-1913)
|
||
### 4-1-3: BROKEN GLASS ON STREETS:
|
||
No person shall throw or place in any highway any glass, nails or other
|
||
material likely to puncture or injure the rubber tire of any vehicle. (Ord.
|
||
106, 6-5-1950)
|
||
### 4-1-4: DISTURBING THE PEACE:
|
||
Every person who wilfully and maliciously disturbs the peace of any
|
||
neighborhood or person in the city, or within three (3) miles of the city
|
||
limits, by loud or unnatural noise, or by tumultuous or offensive conduct or
|
||
threatening, traducing, quarreling, challenging to fight, or fighting, or use
|
||
any vulgar, profane or indecent language or gestures within the presence, sight
|
||
or hearing of any person is guilty of a misdemeanor 1 . (Ord. 45, 4-2-1917)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. RCM 11-927.
|
||
### 4-1-5: DRUNKENNESS:
|
||
Any person being found drunk or intoxicated in the city or within three (3)
|
||
miles of the limits of the city, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor. (Ord. 46, 4-
|
||
2-1917)
|
||
### 4-1-6: LUG WHEELS:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to take, draw, propel or run any traction
|
||
engine upon, along or across any concrete crosswalk within the city, or to
|
||
cause the same to be done, without first laying down or causing to be laid down
|
||
upon such concrete crosswalks, planks of the thickness of not less than three
|
||
inches (3"), upon which planks said traction engine shall be taken, drawn,
|
||
propelled or run, and, provided further, that such traction engine, or the
|
||
wheels thereof, shall not in any manner be permitted to rest upon or touch such
|
||
concrete crosswalk, and, provided further, that the use of planks as above
|
||
provided shall not release any person from liability for any damage done to
|
||
such concrete crosswalks by reason of the taking, drawing, propelling or
|
||
running any traction engine upon, along or across such concrete walk. (Ord. 29,
|
||
3-1-1915)
|
||
### 4-1-7: PLAYING BALL ON STREETS PROHIBITED:
|
||
No person shall play ball, and it shall be unlawful for any person to throw any
|
||
ball or snowball, or kick or play football, in any of the public streets,
|
||
roads, alleys or highways of the city 1 . (Ord. 10, 5-19-1913)
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 2. RCM 11-943.
|
||
### 4-1-8: VAGRANCY:
|
||
Every person being a vagrant, as defined by the provisions of section 94-35-
|
||
248, revised codes of 1947 of the state, within the city limits shall be deemed
|
||
guilty of a misdemeanor 1 . (Ord. 10A, 9-15-1913)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 3. RCM 11-936, 94-35-248
|
||
### 4-1-9: MINOR; POSSESSION OF BEER OR LIQUOR:
|
||
Any person who shall not have reached the age of twenty one (21) years and who
|
||
shall have in his possession beer or liquor shall be guilty of a misdemeanor.
|
||
(Ord. 161, 10-2-1967)
|
||
### 4-1-10: PEEPING PERSONS:
|
||
1. Defined: The term "peeping persons" means one who peeps through
|
||
windows or doors or other like places on the premises of another for the
|
||
purpose of spying upon or invading the privacy of the person spied upon, and
|
||
the doing of any act of a similar nature which involves the privacy of such
|
||
persons.
|
||
2. Declared Unlawful: It is unlawful for any person to be a peeping
|
||
person on the premises of another, or to go upon the premises of another for
|
||
the purpose of being a peeping person.
|
||
3. Punishment: Any person convicted of the crime of being a peeping
|
||
person shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and shall, for the first offense, be
|
||
fined not to exceed one hundred dollars ($100.00) or be imprisoned in the
|
||
county jail for a term not to exceed ten (10) days or both. For a second and
|
||
subsequent conviction within one year of a prior conviction, the fine shall to
|
||
not exceed five hundred dollars ($500.00) and/or imprisonment in the county
|
||
jail for a period not to exceed six (6) months or both. (Ord. 235, 1-15-1985)
|
||
## CHAPTER 2 ANIMALS; DOGS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
4-2-1: Definitions
|
||
4-2-2: Authority Of City Animal Control Officer
|
||
4-2-3: Vaccination And Licensing Of Dogs And Cats
|
||
4-2-4: Violations Under This Chapter
|
||
4-2-5: Seizure Or Impoundment Of Dogs And Other Animals Within The City
|
||
4-2-6: Fines And Costs Of Impoundment
|
||
4-2-7: Repealer, Separability, Effective Date, And 1981 Licensing Date
|
||
### 4-2-1: DEFINITIONS:
|
||
The words and terms used in this chapter shall have the meanings indicated as
|
||
follows unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:
|
||
ANIMAL: Every living brute creature, whether domestic or wild, fowl or mammal
|
||
and shall include, but not be limited to, horses, mules, asses, cattle, sheep,
|
||
goats, chickens, ducks, turkeys, cats and dogs.
|
||
AT LARGE: Intended to mean the presence of an animal away from the premises of
|
||
the owner, and not under the control of the owner or person authorized by the
|
||
owner to have control either by leash, cord, chain or otherwise.
|
||
CONTROL: Obedient to a competent person's commands, or within the proper limits
|
||
of the premises or vehicle controlled by the owner or other person consenting
|
||
thereto.
|
||
DOGS: All canines, whether male or female, neutered or unneutered.
|
||
GUARD OR ATTACK DOG: A dog trained to attack any person or creature coming upon
|
||
the premises containing such dog, or dogs trained to attack upon command.
|
||
IMPOUND: To sequester an animal at a place provided by the city for the keeping
|
||
or the holding of animals.
|
||
KENNEL: Any lot, building, structure or premises where three (3) or more
|
||
sexually unaltered dogs or cats over the age of four (4) months are kept or
|
||
maintained for sale or for the business of boarding, training or breeding for a
|
||
fee.
|
||
NUISANCE ANIMAL OR PUBLIC NUISANCE: The keeping of any animal which disturbs
|
||
the peace and quiet or endangers the repose or health of persons by biting or
|
||
by frequent or habitual barking, howling or yelping, or which defecates,
|
||
urinates, scratches or digs in any lawn, tree, shrub, plant, building or any
|
||
other property, private or public, other than the property of the owner, or any
|
||
dog which upsets or disturbs garbage cans or disturbs or strews garbage
|
||
belonging to any person. A public nuisance shall also include the keeping or
|
||
maintenance of any pen enclosure, stable or building for any animal or animals
|
||
which is offensive to neighbors or passersby or which is injurious to the
|
||
health of the neighborhood.
|
||
OWNER: Any person who owns, keeps or harbors an animal.
|
||
PERSON: Any person, firm, association, organization, partnership, business
|
||
trust, corporation, company or other entity.
|
||
POUND: All places where impounded animals are to be confined, whether by a
|
||
public agency or by a private person or persons under contract or agreement
|
||
with a public agency.
|
||
VACCINATE: The inoculation of a dog or other animal.
|
||
VETERINARIAN: A duly licensed doctor of veterinary medicine.
|
||
VICIOUS DOG: A dog which shows a propensity to attack, bite, scratch or harass
|
||
people or other animals without provocation. (Ord. 225, 2-17-1981, eff. 2-19-
|
||
1981; amd. Ord. 243, 3-17-1987; Ord. 256, 11-6-1990; Ord. 296, 1-7-2003)
|
||
### 4-2-2: AUTHORITY OF CITY ANIMAL CONTROL OFFICER:
|
||
1. The city shall assign or designate a person or persons as city animal
|
||
control officer, hereafter termed, "officer", who shall have and is vested with
|
||
the authority to enter upon premises upon which any animal is kept for the
|
||
purpose of taking up, seizing or impounding any animal found running at large,
|
||
or to ascertain if any of the provisions of this chapter or any state laws
|
||
relating to the cruelty of animals, or the care, treatment or impoundment of
|
||
animals is being violated, provided there is probable cause to believe there is
|
||
a violation. The officer shall have the authority to employ the use of a
|
||
tranquilizer gun or any other animal control device in common use within the
|
||
state. The officer has authority to take up and impound all animals in
|
||
violation of any section of this chapter and shall be and hereby is authorized
|
||
to issue citations for violations of the provisions of this chapter. The
|
||
officer is also hereby authorized to shoot animals when, upon reasonable
|
||
belief, that animal is placing a person in immediate or proximate danger.
|
||
2. Upon such terms as the city deems appropriate, it may enter into
|
||
agreements with a person or persons to seize animals found at large and to
|
||
impound animals found at large. (Ord. 296, 1-7-2003)
|
||
### 4-2-3: VACCINATION AND LICENSING OF DOGS AND CATS:
|
||
1. Every owner of a dog or cat, which dog or cat is over four (4) months
|
||
of age, shall cause such dog or cat to be vaccinated with a rabies vaccine
|
||
administered by a veterinarian. Revaccination of each dog or cat shall be
|
||
administered by a veterinarian within two (2) years of any prior vaccination.
|
||
2. Every owner of a dog or cat, which dog or cat is over four (4) months
|
||
of age, shall purchase a dog or cat license from the city. Such license shall
|
||
be purchased from the city clerk on or before January 31 of each year, and each
|
||
owner shall be required to purchase an annual license fee for each dog or cat
|
||
in the amount of five dollars ($5.00). After January 31 of each year, during
|
||
the year, within fifteen (15) days after a dog or cat reaches the age of four
|
||
(4) months, or within fifteen (15) days after any dog or cat over the age of
|
||
four (4) months is acquired or brought into the city, each owner shall procure
|
||
a license for said dog or cat and such owner shall be required to pay the fees
|
||
herein required of such owner. The fee of the license for a spayed or neutered
|
||
dog or cat shall be one-half (1/2) of the amount required in this subsection.
|
||
3. Any owner who fails to procure a dog or cat license for each dog or
|
||
cat within the city during the time allowed shall, in addition to any other
|
||
penalty provided by this code, be subject to an additional ten dollar ($10.00)
|
||
delinquent assessment and said assessment shall be added to the license fee
|
||
provided for in subsection (B) of this section.
|
||
4. The owner, upon application for dog or cat license shall state the
|
||
age, sex, color and breed of the animal and shall further certify, by written
|
||
document supplied by the administrating veterinarian, the most recent rabies
|
||
vaccination date and the date of the dog or cat was neutered or spayed, if a
|
||
reduced license fee is sought by the owner. In addition, the owner shall give
|
||
his or her name, address and place, if different from owner's address, where
|
||
the dog or cat will be kept.
|
||
(E) The owner shall permanently affix or cause to be affixed to the dog or
|
||
cat the license tag purchased for that dog or cat and said dog or cat shall
|
||
thereafter, at all times, have the dog or cat tag attached to it.
|
||
(F) Dog or cat license tag shall not be transferable between owners or
|
||
from one to another dog or cat.
|
||
(G) Dogs or cats belonging to nonresidents of the city, which are licensed
|
||
and vaccinated in another jurisdiction, for the valid period of such license,
|
||
are exempt from the license and vaccination requirements of this chapter. All
|
||
other dogs or cats within the city are subject to the license requirements of
|
||
this chapter. (Ord. 263, 3-16-1993)
|
||
(H) (Rep. by Ord. 274, 6-2-1998)
|
||
(I) Any person keeping or harboring any "guard or attack dog" within the
|
||
city, as defined in this chapter, shall immediately register with the city
|
||
clerk a description of such dog, giving the address of the premises where the
|
||
dog will be kept within the city and the name of the owner of the dog. The fee
|
||
for the licensing of a guard or attack dog shall be fifteen dollars ($15.00).
|
||
In addition, the owner or person harboring or keeping such dog shall keep said
|
||
dog under strict physical control, confined within a physical enclosure from
|
||
which said dog cannot be reasonably expected to escape and within which other
|
||
persons or animals cannot reasonably be expected to enter. If, at any time, the
|
||
guard dog is not within the physical enclosure, such animal must be on a leash
|
||
not greater than six feet (6') in length and must be muzzled. The owner or
|
||
person harboring such dog shall post, in a conspicuous place on the premises
|
||
containing such dog, a sign of not less than twelve inches by twelve inches
|
||
(12" x 12") in dimension, bearing the legend:
|
||
Beware: Dangerous Dog on Premises.
|
||
(Ord. 225, 2-17-1981, eff. 2-19-1981)
|
||
4-2-4: VIOLATIONS UNDER THIS CHAPTER:
|
||
1. No person shall own, harbor, keep or have control of any unlicensed
|
||
dog or cat in the city, or permit or allow any unlicensed dog or cat to remain
|
||
on any premises under control or possession of such person contrary to the
|
||
provisions of this chapter.
|
||
2. No owner shall permit his dog or cat to be "at large", as defined in
|
||
this chapter. (Ord. 263, 3-16-1993)
|
||
3. No person who is the owner, possessor or keeper of any dog or other
|
||
animal shall permit such animal to create a "public nuisance", as defined in
|
||
this chapter.
|
||
4. No person shall own, harbor or keep a vicious dog within the city.
|
||
(E) No person shall own, harbor or keep a "guard or attack dog", as
|
||
described in this chapter unless such dog is licensed, registered and confined
|
||
or muzzled and leashed within the strict physical control of the owner at all
|
||
times.
|
||
(F) No owner or other person harboring or keeping a female dog in heat
|
||
shall permit such dog to be or remain upon any public place in the city or to
|
||
be or remain upon private property within the city unless such dog is confined
|
||
in a physical enclosure from which such dog cannot reasonably be expected to
|
||
escape and within which no other dog may obtain access, except for the purpose
|
||
of planned breeding.
|
||
(G) No owner or keeper of any dog or other animal shall abandon said
|
||
animal in the city. (Ord. 225, 2-17-1981, eff. 2-19-1981)
|
||
(H) No person shall own, keep or harbor any animal that is infected with a
|
||
disease transmissible to a human, or disease which otherwise constitutes a
|
||
public health hazard. No person shall permit such infected animal to be or to
|
||
remain within the city other than in the custody of a veterinarian.
|
||
(I) Upon the demand made by an officer for reasonable cause, any person
|
||
owning or controlling any dog or cat, or in possession of the premises in which
|
||
a dog or cat is located, shall exhibit such dog or cat and any license which is
|
||
issued to such dog or cat. The term "reasonable cause" shall include, but not
|
||
be limited to, a licensing canvass conducted by the city, or its contractual
|
||
agent. (Ord. 263, 3-16-1993)
|
||
(J) Every person owning or having control of any horses, mules, asses,
|
||
cattle, sheep, goats, chickens, ducks or turkeys, except the domesticated cat,
|
||
or any wild animals capable of domestication, shall keep the same within or
|
||
upon his own premises at all times, except when animals are necessarily passing
|
||
through the public street, at which times the animal or animals shall be tended
|
||
by some person competent to control and prevent them from damaging or troubling
|
||
any person or property.
|
||
(K) No person shall keep swine in the city. Swine may not be brought
|
||
within the limits of the city except for marketing purposes or when traveling
|
||
through the city on a direct route to a destination outside of the city. (Ord.
|
||
225, 2-17-1981, eff. 2-19-1981)
|
||
(L) No person shall keep or maintain a kennel in the city. (Ord. 275, 6-2-
|
||
1998)
|
||
(M) It is unlawful for any person to break open, damage, destroy or carry
|
||
away any animal trap owned by the city and used for the purpose of catching any
|
||
animal in violation of this chapter. (Ord. 263, 3-16-1993)
|
||
### 4-2-5: SEIZURE OR IMPOUNDMENT OF DOGS AND OTHER ANIMALS WITHIN THE CITY:
|
||
Every officer or authorized person is authorized to seize and impound any dog
|
||
or cat which such officer or authorized person reasonably believes to be an
|
||
unlicensed dog or cat, a stray dog or cat, a dog or other animal which is "at
|
||
large", a vicious dog or attack dog which is not properly licensed and confined
|
||
as provided in this chapter, or a rabid, diseased or injured animal. The
|
||
officer or authorized person may impound said dog or other animal as provided
|
||
herein.
|
||
1. If the seized animal is an unlicensed dog or other animal in violation
|
||
of any of the provisions of this chapter, it may be held at an impoundment
|
||
facility, if one is available, for a term of up to four (4) days.
|
||
2. If the animal is "at large" and legally licensed, with license tag
|
||
attached, it may be held for a term of up to four (4) days and the registered
|
||
owner of said animal shall be given notice of the impoundment. (Ord. 296, 1-7-
|
||
2003)
|
||
3. If a dog is a vicious dog, it shall be held for a period of not more
|
||
than five (5) days during which term the city judge shall conduct a hearing,
|
||
with prior notice to the owner, if known, as to whether the dog is so vicious
|
||
to be a menace to the health, safety or welfare of the community. If the animal
|
||
is deemed to be so vicious, the city judge shall order it destroyed within five
|
||
(5) days. If the animal is not deemed to be vicious, it shall be released and
|
||
returned to the owner, but the owner shall be assessed with the feeding, care
|
||
and other expenses of the impoundment, together with fines or penalties for
|
||
violation of any other section of this chapter. Provided, however, that if a
|
||
dog is believed to be rabid it shall be quarantined in the pound for a term of
|
||
fourteen (14) days and, if found to be rabid, it shall be destroyed. Dogs may
|
||
be deemed vicious after proper hearing, without being held in the pound. (Ord.
|
||
225, 2-17-1981, eff. 2-19-1981)
|
||
4. It is hereby declared the duty of every owner of any animal to know
|
||
its whereabouts at all times. In the event that any animal is impounded, the
|
||
owner shall redeem the same within four (4) days of the date of impoundment or
|
||
the owner shall be deemed to have forfeited all right, title and interest
|
||
therein and such animal shall be subject to sale or disposal by the officer or
|
||
authorized person as provided herein. If the impounded animal is properly
|
||
licensed and wearing a valid tag, then actual or written notice shall be given
|
||
to the owner. Written notice shall be mailed to the owner of any such animal to
|
||
the address listed on the license application and notice is deemed complete
|
||
upon placing such notice in the mail. Actual notice may be given to an owner by
|
||
phone or in person. If the owner fails to redeem said impounded animal within
|
||
four (4) days of the date of actual or written notice, then the owner shall be
|
||
deemed to have abandoned the animal and forfeited all right, title and interest
|
||
therein and such animal shall be subject to sale, adoption or disposal by the
|
||
officer or authorized person as provided herein.
|
||
5. At any time after the expiration of the impoundment period if the
|
||
animal is unclaimed and penalties, costs and other charges have not been paid
|
||
as to such animal, then the animal is subject to sale, adoption or disposal.
|
||
Animals to be disposed of shall be put to death by order of the city judge in a
|
||
humane manner or disposed of by other appropriate order providing for permanent
|
||
removal of the animal from the city limits. Any unclaimed animal suffering from
|
||
infectious disease shall not be released but must be put to death. (Ord. 296,
|
||
1-7-2003)
|
||
### 4-2-6: FINES AND COSTS OF IMPOUNDMENT:
|
||
1. The owner of any dog or animal impounded, at any time before the
|
||
disposal of such animal shall redeem such animal by paying to the city clerk or
|
||
judge the fees, charges, fines and if not previously paid, the license tax
|
||
prescribed by this chapter accruing up to such time of the redemption.
|
||
2. The costs of impoundment and care for any such animal so impounded
|
||
shall be assessed against the owner as is provided for in the current contracts
|
||
between the city and any private or public agency authorized by the city as the
|
||
impoundment center for animals impounded within the city. A copy of the current
|
||
contract will be on file in the office of the city clerk. (Ord. 225, 2-17-1981,
|
||
eff. 2-19-1981)
|
||
3. Any person violating subsection
|
||
4-2-4(C) of this chapter which involves a "nuisance animal" or "public
|
||
nuisance" is guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof, shall be
|
||
punished by a fine for first offense of fifty dollars ($50.00) to two hundred
|
||
fifty dollars ($250.00), for second offense seventy five dollars ($75.00) to
|
||
two hundred fifty dollars ($250.00) and third offense one hundred dollars
|
||
($100.00) to two hundred fifty dollars ($250.00). Any person violating any
|
||
other provision of this chapter is guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction
|
||
thereof, shall be punished for the first offense by a fine of one hundred
|
||
dollars ($100.00); upon conviction of a second or additional offense by a fine
|
||
of not less than one hundred fifty dollars ($150.00). (Ord. 307, 2-5-2013)
|
||
4. It is further provided that the city judge, in addition to the fine as
|
||
set forth in subsection (C) of this section, may order the defendant to abate
|
||
forthwith, or within a reasonable time as he shall order, the violation for
|
||
which the defendant was found guilty. (Ord. 262, 12-15-1992)
|
||
(E) Every person violating provisions of this chapter shall be guilty of a
|
||
separate offense for each day or portion thereof during which such violation
|
||
continues and shall be punishable therefor as is provided in this section.
|
||
(F) Whenever an animal is to be put to death under this chapter, except
|
||
for infection with rabies, the owner or other person may apply to the city
|
||
judge for permission to remove the animal permanently from the city. Upon the
|
||
filing of each person's written agreement to remove such animal and to be
|
||
responsible for the permanent absence of such animal from the city, the city
|
||
judge may, in his discretion, order such animal to be removed from the city
|
||
instead of being put to death. (Ord. 225, 2-17-1981, eff. 2-19-1981)
|
||
(G) Notwithstanding any of the provisions to the contrary hereinabove set
|
||
forth in this chapter, any person violating any provision of this chapter
|
||
relative to cats is guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof, shall
|
||
be punished by a fine of five dollars ($5.00) for the first such offense; and
|
||
on subsequent convictions shall be punished by a fine of ten dollars ($10.00).
|
||
(H) Any person violating subsection
|
||
4-2-4(M) of this chapter is guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction
|
||
thereof, shall be punished by a fine of five dollars ($5.00) for the first such
|
||
offense; and on subsequent convictions shall be punished by a fine of ten
|
||
dollars ($10.00). (Ord. 263, 3-16-1993)
|
||
### 4-2-7: REPEALER, SEPARABILITY, EFFECTIVE DATE, AND 1981 LICENSING DATE:
|
||
1. Repealer: All ordinances or parts of ordinances in conflict with the
|
||
provisions of this chapter are hereby repealed. These are: ordinances 203 and
|
||
212, which also constitute this chapter 2 and repealed chapter 3 of this title,
|
||
as amended.
|
||
2. Separability: If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase or
|
||
portion of this chapter is for any reason held invalid or unconstitutional by a
|
||
court of competent jurisdiction, such portion shall be deemed a separate,
|
||
distinct, and independent provision and such holding shall not affect the
|
||
validity of the remaining portions thereof.
|
||
3. Effective Date: The effective date of this chapter shall be February
|
||
19, 1981.
|
||
4. Extension Of 1981 Licensing Deadline: For calendar year 1981, the
|
||
annual deadline for the purchase of dog licenses pursuant to subsection
|
||
4-2-3(B) of this chapter shall be extended from January 31 to such date as
|
||
falls thirty (30) days subsequent to the effective date of this chapter. (Ord.
|
||
225, 2-17-1981, eff. 2-19-1981)
|
||
## CHAPTER 3 DOGS
|
||
(Rep. by Ord. 203, 3-21-1977)
|
||
## CHAPTER 4 FIREARMS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
4-4-1: Unlawful Discharge Of Firearms
|
||
4-4-2: Peace Officers, Lawful Use
|
||
4-4-3: Shooting Galleries
|
||
### 4-4-1: UNLAWFUL DISCHARGE OF FIREARMS:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to shoot or discharge any firearm, weapon,
|
||
gun, rifle, shotgun, pistol, revolver or any other form of firearm, air gun or
|
||
rifle or gun shooting or discharging shot or darts by means of compressed air,
|
||
within the city limits, and any person violating the provisions of this chapter
|
||
shall be guilty of a misdemeanor. (Ord. 188, 4-16-1973)
|
||
### 4-4-2: PEACE OFFICERS, LAWFUL USE:
|
||
The prohibition of section 4-4-1 of this chapter shall not be construed to forbid sheriffs, police and any other duly authorized peace officer and their deputies from shooting or discharging any firearm within the city limits in the discharge of their
|
||
duties. (Ord. 188, 4-16-1973)
|
||
### 4-4-3: SHOOTING GALLERIES:
|
||
The prohibition of section 4-4-1 of this chapter shall not apply to licensed shooting galleries where such instrument can be fired, discharged or operated in such a manner as to not endanger persons or property, and also in such manner as to prevent the projectile from traversing any grounds or space outside the limits of such gallery; and provided further that the city council may by special permit authorize the operation of trap shoot within the city limits. (Ord. 188, 4-16-1973)
|
||
## CHAPTER 5 CURFEW
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
4-5-1: Loitering Of Minors Prohibited
|
||
4-5-2: Responsibility Of The Parents
|
||
4-5-3: Violation Of Chapter
|
||
### 4-5-1: LOITERING OF MINORS PROHIBITED:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any minor under the age of eighteen (18) years to
|
||
loiter, idle, wander, stroll or play in or upon the public streets, highways,
|
||
roads, alleys, parks, playgrounds, or other public places and public buildings,
|
||
cafes, theaters and places of amusement and entertainment, vacant lots or other
|
||
unsupervised places, between the hours of ten thirty o'clock (10:30) P.M. and
|
||
five o'clock (5:00) A.M. of the next day on Sundays, Mondays, Tuesdays,
|
||
Wednesdays, and Thursdays of each and every week and between the hours of
|
||
twelve o'clock (12:00) midnight until five o'clock (5:00) A.M. of the next day
|
||
on Friday and Saturday of each week; provided, however, that during school
|
||
vacation periods the hours shall be the same as on Friday and Saturday; and
|
||
provided, however, that the provisions of this section do not apply to a minor
|
||
accompanied by his or her parents, guardian, or other adult person having the
|
||
care and custody of the minor, or where the minor is upon an emergency errand
|
||
or legitimate business directed by his parent, guardian or other adult person
|
||
having the care and custody of the minor. The provisions of this section shall
|
||
not apply to a minor while engaged in any gainful occupation or employment for
|
||
his livelihood or part of his livelihood nor while going to and from such
|
||
employment. Any minor under eighteen (18) years of age who is living with his
|
||
parents or one of them, or guardian, or with any foster parent, who is absent
|
||
from his home during the prohibited hours, shall carry with him upon his person
|
||
the written permission of his parent, guardian or foster parents to be absent
|
||
from his home for some stated legitimate reason, except when the absence is due
|
||
to gainful employment as above mentioned. Each violation of the provisions of
|
||
this section shall constitute a separate offense. (Ord. 131, 5-18-1959; amd.
|
||
Ord. 271, 2-24-1997)
|
||
### 4-5-2: RESPONSIBILITY OF THE PARENTS:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for the parent, guardian, or other adult person having the
|
||
care and custody of a minor under the age of eighteen (18) years to allow or
|
||
permit such minor to loiter, idle, wander, stroll or play in or upon the public
|
||
streets, highways, roads, alleys, parks, playgrounds, or other public grounds,
|
||
public places and public buildings, cafes, theaters and places of amusement and
|
||
entertainment, vacant lots or other unsupervised places, between the hours of
|
||
ten thirty o'clock (10:30) P.M. and five o'clock (5:00) A.M. of the next day on
|
||
Sundays, Mondays, Tuesdays, Wednesdays and Thursdays of each and every week and
|
||
between the hours of twelve o'clock (12:00) midnight and until five o'clock (5:
|
||
00) A.M. of the next day on Friday and Saturday of each week; provided,
|
||
however, that during school vacation periods, the hours shall be the same as on
|
||
Friday and Saturday; and provided, however, that the provisions of this section
|
||
do not apply when the minor is accompanied by his parent, guardian, or other
|
||
adult having the care and custody of the minor, or where the minor is upon an
|
||
emergency errand or legitimate business directed by his parent, guardian, or
|
||
other adult person having the care and custody of the minor; provided further,
|
||
that any minor under eighteen (18) years of age who is living with his parents
|
||
or one of them, or guardian, or with any foster parent or parents, who is
|
||
absent from his home during the prohibited hours, shall carry with him upon his
|
||
person the written permission of his parent, parents, guardian or foster
|
||
parents, to be so absent from his home for some stated legitimate reason,
|
||
except when the absence is due to gainful employment as above mentioned. Each
|
||
violation of the provisions of this section shall constitute a separate
|
||
offense. In any prosecution under this section it shall not constitute a
|
||
defense thereto that the parent, guardian, or other adult person having the
|
||
care and custody of a minor under said age did not have knowledge that such
|
||
minor did loiter, idle, wander, stroll or play in or upon any of the above
|
||
mentioned places, at any time between the above mentioned prohibited hours.
|
||
(Ord. 131, 5-18-1959; amd. Ord. 271, 2-24-1997)
|
||
### 4-5-3: VIOLATION OF CHAPTER:
|
||
A minor under eighteen (18) years of age, violating the provisions of this
|
||
chapter, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and shall be dealt with in accordance
|
||
with the laws of the state regarding crimes and offenses committed by juveniles
|
||
being persons under eighteen (18) years of age. Any parent, guardian or other
|
||
adult having the care and custody of a minor violating section
|
||
4-5-2 of this chapter shall, upon trial and conviction thereof, be punished as
|
||
provided by title 1, chapter 4 of this code. (Ord. 131, 5-18-1959)
|
||
## CHAPTER 6 BLACKOUT AND AIR RAID REGULATIONS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
4-6-1: Authority To Promulgate Necessary Orders
|
||
4-6-2: Orders, Rules And Regulations To Be In Writing
|
||
4-6-3: Effect Of Orders, Rules And Regulations
|
||
4-6-4: Special Police; Identifying Emblem
|
||
4-6-5: Unauthorized Warning Or All-Clear Signals Prohibited
|
||
4-6-6: Liability
|
||
4-6-7: Lights; Public Nuisance
|
||
4-6-8: Rules And Regulations Suspended
|
||
4-6-9: Conflict With State Or Federal Statutes
|
||
### 4-6-1: AUTHORITY TO PROMULGATE NECESSARY ORDERS:
|
||
In order to protect life and property in the city from enemy action the
|
||
commander of the citizens defense corps is authorized and directed to carry out
|
||
blackouts and air raid protection measures in the city at such times and for
|
||
such periods as are authorized or ordered by the army or navy and to promulgate
|
||
such orders, rules and regulations as may be necessary to ensure the success of
|
||
the blackouts and air raid protection measures and to protect life and property
|
||
during said periods, and to these ends, he may cause the demolition of
|
||
buildings and other structures. The orders, rules, and regulations shall
|
||
include traffic movements of emergency or other vehicles, evacuation of
|
||
residents, congregation of persons on public streets, sidewalks, and in public
|
||
places or buildings, but this enumeration shall not be taken as a limitation on
|
||
the power to promulgate orders, rules, regulations governing any subject,
|
||
persons or property which must be regulated in order to ensure the proper
|
||
carrying out of any duly authorized blackout or raid protection measure.
|
||
Practice blackouts and air raid drills may be carried out at such times and for
|
||
such periods as the commander of the citizens defense corps shall in his
|
||
discretion deem appropriate or necessary, but subject always to the orders and
|
||
directions of the army or navy, and the orders, rules and regulations
|
||
authorized herein. (Ord. 90, 6-1-1942)
|
||
### 4-6-2: ORDERS, RULES AND REGULATIONS TO BE IN WRITING:
|
||
All orders, rules and regulations authorized by the provisions of this chapter
|
||
for the conduct of the general public shall be in writing and shall be
|
||
available for public inspection at the place and during the hours fixed by the
|
||
commander of the citizens defense corps. (Ord. 90, 6-1-1942)
|
||
### 4-6-3: EFFECT OF ORDERS, RULES AND REGULATIONS:
|
||
Any order, rule or regulation promulgated pursuant to the authority conferred
|
||
by the provisions of this chapter shall be in force and effect from the time of
|
||
promulgation until amended or repealed by the council. (Ord. 90, 6-1-1942)
|
||
### 4-6-4: SPECIAL POLICE; IDENTIFYING EMBLEM:
|
||
The mayor may appoint for a specified time as many special police, without pay,
|
||
from among residents of the city as may be deemed advisable for service in
|
||
connection with any blackout or air raid protection measure. During the term of
|
||
service of such special police, they shall possess all the powers and
|
||
privileges and perform all the duties of privates in the standing police force
|
||
of the city. The special police must wear such identifying emblem as may be
|
||
prescribed by the mayor and it shall be unlawful for any special policeman to
|
||
attempt to carry out any order, rule, or regulation promulgated under the
|
||
authority conferred by the provisions of this chapter when he is not wearing
|
||
said identifying emblem. (Ord. 90, 6-1-1942)
|
||
### 4-6-5: UNAUTHORIZED WARNING OR ALL-CLEAR SIGNALS PROHIBITED:
|
||
Any unauthorized person who shall operate a siren or other device so as to
|
||
simulate a blackout signal or air raid, or the termination of a blackout or air
|
||
raid, shall be deemed guilty of a violation of the provisions of this chapter.
|
||
(Ord. 90, 6-1-1942)
|
||
### 4-6-6: LIABILITY:
|
||
The provisions of this chapter are an exercise by the city of its governmental
|
||
functions for the protection of the public peace, health and safety and neither
|
||
the city, the agents and representatives of the city, or any individual,
|
||
receiver, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or trustee, or any of
|
||
the agents thereof, in good faith carrying out, complying with or attempting to
|
||
comply with, any order, rule, or regulation promulgated pursuant to the
|
||
provisions of this chapter shall be liable for any damage sustained to person
|
||
or property as the result of said activity. (Ord. 90, 6-1-1942)
|
||
### 4-6-7: LIGHTS; PUBLIC NUISANCE:
|
||
Any light displayed contrary to any order, rule or regulation promulgated
|
||
pursuant to the provisions of this chapter constitutes a public nuisance and
|
||
when deemed necessary in order to protect life or property during a blackout or
|
||
air raid, the police or the special police authorized herein, are authorized
|
||
and directed to enter upon any premises within the city using reasonable force,
|
||
and extinguish lights or take other necessary action to make effective any
|
||
order, rule or regulation promulgated under the authority conferred by this
|
||
chapter. (Ord. 90, 6-1-1942)
|
||
### 4-6-8: RULES AND REGULATIONS SUSPENDED:
|
||
At all times when the orders, rules and regulations made and promulgated
|
||
pursuant to the provisions of this chapter shall be in effect, they shall
|
||
supersede all existing ordinances, orders, and regulations insofar as the
|
||
latter may be inconsistent therewith. (Ord. 90, 6-1-1942)
|
||
### 4-6-9: CONFLICT WITH STATE OR FEDERAL STATUTES:
|
||
The provisions of this chapter shall not be construed so as to conflict with
|
||
any state or federal statute or with any military or naval order, rule or
|
||
regulation. (Ord. 90, 6-1-1942)
|
||
## CHAPTER 7 RIOTS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
4-7-1: Riot Defined
|
||
4-7-2: Violations
|
||
### 4-7-1: RIOT DEFINED:
|
||
Any use of force or violence, disturbing the public peace, or any threats to
|
||
use force or violence, if accompanied by immediate power of execution, by two
|
||
(2) or more persons acting together, and without authority of law, is a "riot".
|
||
Any person who unlawfully participates therein is a "rioter". (Ord. 156, 10-4-
|
||
1965)
|
||
### 4-7-2: VIOLATIONS:
|
||
Whenever two (2) or more persons, assembled and acting together, make any
|
||
attempt or advance toward the commission of an act which would be a riot if
|
||
actually committed, such persons shall be punishable under this chapter as
|
||
rioters.
|
||
Whenever two (2) or more persons assemble together to do an unlawful act, and
|
||
separate without doing or advancing toward it, or to do a lawful act in a
|
||
violent, boisterous or tumultuous manner such assembly is an unlawful assembly
|
||
and may be dispersed.
|
||
Every person remaining present at the place of any riot or unlawful assembly,
|
||
after they have been lawfully warned to disperse, except city and police
|
||
officers and persons assisting them in attempting to disperse the same, shall
|
||
be guilty of violation of this chapter.
|
||
Where any number of persons, whether armed or not, are unlawfully or riotously
|
||
assembled, the chief of police, police, or the officials governing the city
|
||
must go among the persons assembled, or as near to them as possible, and
|
||
command them in the name of the city immediately to disperse.
|
||
If the persons assembled do not immediately disperse, such authorized officers
|
||
must arrest them, and to that end may command the aid of all persons present or
|
||
within the city, and in making such arrest or arrests the authorized officers
|
||
shall use such force as is reasonably necessary in making the arrest and that
|
||
all persons assisting at the command of the officer or officers shall likewise
|
||
be authorized to use the same degree of force.
|
||
Every endeavor must be used by the officers authorized to make arrests in riots
|
||
or riotous assembly within the city to induce or force the rioters to disperse
|
||
before an attack is made upon them by which their lives are endangered, and
|
||
that no officer or persons assisting shall fire upon such assembly of rioters
|
||
unless he or others are threatened by the imminence of great bodily harm or
|
||
death at the hands of such rioters.
|
||
Any able bodied male citizen who on command of the chief of police of the city,
|
||
or other officer authorized to disperse unlawful assemblies or riots in the
|
||
city, shall fail or refuse to assist in the suppression of unlawful assemblies
|
||
or riots, without lawful excuse, shall be guilty of a violation of this
|
||
chapter. (Ord. 156, 10-4-1965)
|
||
## CHAPTER 8 GAMING
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
4-8-1: Short Title
|
||
4-8-2: Definitions
|
||
4-8-3: Issuance Of License
|
||
4-8-4: Restrictions On Licensing
|
||
4-8-5: Denial Of License
|
||
4-8-6: Application For License
|
||
4-8-7: Ineligibility Of Applicant
|
||
4-8-8: Owner Of Premises
|
||
4-8-9: Change Of Ownership
|
||
4-8-10: Names On License
|
||
4-8-11: Licensee Shall Report Leases
|
||
4-8-12: Applicant Deemed To Accept Risks
|
||
4-8-13: Refusal To Answer Questions
|
||
4-8-14: Furnishing Information
|
||
4-8-15: Separate License Application
|
||
4-8-16: Delivery Of Application; Investigation
|
||
4-8-17: Name Of Licensee
|
||
4-8-18: Investigation Of Licensee
|
||
4-8-19: Issuance Of Citation
|
||
4-8-20: Hearing; Council Decision
|
||
4-8-21: Hearing Examiner
|
||
4-8-22: Examination Of Premises
|
||
4-8-23: Renewal Of License
|
||
4-8-24: Gambling; When Lawful
|
||
4-8-25: Minors
|
||
4-8-26: Hours Of Operation
|
||
4-8-27: Revocation Of License
|
||
4-8-28: Refusal Of Service
|
||
4-8-29: Employment Of Law Officer
|
||
4-8-30: Records Of Operation
|
||
4-8-31: Persons Who May Not Hold License
|
||
4-8-32: Dealer's Permit
|
||
4-8-33: Application For Dealer's Permit
|
||
4-8-34: Persons Prohibited Dealer's Permit
|
||
4-8-35: Dealer's Permit May Be Revoked
|
||
4-8-36: Restrictions Of Tables; License Amendment
|
||
4-8-37: Temporary License
|
||
4-8-38: Fees
|
||
4-8-39: Fees Paid In Advance
|
||
4-8-40: Revocable Privilege
|
||
4-8-41: Collection Of Fees
|
||
4-8-42: Violation; Penalty
|
||
4-8-43: Lien; Seizure Of Property
|
||
4-8-44: Coin Operated Poker Machines
|
||
### 4-8-1: SHORT TITLE:
|
||
This chapter may be cited as the CHOTEAU GAMING ORDINANCE. (Ord. 192, 10-21-
|
||
1974)
|
||
### 4-8-2: DEFINITIONS:
|
||
As used in this chapter, unless the context otherwise requires, the following
|
||
terms shall have the following meanings:
|
||
AUTHORIZED CARD GAME: The card games known as bridge, cribbage, hearts,
|
||
panguingue, pinochle, pitch, rummy, whist, solo and poker.
|
||
CARD GAME: Any game played with cards for which the prize is money or any item
|
||
of value.
|
||
DEALER'S PERMIT: A permit issued by this city authorizing an individual to
|
||
deal, supervise, participate in, conduct and operate authorized card games and
|
||
games of chance as an agent, servant, employee, or independent contractor for a
|
||
licensee on a premises for which a gaming license or temporary license has been
|
||
issued pursuant to this chapter; provided, however, that a dealer's permit
|
||
shall not be required for bingo, pitch, pinochle and rummy.
|
||
EQUIPMENT: (A) With respect to bingo, the receptacle and numbered objects drawn
|
||
from it, the master board upon which such objects are placed as drawn, the
|
||
cards or sheets bearing numbers or other designations to be covered and the
|
||
objects used to cover them, the boards or signs, however operated, used to
|
||
announce or display the numbers or designations as they are drawn, public
|
||
address system, and all other articles essential to the operation, conduct and
|
||
playing of bingo; or
|
||
2. With respect to raffles, the implements, devices and machines
|
||
designed, intended or used for the conduct of raffles and the identification of
|
||
the winning number or unit and the ticket or other evidence of right to
|
||
participate in raffles.
|
||
GAME OF CHANCE: The specific kind of game of chance commonly known as:
|
||
1. "Bingo", in which prizes are awarded on the basis of designated
|
||
numbers or symbols on a card which conforms to numbers or symbols selected at
|
||
random; and such prizes must be in tangible personal property only and not in
|
||
money, cash, stocks, bonds, evidences of indebtedness, or other intangible
|
||
personal property and must not exceed the value of one hundred dollars
|
||
($100.00) for each individual bingo award. The price for an individual bingo
|
||
card shall not exceed fifty cents ($0.50). It shall be unlawful to, in any
|
||
manner, combine any awards so as to increase the ultimate value of such award;
|
||
2. "Raffles", which are conducted by drawing for prizes. Prizes must be
|
||
in tangible personal property only and not in money, cash, stocks, bonds,
|
||
evidences of indebtedness, or other intangible personal property and must not
|
||
exceed the value of one thousand dollars ($1,000.00) for each individual raffle
|
||
card. It shall be unlawful to, in any manner, combine any award so as to
|
||
increase the ultimate value of such award.
|
||
GAMING LICENSE: A license issued by this city to a qualified person under which
|
||
it shall be lawful for the licensee to provide a place and equipment for the
|
||
conduct of and operate games of chance and authorized card games, as provided
|
||
in this chapter and the Montana card games act and the bingo and raffles law.
|
||
GAMING MACHINE: Any implement, device, equipment, or machine designed, intended
|
||
or used for the conduct of raffles or the receptacle and master board used for
|
||
the conduct of bingo.
|
||
GAMING TABLE: A piece of furniture used as a surface for playing any authorized
|
||
card game.
|
||
LICENSEE: The person to whom a license is issued.
|
||
MINOR: An individual under the age of eighteen (18) years.
|
||
PERSON: Every individual, copartnership, or corporation, who owns or operates
|
||
premises which have been licensed for the sale of liquor, beer, food,
|
||
cigarettes, or any other consumable product, or any person who owns or operates
|
||
premises on which any game of chance is operated.
|
||
POKER MACHINES: Any machine, device, or equipment, which serves as a substitute
|
||
for a card game legal within the state of Montana and for which there is the
|
||
possibility of any cash or other prize of monetary value other than the reward
|
||
by the player of additional games. If the owner, operator, or distributor of
|
||
such machine offers to or otherwise makes payment of any kind other than the
|
||
allowance or permission of the individual to play additional games, such device
|
||
is a poker machine.
|
||
PREMISES: Any building, structure, lot or parcel of real property under the
|
||
control of any person.
|
||
TEMPORARY LICENSE: A gaming license issued by this city for a specified period
|
||
not to exceed one week. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974; amd. Ord. 195, 2-3-1975; Ord.
|
||
229, 5-3-1983, eff. 7-1-1983)
|
||
### 4-8-3: ISSUANCE OF LICENSE:
|
||
Gaming licenses may be issued to qualified applicants as herein provided,
|
||
whereby the licensee shall be authorized and permitted to provide gaming tables
|
||
for authorized card games and equipment for games of chance and to operate and
|
||
conduct authorized card games and games of chance. No person shall permit the
|
||
operation or conduct of any card game or game of chance on his premises until
|
||
he has obtained a gaming license. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-4: RESTRICTIONS ON LICENSING:
|
||
No gaming license or temporary license shall be issued to:
|
||
1. A person who has been convicted of being a keeper or is keeping a
|
||
house of ill fame;
|
||
2. A person who has been convicted of pandering or other crimes or other
|
||
misdemeanors opposed to decency and morality under the laws of the federal
|
||
government or any state of the United States;
|
||
3. A person whose license, issued under this chapter or the ordinance or
|
||
resolution of any other city, town, or county in this state relating to gaming,
|
||
has been revoked for cause;
|
||
4. A person who, at the time of application for renewal of any license
|
||
issued hereunder would not be eligible for such license upon a first
|
||
application;
|
||
(E) A person who is not a citizen of the United States and who has not
|
||
been a resident of the state of Montana for at least one year immediately
|
||
preceding the filing of the application for a license;
|
||
(F) A person who is not the owner and operator of the business licensed
|
||
for the sale of liquor, beer, food, cigarettes or other consumable products;
|
||
(G) Minors;
|
||
(H) A person who has been convicted of any crime or misdemeanor involving
|
||
moral turpitude or violence against an individual. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-5: DENIAL OF LICENSE:
|
||
A gaming license may be denied if the council deems that the place or location
|
||
for which the license is sought is unsuitable for the conduct of gaming
|
||
operations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the following
|
||
places or locations may be deemed unsuitable:
|
||
1. Premises located within the immediate vicinity of churches, hospitals,
|
||
schools and children's public playgrounds;
|
||
2. Premises located in a place where gaming would be contrary to a zoning
|
||
ordinance;
|
||
3. Premises difficult to police by reason of physical layout or
|
||
construction. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-6: APPLICATION FOR LICENSE:
|
||
Prior to the issuance of a license, as herein provided, the applicant shall
|
||
file with the city clerk an application in writing, signed by the applicant and
|
||
directed to the council, which application shall specify the location by street
|
||
and number of the premises where authorized card games and games of chance are
|
||
to be conducted under the license applied for. The application shall state the
|
||
names of all individuals and persons financially interested in the premises,
|
||
the license sought or the business conducted on the premises. The application
|
||
must be accompanied by satisfactory evidence that the applicant is currently
|
||
licensed for the sale of liquor, beer, food, cigarettes or any other consumable
|
||
product, and the applicant must further authorize the chief of police, or other
|
||
authorized person, to investigate the applicant's character, background and
|
||
associations, and the suitability of the premises for gaming. The license
|
||
application shall set forth the number of gaming tables, not to exceed five
|
||
(5), and the number of gaming machines, not to exceed ten (10) that are to be
|
||
used on the premises and whether games of chance are to be conducted on the
|
||
premises. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-7: INELIGIBILITY OF APPLICANT:
|
||
If any person or individual named on the application is ineligible for issuance
|
||
of a gaming license or temporary license, none may be issued for that premises.
|
||
(Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-8: OWNER OF PREMISES:
|
||
In all cases in which the premises wherein or whereon the gaming operation for
|
||
which a gaming license is sought are not wholly owned by the applicant, the
|
||
applicant shall furnish with his application a statement of the name and
|
||
address of the owner or owners of such premises, a copy of all agreements
|
||
whereby the applicant is entitled to possession of the premises and such other
|
||
information as the council may require. In all cases in which the premises are
|
||
wholly or partly owned by the applicant, the applicant shall furnish to the
|
||
council complete information pertaining to the interests held by any person
|
||
other than the applicant, including interest held under any mortgage, deed of
|
||
trust, bonds or debentures, pledge of corporate stock, voting trust agreement
|
||
or other device whatever, together, with such other information as the council
|
||
may require. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-9: CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP:
|
||
Every licensee shall furnish to the council complete information pertaining to
|
||
any change of ownership of any such interest in the premises wherein or whereon
|
||
the licensed gaming is operated at least thirty (30) days before the date of
|
||
such change; or if the licensee is not a party to the transaction effecting
|
||
such change of ownership immediately upon acquiring knowledge of such change of
|
||
ownership or any contemplated change of ownership. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-10: NAMES ON LICENSE:
|
||
If the council determines that a landlord or financier by reason of the extent
|
||
of his holdings, or his inherent control financially, cannot in fact be
|
||
separated from the gaming operation, and that as a practical matter a single
|
||
entity exists regardless of the form of organization, it may require that all
|
||
such persons be named on the license. Without limiting the generality of the
|
||
foregoing, such a situation may be deemed to exist in any instance where any
|
||
owner of premises leases the same to operators under terms which are not in
|
||
accordance with usual and accepted business practice. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-11: LICENSEE SHALL REPORT LEASES:
|
||
A licensee shall report to the council all leases to which it is a party on any
|
||
premises where gaming is conducted not later than thirty (30) days after the
|
||
effective date of the lease and shall include the following information:
|
||
1. The name, address and a brief statement of the nature of the business
|
||
of the lessor;
|
||
2. A brief description of the material terms of the lease;
|
||
3. A brief description of any business relationships between the licensee
|
||
and the lessor other than by the lease. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-12: APPLICANT DEEMED TO ACCEPT RISKS:
|
||
An applicant for a gaming license is seeking the granting of a privilege, and
|
||
the burden of proving his qualification to receive any license is at all times
|
||
on the applicant. An applicant is deemed to accept any risk of adverse public
|
||
notice, embarrassment, criticism, or other action of financial loss which may
|
||
result from action with respect to an applicant and expressly waives any claim
|
||
for damages as a result thereof. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-13: REFUSAL TO ANSWER QUESTIONS:
|
||
An applicant may claim any privilege afforded by the constitution of the United
|
||
States or of the state of Montana in refusing to answer questions. However, a
|
||
claim of privilege with respect to any testimony or evidence pertaining to an
|
||
application constitutes sufficient grounds for denial. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-14: FURNISHING INFORMATION:
|
||
Each applicant shall promptly furnish the council with all additional
|
||
information pertaining to the application or to the individual applicant which
|
||
the council may require. Failure to supply the information requested within
|
||
five (5) days after the request has been received by the applicant shall
|
||
constitute grounds for delaying consideration of the application. Failure to
|
||
supply the information within two (2) weeks constitutes sufficient grounds for
|
||
denial. The information may include:
|
||
1. Personal history records for each individual partner, joint venturer,
|
||
trustee or corporate member who has any financial interest direct or indirect
|
||
in the business entity;
|
||
2. Fingerprint cards for each individual financially interested;
|
||
3. A copy of each of the following if applicable:
|
||
Articles of incorporation and certificate of incorporation.
|
||
Bill of sale.
|
||
Joint venture agreement.
|
||
Lease agreement.
|
||
Management agreement.
|
||
Partnership agreement.
|
||
Purchase agreement
|
||
Trust agreement. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-15: SEPARATE LICENSE APPLICATION:
|
||
A separate application is required for each premises for which a license is
|
||
sought, irrespective of the ownership of such establishment. (Ord. 192, 10-21-
|
||
1974)
|
||
### 4-8-16: DELIVERY OF APPLICATION; INVESTIGATION:
|
||
Upon the filing of the application hereinabove prescribed with accompanying
|
||
documents, accompanied by the evidence therein required and upon the payment of
|
||
the required license fee, the city clerk shall deliver the application and
|
||
accompanying documents to the chief of police or other authorized person, who
|
||
shall conduct the investigation mentioned above and who shall within one month
|
||
of receipt thereof, unless the council has granted an extension, deliver the
|
||
application and accompanying documents to the city council. If his
|
||
investigation has revealed any information that would make the applicant
|
||
ineligible for issuance of a license, he shall deliver evidence of the same to
|
||
the council. The council shall, at its next regular meeting following receipt
|
||
thereof, or at any special meeting called for that purpose consider the
|
||
application and shall notify the applicant of the hearing. The council may in
|
||
its discretion decline to authorize a license if the applicant is ineligible or
|
||
in the judgment of the council, it will be in the best interests of the city to
|
||
refuse such license. Upon such refusal, the license fee paid by the applicant,
|
||
less the sum of twenty five dollars ($25.00), which shall be retained as an
|
||
application fee, shall be returned to the applicant. The council may, in its
|
||
discretion, require any individual named in the application to testify before
|
||
it. Failure to appear and answer constitutes grounds for denial of the
|
||
application. All proceedings of the council regarding the granting or declining
|
||
of a license shall be at public meetings and are reviewable by a writ of
|
||
review. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-17: NAME OF LICENSEE:
|
||
Every license issued pursuant to this chapter shall set forth the name of the
|
||
person to whom it is issued and the location by street and number of the
|
||
premises where business is to be carried on by such licensee. If the licensee
|
||
is a partnership, it shall set forth the names of the partners conducting the
|
||
business, and if a corporation, or association, the names of the officers and
|
||
directors. The license shall be signed by the licensee or its president and
|
||
shall be nontransferable, provided, however, that a transfer of any such
|
||
license may be made on application to the council, accompanied by satisfactory
|
||
evidence of the consent of the authority which has issued a license for the
|
||
sale of liquor, beer, food, cigarettes or any other consumable product on the
|
||
premises that that license may be transferred. The license issued pursuant to
|
||
this chapter shall be posted in a conspicuous place on the premises in respect
|
||
to which it is issued, shall state the number of gaming tables and gaming
|
||
machines authorized, and whether games of chance are authorized and shall be
|
||
exhibited to any peace officer on request. It is unlawful for any licensee to
|
||
operate more than one premises under one license. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-18: INVESTIGATION OF LICENSEE:
|
||
The council may, upon its own motion and shall upon a written, verified
|
||
complaint of any other person, investigate the action and operation of any
|
||
licensee hereunder and shall have the power to temporarily suspend or
|
||
permanently revoke a license issued under the provisions of this chapter for
|
||
violation of any provision hereof. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-19: ISSUANCE OF CITATION:
|
||
Upon the filing with the council of a verified complaint charging the licensee
|
||
with the commission of any act which would be the cause for the suspension or
|
||
revocation of the license within one year prior to the date of filing said
|
||
complaint, the council shall forthwith issue a citation directing the licensee
|
||
to appear before the council or a hearings examiner appointed by said council,
|
||
within ten (10) days after the date of the service of said citation, and by
|
||
filing his verified answer to the complaint show cause, if any, why his license
|
||
should not be suspended or revoked. Service of the citation may be effected by
|
||
mailing a true copy thereof with a true copy to the address of record or
|
||
personally by any police officer. Failure of the licensee to answer shall be
|
||
deemed an admission by him of the truthfulness of the charge made and thereon
|
||
the council shall be authorized to forthwith suspend or revoke the license.
|
||
(Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-20: HEARING; COUNCIL DECISION:
|
||
Upon filing of the answer, the council or its hearings examiner shall fix the
|
||
time and place of the hearing on the charges made, and not less than five (5)
|
||
days' notice of said hearing shall be given to the complainant and the
|
||
licensee. The notice of hearing shall be served in the same manner as the
|
||
citation herein provided. With the notice of the hearing to the complainant,
|
||
there shall be attached a true copy of the answer of the licensee. If either
|
||
party has appeared by counsel, notice shall be served on counsel instead of on
|
||
the party. At the hearing, the council or its appointed hearings examiner shall
|
||
hear the evidence presented. The hearing shall be conducted in accordance with
|
||
the rules of evidence in effect in the courts of the state of Montana. The
|
||
complainant shall have the right to open and close the hearing. The council
|
||
shall render its decision in writing stating the reasons therefor twenty (20)
|
||
days after conclusion of the hearing. Notice of the decision shall be served
|
||
upon the parties or their counsel in the manner herein provided for other
|
||
notices. Should the council determine to revoke, cancel or suspend a license
|
||
previously issued by it, the council shall notify the licensee in writing by
|
||
registered mail at the address of such licensee giving reasons therefor. The
|
||
action of the council is reviewable by writ of review. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-21: HEARING EXAMINER:
|
||
Any hearing examiner appointed by the council must be an attorney licensed to
|
||
practice law in the state of Montana. The hearing examiner shall report his
|
||
findings and recommendations to the council in writing following the hearing.
|
||
The hearing examiner's findings shall not bind the council. (Ord. 192, 10-21-
|
||
1974)
|
||
### 4-8-22: EXAMINATION OF PREMISES:
|
||
Any duly authorized representative of the council and any peace officer shall
|
||
have the right at any time to make an examination of the premises of any
|
||
licensee to determine whether this chapter and the Montana card games act and
|
||
bingo and raffles law are being complied with. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-23: RENEWAL OF LICENSE:
|
||
After suspension or revocation of a license, the council shall have the power
|
||
to renew the same, if in its discretion a proper showing therefor has been
|
||
made. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-24: GAMBLING; WHEN LAWFUL:
|
||
No gambling shall be carried on under any license issued under the provisions
|
||
of this chapter except in the name of the licensee. No license shall be
|
||
effective until a permit shall have been first secured under the laws of the
|
||
United States, if such a permit is necessary or is required under such laws.
|
||
(Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-25: MINORS:
|
||
No person under the age of eighteen (18) years may be permitted to participate
|
||
in any card game or the game of chance held, operated, or conducted within the
|
||
city for which the prize is money or any item of value. (Ord. 230, 9-6-1983)
|
||
### 4-8-26: HOURS OF OPERATION:
|
||
No game of chance or authorized card game may be operated in any premises,
|
||
licensed hereunder, during the following hours:
|
||
1. Sunday from two o'clock (2:00) A.M. to one o'clock (1:00) P.M.
|
||
2. On any other day between two o'clock (2:00) A.M. and eight o'clock (8:
|
||
00) A.M. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-27: REVOCATION OF LICENSE:
|
||
A license issued pursuant to this act may be suspended or revoked in the manner
|
||
herein provided for the following reasons:
|
||
1. If the licensee was originally ineligible for the license;
|
||
2. For the conviction of a violation of the Montana card games act, the
|
||
Montana bingo and raffles law, or a violation of the laws relating to conduct
|
||
of sports pools, the same being Revised Code of Montana 1947, sections 62-727
|
||
through 62-736 or for conviction of any crime involving moral turpitude or the
|
||
use of violence, or any law of the United States, or any one thereof relating
|
||
to gambling. The term "conviction" as used in this chapter means conviction by
|
||
any court having cognizance of the crime, whether or not said conviction is
|
||
reversed or affirmed on appeal.
|
||
3. On revocation of any license issued to the licensee for the sale of
|
||
liquor, beer, food, cigarettes or other consumable products on the premises;
|
||
4. For operating a premises which is disorderly, a nuisance, public or
|
||
private, or in which breaches of the peace or disturbances occur.
|
||
(E) Permitting persons who are visibly intoxicated to participate in
|
||
gaming activity;
|
||
(F) Employing in any capacity in or about any licensed establishment any
|
||
individual who has been denied a gaming license.
|
||
(G) For a violation of this chapter if such a violation is found to have
|
||
occurred by the council after hearing as herein provided, regardless of whether
|
||
such violation results or resulted in a conviction in any criminal proceedings.
|
||
(Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-28: REFUSAL OF SERVICE:
|
||
No licensee who has been issued a license pursuant to this chapter shall refuse
|
||
any service to any individual by reason of such individual's race, color, sex,
|
||
culture, social origin, political or religious ideas, but this section shall
|
||
not be construed to prevent a licensee from refusing to serve or evicting from
|
||
the premises any disorderly or drunken individual or any individual improperly
|
||
attired according to the general standard of the premises. (Ord. 192, 10-21-
|
||
1974)
|
||
### 4-8-29: EMPLOYMENT OF LAW OFFICER:
|
||
No licensee shall employ any person in any capacity while that person is in the
|
||
full time employment of a law enforcement agency. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-30: RECORDS OF OPERATION:
|
||
Every holder of a gaming license shall maintain records adequate to reveal
|
||
gross income and expense relating to gaming operations which shall be made
|
||
available on demand to the council or its representatives. (Ord. 192, 10-21-
|
||
1974)
|
||
### 4-8-31: PERSONS WHO MAY NOT HOLD LICENSE:
|
||
No gaming license or temporary license shall be issued to or held by any person
|
||
holding office in or employed by the city or the state of Montana or any
|
||
political subdivision thereof when the duties of such office or agency have to
|
||
do with the enforcement of the gaming laws and these regulations. (Ord. 192,
|
||
10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-32: DEALER'S PERMIT:
|
||
No licensee shall employ or contract with an individual to be a dealer,
|
||
operator or supervisor of any game of chance or authorized card game unless
|
||
such individual has been issued a dealer's permit. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-33: APPLICATION FOR DEALER'S PERMIT:
|
||
Any person desiring to obtain a dealer's permit shall apply to the city clerk
|
||
for the same on an application form there provided. On payment of the
|
||
prescribed fee, the city clerk shall forward the application to the city
|
||
council, who shall issue the same unless it finds that such person is
|
||
ineligible for such permit. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-34: PERSONS PROHIBITED DEALER'S PERMIT:
|
||
No individual with an extensive police record, or whose reputation would bring
|
||
discredit on the city or who has been convicted of any violation of the Montana
|
||
card games act, raffles and bingo law, or laws relating to the conduct of
|
||
sports pools, or of larceny or theft, or any crime of violence, or whose
|
||
gambling license has been revoked or suspended by any city, county or state may
|
||
be issued a dealer's permit. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-35: DEALER'S PERMIT MAY BE REVOKED:
|
||
A dealer's permit may be revoked or suspended in the same manner as a gaming
|
||
license issued hereunder for any of the causes listed in section
|
||
4-8-27 or
|
||
4-8-34 of this chapter. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-36: RESTRICTIONS OF TABLES; LICENSE AMENDMENT:
|
||
No licensee operating authorized card games or games of chance, pursuant to
|
||
this chapter, may operate at one time on the premises more than five (5) gaming
|
||
tables or more than ten (10) gaming machines, and may not conduct more than two
|
||
(2) games of bingo or two (2) raffles at any time, or more than the number of
|
||
tables and machines authorized by his license, whichever is fewer. Any licensee
|
||
may at any time increase the number of gaming tables or gaming machines
|
||
authorized on his premises up to the maximum authorized by this chapter by
|
||
first paying to the city clerk the necessary fees and applying for a license
|
||
amendment. The amendment shall be granted by the city clerk on payment of the
|
||
requisite fees, and shall be posted with the original license during the
|
||
balance of the license year. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-37: TEMPORARY LICENSE:
|
||
Any person not otherwise licensed hereunder who desires to operate games of
|
||
chance or authorized card games for a period not to exceed one week on any
|
||
premises which have been licensed for the sale of liquor, beer, food or
|
||
cigarettes or other consumable products, or for which a gaming license has been
|
||
issued, may apply to the city clerk for a temporary license, which license
|
||
shall be issued in the same manner as gaming licenses issued under this
|
||
chapter, but which may be revoked by action of the council without hearing.
|
||
Only two (2) such temporary licenses may be issued to a person per year, and
|
||
the year shall be that designated in section
|
||
4-8-39 of this chapter. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-38: FEES:
|
||
The fees to be collected by the city clerk with the application are as follows:
|
||
1. For each gaming license, a fee of fifty dollars ($50.00);
|
||
2. For each table on a licensed premises, a fee of one hundred dollars
|
||
($100.00);
|
||
3. For each gaming machine, a fee of twenty five dollars ($25.00);
|
||
4. For each temporary license, a fee of twenty five dollars ($25.00);
|
||
(E) For each dealer permit, a fee of twenty five dollars ($25.00); (Ord.
|
||
192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
(F) For each poker machine, a fee of one hundred dollars ($100.00). (Ord.
|
||
246, 7-21-1987)
|
||
### 4-8-39: FEES PAID IN ADVANCE:
|
||
All fees for licenses, permits or temporary licenses issued hereunder shall be
|
||
paid in advance to the city clerk. Licenses, except temporary licenses which
|
||
will state the precise term for which they are issued, and dealer permits,
|
||
shall be issued for a period of one year, which shall commence on July 1 of
|
||
each calendar year and expire on June 30 of the following year. The fee for
|
||
said licenses shall be prorated by the number of quarter years remaining in the
|
||
license year for which they are issued. The fees herein provided shall be
|
||
payable annually. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-40: REVOCABLE PRIVILEGE:
|
||
Any license or permit issued pursuant to this chapter shall be deemed to be a
|
||
revocable privilege, and no holder thereof shall acquire any vested rights
|
||
therein or thereunder. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-41: COLLECTION OF FEES:
|
||
All receipts from license fees and fines collected under the provisions of this
|
||
chapter shall be paid into the city treasury. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-42: VIOLATION; PENALTY:
|
||
Any person violating any provision of this chapter or the terms of his license
|
||
shall be punished by a fine of not more than three hundred dollars ($300.00)
|
||
and a jail sentence of not more than ninety (90) days. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-43: LIEN; SEIZURE OF PROPERTY:
|
||
All property held or used for or on the premises for which a license is
|
||
required by the provisions of this chapter is liable for such license and
|
||
subject to a lien for the amount thereof, which lien has precedence of any
|
||
other lien, claims or other demands of the United States and the state of
|
||
Montana, or either of them, and if any person fails or refuses to procure a
|
||
license before the transaction of any games, the chief of police, or other
|
||
authorized person, must seize such property or any other property belonging to
|
||
such persons and sell it in the manner provided by law for foreclosure of
|
||
agisters liens. Such procedure for the collection of such license shall be
|
||
cumulative and in addition to any procedure and penalty imposed for violation
|
||
of this chapter. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
### 4-8-44: COIN OPERATED POKER MACHINES:
|
||
1. For purposes of regulation under this section, coin operated poker
|
||
machines are deemed to be authorized card games under the Montana card games
|
||
act, section 23-5-301 et seq., Montana Code Annotated.
|
||
2. Any establishment owner, distributor, or operator using, renting,
|
||
leasing or gaining income from coin operated poker machines is subject to
|
||
section 23-5-312, Montana Code Annotated, restricting the award of prizes in
|
||
accordance therewith.
|
||
3. Any establishment owner, distributor, or operator using, vending,
|
||
leasing or receiving any income from said coin operated poker machine must have
|
||
a gaming license, the fees for which are provided in section
|
||
4-8-38 of this chapter together with a poker machine license for each of the
|
||
machines on his premises. (Ord. 229, 5-3-1983, eff. 7-1-1983)
|
||
## CHAPTER 9 POLICE JURISDICTION
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
4-9-1: General Jurisdiction
|
||
4-9-2: Police Procedure And Involvement Regarding Incidents Outside The City
|
||
Limits
|
||
4-9-1: GENERAL JURISDICTION:
|
||
The city police shall have authority and power to make arrests of persons
|
||
committing or charged with a crime within the corporate limits of the city and
|
||
within a three (3) mile perimeter thereof. (Ord. 249, 5-3-1988)
|
||
4-9-2: POLICE PROCEDURE AND INVOLVEMENT REGARDING INCIDENTS OUTSIDE THE CITY
|
||
LIMITS:
|
||
The city police may patrol within three (3) miles of the corporate limits of
|
||
the city of Choteau provided, however, the city police shall not respond to any
|
||
incident beyond said three (3) mile perimeter of the corporate limits and shall
|
||
only respond to those incidents within said three (3) mile perimeter of the
|
||
corporate limits that must be addressed immediately. (Ord. 249, 5-3-1988)
|
||
## CHAPTER 10 NOISE REGULATIONS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
4-10-1: Definitions
|
||
4-10-2: Loud Noises Prohibited
|
||
4-10-3: Prohibited Acts
|
||
4-10-4: Noise Levels Limitations; dB(A) Levels
|
||
4-10-5: Noise Levels; Maximum Permissible For Motorized Vehicles
|
||
4-10-6: Exemptions
|
||
4-10-7: Property Owner Liable
|
||
4-10-8: Permit For Relief
|
||
4-10-9: Violation; Penalties
|
||
4-10-10: Violation; Additional Remedy; Injunction
|
||
4-10-1: DEFINITIONS:
|
||
As used in this chapter, unless the context otherwise requires, the following
|
||
words and phrases shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this **SECTION**:
|
||
AMBIENT NOISE: The noise which exists in the applicable zone in the absence of
|
||
the sound emitted by the source being measured in that zone, being the total
|
||
effect of all other sounds coming from near and far.
|
||
dB(A): Sound levels in decibels measured on an "A" scale of a standard sound
|
||
level meter.
|
||
DECIBEL: The sound pressure level, in decibels, in a logarithmic unit used to
|
||
express the magnitude of sound pressure with respect to a reference sound
|
||
pressure.
|
||
EMERGENCY WORK: Work made necessary to restore property to a safe condition
|
||
following a calamity or work required to protect persons or property from
|
||
exposure to danger or potential danger.
|
||
HEALTH: An optimal state of physical, mental and emotional well being and not
|
||
merely the absence of disease.
|
||
PERSON: Any person, persons, firm, association, copartnership, joint venture,
|
||
corporation or any entity, public or private in nature. (Ord. 289, 8-15-2000)
|
||
### 4-10-2: LOUD NOISES PROHIBITED:
|
||
It is unlawful for any person to make or cause to be made any excessive,
|
||
sustained or unusually loud noise or any noise measured or unmeasured which
|
||
either annoys, disturbs, injures, or endangers the comfort, repose, health,
|
||
peace or safety of any reasonable person of normal sensitivity within the
|
||
limits of the city. (Ord. 289, 8-15-2000)
|
||
### 4-10-3: PROHIBITED ACTS:
|
||
It is unlawful to perform any of the following acts within the city:
|
||
1. Horns And Signaling Devices: Repeatedly sounding any horn or signaling
|
||
device on any truck, automobile, motorcycle, or other vehicle on any street or
|
||
public place of the city except as a warning signal.
|
||
2. Sound Amplifying Equipment: Using, operating, or permitting the use of
|
||
any radio receiving set, musical instrument, amplifier, television, tape
|
||
player, phonograph, or other machine or device for the production or
|
||
reproduction of sound in such a manner as to disturb the quiet, comfort, or
|
||
repose of any normally sensitive and reasonable person, or the operation of any
|
||
such sets, instruments, amplifier, television, radio, phonograph, machine or
|
||
device in such a manner as to be in violation of this chapter.
|
||
3. Loudspeakers And Amplifiers For Commercial Purposes: Using or
|
||
operating within the city a loudspeaker or sound amplifying equipment in a
|
||
fixed or movable position or mounted upon any sound truck for the purpose of
|
||
giving instructions, directions, talks, addresses, lectures, or transmitting
|
||
music to any person or assemblages of persons in or upon any street, alley,
|
||
sidewalk, park, place, or public property without first obtaining a permit.
|
||
4. Yelling And Shouting: Repeated yelling, shouting, hooting or whistling
|
||
on the public streets, alleys, or parks at any time in such a manner as to
|
||
annoy or disturb the quiet, comfort, or repose of any normally sensitive and
|
||
reasonable person.
|
||
(E) Animals: Owning, keeping, having in possession or harboring any
|
||
animals which by frequent, sustained or habitual howling, barking, meowing,
|
||
squawking or any other noise in such a manner as to disturb the quiet, comfort,
|
||
or repose of any normally sensitive and reasonable person.
|
||
(F) Exhausts: Discharging into the open air the exhaust of any engine,
|
||
stationary internal combustion engine, motorboat, or motor vehicle, except
|
||
through a muffler or other device which will effectively prevent loud or
|
||
explosive noises therefrom.
|
||
(G) Defect In Vehicle Or Load: Operating any truck, trailer, automobile,
|
||
motorcycle, or vehicle so out of repair or so loaded in such a manner as to
|
||
create loud and unnecessary grating, grinding, rattling or other noises.
|
||
(H) Loading, Unloading And Opening Containers: Loading, unloading, opening
|
||
or other handling of boxes, crates, containers, garbage containers, or other
|
||
objects in such a manner as to disturb the quiet, comfort or repose of any
|
||
normally sensitive and reasonable person.
|
||
(I) Construction Projects Or Repair Of Buildings: Operating equipment or
|
||
performing any construction or repair work between the hours of ten o'clock
|
||
(10:00) P.M. and seven o'clock (7:00) A.M. on buildings, structures or projects
|
||
or operating any pile driver, excavator, pneumatic hammer, derrick, hoist or
|
||
other construction type device in such a manner as to disturb the quiet,
|
||
comfort or repose of any normally sensitive and reasonable person.
|
||
(J) Exemption Clause: Any of the above acts performed for emergency work
|
||
for the safety, welfare, and public health of the citizens of Choteau and to
|
||
the extent that the noise thereby created is reasonably necessary for the
|
||
public benefit will not be construed to be in violation of this chapter. (Ord.
|
||
289, 8-15-2000)
|
||
### 4-10-4: NOISE LEVELS LIMITATIONS; dB(A) LEVELS:
|
||
It is unlawful for any person to exceed the maximum permissible decibel limits
|
||
on noise emitting from any source or sources in residential, business, and
|
||
industrial districts as set out in this section.
|
||
1. The noise shall be measured on a sound level meter meeting current
|
||
American National Standards Institute standards, operated on the "A" weighted
|
||
scale;
|
||
2. Noise will be measured at a distance of twenty five feet (25') from
|
||
the source or at the boundary of the lot, whichever is the greater distance.
|
||
Noise radiating from properties or buildings in excess of the dB(A) established
|
||
for the zone and times in table I of this section shall constitute prima facie
|
||
evidence that such noise is excessive or unusually loud. (Ord. 289, 8-15-2000)
|
||
TABLE I
|
||
MAXIMUM LIMITS
|
||
|
||
Zones 8:00 A.M. To 8:00 P.M. 8:00 P.M. To 8:00 A.M
|
||
Residential (A, B and C) 55 dB(A) 50 dB(A)
|
||
districts
|
||
Business/residential district 65 dB(A) 60 dB(A)
|
||
Central business district 65 dB(A) 60 dB(A)
|
||
Highway business district 70 dB(A) 65 dB(A)
|
||
General industrial district 80 dB(A) 75 dB(A)
|
||
|
||
(Ord. 289, 8-15-2000; amd. Ord. 290, 6-19-2001)
|
||
3. At boundaries between zones, the lower of the dB(A) level shall be
|
||
applicable.
|
||
4. To be in violation, the source or sources of noise must be
|
||
identifiable and the level without regard to the ambient must exceed the
|
||
limitations in table I of this section.
|
||
(E) Construction projects in all zones shall be subject to the maximum
|
||
permissible noise levels specified for the general industrial zone.
|
||
(F) All railroad rights of way shall be considered as industrial districts
|
||
for the purpose of this chapter. (Ord. 289, 8-15-2000)
|
||
### 4-10-5: NOISE LEVELS; MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE FOR MOTORIZED VEHICLES:
|
||
It is unlawful to operate a motorized vehicle within the city limits which
|
||
emits noise in excess of the limits specified in table II of this section.
|
||
1. Noise from a vehicle noise source using a public right of way shall be
|
||
measured at a distance of at least twenty five feet (25') from the center of
|
||
the nearest traffic lane or twenty five feet (25') from the vehicle noise
|
||
source on a sound level meter of standard design and operated on the "A" weight
|
||
scale.
|
||
2. To be in violation, the source or sources of noise must be
|
||
identifiable and the level without regard to the ambient must exceed the
|
||
limitations in table II of this section.
|
||
TABLE II
|
||
MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE NOISE LEVELS
|
||
FOR MOTOR VEHICLES
|
||
|
||
1. Trucks and buses:
|
||
(a) Over 10,000 pounds 88 dB(A) measured at 25 feet
|
||
(b) Under 10,000 pounds 80 dB(A) measured at 25 feet
|
||
2. Passenger cars 80 dB(A) measured at 25 feet
|
||
3. Motorcycles, snowmobiles, minibikes, and other 80 dB(A) measured at 25 feet
|
||
self-propelled vehicles
|
||
|
||
(Ord. 289, 8-15-2000)
|
||
### 4-10-6: EXEMPTIONS:
|
||
The following uses and activities shall be exempt from noise regulation:
|
||
1. Noise of safety signals and warning devices.
|
||
2. Noise resulting from any authorized emergency vehicle, when responding
|
||
to an emergency call or acting in time of emergency.
|
||
3. Noise resulting from emergency work or noise for which a special
|
||
permit has been granted.
|
||
4. Noise resulting from the operating of motorized lawn mowers fitted
|
||
with an operating muffler between the hours of seven o'clock (7:00) A.M. and
|
||
ten o'clock (10:00) P.M.
|
||
(E) Noise caused by home or building repair, grounds maintenance, or
|
||
street and infrastructure repair and maintenance between the hours of seven
|
||
o'clock (7:00) A.M. and ten o'clock (10:00) P.M.
|
||
(F) Athletic events held in stadiums, courts, pools or parks.
|
||
(G) Noise resulting from marching bands while practicing or parading.
|
||
(Ord. 289, 8-15-2000)
|
||
4-10-7: PROPERTY OWNER LIABLE:
|
||
It shall be a violation of this chapter for any person to knowingly permit any
|
||
disturbance described in this chapter upon premises owned or occupied by him or
|
||
her. (Ord. 289, 8-15-2000)
|
||
### 4-10-8: PERMIT FOR RELIEF:
|
||
Applications for a permit for relief from the noise regulation designated in
|
||
this chapter on the basis of undue hardship or for special events open to the
|
||
public may be made to the city council. The city council may delegate the
|
||
responsibility for examining and responding to the applications to a council
|
||
member or members or the mayor or city employee.
|
||
Any permit granted by the city council shall contain all conditions upon which
|
||
the permit has been granted and shall specify a reasonable time that the permit
|
||
shall be effective, and any other requirements or conditions. The city council
|
||
may grant the permit applied for if the council finds that:
|
||
1. Additional time is necessary for the applicant to alter or modify the
|
||
activity or operation to comply with this chapter, and no other reasonable
|
||
alternative is available to the applicant; or
|
||
2. The activity, event, operation or noise source will be of temporary
|
||
duration, cannot be performed in a manner that would otherwise comply with this
|
||
chapter, and granting the permit is in the public interest.
|
||
3. The city council may prescribe any conditions or requirements
|
||
consistent with this chapter deemed necessary to minimize adverse effects upon
|
||
the community or surrounding neighborhood. (Ord. 289, 8-15-2000)
|
||
### 4-10-9: VIOLATION; PENALTIES:
|
||
Any person including an owner who is convicted of a violation of this chapter
|
||
shall, for each offense, be fined in a sum of not more than three hundred
|
||
dollars ($300.00) or imprisoned not to exceed ninety (90) days, or both. Each
|
||
day such violation is committed or permitted to continue shall constitute a
|
||
separate offense. (Ord. 289, 8-15-2000)
|
||
### 4-10-10: VIOLATION; ADDITIONAL REMEDY; INJUNCTION:
|
||
As an additional remedy, the operation or maintenance of any noise source in
|
||
violation of any provision of this chapter and which causes discomfort and
|
||
annoyance to any reasonable person of normal sensitivity or which endangers the
|
||
comfort, repose, health or peace of residents in the area shall be a public
|
||
nuisance and shall be subject to abatement summarily by a restraining order or
|
||
injunction issued by a court of competent jurisdiction. (Ord. 289, 8-15-2000)
|
||
## TITLE 5 BUSINESS REGULATIONS
|
||
## CHAPTER 1 AUTOMOBILE TRAILER AND TRAILER CAMPS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
5-1-1: Definitions
|
||
5-1-2: Duty Of Council
|
||
5-1-3: Location Outside Camps
|
||
5-1-4: Permanent Occupancy
|
||
5-1-5: Application For A License; Issuance Of
|
||
5-1-6: Zoning Of Trailer Camps
|
||
5-1-7: Camp Plan
|
||
5-1-8: Water Supply
|
||
5-1-9: Service Buildings And Accommodations
|
||
5-1-10: Waste And Garbage Disposal
|
||
5-1-11: Number Of Occupants, Trailers
|
||
5-1-12: Management
|
||
5-1-13: Applicability Of Plumbing, Electrical And Building Regulations
|
||
5-1-14: Revocation And Suspension Of License
|
||
5-1-15: Hearing
|
||
5-1-16: Court Review
|
||
### 5-1-1: DEFINITIONS:
|
||
Whenever used in this chapter the following terms and words shall have the
|
||
meanings ascribed to them unless a different meaning appears from the context:
|
||
AUTOMOBILE TRAILER, TRAILER COACH, OR TRAILER: Any vehicle or structure so
|
||
designed and constructed in such manner as will permit occupancy thereof as
|
||
sleeping quarters for one or more persons, or the conduct of any business or
|
||
profession, occupation or trade (or use as a selling or advertising device),
|
||
and so designed that it is or may be mounted on wheels and used as a conveyance
|
||
on highways or city streets, propelled or drawn by its own or other motive
|
||
power, excepting a device used exclusively upon stationary rails or tracks.
|
||
TRAILER CAMP: Any park, trailer park, trailer court, court, camp, site, lot,
|
||
parcel or tract of land designed, maintained or intended for the purpose of
|
||
supplying a location or accommodations for any trailer coach or trailer coaches
|
||
and upon which any trailer coach or trailer coaches are parked and shall
|
||
include all buildings used or intended for use as part of the equipment thereof
|
||
whether a charge is made for the use of the trailer camp and its facilities or
|
||
not. "Trailer camp" shall not include automobile or trailer sales lots on which
|
||
unoccupied trailers are parked for purposes of inspection and sale.
|
||
UNIT: A section of ground in a trailer camp of not less than one thousand
|
||
(1,000) square feet of unoccupied space in an area designated as the location
|
||
for only one automobile and one trailer. (Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
|
||
### 5-1-2: DUTY OF COUNCIL:
|
||
It is hereby made the duty of the council to enforce all provisions of this
|
||
chapter as prescribed herein or such provisions as may hereafter be enacted,
|
||
and for the purpose of securing such enforcement, any of the members of the
|
||
council, or their duly authorized representatives, shall have the right and are
|
||
hereby empowered to enter upon any premises on which any automobile trailers
|
||
are located, or are about to be located, and inspect the same and all
|
||
accommodations connected therewith at any reasonable time. The council is
|
||
further empowered to issue orders granting, renewing and revoking such permits
|
||
and licenses as are provided for in accordance with the provisions of this
|
||
chapter. (Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
|
||
### 5-1-3: LOCATION OUTSIDE CAMPS:
|
||
1. It shall be unlawful, within the limits of the city, for any person to
|
||
park any trailer on any street, alley or highway, or other public place, or on
|
||
any tract of land owned by any person, occupied or unoccupied, within the city,
|
||
except as provided in the zoning ordinances 1 .
|
||
2. Emergency or temporary stopping or parking is permitted on any street,
|
||
alley or highway for not longer than one hour subject to any other and further
|
||
prohibitions, regulations, or limitations imposed by the traffic and parking
|
||
regulations for that street, alley or highway.
|
||
3. No person shall park or occupy any trailer on the premises of any
|
||
occupied dwelling or on any lot which is not a part of the premises of any
|
||
occupied dwelling either of which is situated outside an approved trailer camp;
|
||
except the parking of only one unoccupied trailer in an accessory private
|
||
garage building, or in a rear yard in any district, is permitted providing no
|
||
living quarters shall be maintained or any business practiced in said trailer
|
||
while such trailer is so parked or stored.
|
||
4. Provided, however, trailers may be parked in the city park for a
|
||
period of not more than three (3) days with permission of the city; provided,
|
||
further that a longer period of stay may be obtained by special arrangement
|
||
with the city. (Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. See title 9 of this code for zoning.
|
||
### 5-1-4: PERMANENT OCCUPANCY:
|
||
Automobile trailers shall not be used as a permanent place of abode or as a
|
||
permanent dwelling or for indefinite periods of time; except that any such
|
||
trailer properly connected with the city water supply and sanitary sewer
|
||
systems, and constructed and located in a trailer camp and not inhabited by a
|
||
greater number of occupants than that for which it was designed is permitted.
|
||
(Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
|
||
### 5-1-5: APPLICATION FOR A LICENSE; ISSUANCE OF:
|
||
1. It shall be unlawful for any person to establish, operate or maintain
|
||
upon any property owned or controlled by him, a trailer camp within the limits
|
||
of the city, without having first secured a license therefor from the council,
|
||
granted and existing in compliance with the provisions of this chapter. Such
|
||
license shall expire one year from the date of issuance but may be renewed
|
||
under the provisions of this chapter for additional periods of one year.
|
||
2. The application for such license or the renewal therefor shall be
|
||
filed with the clerk and shall be accompanied by a fee of three dollars ($3.00)
|
||
for each unit in the existing or proposed camp and a license bond in the sum of
|
||
one thousand dollars ($1,000.00) to guarantee compliance with the provisions of
|
||
this chapter. The application for a license or a renewal thereof shall be made
|
||
on printed forms furnished by the city and shall include the name and address
|
||
of the owner in fee of the tract (if the fee is vested in some person other
|
||
than the applicant, a duly verified statement by that person, that the
|
||
applicant is authorized by him to construct or maintain the trailer camp and
|
||
make the application), and such a legal description of the premises, upon which
|
||
the trailer camp is or will be located as will readily identify and definitely
|
||
locate the premises. The application shall be accompanied by four (4) copies of
|
||
the camp plan showing the following, either existing or as proposed:
|
||
1. The extent and area used for camp purposes;
|
||
2. Roadways and driveways;
|
||
3. Location of sites or units for trailer coaches;
|
||
4. Location and number of sanitary conveniences, including toilets,
|
||
washrooms, laundries and utility rooms to be used by occupants of units;
|
||
5. Method and plan of sewage disposal;
|
||
6. Method and plan of garbage removal;
|
||
7. Plan for water supply;
|
||
8. Plan for electrical lighting of units.
|
||
3. Before such license may be issued, there must be a favorable
|
||
recommendation by a majority of the council, and the premises must be inspected
|
||
and approved by each of the members of the council or his duly authorized
|
||
representative, as complying with all the provisions of this chapter and other
|
||
provisions of this code relating thereto.
|
||
4. Licenses issued under the terms of this chapter convey no right to
|
||
erect any building, to do any plumbing work or to do any electrical work. (Ord.
|
||
137, 8-15-1960)
|
||
### 5-1-6: ZONING OF TRAILER CAMPS:
|
||
1. No trailer camp shall be located in any residential zone or any other
|
||
zone than a business district zone.
|
||
2. The council may, in conformance with the zoning regulations,
|
||
recommend, and the council may issue a license for the location of a trailer
|
||
camp in any district in which licenses are herein prohibited, after a public
|
||
hearing if, upon such hearing, the council finds that denial of such license
|
||
will cause unnecessary hardship on the applicant and find in addition that the
|
||
owners of all property within two hundred (200) yards of the proposed camp will
|
||
not suffer unnecessary hardship by reason of the operation of the camp at the
|
||
proposed location. The council shall file its findings and conclusions in
|
||
writing with the clerk and serve copies on all parties present or represented
|
||
at the hearing.
|
||
3. No trailer or tourist camp shall be located within the limits of the
|
||
city, unless city water and sewer connections and fire protection facilities
|
||
are available.
|
||
4. No occupied trailer camp or other building shall be located within the
|
||
city limits within the recognized setback line for the zoning district in which
|
||
such trailer is located no less than ten feet (10') from any other building or
|
||
vehicle or the boundary line of the tract on which located. (Ord. 137, 8-15-
|
||
1960)
|
||
### 5-1-7: CAMP PLAN:
|
||
1. Every trailer camp shall be located on a well drained area, and the
|
||
premises shall be properly graded so as to prevent the accumulation of storm or
|
||
other waters.
|
||
2. Units shall be clearly designated and the camp so arranged that all
|
||
units shall face or abut on a driveway of not less than sixteen feet (16') in
|
||
width, giving easy access from all units to a public street. Such driveway
|
||
shall be graded and graveled or surfaced with other suitable material and
|
||
maintained in good condition, having natural drainage into a city street, be
|
||
well lighted at night, and shall not be obstructed.
|
||
3. The camp shall be so laid out that no unit shall be located farther
|
||
than three hundred feet (300') from the toilets and service buildings provided
|
||
herein, and walkways to such buildings shall be paved as above and well lighted
|
||
at night.
|
||
4. Every trailer unit shall be furnished with an electric service outlet.
|
||
Such outlet shall be equipped with an externally operated switch or fuse of not
|
||
less than 30 amperes capacity, and a heavy duty outlet receptacle. (Ord. 137,
|
||
8-15-1960)
|
||
### 5-1-8: WATER SUPPLY:
|
||
1. An adequate supply of pure water, furnished through a pipe
|
||
distribution system connected directly with the city water main, with supply
|
||
faucets located not more than two hundred feet (200') from any trailer shall be
|
||
furnished for drinking and domestic purposes.
|
||
2. No common drinking vessels shall be permitted, nor shall any drinking
|
||
water faucets be placed in any toilet room or water closet compartment.
|
||
3. An abundant supply of hot water shall be provided at all times for
|
||
bathing, washing, and laundry facilities. (Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
|
||
5-1-9: SERVICE BUILDINGS AND ACCOMMODATIONS:
|
||
1. Every trailer camp shall have erected thereon, at a distance not
|
||
greater than two hundred feet (200') from any unit it is designed to serve, a
|
||
suitable building for housing toilets, showers, and laundry facilities as
|
||
required by the provisions of this chapter, such building to be known as the
|
||
"service building".
|
||
2. There shall be provided separate toilet rooms for each sex. Flush
|
||
toilets provided with an adequate water supply shall be enclosed in separate
|
||
compartments having a minimum width of three feet (3') and shall be provided
|
||
for each sex in the ratio of one toilet for each eight (8) units or fraction
|
||
thereof that are without individual sewer connection. Every male toilet room
|
||
shall have one urinal for each sixteen (16) units but in no case shall any male
|
||
toilet be without one urinal. Toilet rooms shall contain lavatories with hot
|
||
and cold water in the ratio of one lavatory to every two (2) or less water
|
||
closets.
|
||
3. Separate bathing facilities for each sex shall be provided with one
|
||
shower enclosed in a compartment at least four feet (4') square, for each eight
|
||
(8) units or fraction thereof that are without individual sewer connection.
|
||
Each shower compartment shall be supplemented by an individual dressing
|
||
compartment of at least twelve (12) square feet.
|
||
4. The above accommodations shall be based on the total camp capacity
|
||
according to accepted plans.
|
||
(E) Floors of toilets and showers shall be concrete, tile or similar
|
||
material impervious to water and easily cleaned and pitched to a floor drain.
|
||
(Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
|
||
### 5-1-10: WASTE AND GARBAGE DISPOSAL:
|
||
1. All waste from showers, toilets, laundries, faucets and lavatories
|
||
shall be wasted into a sewer system extended from and connected with the city
|
||
sewer system.
|
||
2. All sanitary facilities in any trailer which are not connected with
|
||
the city sewer system by means of approved connections shall be sealed and
|
||
their use is hereby declared unlawful.
|
||
3. Each faucet site shall be equipped with facilities for drainage of
|
||
waste and excess water into the sewer. In no case shall any wastewater be
|
||
thrown or discharged upon the surface of the ground or disposed of by means
|
||
other than as herein provided.
|
||
4. Every unit shall be provided with a substantial flytight metal garbage
|
||
depository from which the contents shall be removed by the city garbage
|
||
collection service, at the established rate. (Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
|
||
### 5-1-11: NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS, TRAILERS:
|
||
No trailer may be inhabited by a greater number of occupants than that for
|
||
which it was designed. (Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
|
||
### 5-1-12: MANAGEMENT:
|
||
1. In every trailer camp there shall be a building in which shall be
|
||
located the office of the person in charge of said camp. A copy of the camp
|
||
license and this chapter shall be posted therein and the camp register shall at
|
||
all times be kept in said office.
|
||
2. It is hereby made the duty of the attendant or person in charge
|
||
together with the licensee to:
|
||
1. Keep at all times a register of all guests (which shall be open at
|
||
all times to inspection by state and federal officers and officers of the city)
|
||
showing for all guests:
|
||
1. Name and address.
|
||
2. Dates of entrance and departure.
|
||
3. License numbers of all trailers and towing or other automobiles.
|
||
4. States issuing such licenses.
|
||
(e) Place of last location, and length of stay.
|
||
2. Maintain the camp in a clean, orderly and sanitary condition at all
|
||
times.
|
||
3. See that the provisions of this chapter are complied with and
|
||
enforced and report promptly to the proper authorities any violations of the
|
||
provisions of this chapter or any other violations of law which may come to his
|
||
attention.
|
||
4. Report to the health office all cases of person or animals affected
|
||
or suspected of being affected with any communicable disease.
|
||
5. Maintain in convenient places, approved by the fire department, hand
|
||
fire extinguishers in the ratio of one to each eight (8) units.
|
||
6. Prohibit the lighting of open fires on the premises.
|
||
7. Prohibit the use of any trailer by a greater number of occupants
|
||
than that which it is designed to accommodate. (Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
|
||
### 5-1-13: APPLICABILITY OF PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL AND BUILDING REGULATIONS 1 :
|
||
All plumbing, electrical, building and other work on or at any camp licensed
|
||
under the provisions of this chapter shall be in accordance with the provisions
|
||
of this code regulating such work unless the provisions of this chapter are
|
||
specifically made inapplicable under the terms of this chapter.
|
||
Nothing in the provisions of this chapter shall be interpreted so as to
|
||
conflict with the state housing laws, state legislation regulating trailers,
|
||
trailer camps or any of the requirements of any other provisions of this code
|
||
not mentioned or made inapplicable by the express terms of the provisions of
|
||
this code. (Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. See title 3 of this code.
|
||
### 5-1-14: REVOCATION AND SUSPENSION OF LICENSE:
|
||
The council is hereby authorized to revoke any license issued pursuant to the
|
||
terms of this chapter if after due investigation they determine that the holder
|
||
thereof has violated any of the provisions of this chapter or that any trailer
|
||
or trailer camp, is being maintained in an unsanitary or unsafe manner or is a
|
||
nuisance. (Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
|
||
### 5-1-15: HEARING:
|
||
Any person aggrieved by an order of the council granting, denying, renewing, or
|
||
revoking a license for a trailer camp, under the provisions of this chapter,
|
||
may file a written request for a hearing before the council within ten (10)
|
||
days after issuance of such order. The council shall give notice of a public
|
||
hearing upon this request to be held in not less than five (5) days after
|
||
service of the notice on the person requesting the hearing. The council may
|
||
also give notice of the hearing to other persons directly interested in the
|
||
order in question. At such hearing, the council shall determine whether the
|
||
granting, denial, renewal, or revocation of the license was in accordance with
|
||
the provisions of this chapter and shall issue a written findings of fact,
|
||
conclusions of law and an order to carry out its findings and conclusions.
|
||
These findings of fact, conclusions of law, and order shall be filed with the
|
||
clerk of the council and served by the council upon all parties appearing or
|
||
represented at said hearing. (Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
|
||
### 5-1-16: COURT REVIEW:
|
||
Any order either granting, denying, renewing, or revoking any license under the
|
||
provisions of this chapter may be appealed to the district court in the same
|
||
manner as appeals from any order under the building or zoning regulations of
|
||
the city. Appeals from such orders must be taken within ten (10) days after the
|
||
order is issued. Upon any such appeal the findings of fact of the council, if
|
||
supported by substantial evidence, shall be conclusive. (Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
|
||
## CHAPTER 2 - CABLE TELEVISION
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
5-2-1: Definitions
|
||
5-2-2: License Required
|
||
5-2-3: Application For License
|
||
5-2-4: Grant Of Authority
|
||
5-2-5: Term Of License
|
||
5-2-6: License Fee
|
||
5-2-7: System Construction And Extension
|
||
5-2-8: Safety Requirements
|
||
5-2-9: Conditions On Street Occupancy
|
||
5-2-10: Operational Standards
|
||
5-2-11: Indemnification Of City
|
||
5-2-12: Procedure Upon Termination
|
||
5-2-13: Approval Of Transfer
|
||
5-2-14: Local Office; Complaints
|
||
5-2-15: Compliance With Applicable Laws And Ordinances
|
||
5-2-16: Violations
|
||
5-2-17: Penalties
|
||
5-2-18: Severability
|
||
5-2-19: Effective Date
|
||
5-2-20: Rights Reserved
|
||
5-2-1: DEFINITIONS:
|
||
For the purpose of this chapter the following terms, phrases and their
|
||
derivations shall have the meanings herein given. When not inconsistent with
|
||
the context, words used in the present tense include the future tense, words in
|
||
the plural number include the singular number and words in the singular number
|
||
include the plural number.
|
||
CATV: A cable television system as hereinafter defined.
|
||
CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEM: A system composed of, without limitation, antenna,
|
||
cables, wires, lines, towers, wave guides, or any other conductors, converters,
|
||
equipment or facilities, designed, constructed or wired for the purpose of
|
||
producing, receiving, amplifying and distributing by coaxial cable audio and/or
|
||
visual radio television, electronic or electrical signals to and from persons,
|
||
subscribers and locations in the license area.
|
||
CITY: The city of Choteau, Montana.
|
||
CITY COUNCIL: The governing body of the city.
|
||
EXPANDED CATV SERVICE: Any communications service in addition to basic CATV
|
||
service provided by the licensee either directly or as a carrier for their
|
||
subsidiaries, affiliates or any other person engaged in communications service,
|
||
including, but not by way of limitation, pay TV, burglar alarm service, date or
|
||
other electronic transmission services, facsimile reproduction services, meter
|
||
reading services and home shopping services.
|
||
LICENSE AREA: The area within the corporate limits of the city.
|
||
LICENSEE: A grantee of rights under this chapter.
|
||
PERSON: Any person, firm, partnership, association, corporation, company or
|
||
organization of any kind.
|
||
PROPERTY OF LICENSEE: All property owned, installed or used by a company or
|
||
companies in the conduct of a CATV business in the city.
|
||
REGULAR CATV SERVICE: The distribution of broadcast television and radio
|
||
signals, and installation, disconnect and reconnect of facilities required for
|
||
said distribution.
|
||
STREET: The surface of and the space above and below any public street, right
|
||
of way, road, highway, freeway, bridge, lane, path, alley, court, sidewalk,
|
||
parkway, drive, communications or utility easement, now or hereafter existing
|
||
as such within the license area.
|
||
SUBSCRIBER: Any person or entity receiving regular CATV service. (Ord. 207, 3-
|
||
7-1978)
|
||
5-2-2: LICENSE REQUIRED:
|
||
No person shall engage in the business of operating a cable television system
|
||
within the city, without first having obtained a license for such purpose nor
|
||
shall any person carry on said business at any other place or location other
|
||
than the one designated in the license, and under such regulations as are
|
||
hereinafter provided. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
|
||
5-2-3: APPLICATION FOR LICENSE:
|
||
Application for a license to engage in the business of operating a cable
|
||
television system will be made by the person or their duly designated agent by
|
||
filing such application with the city clerk. Such application shall contain the
|
||
following information:
|
||
1. The name and address of the applicant, and should the applicant be a
|
||
corporation, the names and addresses of all officers and directors of said
|
||
corporation.
|
||
2. An outline of the general construction and operating plans of the
|
||
applicant.
|
||
3. A proposed schedule for the construction of the system and the
|
||
commencement of the service or if the system is already in operation, a full
|
||
and complete description, including maps and plans, of the system.
|
||
4. A statement of the policy of the applicant concerning the extension of
|
||
the system within the license area.
|
||
(E) Such information as may be required to determine the legal, character,
|
||
financial, technical and other qualifications of the applicant.
|
||
Within thirty (30) days following receipt, the city clerk shall submit said
|
||
application to the city council; the city council shall, at a regular or
|
||
special meeting, adopt a resolution to either approve the application as
|
||
submitted, approve the application with modification or deny said application.
|
||
(Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
|
||
5-2-4: GRANT OF AUTHORITY:
|
||
1. Upon the approval by the city of the legal, character, financial,
|
||
technical and other qualifications of the applicant, and the adequacy and
|
||
feasibility of the applicant's construction arrangements, at a full public
|
||
proceeding affording due process, the city may grant to the applicant the
|
||
right, privilege, and license to engage in the business of operating a CATV
|
||
system in the city for the purpose of providing regular CATV service and such
|
||
aspects of expanded CATV service, if any, as the applicant may from time to
|
||
time deem advisable. Said grant of authority may include the right and
|
||
privilege to erect, install, construct, repair, replace, reconstruct, maintain
|
||
and retain in, on, over, under, upon, across and along any public street,
|
||
public way and public place, now laid out or dedicated and all extensions
|
||
thereof and additions thereto in the license area such poles, wires, cable,
|
||
conductors, ducts, conduit vaults, manholes, amplifiers, appliances,
|
||
attachments, and other property as may be necessary and appurtenant to the CATV
|
||
system; and in addition, so to use, operate, and provide similar facilities or
|
||
properties rented or leased from other persons, firms or corporations,
|
||
including, but not limited to, any public utility or other grantee licensed or
|
||
permitted to do business in the city.
|
||
2. The rights, privileges and license to engage in the business of
|
||
operating a CATV system in the city provided for in this section will not be
|
||
exclusive and the city reserves the right to grant similar rights, privileges
|
||
and licenses to any other person. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
|
||
5-2-5: TERM OF LICENSE:
|
||
The license and rights herein granted shall be in force and effect for a term
|
||
of fifteen (15) years after the effective date of the license. The license may
|
||
be renewed for an additional fifteen (15) year period following a public
|
||
proceeding called for the purpose of considering said renewal. (Ord. 207, 3-7-
|
||
1978)
|
||
5-2-6: LICENSE FEE:
|
||
The annual fee to be paid by a licensee to the city shall be as provided by
|
||
council action, and shall be paid by January 30 for that year. (Ord. 207, 3-7-
|
||
1978)
|
||
5-2-7: SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AND EXTENSION:
|
||
Any person receiving a license under the terms of this chapter shall accomplish
|
||
significant construction within one year after receiving certification from the
|
||
federal communication commission, and shall thereafter equitably and reasonably
|
||
extend energized trunk cable within the license area as provided in the
|
||
construction schedule set forth in the application for a license. Extensions of
|
||
any system within the license area shall be made by the licensee in accord with
|
||
the policy set forth in the application for a license. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
|
||
5-2-8: SAFETY REQUIREMENTS:
|
||
1. The licensee shall at all times employ ordinary care and shall install
|
||
and maintain in use commonly accepted methods and devices for preventing
|
||
failures and accidents which are likely to cause damage, injuries or nuisances
|
||
to the public.
|
||
2. The licensee shall install and maintain its wires, cables and fixtures
|
||
and other equipment in accordance with requirements of the ordinances, code and
|
||
regulations of the city, and in such a manner that they will not interfere with
|
||
the installation of the city or public utilities serving the city.
|
||
3. All structures and lines, equipment and connections in, over, under
|
||
and on the streets, sidewalks, alleys and public ways or places of the city,
|
||
wherever situated or located shall at all times be kept and maintained in a
|
||
safe, suitable, substantial condition and in good order and repair.
|
||
4. The licensee shall maintain a force of one or more agents or employees
|
||
at all times and shall have sufficient employees to provide safe, adequate and
|
||
prompt service for its facilities. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
|
||
5-2-9: CONDITIONS ON STREET OCCUPANCY:
|
||
1. All transmissions and distribution structures, lines and equipment
|
||
erected by the licensee within the city shall be so located as to cause minimum
|
||
interference with the proper use of the streets, alleys, and other public ways
|
||
and places, and to cause minimum interference with the rights and reasonable
|
||
convenience of property owners who join any of the said streets, alleys or
|
||
other public ways and places.
|
||
2. In case of disturbance in the street, sidewalk, alley, public way,
|
||
grass or paved areas or any other public or private property, the licensee
|
||
shall, at his own expense and in a manner approved by the city clerk, replace
|
||
and restore said street, sidewalk, alley, public way, grass or paved area or
|
||
any other public or private property in as good a condition as before the work
|
||
involving such disturbance was done.
|
||
3. If at any time the city shall lawfully elect to alter or change any
|
||
street, sidewalk, alley or other public way, the licensee, upon reasonable
|
||
notice by the city, shall remove, relay and relocate its poles, wires, cables,
|
||
underground conduits, manholes and other fixtures at its own expense.
|
||
4. Any fixtures placed in any public way by the licensee shall be placed
|
||
in such a manner as not to interfere with the usual travel on such public way.
|
||
(Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
|
||
5-2-10: OPERATIONAL STANDARDS:
|
||
The licensee shall operate and maintain its cable television system in full
|
||
compliance with the standards set forth by the federal communications
|
||
commission. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
|
||
5-2-11: INDEMNIFICATION OF CITY:
|
||
The licensee shall at all times protect and hold harmless the city from all
|
||
claims, actions, suits, liability, loss, expense, damages of every kind and
|
||
description (herein collectively referred to as "claims") including
|
||
investigation costs, court costs and attorney fees, which may accrue to or be
|
||
suffered or claimed by any person or persons arising out of the negligence of
|
||
the licensee in the ownership, construction, repair, replacement, maintenance
|
||
and operation of the cable television system. The city shall give the licensee
|
||
prompt written notice of any such claims filed against it. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
|
||
5-2-12: PROCEDURE UPON TERMINATION:
|
||
Upon expiration of the license, if the licensee shall not have acquired an
|
||
extension or renewal thereof and accepted the same, the licensee may enter upon
|
||
the streets, and public ways of the city, for the purposes of removing
|
||
therefrom any or all of its property and otherwise. In so removing said
|
||
property the licensee shall refill, at its own expense, any excavation that
|
||
shall be made by it, and shall leave said streets and public ways and places in
|
||
as nearly as possible as good condition as that prevailing prior to the
|
||
licensee's removal of its property. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
|
||
5-2-13: APPROVAL OF TRANSFER:
|
||
The licensee shall not sell or transfer its plant or system to another, other
|
||
than a parent company or a wholly owned subsidiary of the licensee, nor
|
||
transfer any rights under this license to another, except as security for
|
||
monies borrowed, without the city council's approval. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
|
||
5-2-14: LOCAL OFFICE; COMPLAINTS:
|
||
1. The licensee shall maintain a business office, or agent, which
|
||
subscribers may telephone during regular business hours, so that CATV
|
||
maintenance service shall be promptly available. Should a subscriber have a
|
||
complaint regarding the quality of cable television service, equipment
|
||
malfunction, or similar matters, the subscriber may file his complaint with the
|
||
agent of the licensee. The licensee shall notify each subscriber, at the time
|
||
of the initial subscription to the service of the licensee, of the procedures
|
||
for reporting and resolving such complaints.
|
||
2. The licensee shall keep a record of each complaint received and the
|
||
action taken to resolve said complaint. Said records shall be filed with the
|
||
city council at the time any proceedings are initiated concerning rate changes
|
||
or license renewal. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
|
||
5-2-15: COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWS AND ORDINANCES:
|
||
The licensee shall at all times during the life of this license be subject to
|
||
all lawful exercise of the police power by the city. The licensee shall at all
|
||
times comply with all of the requirements, at that time applicable, as imposed
|
||
by the federal communications system. Failure to do so will be treated as a
|
||
violation of this chapter. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
|
||
5-2-16: VIOLATIONS:
|
||
From and after the effective date hereof, it shall be unlawful for any person
|
||
to construct, install or maintain within any public street in the city, or
|
||
within any other public property of the city, or within any privately owned
|
||
area within the city which has not yet become a public street but is designated
|
||
or delineated as a proposed public street on any tentative subdivision map
|
||
approved by the city, any equipment or facilities for distributing any
|
||
television signals or radio signals throughout a CATV system, unless a license
|
||
authorizing such use of such street or property or area has first been
|
||
obtained, and unless such license is in full force and effect. (Ord. 207, 3-7-
|
||
1978)
|
||
5-2-17: PENALTIES:
|
||
Any person violating or failing to comply with any of the provisions of this
|
||
chapter shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and for each day of violation or
|
||
failure to comply may be punished by a fine not to exceed five hundred dollars
|
||
($500.00) or by imprisonment for a term not to exceed six (6) months or by both
|
||
such fine and imprisonment. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
|
||
5-2-18: SEVERABILITY:
|
||
If any section, subsection, sentence, clause or phrase of this chapter is for
|
||
any reason held illegal, invalid or unconstitutional by the decision shall not
|
||
affect the validity of the remaining portions hereof. The city council hereby
|
||
declares that it would have passed this ordinance 207 and each section,
|
||
subsection, sentence, clause and phrase hereof, irrespective of the fact that
|
||
any one or more sections, subsections, sentences, clauses or phrases be
|
||
declared illegal, invalid or unconstitutional. The validity of any portion of
|
||
this chapter shall not abate, reduce or otherwise affect any consideration or
|
||
other obligation required of the licensee. All ordinances and parts of
|
||
ordinances in conflict with the provisions of this chapter are hereby repealed.
|
||
(Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
|
||
5-2-19: EFFECTIVE DATE:
|
||
This ordinance 207 codified herein as chapter 2 shall take effect and be in
|
||
force thirty (30) days from and after its passage. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
|
||
5-2-20: RIGHTS RESERVED:
|
||
1. The right is hereby reserved to the city to adopt, in addition to the
|
||
provisions contained herein and in existing applicable ordinances, such
|
||
additional regulations as it shall find necessary in the exercise of the police
|
||
power; provided that such regulations, by ordinance or otherwise, shall be
|
||
reasonable and not in conflict with the rights herein granted.
|
||
2. The city shall have the right to inspect the books, records, maps,
|
||
plans and other like materials of the licensee at any time during normal
|
||
business hours.
|
||
3. The city shall have the right to supervise all construction or
|
||
installation work performed subject to the provisions of this license and make
|
||
such inspections as it shall find necessary to ensure compliance with the terms
|
||
of the license and other pertinent provisions of law.
|
||
4. Upon termination or cancellation of this license, as provided for
|
||
herein, the city shall have the right to require the licensee to remove at its
|
||
own expense all portions of the cable television system from all public ways
|
||
within the city.
|
||
(E) The city reserves the right to establish a procedure by which it shall
|
||
review and approve the rates set by the licensee, and the licensee agrees to
|
||
cooperate fully with the city council in connection with that review procedure,
|
||
including, but not limited to, the requirement that all rate changes be
|
||
reviewed, that there be a public hearing which the licensee will attend, and
|
||
that the licensee provide such information as is necessary to determine a
|
||
reasonable rate. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
|
||
CHAPTER 3
|
||
LICENSES
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
5-3-1: License Required
|
||
5-3-2: Definitions
|
||
5-3-3: Annual License Fee
|
||
5-3-4: Application For License
|
||
5-3-5: Violation And Fine
|
||
5-3-1: LICENSE REQUIRED:
|
||
All merchants who engage in the business of selling alcoholic beverages,
|
||
including liquor, beer and wine, and transient merchants are required to
|
||
purchase a city license prior to January 15 of each year. (Ord. 264, 5-3-1994)
|
||
5-3-2: DEFINITIONS:
|
||
PERMITTED AREA WITHIN THE CITY OF CHOTEAU: The permitted area of the city of
|
||
Choteau is defined as that nonshaded area set forth in exhibit A attached to
|
||
ordinance 279, available for inspection in the city clerk's office, and by this
|
||
reference incorporated herein.
|
||
TRANSIENT MERCHANT: A transient merchant, otherwise called itinerant vendor or
|
||
peddler, is defined as any person, whether acting as an owner, agent, consignee
|
||
or employee, not being a resident of the city, who engages in the temporary
|
||
business of selling, delivering, or offering for sale, goods, wares and
|
||
merchandise and subscriptions within the permitted area of the city, as herein
|
||
defined, and who, in furtherance of such purposes, uses or occupies the
|
||
permitted streets, alleys or sidewalks of the city or any structure, motor
|
||
vehicle or other place within the permitted area of the city for the exhibition
|
||
and sale of such goods, wares and merchandise. (Ord. 279, 4-6-1999)
|
||
5-3-3: ANNUAL LICENSE FEE:
|
||
The annual license fee required by those individuals or entities as set forth
|
||
in section
|
||
5-3-1 of this chapter shall be as follows:
|
||
|
||
(A) All beverage license $200.00
|
||
(B) Beer license 75.00
|
||
(C) Wine license 25.00
|
||
(D) Special use beer permit 5.00
|
||
(Ord. 264, 5-3-1994)
|
||
(E) Transient merchant
|
||
1. Annual 30.00
|
||
|
||
(Ord. 279, 4-6-1999)
|
||
5-3-4: APPLICATION FOR LICENSE:
|
||
All required licensees, as set forth in section
|
||
5-3-3 of this chapter, shall fill out in its entirety the required application
|
||
form at the office of the city clerk, and no license, as above set forth, shall
|
||
be issued by said clerk until said application has been approved by the office
|
||
of the city clerk. (Ord. 264, 5-3-1994)
|
||
5-3-5: VIOLATION AND FINE:
|
||
Any person, who first being advised of the provisions of this chapter, and who
|
||
thereafter violates any provision of this chapter is guilty of a misdemeanor,
|
||
and upon conviction thereof, shall be punished by a fine of not less than
|
||
twenty five dollars ($25.00) nor more than one hundred dollars ($100.00). (Ord.
|
||
264, 5-3-1994)
|
||
TITLE 6
|
||
FIRE REGULATIONS
|
||
CHAPTER 1
|
||
FIRE LIMITS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
6-1-1: Fire Limits Designated
|
||
6-1-1: FIRE LIMITS DESIGNATED:
|
||
The following described territory in the city shall comprise the inner fire
|
||
limits:
|
||
Commencing at the intersection of 1st Street S.E. and 1st alley east, thence
|
||
north along the centerline of said alley and continuing along the centerline of
|
||
said alley to the centerline of 4th Street, N.E.; thence west along the
|
||
centerline of 4th Street to the centerline of 1st alley West; thence along the
|
||
centerline of 1st alley West to the centerline of the 3rd Street N.W.; thence
|
||
along the centerline of 3rd Street, N.W. in a westerly direction to the
|
||
centerline of 2nd alley West; thence south along the centerline of 2nd alley
|
||
West to the centerline of Division Street; thence along the centerline of west
|
||
Division to the centerline of 1st Street S.W.; thence east along the centerline
|
||
of 1st Street S.W. to the centerline of 1st alley West; thence south along the
|
||
centerline of said alley to the centerline of 3rd Street S.W.; thence west of
|
||
the centerline of 1st Avenue, S.W.; thence south to the centerline of 5th
|
||
Street, S.W., thence east to the centerline of 1st alley East; thence north to
|
||
the place of beginning.
|
||
All the rest of the territory included within the corporate limits lying
|
||
outside of and beyond the limits of said inner fire limits as hereinbefore
|
||
described, shall comprise the outer fire limits of the city. (1967 Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 2
|
||
FIRE REGULATIONS; PROVISIONS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
6-2-1: Building Requirements For Inner Fire Limits
|
||
6-2-2: Permit Required For Building In Fire Limits
|
||
6-2-3: Replacement Of Damaged Buildings
|
||
6-2-4: Unlawful Building
|
||
6-2-5: Storage Of Flammables; Permit Required
|
||
6-2-6: Construction Of Chimneys And Flues
|
||
6-2-7: Wooden Buildings
|
||
6-2-8: Fire Chief Appointed; Duties
|
||
6-2-9: Removal Of Dangerous Buildings; Failure To Comply
|
||
6-2-10: Bonfires
|
||
6-2-11: Interference With Fire Department Personnel; Apparatus
|
||
6-2-12: Firefighting; Bystanders
|
||
6-2-13: Campfires
|
||
6-2-14: Open Burning
|
||
6-2-1: BUILDING REQUIREMENTS FOR INNER FIRE LIMITS:
|
||
No person shall build, construct, reconstruct, erect, place or move, or cause
|
||
to be built, constructed, reconstructed, erected, placed or moved from any lot
|
||
within or without the inner fire limits to any lot within the inner fire
|
||
limits, except as hereinafter provided, any wooden, corrugated, iron or sheet
|
||
metal building, shed or structure, of any kind whatsoever, provided, however,
|
||
that the city council may, upon application duly made: a) grant a permit for an
|
||
addition to a residence located in the inner fire district to be made of wooden
|
||
construction, if such residence is of wooden construction and the square feet
|
||
area of such addition will not exceed one-third (1/3) of the square feet area
|
||
of the residence at the time of making application for permit, and b) grant a
|
||
permit for wooden construction of small outbuildings in the inner fire limits
|
||
if it is made to appear to the council such building will not increase the fire
|
||
risk to surrounding buildings. Provided that the city council may grant an
|
||
exception to the above limitations where it finds upon facts presented at a
|
||
hearing that such structure will not create any additional fire hazard. Notice
|
||
of hearing shall be published at least ten (10) days before the hearing in a
|
||
local newspaper and a copy mailed to owners of lots adjoining those owned by
|
||
the applicant for permit. (Ord. 177, 10-20-1969; amd. Ord. 190, 12-17-1973)
|
||
6-2-2: PERMIT REQUIRED FOR BUILDING IN FIRE LIMITS:
|
||
No person shall build, construct, reconstruct, erect, place or move, or cause
|
||
to be built, constructed, reconstructed, erected, placed or moved, within or
|
||
into the fire limits any building, shed or structure, of any kind whatsoever,
|
||
without first having obtained a permit so to do from the council, in the manner
|
||
following:
|
||
1. Any person desiring to build, construct or erect such building, shed
|
||
or structure, shall make or cause to be made and filed with the clerk at least
|
||
three (3) days before the next council meeting, a sketch or plan of the
|
||
proposed building or structure desired to be built, constructed or erected,
|
||
together with specifications thereof, in form sufficient to enable the council
|
||
to determine the material to be used for the foundation, walls and roof, the
|
||
thickness of the walls, the number and size of openings therein, and the
|
||
general plan of construction. If said plans are deemed by a majority of the
|
||
council to be sufficiently safe for fire protection purposes, the clerk may be
|
||
directed to issue a building permit to the applicant to construct such building
|
||
or structure in accordance with said plans and specifications which shall be
|
||
kept on file in the office of the clerk and any deviation, alteration or change
|
||
from said plans and specifications without an additional permit from the
|
||
council shall be, and is hereby declared to be, a violation of the provisions
|
||
of this chapter.
|
||
2. Any person desiring to remove any building from one location to
|
||
another within the fire limits, or from without the city to a location within
|
||
the outer fire limits, must first obtain a permit from the council so to do,
|
||
which permit may be granted by the council upon an application in writing filed
|
||
with the clerk at least three (3) days before the next council meeting, which
|
||
said application shall contain a description of the building, giving its size
|
||
and the material of which it is constructed, its location as to lot and block,
|
||
if within the city limits, and the lot and block upon which the building is
|
||
proposed to be placed; provided, that no permit must be granted by the council,
|
||
if the proposed removal be from one location to another within the inner fire
|
||
limits, unless it shall appear by the endorsement in writing of the fire chief
|
||
upon the application for such permit, that such removal will not tend to
|
||
increase the fire risk. (Ord. 177, 10-20-1969)
|
||
6-2-3: REPLACEMENT OF DAMAGED BUILDINGS:
|
||
No person shall repair, or cause to be repaired, any building, shed or
|
||
structure, within the fire limits, if the same shall, in the judgment of the
|
||
council, have been damaged by fire, the elements, or otherwise, to the extent
|
||
of fifty percent (50%) of the value thereof, without first having obtained a
|
||
permit so to do as provided in section
|
||
6-2-2 of this chapter. Except in cases of damage by fire or the elements, no
|
||
repairs exceeding a value of twenty five dollars ($25.00) shall be made in any
|
||
calendar year, upon any building, shed or structure within the inner fire
|
||
limits hereof, if said building in its original construction was composed
|
||
chiefly of wood, corrugated iron or sheet metal. (Ord. 23, 3-2-1914)
|
||
6-2-4: UNLAWFUL BUILDING:
|
||
Any person who shall hereafter in violation of the provisions of this chapter,
|
||
erect, build, construct, repair, enlarge or remove any such prohibited
|
||
structure or building, or cause the same to be done by others, shall be deemed
|
||
to have committed a misdemeanor. Any structure or building built, constructed,
|
||
erected, repaired, enlarged or removed in violation of the provisions of this
|
||
chapter is hereby declared to be a nuisance and it shall be the duty of the
|
||
chief of police on order of the council, to require the author of such nuisance
|
||
to remove the same forthwith, and, if the said author shall neglect or refuse
|
||
to abate the same or signify his intention so to do within twenty four (24)
|
||
hours after such notice, it shall be the duty of the chief of police to do so,
|
||
and the costs thereof shall be charged to the said author and collected by
|
||
civil action in the name of the city. (Ord. 23, 3-2-1914)
|
||
6-2-5: STORAGE OF FLAMMABLES; PERMIT REQUIRED:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to construct, place, erect or build, or
|
||
cause to be constructed, placed, erected or built within the fire limits, any
|
||
smokehouse, engine house, steam boiler, or other similar structure or
|
||
contrivance, or to store any inflammable or explosive material, or to store or
|
||
stack, or suffer or permit to be stored or stacked, any straw, hay, rubbish,
|
||
boxes, barrels, or other combustible material, without first having obtained
|
||
from the council a permit so to do, and all such permits shall be granted upon
|
||
such conditions and restrictions of the council as in their judgment shall be
|
||
necessary to guard against calamities by fire. (Ord. 23, 3-2-1914)
|
||
6-2-6: CONSTRUCTION OF CHIMNEYS AND FLUES:
|
||
All chimneys, or flues, in any building within the fire limits shall be
|
||
constructed of pipe to be approved by the fire underwriters, brick, stone or
|
||
concrete, and shall be plastered on the inside, and shall be built from the
|
||
foundation of the building, or upon a substantial platform firmly attached to
|
||
the building. All stovepipes shall enter a brick, stone or concrete chimney as
|
||
nearly horizontal as possible and shall not pass through any roof or outside
|
||
wall or framework in the building. All stovepipes or flues which pass through
|
||
any floor, partition or ceiling, or other combustible material, shall be
|
||
protected by durable metal or earthen safes where the same pass through such
|
||
floor, partition, ceiling or other combustible material; provided, that for
|
||
good reasons the fire chief may grant permission to any person to use a
|
||
stovepipe through the roof of any temporary addition to a building, for
|
||
temporary purposes only, upon such conditions and restrictions as he may impose
|
||
for the general safety of surrounding property. (Ord. 23, 3-2-1914)
|
||
6-2-7: WOODEN BUILDINGS:
|
||
The council shall have power by the special order duly made and entered of
|
||
record after the hearing of interested parties to prohibit the erection of a
|
||
wooden building in any part of the city beyond the fire limits thereof, so
|
||
close to any other building previously erected or of such a dangerous character
|
||
as to greatly endanger the same; provided that this regulation shall not be
|
||
construed to apply to smaller outbuildings; and any person, who, in violation
|
||
of any such special order of the council, shall erect such prohibited building
|
||
shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor. (Ord. 23, 3-2-1914)
|
||
6-2-8: FIRE CHIEF APPOINTED; DUTIES:
|
||
The mayor shall, at the first meeting of the council after the annual election,
|
||
appoint, by and with the consent of the council, a fire chief, who shall hold
|
||
this office for the term of one year and until his successor is appointed,
|
||
unless removed for cause, and whose duty it shall be to examine all chimneys,
|
||
flues, stovepipes, boilers, depositories for ashes, buildings, and places where
|
||
fires are used within the fire limits, and in case he finds any such appliances
|
||
or premises in an unsafe condition, he shall immediately notify and direct the
|
||
owner or occupant to put the same in safe condition against damage by fire, and
|
||
it shall be the duty of such owner or occupant to forthwith promptly comply
|
||
with such direction, and a failure so to do shall be deemed a misdemeanor.
|
||
(Ord. 23, 3-2-1914)
|
||
6-2-9: REMOVAL OF DANGEROUS BUILDINGS; FAILURE TO COMPLY:
|
||
The council may order or direct any building, structure, chimney, flue, or
|
||
stovepipe, which is dangerous or a menace to surrounding property from a fire
|
||
standpoint, to be removed, altered, repaired, cleaned out, or placed in safe
|
||
condition, and for that purpose may prescribe and direct what work, alteration
|
||
or repair shall be done to make it safe; and may direct the removal of any
|
||
straw, hay, rubbish, barrels, boxes, or other combustible material, within the
|
||
limits of the city, when the same shall be deemed to be dangerous to other
|
||
buildings or property, and necessary against the spreading of fire or to guard
|
||
against the same.
|
||
If any person for the period of twenty four (24) hours shall refuse or neglect
|
||
to comply with any order or direction of the council or fire chief, relative to
|
||
the removal or repair of any building, boiler, stovepipe, chimney, flue, straw,
|
||
hay, rubbish or other material as provided herein, the same may be removed or
|
||
the repairs made by an officer of the city, at the expense of the owner or
|
||
occupant of the property, to be recovered in a civil action for that purpose,
|
||
in which the city shall be plaintiff and the owner or occupant shall be
|
||
defendant; or said expense, with a penalty of ten percent (10%), and interest
|
||
according to law from the date of such removal or repairs, may be assessed
|
||
against said property and collected as other taxes. (Ord. 23, 3-2-1914)
|
||
6-2-10: BONFIRES:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person within the limits of the city to build a
|
||
bonfire in any street, avenue, alley, square or vacant lot, without first
|
||
obtaining a permit in writing from the fire chief, and a violation of this
|
||
section shall be deemed a misdemeanor. (Ord. 23, 3-2-1914)
|
||
6-2-11: INTERFERENCE WITH FIRE DEPARTMENT PERSONNEL; APPARATUS:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to in any way interfere with the fire
|
||
chief, or any member of the fire department, or any other person, while engaged
|
||
in fighting or controlling any fire within the limits of the city, or so near
|
||
the limits of the city as to be dangerous to property within the limits of the
|
||
city; or to in any way interfere with, damage, remove, or injure any fire
|
||
apparatus or property owned or kept by the city for the purpose of controlling
|
||
fires, or with the property of any chief or fireman or other person while
|
||
engaged in controlling any fire. It shall also be unlawful for any person to
|
||
drive any vehicle, or ride any animal or vehicle, over or across, or to tramp
|
||
on or step upon any fire hose belonging to the city, or used by it in
|
||
controlling fires. (Ord. 23, 3-2-1914)
|
||
6-2-12: FIREFIGHTING; BYSTANDERS:
|
||
The mayor, council, or the fire chief, may, whenever in his judgment it shall
|
||
be necessary, call upon any bystander at a fire to assist in controlling said
|
||
fire, either by name or otherwise, and thereupon it shall be the duty of such
|
||
bystander to immediately assist and obey the orders of such official to the
|
||
best of his strength and ability 1 . (Ord. 23, 3-2-1914)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. RCM 11-928–11-933, 32-21-113, 32-21-109.
|
||
6-2-13: CAMPFIRES:
|
||
Campfires in the city park shall be limited to city fire pits only. (Ord. 270,
|
||
2-4-1997)
|
||
6-2-14: OPEN BURNING:
|
||
Open burning within the city limits, with the exception of barbecue grills,
|
||
fireplaces and wood stoves, shall be prohibited unless a burn permit is issued
|
||
by the city clerk and approved by the city fire chief. (Ord. 270, 2-4-1997)
|
||
CHAPTER 3
|
||
FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
6-3-1: Definitions
|
||
6-3-2: Delivery Of Flammable Liquids
|
||
6-3-3: Uniform Fire Code
|
||
6-3-4: Misdemeanor
|
||
6-3-1: DEFINITIONS:
|
||
As used in this chapter the following terms shall have the meanings herein
|
||
prescribed:
|
||
FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS: Any liquid used as fuel for the operation of any motor
|
||
driven vehicle or motor driven engine.
|
||
RETAIL OR WHOLESALE OUTLET: Any business engaged in the retail sale or
|
||
wholesale of flammable liquids.
|
||
TANK VEHICLE OR TANK CAR: Any vehicle used for the transportation of flammable
|
||
liquids. (Ord. 247, 10-20-1987)
|
||
6-3-2: DELIVERY OF FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS:
|
||
In all deliveries of flammable liquids to any retail outlet or wholesale outlet
|
||
within the corporate limits of the city, the operator or other competent person
|
||
shall be in attendance at all times while a tank vehicle or tank car is
|
||
discharging cargo. Whenever practical, the tank vehicle or tank car shall be
|
||
positioned so that the operating controls and the discharging end of the hose
|
||
or hoses are both in view of the operator or other competent person. (Ord. 247,
|
||
10-20-1987)
|
||
6-3-3: UNIFORM FIRE CODE:
|
||
All flammable liquids shall be delivered and controlled in accordance with the
|
||
uniform fire code of the state. (Ord. 247, 10-20-1987)
|
||
6-3-4: MISDEMEANOR:
|
||
Any person violating the provisions of this chapter shall be deemed guilty of a
|
||
misdemeanor. (Ord. 247, 10-20-1987)
|
||
CHAPTER 4
|
||
FIREWORKS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
6-4-1: Definition
|
||
6-4-2: Sale Of Fireworks; Use Of; Fine
|
||
6-4-3: Possession Of Explosive Material Prohibited
|
||
6-4-1: DEFINITION:
|
||
The term "fireworks" shall mean firecrackers, Roman candles, torpedoes, sky
|
||
rockets, whirling sprays, fire fountains and all powderous explosives commonly
|
||
known as fireworks. (Ord. 48, 8-8-1917)
|
||
6-4-2: SALE OF FIREWORKS; USE OF; FINE:
|
||
Fireworks may be sold for the period of June 24 through July 5 each year within
|
||
the Choteau City limits by permit only from the Office of the Choteau City
|
||
Clerk after approval by the City Council.
|
||
The use of fireworks within the City in any manner or means or for any purpose
|
||
is prohibited except:
|
||
1. For the period of July 1 through July 4 each year. Fireworks can be
|
||
set off within the City limits from eleven o'clock (11:00) A.M. to eleven
|
||
o'clock (11:00) P.M. each day except July 3 and 4 when the time limit on July 3
|
||
and 4 shall extend to two o'clock (2:00) A.M. the following morning; and
|
||
2. For the period of December 31 from six o'clock (6:00) P.M. to two
|
||
o'clock (2:00) A.M. the following morning.
|
||
Any person violating the provisions of this section regarding the use of
|
||
fireworks shall be fined fifty dollars ($50.00).
|
||
Any person violating the provisions of this section regarding the sale of
|
||
fireworks shall be fined fifty dollars ($50.00) per each sale. (Ord. 312, 3-21-
|
||
2017)
|
||
6-4-3: POSSESSION OF EXPLOSIVE MATERIAL PROHIBITED:
|
||
The sale or possession of any illegal dangerous mechanical device or of any
|
||
other illegal explosive material calculated to explode or burn by reason of
|
||
external or mechanical application shall be construed a violation of the
|
||
provisions of this chapter. (Ord. 272, 2-4-1997)
|
||
TITLE 7
|
||
HEALTH AND SANITATION
|
||
CHAPTER 1
|
||
GARBAGE REGULATIONS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
7-1-1: Definitions
|
||
7-1-2: Mandatory Use Of City Services
|
||
7-1-3: Container Requirements
|
||
7-1-4: Placement Of Containers
|
||
7-1-5: Prohibited Acts And Conditions
|
||
7-1-6: Removal Of Prohibited Conditions
|
||
7-1-7: Charges For Collection
|
||
7-1-8: Violation; Penalty
|
||
7-1-1: DEFINITIONS:
|
||
SOLID WASTE: Includes each and every accumulation of animal matter, manure,
|
||
fruits or vegetable matter, ashes, branches or parts of any trees, shrubs or
|
||
vines, tin cans, bottles, grasses or weeds, rags, paper, dead animals or parts
|
||
thereof, garbage, trash or filth, and all other offensive matter. (Ord. 299, 5-
|
||
18-2004, eff. 7-1-2004)
|
||
7-1-2: MANDATORY USE OF CITY SERVICES:
|
||
Except as provided in Montana code 7-2-4736, all residents, businesses, and
|
||
other persons located within the city limits shall be required to use the
|
||
city's solid waste hauling services with respect to all solid waste that the
|
||
city hauls, unless the city approves, in writing, the use of a licensed private
|
||
hauler. No resident, business, or other person shall engage a licensed hauler,
|
||
without first receiving written approval from the city, to haul solid waste of
|
||
the type that the city hauls. (Ord. 299, 5-18-2004, eff. 7-1-2004)
|
||
7-1-3: CONTAINER REQUIREMENTS:
|
||
1. City Approved Containers Required: Solid waste, as identified in this
|
||
chapter, shall only be placed outside of a home, garage, or other animalproof
|
||
enclosure if contained in a city approved solid waste container.
|
||
2. Containers Kept Clean: Residents and businesses shall be responsible
|
||
for ensuring that all city approved solid waste containers are kept clean and
|
||
sanitary.
|
||
3. Repairing And Replacing: Residents and businesses of the city shall be
|
||
responsible for repairing or replacing any city approved solid waste containers
|
||
that are abused, damaged, or lost. (Ord. 299, 5-18-2004, eff. 7-1-2004)
|
||
7-1-4: PLACEMENT OF CONTAINERS:
|
||
1. Time Of Collection: Solid waste containers must only be placed at the
|
||
designated pick up location by seven o'clock (7:00) A.M. on the morning that
|
||
such solid waste will be picked up by the city or other permitted hauler.
|
||
2. Preparation For Collection:
|
||
1. All solid waste produced in any house, flat, apartment, restaurant
|
||
or other store, building or establishment, shall be drained of all surplus
|
||
liquids, except grease, and thereupon shall be securely wrapped in paper or
|
||
plastic before depositing in solid waste receptacles.
|
||
2. Paper and combustible rubbish of every kind whatsoever shall be
|
||
securely wrapped, packed, or contained in a manner that will prevent blowing by
|
||
the wind and shall be deposited in a proper receptacle.
|
||
3. All solid waste must be placed in city approved containers to be
|
||
removed by the city solid waste collectors. Any waste that can not be placed in
|
||
the container must be moved to the Northern Montana joint refuse disposal
|
||
district roll-off site by the owner or occupant of the premises, or collected
|
||
by city solid waste collectors upon prepayment of charges as set by resolution.
|
||
4. Trimmings resulting from trimming or removing hedges and trees shall
|
||
be cut up into short lengths not to exceed four feet (4'), and placed in solid
|
||
waste receptacles or else moved to the Northern Montana joint refuse disposal
|
||
district roll-off site by the owner or occupant of the premises, or collected
|
||
by city solid waste collectors upon prepayment of charges as set by resolution.
|
||
Tree trunks of more than six inches (6") in diameter at the large end shall be
|
||
removed to the Northern Montana joint refuse disposal district roll-off site by
|
||
the owner or occupant of the premises and shall not be removed by the city
|
||
solid waste collectors, or collected by city solid waste collectors upon
|
||
prepayment of charges as set by resolution.
|
||
5. All solid waste must be placed in the containers so as to allow the
|
||
lids to be shut. The lids must be kept closed on the containers at all times.
|
||
3. Dirt, Rocks And Building Debris:
|
||
1. Dirt and rocks accumulated as a result of improving or grading lawns
|
||
and gardens, will not be removed from the premises, nor from the streets and
|
||
alleys, by the city solid waste collectors, but shall be removed to the
|
||
Northern Montana joint refuse disposal district roll-off site by the owner or
|
||
occupant of the premises where such material originated.
|
||
2. Dirt and rocks accumulated as a result of excavation of building
|
||
sites, shall not be deposited in streets or alleys, but shall be removed from
|
||
the premises where such material originates by the owner, occupant, or
|
||
contractor, or whoever was responsible for doing the work.
|
||
3. Other building rubbish shall be removed to the Northern Montana
|
||
joint refuse disposal district roll-off site from the premises where such
|
||
rubbish originates, by the occupant, owner, contractor, or whoever was
|
||
responsible for doing the work, at least once weekly or as specified by the
|
||
public works department. (Ord. 299, 5-18-2004, eff. 7-1-2004)
|
||
7-1-5: PROHIBITED ACTS AND CONDITIONS:
|
||
1. Deposits On Public Ways: It is unlawful for any person to throw,
|
||
scatter, or otherwise place or leave, or cause to be thrown or scattered or
|
||
otherwise placed or left, upon or along any street, avenue, alley, or other
|
||
public place, or upon any vacant or unoccupied lot or lots within the city, any
|
||
wastepaper, rubbish, refuse, debris, or solid waste of any kind.
|
||
2. Burning: It shall be unlawful to burn papers, paper goods, carbon,
|
||
rubbish, solid waste, organic debris, or any other type of combustible matters
|
||
outdoors within the city.
|
||
3. Use Of Specific Containers:
|
||
1. It is unlawful for any person to place, discard, or deposit solid
|
||
waste into solid waste containers provided or placed within the city's parks
|
||
unless such solid waste is actually generated and accumulated in the park by
|
||
park visitors. The use of such solid waste containers and/or receptacles
|
||
provided in the city's parks is restricted to solid waste generated in the park
|
||
by park visitors, and no other solid waste shall be brought into the city's
|
||
parks for disposal.
|
||
2. All persons shall place, dispose, discard, or deposit their solid
|
||
waste in the solid waste containers provided for their particular residence or
|
||
place of business and shall not use such solid waste containers and/or
|
||
receptacles provided for other persons or for public use at city parks or
|
||
street receptacles.
|
||
3. It is unlawful for any person who resides outside of the city limits
|
||
of the city of Choteau to place, dispose, discard, or deposit their solid waste
|
||
into solid waste containers provided or placed within the city's parks or
|
||
provided for the use by city residents and businesses.
|
||
4. Special Care Items: It shall be unlawful to dispose of any products
|
||
that contain corrosive, toxic, ignitable, or reactive ingredients which may
|
||
require special care in the methods of disposal. (Ord. 299, 5-18-2004, eff. 7-
|
||
1-2004)
|
||
7-1-6: REMOVAL OF PROHIBITED CONDITIONS:
|
||
1. Responsibility Of Owner: It shall be sufficient proof for the purpose
|
||
of securing a conviction under the terms of this chapter that any such solid
|
||
waste or other offensive matter is shown to have been found improperly packed
|
||
or at any unauthorized place as specified hereinabove, or to have been found
|
||
in, upon, or adjacent to the grounds or premises used or occupied by such
|
||
person charged with violation of the terms of this chapter whether such
|
||
premises are owned, rented, leased, or otherwise held or occupied in any manner
|
||
and any such owners, occupants, tenants, or lessees aware of, or who should
|
||
have been aware of, the presence of the solid waste which has been improperly
|
||
disposed of are declared to be personally responsible under this chapter for
|
||
any such refuse, solid waste, or offensive matter so thrown, located, placed,
|
||
or found.
|
||
2. Removal Authority: The mayor, the public works director, or the fire
|
||
chief shall have the power to, and are authorized to, order by printing,
|
||
posting, or by written personal notice, to order the agent, tenant, or owner to
|
||
remove from his premises or the streets and alleys adjacent thereto, any
|
||
rubbish or filth which in the judgment of any of these officers, is a menace to
|
||
public health, nuisance, or hazardous in case of fire.
|
||
3. Removal By City: In case the rubbish is not removed within the time
|
||
specified in the notice and order, any of the officers shall have the power to
|
||
cause the rubbish to be removed at the cost of the city.
|
||
4. Lien On Premises: The cost for the removal of such rubbish, when duly
|
||
approved by the city council, shall be a lien against the property from which
|
||
such matter was deposited, and the city clerk is authorized to certify the cost
|
||
to the county clerk for collection along with those taxes and other legal
|
||
charges against the property. (Ord. 299, 5-18-2004, eff. 7-1-2004)
|
||
7-1-7: CHARGES FOR COLLECTION:
|
||
1. Following a public hearing and public notice, the city council shall
|
||
adopt a resolution regulating, establishing, or changing rates for solid waste
|
||
collection at such times as it determines necessary to defray the costs of
|
||
solid waste collection.
|
||
2. The city may make monthly billings for the costs of collection of
|
||
solid waste from the streets, alleys, commercial, and private premises of the
|
||
city. Charges shall be charged to the renter or owner of the property from
|
||
which such solid waste is collected.
|
||
3. Payments of charges shall be made within thirty (30) days after the
|
||
billing date and unpaid charges shall be delinquent after that date. Delinquent
|
||
charges may be assessed against the property. (Ord. 299, 5-18-2004, eff. 7-1-
|
||
2004)
|
||
7-1-8: VIOLATION; PENALTY:
|
||
A person convicted of violating any of the provisions of this chapter shall be
|
||
guilty of a misdemeanor and, upon conviction thereof, be subject to a fine as
|
||
provided in the general penalty in section
|
||
1-4-1 of this code. (Ord. 299, 5-18-2004, eff. 7-1-2004)
|
||
CHAPTER 2
|
||
REGULATION OF SEWER USE
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
7-2-1: Definitions
|
||
7-2-2: Use Of Public Sewers Required
|
||
7-2-3: Private Wastewater Disposal
|
||
7-2-4: Sanitary Sewers, Building Sewer And Connections
|
||
7-2-5: Use Of The Public Sewers
|
||
7-2-6: Protection From Damage
|
||
7-2-7: Powers And Authority Of Inspectors
|
||
7-2-8: Hearing Board
|
||
7-2-9: Penalties
|
||
7-2-1: DEFINITIONS:
|
||
Unless the context specifically indicates otherwise, the meanings of terms used
|
||
in this chapter shall be as follows:
|
||
BIOCHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND (BOD): The quantity of oxygen utilized in the
|
||
biochemical oxidation of organic matter under standard laboratory procedure in
|
||
five (5) days at twenty degrees centigrade (20°C), expressed in milligrams per
|
||
liter.
|
||
BUILDING DRAIN: That part of the lowest horizontal piping of a drainage system
|
||
which receives the discharge from soil, waste and other drainage pipes inside
|
||
the walls of the building and conveys it to the building sewer, beginning five
|
||
feet (5') outside the inner face of the building wall.
|
||
BUILDING SEWER: The extension from the building drain to the public sewer or
|
||
other place of disposal, also called house connection.
|
||
COMBINED SEWER: A sewer intended to receive both wastewater and storm or
|
||
surface water.
|
||
EASEMENT: An acquired legal right for the specific use of land owned by others.
|
||
FLOATABLE OIL: Oil, fat or grease in a physical state such that it will
|
||
separate by gravity from wastewater by treatment in an approved pretreatment
|
||
facility. A wastewater shall be considered free of floatable fat if it is
|
||
properly pretreated and the wastewater does not interfere with the collection
|
||
system.
|
||
GARBAGE: The animal and vegetable waste resulting from the handling,
|
||
preparation, cooking and serving of foods.
|
||
HEARING BOARD: That board appointed according to the provisions of section
|
||
7-2-8 of this chapter.
|
||
INDUSTRIAL WASTES: The wastewater from industrial processes, trade or business
|
||
as distinct from domestic or sanitary wastes.
|
||
MAY: Is permissive. (See also definition of Shall.)
|
||
NATURAL OUTLET: Any outlet, including storm sewers and combined sewer,
|
||
overflows, into a watercourse, pond, ditch, lake or other body of surface or
|
||
ground water.
|
||
PERSON: Any individual, firm, company, association, society, corporation or
|
||
group.
|
||
pH: The logarithm of the reciprocal of the hydrogen-ion concentration. The
|
||
concentration is the weight of hydrogen-ions, in grams per liter of solution.
|
||
Neutral water, for example, has a pH value of seven (7) and a hydrogen-ion
|
||
concentration of 10-7.
|
||
PROPERLY SHREDDED GARBAGE: The wastes from the preparation, cooking and
|
||
dispensing of food that have been shredded to such a degree that all particles
|
||
will be carried freely under the flow conditions normally prevailing in public
|
||
sewers, with no particle greater than one-half inch (1/2") in any dimension.
|
||
PUBLIC SEWER: A common sewer controlled by a governmental agency or public
|
||
utility.
|
||
SANITARY SEWER: A sewer that carries liquid and water carried wastes from
|
||
residences, commercial buildings, industrial plants and institutions together
|
||
with minor quantities of ground, storm and surface waters that are not admitted
|
||
intentionally.
|
||
SEWAGE: The spent water of a community. The preferred term is "wastewater".
|
||
(See also definition of Wastewater.)
|
||
SEWER: A pipe or conduit that carries wastewater or drainage water.
|
||
SHALL: Is mandatory. (See also definition of May.)
|
||
SLUG: Any discharge of water or wastewater which in concentration of any given
|
||
constituent or in quantity of flow exceeds for any period of duration longer
|
||
than fifteen (15) minutes more than five (5) times the average twenty four (24)
|
||
hour concentration or flows during normal operation and shall adversely affect
|
||
the collection system and/or performance of the wastewater treatment works.
|
||
STORM DRAIN: Sometimes termed "storm sewer", shall mean a drain or sewer for
|
||
conveying water, ground water, subsurface water or unpolluted water from any
|
||
source.
|
||
SUPERINTENDENT: The superintendent of wastewater facilities of the city, or his
|
||
authorized deputy, agent or representative.
|
||
SUSPENDED SOLIDS (SS): Total suspended matter that either floats on the surface
|
||
of, or is in suspension in water, wastewater or other liquids and that is
|
||
removable by laboratory filtering as prescribed in "Standard Methods for the
|
||
Examination of Water and Wastewater" and referred to as nonfilterable residue.
|
||
UNPOLLUTED WATER: Water of quality equal to or better than the effluent
|
||
criteria in effect or water that would not cause violation of receiving water
|
||
quality standards and would not be benefited by discharge to the sanitary
|
||
sewers and wastewater treatment facilities provided.
|
||
WASTEWATER: The spent water of a community. From the standpoint of source, it
|
||
may be a combination of the liquid and water carried wastes from residences,
|
||
commercial buildings, industrial plants and institutions, together with any
|
||
ground water, surface water and storm water that may be present.
|
||
WASTEWATER FACILITIES: The structures, equipment, and processes required to
|
||
collect, carry away and treat domestic and industrial wastes and dispose of the
|
||
effluent.
|
||
WASTEWATER TREATMENT WORKS: An arrangement of devices and structures for
|
||
treating wastewater, industrial wastes and sludge. Sometimes used as synonymous
|
||
with "waste treatment plant" or "wastewater treatment plant" or "water
|
||
pollution control plant".
|
||
WATERCOURSE: A natural or artificial channel for the passage of water either
|
||
continuously or intermittently. (Ord. 227, 5-18-1982)
|
||
7-2-2: USE OF PUBLIC SEWERS REQUIRED:
|
||
1. It shall be unlawful for any person to place, deposit or permit to be
|
||
deposited in any unsanitary manner on public or private property within the
|
||
city or in any area under the jurisdiction of said city, any human or animal
|
||
excrement, garbage or other objectionable waste.
|
||
2. It shall be unlawful to discharge to any natural outlet within the
|
||
city, or in any area under the jurisdiction of said city, any sewage or other
|
||
polluted waters, except where suitable treatment has been provided in
|
||
accordance with subsequent provisions of this chapter.
|
||
3. Except as hereinafter provided, it shall be unlawful to construct or
|
||
maintain any privy, privy vault, septic tank, cesspool or other facility
|
||
intended or used for the disposal of wastewater.
|
||
4. The owner(s) of all houses, buildings or properties used for human
|
||
occupancy, employment, recreation or other purposes, situated within the city
|
||
and abutting on any street, alley or right of way in which there is now located
|
||
or may in the future be located a public sanitary or combined sewer of the city
|
||
is hereby required at the owner's expense to install suitable toilet facilities
|
||
therein, and to connect such facilities directly with the proper public sewer
|
||
in accordance with the provisions of this chapter within ninety (90) days after
|
||
the date of official notice to do so; provided that said public sewer is within
|
||
four hundred feet (400') of the property line. (Ord. 227, 5-18-1982)
|
||
7-2-3: PRIVATE WASTEWATER DISPOSAL:
|
||
1. Where a public sanitary or combined sewer is not available under the
|
||
provisions of subsection
|
||
7-2-2(D) of this chapter, the building sewer shall be connected to a private
|
||
wastewater disposal system complying with the provisions of this section.
|
||
2. Before commencement of construction of a private wastewater disposal
|
||
system, the owner(s) shall first obtain a written permit signed by the
|
||
superintendent. The application for such permit shall be made on a form
|
||
furnished by the superintendent, which the applicant shall supplement by any
|
||
plans, specifications and other information as are deemed necessary by the
|
||
superintendent. A permit and inspection fee of twenty five dollars ($25.00)
|
||
shall be paid to the city at the time the application is filed.
|
||
3. A permit for a private wastewater disposal system shall not become
|
||
effective until the installation is completed to the satisfaction of the
|
||
superintendent. The superintendent shall be allowed to inspect the work at any
|
||
stage of construction and, in any event, the applicant for the permit shall
|
||
notify the superintendent when the work is ready for final inspection, and
|
||
before any underground portions are covered. The inspection shall be made
|
||
within forty eight (48) hours of the receipt of notice by the superintendent,
|
||
exclusive of weekends or legal holidays.
|
||
4. The type, capacities, location and layout of a private wastewater
|
||
disposal system shall comply with all recommendations of the department of
|
||
health of the state. No permit shall be issued for any private wastewater
|
||
disposal system employing subsurface soil absorption facilities where the area
|
||
of the lot is less than twenty thousand (20,000) square feet. No septic tank or
|
||
cesspool shall be permitted to discharge to any natural outlet.
|
||
(E) At such time as a public sewer becomes available to the property
|
||
served by a private wastewater disposal system, as provided in subsection (D)
|
||
of this section, a direct connection shall be made to the public sewer within
|
||
sixty (60) days in compliance with this chapter, and any septic tanks,
|
||
cesspools and similar private wastewater disposal facilities shall be cleaned
|
||
of sludge and filled with suitable material.
|
||
(F) The owner(s) shall operate and maintain the private wastewater
|
||
disposal facilities in a sanitary manner at all times, at no expense to the
|
||
city.
|
||
(G) No statement contained in this section shall be construed to interfere
|
||
with any additional requirements that may be imposed by the health officer.
|
||
(Ord. 227, 5-18-1982)
|
||
7-2-4: SANITARY SEWERS, BUILDING SEWER AND CONNECTIONS:
|
||
1. No unauthorized person(s) shall uncover, make any connections with or
|
||
openings into, use, alter or disturb any public sewer or appurtenance thereof
|
||
without first obtaining a written permit from the superintendent.
|
||
2. There shall be two (2) classes of building sewer permits:
|
||
1. For residential and commercial service; and
|
||
2. For service to establishments producing industrial wastes. In either
|
||
case, the owner(s) or his agent shall make application on a special form
|
||
furnished by the superintendent. The permit application shall be supplemented
|
||
by any plans, specifications or other information considered pertinent in the
|
||
judgment of the superintendent. A permit and inspection fee of ten dollars
|
||
($10.00) for a residential or commercial building sewer permit and one hundred
|
||
dollars ($100.00) for an industrial building sewer permit shall be paid to the
|
||
city at the time the application is filed.
|
||
3. All costs and expenses incidental to the installation and connection
|
||
of the building sewer shall be borne by the owner(s). The owner(s) shall
|
||
indemnify the city from any loss or damage that may directly or indirectly be
|
||
occasioned by the installation of the building sewer.
|
||
4. A separate and independent building sewer shall be provided for every
|
||
building; except where one building stands at the rear of another on an
|
||
interior lot and no private sewer is available or can be constructed to the
|
||
rear building through an adjoining alley, court, yard or driveway, the building
|
||
sewer from the front building may be extended to the rear building and the
|
||
whole considered as one building sewer, but the city does not and will not
|
||
assume any obligation or responsibility for damage caused by or resulting from
|
||
any such single connection aforementioned.
|
||
(E) Old building sewers may be used in connection with new buildings only
|
||
when they are found, on examination and tests by the superintendent, to meet
|
||
all requirements of this chapter.
|
||
(F) The size, slope, alignment, materials of construction of all sanitary
|
||
sewers, including building sewers, and the methods to be used in excavating,
|
||
placing of the pipe, jointing, testing and backfilling the trench, shall all
|
||
conform to the requirements of the building and plumbing codes or other
|
||
applicable rules and regulations of the city and the state. In the absence of
|
||
suitable code provisions or in amplification thereof, the materials and
|
||
procedures set forth in appropriate specifications of the ASTM and WPCF "Manual
|
||
of Practice" number 9 shall apply.
|
||
(G) Whenever possible, the building sewer shall be brought to the building
|
||
at an elevation below the basement floor. In all buildings in which any
|
||
building drain is too low to permit gravity flow to the public sewer, sanitary
|
||
sewage carried by such building drain shall be lifted by an approved means and
|
||
discharged to the building sewer.
|
||
(H) No person(s) shall make connection of roof downspouts, foundation
|
||
drains, areaway drains or other sources of surface runoff or ground water to a
|
||
building sewer or building drain which in turn is connected directly or
|
||
indirectly to a public sanitary sewer, unless such connection is approved by
|
||
the superintendent and the state department of health for purposes of disposal
|
||
of polluted surface drainage.
|
||
(I) The connection of the building sewer into the public sewer shall
|
||
conform to the requirements of the building and plumbing codes or other
|
||
applicable rules and regulations of the city and the state, or the procedures
|
||
set forth in appropriate specifications of the ASTM and the WPCF "Manual of
|
||
Practice" number 9. All such connections shall be made gastight and watertight
|
||
and verified by proper testing. Any deviation from the prescribed procedures
|
||
and materials must be approved by the superintendent before installation.
|
||
(J) The applicant for the building sewer permit shall notify the
|
||
superintendent when the building sewer is ready for inspection and connection
|
||
to the public sewer. The connection and testing shall be made under the
|
||
supervision of the superintendent or his representative.
|
||
(K) All excavations for building sewer installation shall be adequately
|
||
guarded with barricades and lights so as to protect the public from hazard.
|
||
Streets, sidewalks, parkways and other public property disturbed in the course
|
||
of the work shall be restored in a manner satisfactory to the city. (Ord. 227,
|
||
5-18-1982)
|
||
7-2-5: USE OF THE PUBLIC SEWERS:
|
||
1. No person(s) shall discharge or cause to be discharged any unpolluted
|
||
waters such as storm water, surface water, ground water, roof runoff,
|
||
subsurface drainage or cooling water to any sewer, except storm water runoff
|
||
from limited areas, which storm water may be polluted at times, may be
|
||
discharged to the sanitary sewer by permission of the superintendent and the
|
||
state department of health.
|
||
2. Storm water other than that exempted under subsection (A) of this
|
||
section and all other unpolluted drainage shall be discharged to such sewers as
|
||
are specifically designated as combined sewers or storm sewers, or to natural
|
||
outlet approved by the superintendent and the state department of health.
|
||
Unpolluted industrial cooling water or process waters may be discharged, on
|
||
approval of the superintendent, to a storm sewer, combined sewer or natural
|
||
outlet.
|
||
3. No person(s) shall discharge or cause to be discharged any of the
|
||
following described water or wastes to any public sewers:
|
||
1. Any gasoline, benzene, naphtha, fuel oil or other flammable or
|
||
explosive liquid, solid or gas.
|
||
2. Any waters containing toxic or poisonous solids, liquids or gases in
|
||
sufficient quantity, either singly or by interaction with other wastes, to
|
||
contaminate the sludge of any municipal system, to injure or interfere with any
|
||
sewage treatment process, constitute a hazard to humans or animals, create a
|
||
public nuisance or create any hazard in or have an adverse effect on the waters
|
||
receiving any discharge from the treatment works.
|
||
Each user which discharges any toxic pollutants which cause an increase in the
|
||
cost of managing the effluent or the sludge of the Choteau treatment works
|
||
shall pay for such increased costs.
|
||
3. Solid or viscous substances in quantities or of such size capable of
|
||
causing obstructions to the flow in sewers, or other interference with the
|
||
proper operation of the wastewater facilities such as, but not limited to,
|
||
ashes, cinders, sand, mud, straw, shavings, metal, glass, rags, feathers, tar,
|
||
plastics, wood, unground garbage, whole blood, paunch manure, hair and
|
||
fleshings, entrails and paper dishes, cups, milk containers, etc., either whole
|
||
or ground by garbage grinders.
|
||
4. The following described substances, materials, waters or wastes shall
|
||
be limited in discharges to municipal systems to concentrations or quantities
|
||
which will not harm either the sewers, the sludge of any municipal system, the
|
||
wastewater treatment process or equipment, will not have an adverse effect on
|
||
the receiving stream, or will not otherwise endanger lives, limb, public
|
||
property or constitute a nuisance. The superintendent may set limitations lower
|
||
than the limitations established in the regulations below if, in his opinion,
|
||
such more severe limitations are necessary to meet the above objectives. In
|
||
forming his opinion as to the acceptability, the superintendent will give
|
||
consideration to such factors as the quantity of subject waste in relation to
|
||
flows and velocities in the sewers, materials of construction of the sewers,
|
||
the wastewater treatment process employed, capacity of the wastewater treatment
|
||
plant, and other pertinent factors. The limitations or restrictions on
|
||
materials or characteristics of waste or wastewaters discharged to the sanitary
|
||
sewer which shall not be violated without the approval of the superintendent
|
||
are as follows:
|
||
1. Wastewater having a temperature higher than one hundred fifty
|
||
degrees Fahrenheit (150°F) (65°C).
|
||
2. Wastewater containing more than twenty five milligrams per liter (25
|
||
mg/l) of petroleum oil, nonbiodegradable cutting oils or product of mineral oil
|
||
origin.
|
||
3. Wastewater from industrial plants containing floatable oils, fat or
|
||
grease.
|
||
4. Any garbage that has not been properly shredded (see section
|
||
7-2-1 of this chapter for definition of "properly shredded garbage"). Garbage
|
||
grinders may be connected to sanitary sewers from homes, hotels, institutions,
|
||
restaurants, hospitals, catering establishments or similar places where garbage
|
||
originates from the preparation of food in kitchens for the purpose of
|
||
consumption on the premises or when served by caterers.
|
||
5. Any waters or wastes containing iron, chromium, copper, zinc and
|
||
similar objectionable or toxic substances to such degree that any such material
|
||
received in the composite wastewater at the wastewater treatment works exceeds
|
||
the limits established by the superintendent for such materials.
|
||
6. Any waters or wastes containing odor producing substances exceeding
|
||
limits which may be established by the superintendent.
|
||
7. Any radioactive wastes or isotopes of such half-life or
|
||
concentration as may exceed limits established by the superintendent in
|
||
compliance with applicable state or federal regulations.
|
||
8. Quantities of flow, concentrations or both which constitute a "slug"
|
||
as defined herein.
|
||
9. Waters or wastes containing substances which are not amenable to
|
||
treatment or reduction by the wastewater treatment processes employed or are
|
||
amenable to treatment only to such degree that the wastewater treatment plant
|
||
effluent cannot meet the requirements of other agencies having jurisdiction
|
||
over discharge to the receiving waters.
|
||
10. Any water or wastes which, by interaction with other water or
|
||
wastes in the public sewer system, release obnoxious gases, form suspended
|
||
solids which interfere with the collection system, or create a condition
|
||
deleterious to structures and treatment processes.
|
||
(E) If any waters or wastes are discharged or are proposed to be
|
||
discharged to the public sewers, which waters contain the substances or possess
|
||
the characteristics enumerated in subsection (D) of this section, and which in
|
||
the judgment of the superintendent, may have a deleterious effect upon the
|
||
wastewater facilities, processes, equipment or receiving waters, or which
|
||
otherwise create a hazard to life or constitute a public nuisance, the
|
||
superintendent may:
|
||
1. Reject the wastes;
|
||
2. Require pretreatment to an acceptable condition for discharge to the
|
||
public sewers;
|
||
3. Require control over the quantities and rates of discharge; and/or
|
||
4. Require payment to cover the added cost of handling and treating the
|
||
wastes not covered by existing taxes or sewer charges under the provisions of
|
||
subsection (K) of this section.
|
||
If the superintendent permits the pretreatment or equalization of waste flows,
|
||
the design and installation of the plants and equipment shall be subject to the
|
||
review and approval of the superintendent and the state department of health.
|
||
(F) Grease, oil and sand interceptors shall be provided when, in the
|
||
opinion of the superintendent, they are necessary for the proper handling of
|
||
liquid wastes containing floatable grease in excess amounts as specified in
|
||
subsection (D)3 of this section, or any flammable wastes, sand or other harmful
|
||
ingredients; except that such interceptors shall not be required for private
|
||
living quarters or dwelling units. All interceptors shall be of a type and
|
||
capacity approved by the superintendent and the state plumbing code, and shall
|
||
be located as to be readily accessible for cleaning and inspection. In the
|
||
maintaining of these interceptors, the owner(s) shall be responsible for the
|
||
proper removal and disposal by appropriate means of the captivated material and
|
||
shall maintain records of the dates and means of disposal which are subject to
|
||
review by the superintendent. Any removal and hauling of the collected
|
||
materials not performed by the owner(s) personnel must be performed by
|
||
currently licensed waste disposal firms.
|
||
(G) Where pretreatment or flow equalization facilities are provided or
|
||
required for any waters or wastes, they shall be maintained continuously in
|
||
satisfactory and effective operation by the owner(s) at his expense.
|
||
(H) When required by the superintendent, the owner(s) of any property
|
||
serviced by a building sewer carrying industrial wastes shall install a
|
||
suitable structure together with such necessary meters and other appurtenances
|
||
in the building sewer to facilitate observation, sampling and measurement of
|
||
the wastes. Such structures, when required, shall be accessibly and safely
|
||
located and shall be constructed in accordance with plans approved by the
|
||
superintendent. The structure shall be installed by the owner at his expense,
|
||
and shall be maintained by him so as to be safe and accessible at all times.
|
||
(I) The superintendent may require a user of sewer services to provide
|
||
information needed to determine compliance with this chapter. These
|
||
requirements may include:
|
||
1. Wastewater's discharge peak rate and volume over a specified time
|
||
period.
|
||
2. Chemical analysis of wastewaters.
|
||
3. Information on raw materials, processes and products affecting
|
||
wastewater volume and quality.
|
||
4. Quantity and disposition of specific liquid, sludge, oil, solvent or
|
||
other materials important to sewer use control.
|
||
5. A plot plan of sewers of the user's property showing sewer and
|
||
pretreatment facility location.
|
||
6. Details of wastewater pretreatment facilities.
|
||
7. Details of systems to prevent and control the losses of materials
|
||
through spills to the municipal sewer.
|
||
(J) All measurements, tests and analyses of the characteristics of waters
|
||
and wastes to which reference is made in this chapter shall be determined in
|
||
accordance with the latest edition of "Standard Methods for the Examination of
|
||
Water and Wastewater", published by the American Public Health Association.
|
||
Sampling methods, location, times, durations and frequencies are to be
|
||
determined on an individual basis subject to approval by the superintendent.
|
||
(K) No statement contained in this section shall be construed as
|
||
preventing any special agreement or arrangement between the city and any
|
||
industrial concern whereby an industrial waste of unusual strength may be
|
||
accepted by the city for treatment. (Ord. 227, 5-18-1982)
|
||
7-2-6: PROTECTION FROM DAMAGE:
|
||
No person(s) shall maliciously, wilfully or negligently break, damage, destroy,
|
||
uncover, deface or tamper with any structure, appurtenance or equipment which
|
||
is a part of the wastewater facilities. Any person(s) violating this provision
|
||
shall be subject to immediate arrest under the charge of disorderly conduct.
|
||
(Ord. 227, 5-18-1982)
|
||
7-2-7: POWERS AND AUTHORITY OF INSPECTORS:
|
||
1. The superintendent and other duly authorized employees of the city
|
||
bearing proper credentials and identification shall be permitted to enter all
|
||
properties for the purposes of inspection, observation, measurement, sampling
|
||
and testing pertinent to discharge to the community system in accordance with
|
||
the provisions of this chapter.
|
||
2. The superintendent or other duly authorized employees are authorized
|
||
to obtain information concerning industrial processes which have a direct
|
||
bearing on the kind and source of discharge to the wastewater collection
|
||
system. The industry may withhold information considered confidential. However,
|
||
the industry must establish that the revelation to the public of the
|
||
information in question might result in an advantage to competitors.
|
||
3. While performing the necessary work on private properties referred to
|
||
in subsection (A) of this section, the superintendent, or duly authorized
|
||
employees of the city shall observe all safety rules applicable to the premises
|
||
established by the company, and the company shall be held harmless for injury
|
||
or death to the city employees and the city shall indemnify the company against
|
||
loss or damage to its property by city employees and against liability claims
|
||
and demands for personal injury or property damage asserted against the company
|
||
growing out of the gauging and sampling operation, except as such may be caused
|
||
by negligence or failure of the company to maintain safe conditions as required
|
||
in subsection
|
||
7-2-5(H) of this chapter.
|
||
4. The superintendent and other duly authorized employees of the city
|
||
bearing proper credentials and identification shall be permitted to enter all
|
||
private properties through which the city holds a duly negotiated easement for
|
||
the purposes of, but not limited to, inspection, observation, measurement,
|
||
sampling, repair and maintenance of any portion of the wastewater facilities
|
||
lying within said easement. All entry and subsequent work, if any on said
|
||
easement, shall be done in full accordance with the terms of the duly
|
||
negotiated easement pertaining to the private property involved. (Ord. 227, 5-
|
||
18-1982)
|
||
7-2-8: HEARING BOARD:
|
||
1. A hearing board shall be appointed as needed for arbitration of
|
||
differences between the superintendent and sewer users on matters concerning
|
||
interpretation and execution of the provisions of this chapter by the
|
||
superintendent. The cost of the arbitration will be divided equally between the
|
||
city and the sewer user.
|
||
2. The board shall consist of the city council and chaired by the mayor,
|
||
and the user requesting arbitration, and legal representation for both the city
|
||
and the user, if desired. (Ord. 227, 5-18-1982)
|
||
7-2-9: PENALTIES:
|
||
1. Any person found to be violating any provision of this chapter, except
|
||
section
|
||
7-2-6 of this chapter, shall be served by the city with a written notice
|
||
stating the nature of the violation and providing a reasonable time limit for
|
||
the satisfactory correction thereof. The offender shall, within the period of
|
||
time stated in such notice, permanently cease all violations.
|
||
2. Any person who shall continue any violation beyond the time limit
|
||
provided for in subsection (A) of this section, shall be guilty of a
|
||
misdemeanor, and on conviction thereof shall be fined in the amount not
|
||
exceeding two hundred fifty dollars ($250.00) for each violation. Each day in
|
||
which any such violation shall continue shall be deemed a separate offense.
|
||
3. Any person violating any of the provisions of this chapter shall be
|
||
liable to the city for any expense, loss or damage occasioned the city by
|
||
reason of such violation. (Ord. 227, 5-18-1982)
|
||
CHAPTER 3
|
||
NUISANCES
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
7-3-1: Disposal Of Nauseous Materials
|
||
7-3-2: Premises To Be Kept Clean
|
||
7-3-3: Deposit Of Ashes
|
||
7-3-4: Notice To Abate Nuisance; Assessment
|
||
7-3-5: Nuisance Weeds; Defined
|
||
7-3-6: Nuisance Weeds; Deemed A Nuisance
|
||
7-3-7: Violation; City Superintendent To Serve Notice
|
||
7-3-8: Violation; Notice Procedure
|
||
7-3-9: Notice To Abate Nuisance Weeds; Assessment
|
||
7-3-1: DISPOSAL OF NAUSEOUS MATERIALS:
|
||
No person shall throw, place or leave, any dead carcass, carrion, fish,
|
||
entrails or any garbage, manure, dirt, filth, straw, or rubbish, or any other
|
||
offensive, combustible, nauseous or unhealthy matter, in or upon any street,
|
||
sidewalk or lot, or upon any public or private grounds or lots, or suffer or
|
||
permit any such matter to accumulate or remain upon his premises, or in the
|
||
street or alley adjacent thereto, for such length of time as to become a
|
||
nuisance, or injurious to the health, or comfort or offensive to the
|
||
inhabitants of the city. (Ord. 10, 5-19-1913)
|
||
7-3-2: PREMISES TO BE KEPT CLEAN:
|
||
No owner or occupant of any house, building or premises shall suffer the same
|
||
to become nauseous, offensive or injurious to the health or comfort of the
|
||
inhabitants of this city.
|
||
It shall be lawful for the mayor, council, the health officer, any policeman,
|
||
or the chief of police to order the owner or occupant of any house, building or
|
||
premises to cleanse the same, or to remove or abate any nuisance therein or
|
||
thereon, or which said owner or occupant may have deposited in any street or
|
||
alley adjacent thereto, as often as said official may deem it necessary for the
|
||
health, comfort or convention of the inhabitants of the city. (Ord. 10, 5-19-
|
||
1913)
|
||
7-3-3: DEPOSIT OF ASHES:
|
||
No person shall deposit any straw, ashes, leaves, grass, tin cans, or other
|
||
rubbish or foreign matter, in any street, gutter, alley, or upon any public or
|
||
unenclosed private ground or property within the city limits. (Ord. 10, 5-19-
|
||
1913)
|
||
7-3-4: NOTICE TO ABATE NUISANCE; ASSESSMENT:
|
||
Whenever any nauseous, unwholesome, unhealthy, offensive or unsightly matter is
|
||
allowed to accumulate or remain for an unreasonable length of time upon any
|
||
private property, or upon any street adjacent thereto, in such a manner as to
|
||
constitute a menace to the health of, or to be or become offensive to, any of
|
||
the inhabitants of this city, the owner or occupant of said premises shall
|
||
promptly remove such matter when given notice as provided in section
|
||
7-3-2 of this chapter, and upon his failure to do so within one week, the same
|
||
may be done by the city and the cost thereof, together with interest at the
|
||
rate of six percent (6%) per annum from the date of such removal, may be
|
||
assessed against the property and included in the next general tax levy and
|
||
collected the same as any other taxes; or it may be recovered with interest in
|
||
a civil action at the suit of the city 1 . (Ord. 10, 5-19-1913)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. RCM 11-935.
|
||
7-3-5: NUISANCE WEEDS; DEFINED:
|
||
"Nuisance weeds" are all weeds, grass and other wild and uncared for vegetation
|
||
growing to a height in excess of eight inches (8") and/or those designated
|
||
"noxious" by the Teton County weed district, on premises located within the
|
||
corporate limits of the city. (Ord. 255, 11-6-1990)
|
||
7-3-6: NUISANCE WEEDS; DEEMED A NUISANCE:
|
||
It is a public offense and a nuisance for any person to maintain, cause, permit
|
||
or suffer any growth of "nuisance weeds", as defined in section
|
||
7-3-5 of this chapter, to exist in or upon any premises in the city owned by
|
||
such person or upon boulevards or the one-half (1/2) of any public roads,
|
||
streets, alleys adjacent thereto. (Ord. 255, 11-6-1990)
|
||
7-3-7: VIOLATION; CITY SUPERINTENDENT TO SERVE NOTICE:
|
||
It shall be the duty of the city superintendent of the city, or his authorized
|
||
representative, to enforce the provisions of this chapter and upon a
|
||
determination that a violation of this chapter exists, shall ascertain the name
|
||
and mailing address of the owner of the premises and the description of the
|
||
premises where the violation exists. The name and mailing address of the owner
|
||
of the property may be obtained from the current assessment list maintained by
|
||
the office of the Teton County assessor. Written notice of violation shall be
|
||
served upon the owner directing that the nuisance weeds be cut within seven (7)
|
||
days of the mailing of the notice. Furthermore, if the nuisance weeds are
|
||
classified as noxious by the Teton County weed district, it will be at the
|
||
discretion of the city superintendent as to whether or not these weeds will be
|
||
sprayed with an appropriate herbicide. This decision will be determined by the
|
||
stage of growth as well as the time of year. Seven (7) days following the
|
||
spraying, noxious weeds will be cut and, where directed by the superintendent,
|
||
removed from the premises. In either instance if appropriate action has not
|
||
been initiated by the property owner, the following action will be taken: The
|
||
city will cause the nuisance weeds to be cut and, where appropriate, noxious
|
||
weeds to be sprayed, cut and removed. (Ord. 255, 11-6-1990)
|
||
7-3-8: VIOLATION; NOTICE PROCEDURE:
|
||
Notice of violation shall be made by either:
|
||
1. Posting a copy of the notice on the premises; or
|
||
2. Mailing a copy of the notice to the owner by first class United States
|
||
mail. The notice shall be deemed complete on the day the notice is posted or
|
||
mailed. (Ord. 255, 11-6-1990)
|
||
7-3-9: NOTICE TO ABATE NUISANCE WEEDS; ASSESSMENT:
|
||
Seven (7) days subsequent to posting or mailing of the notice, if action has
|
||
not been taken by the property owner the same may be done by the city, and the
|
||
cost assessed against the property and included in the next general tax levy
|
||
and collected the same as any other taxes; or it may be recovered in a civil
|
||
action by suit of the city. (Ord. 255, 11-6-1990)
|
||
CHAPTER 4
|
||
SEWER SERVICE CHARGES
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
7-4-1: Purpose
|
||
7-4-2: Determining The Total Annual Cost Of Operation And Maintenance
|
||
7-4-3: Determining Each User's Wastewater Contribution Percentage
|
||
7-4-4: Determining A Surcharge System For Users With Excess BOD And TSS
|
||
7-4-5: Determining Each User's Wastewater Service Charge
|
||
7-4-6: Wastewater Facilities Replacement Fund (Rep. by Ord. 241, 10-7-1986)
|
||
7-4-7: Payment Of The User's Wastewater Service Charge And Penalties
|
||
7-4-8: Review Of Each User's Wastewater Service Charge
|
||
7-4-9: Notification
|
||
7-4-10: Wastes Prohibited From Being Discharged To The Wastewater Treatment
|
||
System
|
||
7-4-11: Prohibition Of Clear Water Connections
|
||
7-4-12: Proper Design And Construction Of New Sewers And Connections
|
||
7-4-1: PURPOSE:
|
||
The purpose of this chapter shall be to generate sufficient revenue to pay all
|
||
costs for the operation and maintenance of the complete wastewater system. The
|
||
costs shall be distributed to all users of the system in proportion to each
|
||
user's contribution to the total loading of the treatment works. Factors such
|
||
an strength (BOD and TSS), volume and delivery flow rate characteristics shall
|
||
be considered and included as the basis for the user's contribution to ensure a
|
||
proportional distribution of operation and maintenance costs to each user (or
|
||
user class). (Ord. 228, 5-18-1982)
|
||
7-4-2: DETERMINING THE TOTAL ANNUAL COST OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE:
|
||
The city or its city engineer shall determine the total annual costs of
|
||
operation and maintenance of the wastewater system which are necessary to
|
||
maintain the capacity and performance, during the service life of the treatment
|
||
works, for which such works were designed and constructed. The total annual
|
||
cost of operation and maintenance shall include, but need not be limited to,
|
||
labor, repairs, equipment replacement, maintenance, necessary modifications,
|
||
power, sampling, laboratory tests and a reasonable contingency fund. (Ord. 228,
|
||
5-18-1982)
|
||
7-4-3: DETERMINING EACH USER'S WASTEWATER CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE:
|
||
The city, or its city engineer, shall determine for each user or user class the
|
||
average daily volume of wastewater discharged to the wastewater system, which
|
||
shall then be divided by the average daily volume of all wastewater discharged
|
||
to the wastewater system to determine such user's volume contribution
|
||
percentage. The amount used as the total average daily volume of wastewater
|
||
shall exclude infiltration and inflow. The city, or its city engineer, shall
|
||
determine for each user or user class the average daily poundage of five (5)
|
||
day, twenty degree centigrade (20°C) biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) discharged
|
||
to the wastewater system which shall then be divided by the average daily
|
||
poundage of all five (5) day BOD discharged to the wastewater system to
|
||
determine such user's BOD contribution percentage.
|
||
The city, or its city engineer, shall determine for each user or user class the
|
||
average daily total suspended solids (TSS) poundage discharged to the
|
||
wastewater system which shall then be divided by the average daily poundage of
|
||
all TSS discharged to the wastewater system, to determine such user's TSS
|
||
contribution percentage. The volume contribution percentage, BOD contribution
|
||
percentage and TSS contribution percentage for each user or user class shall be
|
||
multiplied by the annual operation and maintenance costs for wastewater
|
||
treatment of the total volume flow, total five (5) day, twenty degree
|
||
centigrade (20°C) BOD and total TSS, respectively. (Ord. 228, 5-18-1982)
|
||
7-4-4: DETERMINING A SURCHARGE SYSTEM FOR USERS WITH EXCESS BOD AND TSS:
|
||
The city, or its city engineer, will assess a surcharge rate for all
|
||
nonresidential users discharging wastes with BOD and TSS strengths greater than
|
||
the average residential user. Such users will be assessed a surcharge
|
||
sufficient to cover the cost of treating their above normal strength wastes.
|
||
Normal strength wastes are considered to be one hundred ten (110) ppm BOD and
|
||
one hundred forty (140) ppm TSS. The surcharge rate structure for such above
|
||
normal strength waste discharges is as follows:
|
||
SURCHARGE RATE SCHEDULE FOR
|
||
ABOVE NORMAL STRENGTH WASTES
|
||
The city, or its engineer, has determined that the average total suspended
|
||
solids (TSS) and five (5) day biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) daily loadings
|
||
for the average residential user are one hundred ten (110) ppm BOD and one
|
||
hundred forty (140) ppm TSS. The city, or its engineer, has assessed a
|
||
surcharge rate for all nonresidential users discharging wastes with BOD and TSS
|
||
strengths greater than the average residential user. The surcharge will be
|
||
sufficient to cover the costs of treating such users' above normal strength
|
||
wastes. Such users will pay an additional service charge of thirty five cents
|
||
($0.35) per one thousand (1,000) gallons for each twenty five (25) ppm over one
|
||
hundred ten (110) ppm of BOD and twenty five cents ($0.25) per one thousand
|
||
(1,000) gallons for each twenty five (25) ppm over one hundred forty (140) ppm
|
||
TSS. (Ord. 228, 5-18-1982)
|
||
7-4-5: DETERMINING EACH USER'S WASTEWATER SERVICE CHARGE:
|
||
Each nonresidential user's wastewater treatment costs contributions as
|
||
determined in sections
|
||
7-4-3 and
|
||
7-4-4 of this chapter shall be added together to determine such user's annual
|
||
wastewater service charge. Residential users may be considered to be one class
|
||
of user and an equitable service charge may be determined for each user based
|
||
on an estimate of the total wastewater contribution of this class of user. The
|
||
governing body may classify industrial, commercial and other nonresidential
|
||
establishments as a residential user, provided that the wastes from these
|
||
establishments are equivalent to the wastes from the average residential user
|
||
with respect to volume, total suspended solids and BOD. Each user's wastewater
|
||
treatment cost contribution will be assessed in accordance with the rate
|
||
schedule herein:
|
||
RATE SCHEDULE
|
||
Residential users are considered to be one class of user and are assessed a
|
||
charge of ninety six cents ($0.96) per month. Nonresidential users with flows
|
||
no greater than the average residential user's flow of sixteen thousand five
|
||
hundred (16,500) gallons per month and with BOD and TSS no greater than the
|
||
average residential user's strength of one hundred ten (110) ppm BOD and one
|
||
hundred forty (140) ppm TSS will pay the same charge of ninety six cents
|
||
($0.96) per month as the average residential user.
|
||
Nonresidential users with volumes greater than the average residential user
|
||
will pay an additional charge of six cents ($0.06) per one thousand (1,000)
|
||
gallons per month for all flows greater than the average residential user's
|
||
flow of sixteen thousand five hundred (16,500) gallons per month.
|
||
Any nonresidential user with BOD and TSS greater than the average residential
|
||
user's strength of one hundred ten (110) ppm BOD and one hundred forty (140)
|
||
ppm TSS will pay a surcharge in accordance with the rates shown in the
|
||
surcharge rate schedule. (Ord. 228, 5-18-1982)
|
||
7-4-6: WASTEWATER FACILITIES REPLACEMENT FUND:
|
||
(Rep. by Ord. 241, 10-7-1986)
|
||
7-4-7: PAYMENT OF THE USER'S WASTEWATER SERVICE CHARGE AND PENALTIES:
|
||
The city shall submit an annual statement to the user for the user's annual
|
||
wastewater service charge or one-twelfth (1/12) of the user's annual wastewater
|
||
service charge may be included with the monthly water and/or wastewater utility
|
||
billing. The city shall add a penalty of ten percent (10%) per month if the
|
||
payment is not received by the city within thirty (30) days. Should any user
|
||
fail to pay the user wastewater service charge and penalty within three (3)
|
||
months of the due date, the city may stop the wastewater service to the
|
||
property. (Ord. 228, 5-18-1982)
|
||
7-4-8: REVIEW OF EACH USER'S WASTEWATER SERVICE CHARGE:
|
||
The city shall review the total annual cost of operation and maintenance as
|
||
well as each user's wastewater contribution percentage not less often than
|
||
every two (2) years and will revise the system as necessary to assure equity of
|
||
the service charge system established herein and to assure that sufficient
|
||
funds are obtained to adequately operate and maintain the wastewater treatment
|
||
works. The city shall apply excess revenues collected from a class of users to
|
||
the costs of operation and maintenance attributable to that class for the next
|
||
year and adjust the rate accordingly. If a significant user, such as an
|
||
industry, has completed in-plant modifications which would change that user's
|
||
wastewater contribution percentage, the user can present, at a regularly
|
||
scheduled meeting of the governing body, such factual information and the city
|
||
shall then determine if the user's wastewater contribution percentage is to be
|
||
changed. The city shall notify the user of its findings as soon as possible.
|
||
(Ord. 228, 5-18-1982)
|
||
7-4-9: NOTIFICATION:
|
||
Each user will be notified, at least annually, in conjunction with a regular
|
||
bill, of the rate and that portion of the user charges which are attributable
|
||
to the wastewater treatment services. (Ord. 228, 5-18-1982)
|
||
7-4-10: WASTES PROHIBITED FROM BEING DISCHARGED TO THE WASTEWATER TREATMENT
|
||
SYSTEM:
|
||
The discharge of any waters containing toxic or poisonous solids, liquids or
|
||
gases in sufficient quantity, either singly or by interaction with other
|
||
wastes, to contaminate the sludge of any municipal systems, or to injure or
|
||
interfere with any sewage treatment process, constitute a hazard to humans or
|
||
animals, create a public nuisance, or create any hazard in or have an adverse
|
||
effect on the waters receiving any discharge from the treatment works is hereby
|
||
prohibited.
|
||
Each user which discharges any toxic pollutants which cause an increase in the
|
||
cost of managing the effluent or the sludge of the Choteau treatment works
|
||
shall pay for such increased costs.
|
||
Section
|
||
7-2-5 of this title contains additional requirements covering the use of the
|
||
city's public sewers. (Ord. 228, 5-18-1982)
|
||
7-4-11: PROHIBITION OF CLEAR WATER CONNECTIONS:
|
||
No person shall make connection of roof downspouts, exterior foundation drains,
|
||
areaway drains or other sources of surface runoff or ground water to a building
|
||
sewer or building drain which in turn is connected directly or indirectly to a
|
||
public sanitary sewer. (Ord. 228, 5-18-1982)
|
||
7-4-12: PROPER DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF NEW SEWERS AND CONNECTIONS:
|
||
The size, slope, alignment, materials of construction of all sanitary sewers
|
||
and sewer connections, and the methods to be used in excavating, placing of the
|
||
pipe, jointing, testing and backfilling the trench, shall all conform to the
|
||
requirements of the building and plumbing codes or other applicable rules and
|
||
regulations of the city and the state. In the absence of code provisions or in
|
||
amplification thereof, the materials and procedures set forth in appropriate
|
||
specifications of the ASTM and WPCF "Manual of Practice" number 9 shall apply.
|
||
Section
|
||
7-2-4 of this title contains additional requirements covering the proper design
|
||
and construction of the city's sanitary sewers, building sewers, and
|
||
connections. (Ord. 228, 5-18-1982)
|
||
CHAPTER 5
|
||
UNDERGROUND STORAGE FACILITIES
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
7-5-1: Installation Of Underground Storage Facilities
|
||
7-5-1: INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND STORAGE FACILITIES:
|
||
No person(s), firm, partnership, corporation, association, company, entity, or
|
||
any combination thereof, shall install, or cause to be installed, within one
|
||
thousand feet (1,000') of the city well located at 705 Main Avenue North,
|
||
Choteau, Montana, or seven hundred feet (700') of the water source commonly
|
||
known as the Richem well located near Choteau, Montana, any underground storage
|
||
facility of any kind or nature which shall contain petroleum products,
|
||
dangerous substances or toxic materials. (Ord. 240, 10-7-1986)
|
||
TITLE 8
|
||
PUBLIC WAYS AND PROPERTY
|
||
CHAPTER 1
|
||
SIDEWALKS AND CURBS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
8-1-1: Construction Requirements
|
||
8-1-2: Plans And Specifications
|
||
8-1-3: Council May Order Repair Of Sidewalk
|
||
8-1-4: Notice To Construct Sidewalk
|
||
8-1-5: Contractor To Construct Sidewalk
|
||
8-1-6: Assessment Of Cost
|
||
8-1-7: Sale Of Property Assessed
|
||
8-1-8: Interest On Assessments
|
||
8-1-9: Width Of Sidewalks
|
||
8-1-10: Material
|
||
8-1-11: Crosswalks Required
|
||
8-1-12: Consent Of Council Required Before Construction
|
||
8-1-13: Areaways; Bond Required
|
||
8-1-14: Areaway; Openings
|
||
8-1-15: Dangerous Sidewalk; Repair Of
|
||
8-1-16: Owners To Maintain Sidewalk
|
||
8-1-17: Wet Cement; Trespassing
|
||
8-1-18: Merchandise On Sidewalks
|
||
8-1-19: Animals On Sidewalks Prohibited
|
||
8-1-20: Debris On Sidewalks Unlawful
|
||
8-1-21: Expectorating On Sidewalks
|
||
8-1-22: Duty Of Police Officer
|
||
8-1-23: Driveways; Construction Of
|
||
8-1-1: CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS:
|
||
All sidewalks and curbs constructed or to be constructed within the corporate
|
||
limits shall be subject to and in accordance with the provisions of this
|
||
chapter. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-2: PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS:
|
||
The council may at any time let to the lowest responsible bidder a contract for
|
||
the construction of all cement concrete sidewalks and curbs in accordance with
|
||
the plans and specifications therefor prepared by the engineer and approved by
|
||
the council, which plans and specifications shall provide for the method of
|
||
construction and the material contemplated during the period of such contract,
|
||
and the method of payment therefor. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-3: COUNCIL MAY ORDER REPAIR OF SIDEWALK:
|
||
The council may order sidewalks or curbs constructed in front of any lot or
|
||
parcel of land under the special improvement district law, or the council may
|
||
order the construction or reconstruction of any sidewalk or curb without the
|
||
formation of a special improvement district, and assess the cost thereof to the
|
||
abutting property. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-4: NOTICE TO CONSTRUCT SIDEWALK:
|
||
Whenever the council shall order any such sidewalk or curb constructed, such
|
||
order shall be entered upon the minutes of the council and shall name the
|
||
street along which sidewalk or curb is to be constructed. After the making of
|
||
such order the clerk shall give written notice thereof or by publication once a
|
||
week for a period of four (4) weeks in one of the newspapers published in the
|
||
city, describing in such notice the termini, course, width, and character of
|
||
the walk or curb so ordered and allowing a period of thirty (30) days during
|
||
which owners so desiring may construct or cause to be constructed the walk or
|
||
curb abutting their property, and further providing, that all such walks or
|
||
curbs so ordered remaining unbuilt at the expiration of said thirty (30) days
|
||
from the date of the notice or the first publication thereof, shall be
|
||
constructed by the contractor for the construction of concrete sidewalks and
|
||
curbs. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-5: CONTRACTOR TO CONSTRUCT SIDEWALK:
|
||
At the expiration of thirty (30) days from the date of the first publication of
|
||
the notice the engineer shall notify the contractor to build such portions of
|
||
the sidewalk or curb ordered that may not yet be built and the contractor shall
|
||
at once proceed to construct such walk or curb in accordance with the
|
||
provisions of this chapter and the plans and specifications governing his
|
||
contract at the time of such construction. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-6: ASSESSMENT OF COST:
|
||
The total cost of all sidewalks and curbs constructed by the contractor in
|
||
accordance with the orders of the council, which total cost shall include that
|
||
of the sidewalk proper as well as that of any grading, handrailing, private
|
||
crossings and all other necessary expenses, shall be assessed as a special
|
||
assessment against the property in front of which such sidewalk or curb is
|
||
built or constructed. The property occupying street corners shall be assessed
|
||
for all that part of such sidewalk therein which is within the street
|
||
intersection unless otherwise specially ordered by the council. (Ord. 24, 4-21-
|
||
1914)
|
||
8-1-7: SALE OF PROPERTY ASSESSED:
|
||
All the costs and expenses of building and constructing any and all sidewalks
|
||
and curbs in the city shall be defrayed by special assessment payable in
|
||
installments extending over a period of eight (8) years, and the council shall
|
||
issue special improvement bonds or warrants and levy and collect assessments to
|
||
pay the same. When one payment becomes delinquent all payments shall, at the
|
||
option of the council, by appropriate resolution duly adopted, become
|
||
delinquent, and the whole property shall be sold in the same manner as other
|
||
property is sold for taxes. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-8: INTEREST ON ASSESSMENTS:
|
||
Upon all payments after the first, the treasurer shall collect simple interest
|
||
at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum from the date when the first payment
|
||
becomes delinquent, and he shall receive payment in full and give receipts
|
||
therefor for the entire special assessment on any property with accrued
|
||
interest at any time the same may be tendered by the owner or agent. (Ord. 24,
|
||
4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-9: WIDTH OF SIDEWALKS:
|
||
All sidewalks hereafter to be built or constructed in the city, shall be the
|
||
following widths:
|
||
Business streets or avenues:
|
||
Main Avenue, fifteen feet (15') to face of curb;
|
||
Division Street, for one block east and west of Main Avenue fifteen feet (15')
|
||
to face of curb;
|
||
First Street North, for one block east and west of Main Avenue, fifteen feet
|
||
(15') to face of curb; and
|
||
Second Street North, for one block east and west of Main Avenue, fifteen feet
|
||
(15') to face of curb; and
|
||
Third Street North, for one block east and west of Main Avenue, fifteen feet
|
||
(15') to face of curb.
|
||
All avenues except Main Avenue, and all streets except those herein designated
|
||
as business streets are for the purposes of this chapter considered as
|
||
residence streets and the regulation width of all walks on residence streets
|
||
and avenues shall be five and one-half feet (51/2'), the inner line of all
|
||
residence walks shall be two and one-half feet (21/2') from the property line
|
||
and the face of curbs shall be twenty three feet (23') from the property line;
|
||
provided, the council may order a walk of less than regulation width on any
|
||
business street in locations sparsely built upon or only partially improved,
|
||
but the additional width may be at any time ordered when in the opinion of the
|
||
council the same is necessary, or a temporary walk may be built as provided in
|
||
section
|
||
8-1-10 of this chapter; provided, further, that sidewalks shall be located
|
||
along the curb and as part of the curb on the following blocks:
|
||
Blocks numbered fourteen (14), fifteen (15), sixteen (16), seventeen (17),
|
||
eighteen (18), nineteen (19), twenty (20), twenty one (21), twenty two (22) and
|
||
twenty three (23), Sherburne's addition.
|
||
And it is further provided that sidewalks shall be located along the curb and
|
||
as a part of the curb on the following blocks:
|
||
Blocks numbered thirteen (13), fourteen (14), fifteen (15), seventeen (17),
|
||
eighteen (18), nineteen (19), twenty (20), twenty one (21), twenty two (22),
|
||
twenty three (23), twenty four (24), twenty five (25), twenty six (26), twenty
|
||
seven (27), twenty eight (28), twenty nine (29), thirty (30), thirty one (31),
|
||
thirty two (32), thirty three (33) and thirty four (34) of Hobson's addition
|
||
and Swenson's addition. (Ord. 128, 6-4-1956)
|
||
Tracts A, B, C, and D Hobson addition to the city of Choteau.
|
||
(Ord. 143, 6-19-1961)
|
||
And it is further provided that sidewalks shall be located along the curb and
|
||
as a part of the curb on the following blocks:
|
||
Blocks numbered 6, 7, 8 Sherburne addition; the tract known as "school
|
||
grounds";
|
||
Looney tract; block 34, 35, Hazlett's second addition.
|
||
(Ord. 165, 12-18-1967)
|
||
And it is further provided that sidewalks shall be located along the curb and
|
||
as a part of the curb on the following blocks:
|
||
Blocks numbered 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7, Hobson addition to the city of Choteau.
|
||
(Ord. 176, 6-2-1969)
|
||
And it is further provided that sidewalks shall be located in the Country Club
|
||
addition, along the curb and as a part of the combination curb and gutter in
|
||
all blocks of the Country Club addition to the townsite of Choteau. (Ord. 184,
|
||
10-2-1972)
|
||
And it is further provided that sidewalks shall be located in the Cowgill
|
||
addition, along the curb and as a part of the combination curb and gutter in
|
||
all blocks of the Cowgill addition to the townsite of Choteau. (Ord. 186, 1-3-
|
||
1973)
|
||
8-1-10: MATERIAL:
|
||
Hereafter all sidewalks and curbs to be constructed where street grades have
|
||
been established shall be composed only of cement concrete, and all such
|
||
sidewalks and curbs, whether built by property owners or by the contractor must
|
||
conform to the established lines and grades and to the plans and specifications
|
||
current for the year in which the walks and curbs were constructed, provided
|
||
the council may order temporary sidewalks of other material to be constructed
|
||
to meet a necessity or contingency and such temporary walks shall be removed
|
||
and permanent walks built when so ordered by the council. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-11: CROSSWALKS REQUIRED:
|
||
It shall be the duty of every person owning any lot or parcel of land bordering
|
||
or abutting upon any parked street, upon which said lot there is situated any
|
||
buildings or improvements, to construct a crosswalk extending from the property
|
||
line of the lot to the curb, so as to permit access to the property without
|
||
injury to the grass border of the parking or boulevard. All such crosswalks
|
||
shall conform to grade and to the plans and specifications current for the year
|
||
in which such walks are built. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-12: CONSENT OF COUNCIL REQUIRED BEFORE CONSTRUCTION:
|
||
No person shall construct any sidewalk, crosswalk or curb, or any of the
|
||
improvements mentioned in this chapter without the consent of the council and
|
||
then strictly in accordance with the current plans and specifications for such
|
||
work and under the supervision of the engineer, and reasonable charges for the
|
||
services of the engineer will be made by the city. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-13: AREAWAYS; BOND REQUIRED:
|
||
Property owners desiring to utilize the space underneath the sidewalk on
|
||
business streets shall make written application to the council therefor,
|
||
specifying therein the purpose for which same is to be used. The application
|
||
shall be accompanied by a plan thereof showing the character and dimensions of
|
||
the vault or areaway, the sidewalk proper and its support, as well as all
|
||
openings and passageways through the walk; and the council is hereby empowered
|
||
to regulate the construction and subsequent use of all such vaults and areaways
|
||
and the granting by the council of a permit to occupy and use such space shall
|
||
not be construed nor considered as a permanent grant to any part of the street
|
||
or highway, but the permit may be revoked and the area space revert to and be
|
||
utilized by the city at any time public necessity requires it. The council, in
|
||
its discretion may require the applicant for such permit to file a bond in the
|
||
penal sum of two thousand dollars ($2,000.00) for the full and complete
|
||
protection of the city against any and all litigation growing out of the
|
||
granting of such permit and the use of such areaway or space, and to save and
|
||
keep the city safe and harmless from any and all loss or damage arising from or
|
||
out of the use of the space, structure or any of the openings through the
|
||
sidewalk, and as a guarantee of the maintenance of the sidewalk in a
|
||
convenient, safe and passable condition for public use. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-14: AREAWAY; OPENINGS:
|
||
Stairways to basements or areaways shall be conformed to that part of the
|
||
sidewalk adjacent to the building line, and shall not exceed the following
|
||
widths: for fifteen foot (15') walk, three and one-half feet (31/2'); for
|
||
twelve foot (12') walk, three feet (3').
|
||
Trapdoors through sidewalks for the moving of merchandise to and from basements
|
||
and areaways shall be substantially constructed of iron and when closed shall
|
||
be firm, unyielding and of strength equal to that required in the sidewalk
|
||
proper, and shall in no case be allowed to project above or be depressed below
|
||
the surface of the sidewalk. Coal holes and like openings through the sidewalks
|
||
for admission of fuel shall not exceed twenty four inches (24") in maximum
|
||
dimensions and shall be provided with cast iron rims and covers, suitably
|
||
roughed having top surface of same set into the walk flush with the surface of
|
||
sidewalk. Trap doors, coal holes and like openings in the sidewalks shall at
|
||
all times be kept closed and securely fastened from the lower side, except when
|
||
in actual use during such times as they remain open, they shall be guarded by
|
||
an attendant who shall remain continually thereby, and during the time such
|
||
coal hole, trapdoor or opening may remain open the same shall be further
|
||
guarded by a barricade placed about such opening in such manner that it may be
|
||
noticed by persons passing nearby. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-15: DANGEROUS SIDEWALKS; REPAIR OF:
|
||
Any sidewalks which now are, or which may by reason of deterioration or decay,
|
||
or by reason of unevenness, steps, too rapid slopes or from accidental damage
|
||
or from any cause whatsoever, becomes dangerous to public safety may be
|
||
condemned by the council and ordered rebuilt, repaired or newly built as in
|
||
their judgment may be most expedient. Any sidewalks that may suddenly develop a
|
||
dangerous condition to public safety, thus requiring immediate attention may be
|
||
condemned by the street commissioner and he is hereby empowered to close such
|
||
walk or walks to public travel or he may proceed to immediately repair and
|
||
restore said sidewalks as in his judgment may be the most expedient, and all
|
||
costs for sidewalks maintenance shall be by and at the expense of the owner of
|
||
the abutting property and may be assessed and collected as a special sidewalk
|
||
tax to the property affected. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-16: OWNERS TO MAINTAIN SIDEWALK:
|
||
It shall be the duty of the owners of any premises in the city to keep the
|
||
sidewalk in front of and adjoining their premises in good, safe and substantial
|
||
condition and the owners shall see that all breaks or unsoundness resulting
|
||
from any cause whatsoever be repaired with all possible dispatch and when, by
|
||
reason of the construction or repair of sidewalks, sections thereof are removed
|
||
or rendered dangerous or impassible to the public or in case the walk has been
|
||
temporarily removed during the construction of a building, such spaces or
|
||
openings shall be securely fenced or barricaded and from sundown until sunrise
|
||
red lights shall be maintained thereon as long as such condition exists. The
|
||
street commissioner may require a temporary plank walk to be constructed around
|
||
such dangerous walk or barricaded space, the same to extend from sidewalk to
|
||
sidewalk on each side of such space, opening or obstruction. (Ord. 24, 4-21-
|
||
1914)
|
||
8-1-17: WET CEMENT; TRESPASSING:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to tramp, step on or in any manner trespass
|
||
upon any cement or concrete sidewalk or curb in course of construction before
|
||
such walk or curb has been opened to public use. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-18: MERCHANDISE ON SIDEWALKS:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to store, keep, deposit, or place any coal
|
||
bin, ash or swill barrel, wagon, plow, goods, wares or merchandise, personal
|
||
property or any other obstruction upon any sidewalk. When merchandise is moved
|
||
across sidewalks to and from buildings the same shall be done in an expeditious
|
||
manner and shall not be allowed to obstruct the sidewalk unnecessarily. (Ord.
|
||
24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-19: ANIMALS ON SIDEWALKS PROHIBITED:
|
||
It shall be unlawful hereafter for any person to ride or drive any horse, mule
|
||
or other animal, buggy, wagon, automobile, or other vehicle along, over or on
|
||
any of the sidewalks, or to push any cart or wheelbarrow thereon, provided that
|
||
this section shall not be construed to apply to baby carriages or carts. (Ord.
|
||
24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-20: DEBRIS ON SIDEWALKS UNLAWFUL:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to throw or deposit fruit peelings,
|
||
handbills, advertising matter or devices, sweepings, scrub water or any refuse
|
||
of any kind from any store, saloon, office or other building or to throw, place
|
||
or deposit any of them in any place from which they may be blown upon any of
|
||
the sidewalks, or to do damage in any way to any of the sidewalks. (Ord. 24, 4-
|
||
21-1914)
|
||
8-1-21: EXPECTORATING ON SIDEWALKS:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to spit, hawk or expectorate upon any
|
||
sidewalk or street crossing. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-22: DUTY OF POLICE OFFICER:
|
||
It shall be the duty of the police officer to familiarize himself with the
|
||
provisions of this title and enforce the provisions thereof, and he shall
|
||
report to the clerk all defective sidewalks that come to his notice and the
|
||
particulars of any accident that may occur of which he may have or obtain
|
||
knowledge. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-23: DRIVEWAYS; CONSTRUCTION OF:
|
||
No person shall build or cause to be built, any driveway entering the premises
|
||
of said person from any street within the business district which shall be more
|
||
than thirty feet (30') in width measured at the curb of the street.
|
||
No person shall be permitted to have more than one driveway for each business
|
||
located on any one street within the business district 1 . (Ord. 173, 6-17-
|
||
1968)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. RCM 11-974, 11-967, 11-941, 11-940, 11-910, 11-909.
|
||
CHAPTER 2
|
||
SIDEWALK AND CURB FUND
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
8-2-1: Fund Created
|
||
8-2-2: Rate Of Interest; Forms
|
||
8-2-3: Duty Of Council; Assessments
|
||
8-2-1: FUND CREATED:
|
||
There is hereby created a fund to be known as the "special sidewalk and curb
|
||
fund", and the treasurer is hereby directed and required to credit all monies
|
||
derived from special assessments, hereafter levied and assessed against any and
|
||
all property for the purpose of defraying the costs and expenses of building
|
||
sidewalks and curbs under the provisions of chapter 1 of this title, into said
|
||
special fund; provided, however, that this shall not be construed to apply to
|
||
special improvement districts organized under the special improvement district
|
||
law. (Ord. 27, 6-29-1914)
|
||
8-2-2: RATE OF INTEREST; FORMS:
|
||
The cost of constructing all sidewalks and curbs constructed under the
|
||
provisions of chapter 1 of this title shall be paid for in special warrants to
|
||
be drawn upon said special sidewalk and curb fund, which warrants shall bear
|
||
interest at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum, payable annually, and such
|
||
warrants shall be in the following form:
|
||
SPECIAL SIDEWALK AND CURB WARRANT ISSUED BY
|
||
THE TOWN OF CHOTEAU, MONTANA.
|
||
No. $
|
||
The Treasurer of the Town of Choteau will pay to or bearer,
|
||
the sum of Dollars out of any moneys in the Special Sidewalk and
|
||
Curb Fund derived from special assessment levied against the property described
|
||
in an order of the Town Council, passed on the day of 191 , in front of
|
||
which property sidewalks and curbs have been constructed by or under the
|
||
direction of said Town Council, pursuant to said order.
|
||
This warrant bears interest at the rate of six per cent per annum from the
|
||
date of its registration and until the date called for redemption by the Town
|
||
Treasurer in the manner provided by law.
|
||
The interest hereon is payable annually on the first day of January in each
|
||
year as expressed by the interest coupons hereto attached, bearing the
|
||
signatures of the Mayor and Town Clerk.
|
||
This warrant is redeemable at the option of the Town Treasurer whenever
|
||
there are funds to the credit of said special sidewalk and curb fund sufficient
|
||
for the redemption thereof.
|
||
It is hereby certified and recited that all things required to be done
|
||
precedent to the issuance of this warrant have been properly done and performed
|
||
in the manner prescribed by the laws of the State of Montana, and the
|
||
resolutions and ordinances of the Town of Choteau relating to the issuance
|
||
thereof.
|
||
Dated at Choteau, Montana, this day of , 191 .
|
||
Town of Choteau,
|
||
By Mayor.
|
||
Attest Town Clerk.
|
||
Registered at the office of the Treasurer of the Town of Choteau, Montana,
|
||
this day of , 191 .
|
||
|
||
Town Treasurer.
|
||
and the interest coupons shall be in the following form:
|
||
No. $
|
||
Choteau, Montana, 191 .
|
||
On January 1, 191 , the Town Treasurer of Choteau, Montana, will at his
|
||
office in said Town, pay to bearer the sum of Dollars, being the
|
||
interest due on said date on its Special Sidewalk and Curb Fund Warrant No.
|
||
.
|
||
Town Clerk Mayor.
|
||
(Ord. 27, 6-29-1914)
|
||
8-2-3: DUTY OF COUNCIL; ASSESSMENTS:
|
||
The council shall annually, on or before October 1 of each year, pass and adopt
|
||
a resolution levying as assessment and tax against each lot or parcel of land
|
||
in front of which sidewalks and curbs, or sidewalks or curbs, have been
|
||
constructed under any order or orders of the council under the provisions of
|
||
chapter 1 of this title, in the manner provided by law for levying of such
|
||
assessments; and such assessments, when collected, shall be paid into the
|
||
special sidewalk and curb fund for the redemption and payment of warrants drawn
|
||
against said fund for the payment of the cost of construction of sidewalks and
|
||
curbs by or under the direction of the council pursuant to the provisions of
|
||
chapter 1 of this title and in accordance with section 20, chapter 89 of the
|
||
laws of the state of Montana, adopted by the 13th legislative assembly. All
|
||
such resolutions shall provide for simple interest at the rate of six percent
|
||
(6%) per annum from and after a date fixed by the terms of said resolution,
|
||
which date or dates shall be so fixed that sufficient interest shall be
|
||
collected upon said assessments to pay the interest upon any and all warrants
|
||
that shall be issued against said special sidewalk and curb fund at the rate of
|
||
six percent (6%) per annum, and the county treasurer shall collect interest in
|
||
accordance with the terms of said resolution and as provided by section 21 of
|
||
chapter 89 of the laws of the state, adopted by the 13th legislative assembly 1
|
||
. (Ord. 27, 6-29-1914)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. RCM 11-907.
|
||
CHAPTER 3
|
||
STREET GRADES
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
8-3-1: Bench Mark
|
||
8-3-2: Grades Of Streets And Avenues
|
||
8-3-3: Curb Grades
|
||
8-3-4: Sidewalk Grades
|
||
8-3-5: Grade Points
|
||
8-3-1: BENCH MARK:
|
||
The bench mark established by the United States geological survey at Main
|
||
Avenue South and First St. S.E. be, and the same is hereby designated as the
|
||
official bench mark of the city and to which all elevations and grades are
|
||
hereby referred.
|
||
The location and description of said bench mark is more particularly described
|
||
as follows: A regulation USGS bench mark consisting of a two inch (2") iron
|
||
pipe with brass cap upon which is inscribed the following:
|
||
U.S. Geological Survey B.M. Elevation above Sea 3810 feet Butte. Located in
|
||
front entrance to the Teton County Jail situated on Lots 1 and 2 Block A.
|
||
Hamilton's Addition to Choteau at the Southeast corner of Main Ave. South and
|
||
First St. S.E.
|
||
(Ord. 125, 4-4-1955)
|
||
8-3-2: GRADES OF STREETS AND AVENUES:
|
||
The grades of streets and avenues at the points designated are hereby
|
||
established as the official grades of said streets and avenues. The grade
|
||
points being the block corners, respectively at streets and avenues hereinafter
|
||
named. (Ord. 125, 4-4-1955)
|
||
8-3-3: CURB GRADES:
|
||
Curb grades at all points at right angles with property line shall be at an
|
||
elevation determined by a fall of two and one-half percent (21/2%) from
|
||
property line grade to top of curb. (Ord. 125, 4-4-1955)
|
||
8-3-4: SIDEWALK GRADES:
|
||
Sidewalk grades in business districts and in improved residence districts shall
|
||
be determined in the following manner: A rate of two and one-half percent (21/
|
||
2%) inclination from the established grade at property line of curb grade shall
|
||
determine the elevation and inclination of all sidewalks. (Ord. 125, 4-4-1955)
|
||
8-3-5: GRADE POINTS:
|
||
The slope or grade of streets shall be on straight lines connecting the points
|
||
where the elevations are fixed, as provided by the provisions of this chapter.
|
||
Where the grade points at block corners of intersecting streets are at the same
|
||
elevation thus creating a level grade, the sidewalks, curbs, and the centerline
|
||
through the crown of the roadway shall each be on its respective level line,
|
||
determined for the fixed grade points as described in section
|
||
8-3-2 of this chapter and the drainage of the roadway shall be secured by
|
||
depressing the gutter grade opposite the block corners and elevating it at a
|
||
point midway between the fixed grade points.
|
||
FIRST AVENUE S.E.
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fifth Street S.E. 3803.58
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fifth Street S.E. 3803.58
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street S.E. 3805.33
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street S.E. 3805.33
|
||
Black corners on south side of Third Street S.E. 3806.41
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street S.E. 3806.41
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street S.E. 3808.16
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street S.E. 3808.16
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street S.E. 3809.91
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street S.E. 3809.91
|
||
Block corners on south side of East Division Street 3811.66
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street S.W. 3804.80
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street S.W. 3804.80
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street S.W. 3801.60
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street S.W. 3801.60
|
||
FIRST AVENUE N.E.
|
||
Block corners on north side of East Division Street 3812.00
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street N.E. 3815.00
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street N.E. 3815.00
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.E. 3815.75
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.E. 3815.75
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.E. 3817.50
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.E. 3817.50
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street N.E. 3819.60
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street N.E. 3819.60
|
||
Block corners on south side Fifth Street N.E. 3821.35
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fifth Street N.E. 3821.35
|
||
MAIN AVENUE SOUTH
|
||
Block corners on north side of Sixth Street S.W. 3797.50
|
||
Block corners on south side of Sixth Street S.W. 3797.50
|
||
Block corners on north side of Seventh Street S.W. 3796.20
|
||
Block corners on south side of Seventh Street S.W. 3796.20
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fifth Street 3798.20
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fifth Street 3798.20
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street 3801.60
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street 3801.60
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street 3804.80
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street 3804.80
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street 3807.21
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street 3807.21
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street 3808.96
|
||
MAIN AVENUE NORTH
|
||
Block corners on north side of Division Street 3812.51
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street 3817.07
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street 3817.07
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street 3817.82
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street 3817.82
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street 3819.22
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street 3819.22
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street 3820.62
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street 3820.62
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fifth Street 3822.02
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fifth Street 3822.02
|
||
Block corners on south side of Sixth Street 3824.47
|
||
EAST COURT STREET
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street S.E. 3809.45
|
||
Block corners on south side of East Division Street 3811.90
|
||
WEST COURT STREET
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street S.W. 3809.45
|
||
Block corners on south side of West Division Street 3811.90
|
||
FIRST AVENUE S.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of Sixth Street S.W. 3799.00
|
||
Block corners on south side of Sixth Street S.W. 3799.00
|
||
Block corners on north side of Seventh Street S.W. 3798.40
|
||
Block corners on south side of Seventh Street S.W. 3798.40
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fifth Street S.W. 3800.00
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fifth Street S.W. 3800.00
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street S.W. 3800.00
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street S.W. 3800.00
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street S.W. 3803.60
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street S.W. 3803.60
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street S.W. 3806.65
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street S.W. 3806.65
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street S.W. 3809.45
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street S.W. 3809.45
|
||
Block corners on south side of West Division Street 3811.90
|
||
FIRST AVENUE N.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of West Division Street 3811.90
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street N.W. 3815.41
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street N.W. 3815.41
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.W. 3816.16
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.W. 3816.16
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.W. 3817.91
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.W. 3817.91
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street N.W. 3819.31
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street N.W. 3819.31
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fifth Street N.W. 3821.06
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fifth Street N.W. 3821.06
|
||
Block corners on south side of Sixth Street N.W. 3822.81
|
||
SECOND AVENUE S.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fifth Street S.W. 3801.00
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fifth Street S.W. 3801.00
|
||
Block corners on north side of Sixth Street S.W. 3800.20
|
||
Block corners on south side of Sixth Street S.W. 3800.20
|
||
Block corners on north side of Seventh Street S.W. 3799.20
|
||
Block corners on south side of Seventh Street S.W. 3799.20
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street S.W. 3800.00
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street S.W. 3800.00
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street S.W. 3802.80
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street S.W. 3802.80
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street S.W. 3806.00
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street S.W. 3806.00
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street S.W. 3810.20
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street S.W. 3810.20
|
||
Block corners on south side of West Division Street 3812.65
|
||
SECOND AVENUE N.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of West Division Street 3812.65
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street N.W. 3814.40
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street N.W. 3814.40
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.W. 3815.15
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.W. 3815.15
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.W. 3816.90
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.W. 3816.90
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street N.W. 3818.01
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street N.W. 3818.01
|
||
THIRD AVENUE S.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fifth Street S.W. 3802.00
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fifth Street S.W. 3802.00
|
||
Block corners on north side of Sixth Street S.W. 3799.50
|
||
Block corners on south side of Sixth Street S.W. 3799.50
|
||
Block corners on north side of Seventh Street S.W. 3798.80
|
||
Block corners on south side of Seventh Street S.W. 3798.80
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street S.W. 3802.00
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street S.W. 3802.00
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street S.W. 3803.20
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street S.W. 3803.20
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street S.W. 3805.22
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street S.W. 3805.22
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street S.W. 3809.42
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street S.W. 3809.42
|
||
Block corners on south side of West Division Street 3811.87
|
||
THIRD AVENUE N.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of West Division Street 3811.87
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street N.W. 3813.62
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street N.W. 3813.62
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.W. 3814.37
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.W. 3814.37
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.W. 3815.52
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.W. 3815.52
|
||
FOURTH AVENUE S.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of Sixth Street S.W. 3799.67
|
||
Block corners on south side of Sixth Street S.W. 3799.67
|
||
Block corners on north side of Seventh Street S.W. 3797.45
|
||
Block corners on south side of Seventh Street S.W. 3797.45
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street S.W. 3800.40
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street S.W. 3800.40
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street S.W. 3803.60
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street S.W. 3803.60
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street S.W. 3805.14
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street S.W. 3805.14
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street S.W. 3808.64
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street S.W. 3808.64
|
||
Block corners on south side of West Division Street 3811.09
|
||
FOURTH AVENUE N.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of West Division Street 3811.09
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street N.W. 3812.70
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street N.W. 3812.70
|
||
FIFTH AVENUE S.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of Seventh Street S.W. 3797.20
|
||
Block corners on south side of Seventh Street S.W. 3797.20
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street S.W. 3800.10
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street S.W. 3800.10
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street S.W. 3804.00
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street S.W. 3804.00
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street S.W. 3805.06
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street S.W. 3805.06
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street S.W. 3807.86
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street S.W. 3807.86
|
||
SIXTH AVENUE S.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of Seventh Street S.W. 3798.40
|
||
Block corners on south side of Seventh Street S.W. 3798.40
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street S.W. 3800.00
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street S.W. 3800.00
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street S.W. 3802.50
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street S.W. 3802.50
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street S.W. 3805.06
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street S.W. 3805.06
|
||
SEVENTH AVENUE S.W.
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street S.W. 3805.12
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street S.W. 3805.12
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street S.W. 3808.02
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street S.W. 3808.02
|
||
Block corners on south side of West Division Street 3810.42
|
||
CITY LIMITS
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street S.W 3800.80
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street S.W. 3800.80
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street S.W. 3800.50
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street S.W. 3800.50
|
||
Block corners on north side of Seventh Street S.W. 3799.40
|
||
Block corners on south side of Seventh Street S.W. 3799.40
|
||
SEVENTH AVENUE N.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of West Division Street 3810.42
|
||
Block corners on west side of First Street N.W. 3811.77
|
||
Block corners on east side of First Street N.W. 3812.27
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.W. 3814.27
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.W. 3814.27
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.W. 3815.52
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.W. 3815.52
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street N.W. 3818.01
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street N.W. 3818.01
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fifth Street N.W. 3820.05
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fifth Street N.W. 3820.05
|
||
Block corners on south side of Sixth Street N.W. 3822.81
|
||
Block corners on north side of Sixth Street N.W. 3822.81
|
||
EIGHTH AVENUE S.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street S.W. 3806.47
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street S.W. 3809.45
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street S.W. 3809.45
|
||
Block corners on south side of West Division Street 3811.45
|
||
EIGHTH AVENUE N.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of West Division Street 3811.45
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street N.W. 3812.58
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street N.W. 3812.58
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.W. 3815.08
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.W. 3815.08
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.W. 3816.33
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.W. 3816.33
|
||
NINTH AVENUE S.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street S.W. 3808.13
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street S.W. 3810.26
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street S.W. 3810.26
|
||
Block corners on south side of West Division Street 3812.26
|
||
NINTH AVENUE N.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of West Division Street 3812.26
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street N.W. 3813.39
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street N.W. 3813.39
|
||
Block corners on south side of School Street 3814.64
|
||
Block corners on north side of School Street 3814.64
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.W. 3815.89
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.W. 3815.89
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.W. 3817.14
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.W. 3817.14
|
||
TENTH AVENUE S.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street S.W. 3811.07
|
||
Block corners on south side of West Division Street 3813.07
|
||
TENTH AVENUE N.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of West Division Street 3813.07
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street N.W. 3814.20
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street N.W. 3814.20
|
||
Block corners on south side of School Street 3815.45
|
||
Block corners on north side of School Street 3815.45
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.W. 3816.70
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.W. 3816.70
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.W. 3817.95
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.W. 3817.95
|
||
THIRD AVENUE N.E.
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street N.E. 3813.95
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street N.E. 3813.95
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.E. 3814.40
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.E. 3814.40
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.E. 3816.15
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.E. 3816.15
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street N.E. 3818.25
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street N.E. 3818.25
|
||
FOURTH AVENUE N.E.
|
||
Block corners on north side of East Division Street 3811.98
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street N.E. 3814.43
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street N.E. 3814.43
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.E. 3815.18
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.E. 3815.18
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.E. 3816.93
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.E. 3816.93
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street N.E. 3818.33
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street N.E. 3818.33
|
||
FIFTH AVENUE N.E.
|
||
Block corners on north side of East Division Street 3811.20
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street N.E. 3813.65
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street N.E. 3813.65
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.E. 3814.40
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.E. 3814.40
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.E. 3816.15
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.E. 3816.15
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street N.E. 3818.60
|
||
SIXTH AVENUE N.E.
|
||
Block corners on south side of East Division Street 3810.42
|
||
Block corners on north side of East Division Street 3810.42
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street N.E. 3812.87
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street N.E. 3812.87
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.E 3813.62
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.E. 3813.62
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.E. 3815.37
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.E. 3815.37
|
||
SEVENTH AVENUE N.E.
|
||
Block corners on south side of East Division Street 3811.20
|
||
Block corners on north side of East Division Street 3811.20
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street N.E. 3813.65
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street N.E. 3813.65
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.E. 3814.40
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.E. 3814.40
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.E. 3816.15
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.E. 3816.15
|
||
EIGHTH AVENUE N.E.
|
||
Block corners on south side of East Division Street 3811.98
|
||
Block corners on north side of East Division Street 3811.98
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street N.E. 3814.43
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street N.E. 3814.43
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.E. 3815.18
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.E. 3815.18
|
||
NINTH AVENUE N.E.
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street N.E. 3815.21
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street N.E. 3815.21
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.E. 3815.96
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.E. 3815.96 1
|
||
(Ord. 125, 4-4-1955)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. RCM 11-970.
|
||
CHAPTER 4
|
||
UTILITY POLES
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
8-4-1: Erection Of Utility Poles
|
||
8-4-2: Penalty
|
||
8-4-1: ERECTION OF UTILITY POLES:
|
||
All poles carrying telegraph, telephone, electric light or other wires shall be
|
||
erected in the alleys, provided, however, that whenever it is impossible or
|
||
impracticable to properly serve the public from the alleys, such poles may be
|
||
erected on the streets, under the written permission of the mayor 1 . (Ord. 42,
|
||
8-23-1915)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. RCM 11-945.
|
||
8-4-2: PENALTY:
|
||
Any person violating the provisions of this chapter shall be punished, upon
|
||
conviction thereof, by a fine of not less than five dollars ($5.00) nor more
|
||
than twenty five dollars ($25.00) for each pole erected contrary to the
|
||
provisions hereof, providing that the total fine in any case shall not exceed
|
||
three hundred dollars ($300.00), and each such pole is hereby declared to be a
|
||
nuisance and shall be at once removed, and each day that such pole is allowed
|
||
to remain in position contrary to the provision of this chapter after the same
|
||
shall be ordered removed, shall constitute a separate and distinct offense and
|
||
be punishable accordingly. (Ord. 42, 8-23-1915)
|
||
CHAPTER 5
|
||
STREET SPRINKLER DISTRICT
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
8-5-1: District Created
|
||
8-5-2: Assessment Of Property; Method Of
|
||
8-5-3: District Fund
|
||
8-5-1: DISTRICT CREATED:
|
||
There shall be established within the city a street sprinkling district
|
||
comprising all of the city for the purpose of sprinkling the streets or avenues
|
||
with water, oil or any other dust palliative, and the council is authorized to,
|
||
by resolution, set up and define the boundaries of the district and enumerate
|
||
the streets, alleys and other public places to constitute the district. (Ord.
|
||
123, 3-1-1954)
|
||
8-5-2: ASSESSMENT OF PROPERTY; METHOD OF:
|
||
The council is authorized to assess the property embraced within the district
|
||
to pay the cost and expense of the sprinkling district.
|
||
The method of assessment for such cost and expense of the district shall be
|
||
assessed on an area basis; that is, each lot or parcel of land within such
|
||
district shall be assessed for that part of the whole cost which its area bears
|
||
to the area of the entire district, exclusive of streets, avenues, alleys and
|
||
public places. (Ord. 123, 3-1-1954)
|
||
8-5-3: DISTRICT FUND:
|
||
The treasurer shall set up a district revolving fund from which the expense and
|
||
cost of the sprinkling district shall be paid 1 . (Ord. 123, 3-1-1954)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. RCM 11-971, 11-2258.
|
||
CHAPTER 6
|
||
FENCES
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
8-6-1: Construction Of Fences; Height
|
||
8-6-1: CONSTRUCTION OF FENCES; HEIGHT:
|
||
All real property owners without the building zone number 1 of the city shall
|
||
not construct any board fence or picket fence or any fence that is so
|
||
constructed as to impede the view, or any ornamental hedge shall not be
|
||
permitted to grow in height to exceed four feet (4'), so as to interfere with
|
||
traffic, both pedestrian and vehicular. The fence or hedge to be constructed or
|
||
planted at least thirty inches (30") from the inside edge of the sidewalk, and
|
||
the hedge shall not be permitted to grow so as to extend across the edge of the
|
||
sidewalk, thus interfering with traffic thereon 1 . (Ord. 107, 12-4-1950)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. RCM 11-952.
|
||
CHAPTER 7
|
||
TREES AND SHRUBBERY
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
8-7-1: Purpose
|
||
8-7-2: Definitions
|
||
8-7-3: Creation And Establishment Of City Tree Board
|
||
8-7-4: Comprehensive City Tree Plan
|
||
8-7-5: Tree Species To Be Planted
|
||
8-7-6: Spacing
|
||
8-7-7: Distance From Curb And Sidewalk
|
||
8-7-8: Distance From Fire Hydrants
|
||
8-7-9: Pruning And Corner Clearance
|
||
8-7-10: Utilities
|
||
8-7-11: Responsibility For Tree Care
|
||
8-7-12: Pruning Standards
|
||
8-7-13: Tree Topping
|
||
8-7-14: Diseased Tree Removal On Private Property
|
||
8-7-15: Removal Of Stumps
|
||
8-7-16: Protection Of Trees
|
||
8-7-17: Arborist's License And Bond
|
||
8-7-18: Review By City Council
|
||
8-7-19: Penalty
|
||
8-7-1: PURPOSE:
|
||
The purpose of this chapter is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of
|
||
both the public citizenry and the trees and vegetation in the city of Choteau
|
||
by establishing standards and regulations to control planting, removal,
|
||
maintenance, and protection of all trees, shrubs, and vegetation; to establish
|
||
a tree board; to provide for the development of a comprehensive plan for the
|
||
management of trees, shrubs, and vegetation on public property. (Ord. 298, 3-
|
||
16-2004)
|
||
8-7-2: DEFINITIONS:
|
||
PARK TREES: Trees, shrubs, bushes, and all other woody vegetation in public
|
||
parks.
|
||
STREET TREES: Trees, shrubs, bushes, and all other woody vegetation on land
|
||
lying within the public right of way on either side of all streets, avenues, or
|
||
alleys within the city of Choteau. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
|
||
8-7-3: CREATION AND ESTABLISHMENT OF CITY TREE BOARD:
|
||
There is hereby created and established a city tree board for the city of
|
||
Choteau which shall consist of seven (7) members, citizens and residents of
|
||
this city, who shall be appointed by the mayor with approval by the city
|
||
council. The members shall come from different interest groups including
|
||
homeowners, tree professionals, and city government. The members shall serve
|
||
without compensation.
|
||
1. Term Of Office: The term of the board members shall be three (3)
|
||
years, except that they shall initially be staggered so that all terms do not
|
||
expire at the same time. In the event that a vacancy occurs during the term of
|
||
any member, his/her successor shall be appointed for the unexpired portion of
|
||
the term.
|
||
2. Operation: The city tree board shall choose its own officers and keep
|
||
a journal of its proceedings. A majority of the members shall be a quorum for
|
||
the transaction of business. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
|
||
8-7-4: COMPREHENSIVE CITY TREE PLAN:
|
||
The city tree board shall study, investigate, counsel, develop, and update as
|
||
needed a written plan for the care, preservation, pruning, planting,
|
||
replanting, removal, or disposition of trees, shrubs, and other vegetation in
|
||
parks and along streets, avenues, and alleys. Such plan will be presented to
|
||
the city council and upon their acceptance and approval shall constitute the
|
||
official comprehensive city tree plan. The tree plan shall be administered by
|
||
the city's public works director. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
|
||
8-7-5: TREE SPECIES TO BE PLANTED:
|
||
The city tree board shall develop and maintain a list of desirable trees for
|
||
planting as street trees and park trees in three (3) size classes based on
|
||
mature height: small (under 20 feet), medium (20 to 40 feet), and large (over
|
||
40 feet). Efforts shall be made to ensure a sufficient diversity of tree
|
||
species. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
|
||
8-7-6: SPACING:
|
||
Street trees shall be planted no closer together than the following: small
|
||
trees, fifteen feet (15'); medium trees, twenty five feet (25'); and large
|
||
trees, thirty five feet (35'); except in special plantings designed or approved
|
||
by the city tree board. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
|
||
8-7-7: DISTANCE FROM CURB AND SIDEWALK:
|
||
Street trees shall be planted no closer to any curb or sidewalk than two feet
|
||
(2') for small trees and three feet (3') for medium or large trees. (Ord. 298,
|
||
3-16-2004)
|
||
8-7-8: DISTANCE FROM FIRE HYDRANTS:
|
||
Street trees shall not be planted within ten feet (10') of any fire hydrant.
|
||
(Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
|
||
8-7-9: PRUNING AND CORNER CLEARANCE:
|
||
All trees shall be pruned so that branches overhanging any street, avenue, or
|
||
alley shall not severely obstruct the light from any street lamp or obstruct
|
||
the view of any intersection and so that there shall be a clear space of
|
||
thirteen feet (13') above the street surface or eight feet (8') above the
|
||
sidewalk surface. Any dead, diseased, or dangerous trees, or broken or decayed
|
||
limbs which constitute a menace to the safety of the public must be removed.
|
||
See also section
|
||
9-4-14 of this code. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004; amd. Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
Tree limbs that grow near high voltage electrical conductors shall be
|
||
maintained clear of such conductors by the electric utility company in
|
||
compliance with any applicable franchise agreements. A utility tree trimming
|
||
policy must be reviewed by the utility company and the city tree board prior to
|
||
any trimming by the utility company. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
|
||
8-7-10: UTILITIES:
|
||
Medium or large street trees shall not be planted under or within ten (10)
|
||
lateral feet of any overhead utility wire. Any size street tree shall not be
|
||
planted within five (5) lateral feet of any underground water line, sewer line,
|
||
transmission line, or other utility. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
|
||
8-7-11: RESPONSIBILITY FOR TREE CARE:
|
||
The adjoining property owner shall be responsible for the maintenance of street
|
||
trees, including planting, pruning, removal, replacement, and disposal of any
|
||
debris resulting from such maintenance. If it becomes apparent that maintenance
|
||
is needed for any street trees, the property owner shall respond within sixty
|
||
(60) days to the tree board with a plan for the maintenance. (Ord. 298, 3-16-
|
||
2004)
|
||
8-7-12: PRUNING STANDARDS:
|
||
All tree pruning of street trees or park trees shall conform to the ANSI A300
|
||
standards for tree care operations. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
|
||
8-7-13: TREE TOPPING:
|
||
It shall be unlawful as a normal practice for any person, firm, or city
|
||
department to top any street tree or park tree. "Topping" is defined as the
|
||
severe cutting back of limbs to stubs larger than three inches (3") in diameter
|
||
within the tree's crown to such a degree so as to remove the normal canopy and
|
||
disfigure the trees. Crown reduction by a qualified arborist may be
|
||
substituted, where appropriate. Trees severely damaged by storms or other
|
||
causes, or certain trees under utility wires or other obstructions where other
|
||
pruning practices are impractical may be exempted from this chapter at the
|
||
determination of the city tree board. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
|
||
8-7-14: DISEASED TREE REMOVAL ON PRIVATE PROPERTY:
|
||
The city of Choteau shall have the right to cause the removal of any diseased
|
||
trees on private property within the city when such trees harbor insects or
|
||
disease which constitutes a potential threat to other trees within the city.
|
||
The city tree board will notify in writing the owners of such trees. Removal
|
||
shall be done by said owners at their own expense within sixty (60) days after
|
||
the date of service of notice. In the event of failure of owners to comply with
|
||
such provisions, the city shall have the authority to remove such trees and
|
||
charge the cost of removal on the owner's property tax. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
|
||
8-7-15: REMOVAL OF STUMPS:
|
||
All stumps of street and park trees shall be removed below the surface of the
|
||
ground so that the top of the stump shall not project above the surface of the
|
||
ground. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
|
||
8-7-16: PROTECTION OF TREES:
|
||
In order to maintain the overall forest, reasonable efforts shall be made to
|
||
replace street and park trees that are removed and to protect quality trees
|
||
that are endangered. Street and park trees that are removed by decision of the
|
||
city tree board or by natural causes shall be replaced on a one for one basis
|
||
within one year or as determined by the city tree board. The location and
|
||
species of the replacement tree shall be determined by the board. Trees of
|
||
desirable species and good health shall be protected as much as possible from
|
||
damage during construction, sidewalk repair, utilities work above and below
|
||
ground, and other similar activities. The zone of protection shall include the
|
||
area beneath the canopy of the tree. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
|
||
8-7-17: ARBORIST'S LICENSE AND BOND:
|
||
The tree board and/or the city's public works director may require a licensed
|
||
and bonded arborist to perform major maintenance or pruning of mature trees.
|
||
(Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
|
||
8-7-18: REVIEW BY CITY COUNCIL:
|
||
The city council shall have the right to review the conduct, acts, and
|
||
decisions of the city tree board. Any person may appeal any ruling or order of
|
||
the city tree board to the city council who may hear the matter and make final
|
||
decisions. Appeals must be made within thirty (30) days of the ruling or order.
|
||
(Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
|
||
8-7-19: PENALTY:
|
||
Any person or firm violating any provision of this chapter shall be, upon
|
||
conviction or a plea of guilty, subject to a fine not to exceed one thousand
|
||
dollars ($1,000.00). (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
|
||
CHAPTER 8
|
||
RAILROAD CROSSINGS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
8-8-1: Crossings To Be Lighted
|
||
8-8-2: Failure To Comply; Assessment
|
||
8-8-1: CROSSINGS TO BE LIGHTED:
|
||
Any person owning and operating any railroad track or route within the limits
|
||
of the city, the motive power of which is steam or otherwise, shall place or
|
||
cause to be placed, and shall maintain, at the intersection or crossing of said
|
||
track with each and every public street, alley, road or highway, within the
|
||
limits of the city, a light or lights equal to an illumination of sixty (60)
|
||
candlepower, and such light shall be kept in good working order, and shall be
|
||
lighted during all the hours of darkness, and shall be so placed as to light
|
||
the crossing of said track over the public street, alley, road or highway in
|
||
such manner that persons using the crossing may be able to plainly see the same
|
||
when approaching thereto. (Ord. 17, 1-5-1914)
|
||
8-8-2: FAILURE TO COMPLY; ASSESSMENT:
|
||
In case the owner of any such railroad track or route fails to comply with the
|
||
provisions of this chapter after reasonable notice, the council may cause the
|
||
same to be done, and it may assess the expense thereof against such owner, and
|
||
such assessment shall constitute a lien on any property belonging to such owner
|
||
within the limits of the city and may be collected as other taxes. (Ord. 17, 1-
|
||
5-1914)
|
||
CHAPTER 9
|
||
EXCAVATIONS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
8-9-1: Permit Required; Fees
|
||
8-9-2: Materials
|
||
8-9-3: Barricade
|
||
8-9-4: Compliance Required
|
||
8-9-1: PERMIT REQUIRED; FEES:
|
||
Every person who, except where such person is a public utility operating under
|
||
a franchise or contract with the city, under which the public utility or person
|
||
may construct, equip, lay, maintain and operate pipe lines and appurtenances
|
||
in, under, upon, over and across streets, avenues, alleys, highways, bridges,
|
||
easements and other public places within the city, shall make any excavation
|
||
in, or dig any hole, drain or ditch in, or in any way obstruct any
|
||
thoroughfare, street, alley or highway within the limits of the city without
|
||
first having obtained a permit therefor from the council or its authorized
|
||
representative. A fee of five dollars ($5.00) shall be paid to the city for the
|
||
issuance of such permit. (Ord. 141, 4-3-1961)
|
||
8-9-2: MATERIALS:
|
||
All materials excavated pursuant to such permit shall be hauled away by the
|
||
permittee and the excavation backfilled with compacted gravel approved by the
|
||
street foreman. All cuts in paved areas shall be repaired by not less than
|
||
three inches (3") of plant mix oil and crushed gravel, firmly compacted and
|
||
leveled to grade so as to restore the excavated area to its original condition.
|
||
(Ord. 139, 11-21-1960)
|
||
8-9-3: BARRICADE:
|
||
Any person who, after having obtained a proper permit to do so makes any
|
||
excavation, or digs any hole, drain or ditch, or places any other obstruction
|
||
in or upon any thoroughfare, street, alley or highway within the city limits,
|
||
must erect an efficient barricade around such excavation, drain, ditch, hole or
|
||
other obstruction and warning lights shall be maintained therefrom from dark to
|
||
daylight until such time as said thoroughfare, street, alley or highway has
|
||
been restored to safe and passable travel. (Ord. 139, 11-21-1960)
|
||
8-9-4: COMPLIANCE REQUIRED:
|
||
Any person who shall make any excavation in, or dig any hole, drain or ditch
|
||
in, or anyway obstruct any thoroughfare, street, alley or highway within the
|
||
city limits, without first having obtained a permit therefor from the council
|
||
or its duly authorized representative, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor. (Ord.
|
||
139, 11-21-1960)
|
||
CHAPTER 10
|
||
REMOVAL OF SNOW AND/OR ICE
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
8-10-1: Duty Of Owner
|
||
8-10-1: DUTY OF OWNER:
|
||
It shall be the duty of the owner and tenant of any premises within the city
|
||
limits to keep the sidewalk in front of and abutting his premises free and safe
|
||
for pedestrians and with all reasonable dispatch to remove snow, ice, slush,
|
||
mud and other threats to safe foot travel, and to prevent the accumulation of
|
||
the same upon such sidewalks. The sidewalks abutting such owner's or tenant's
|
||
premises must be cleared by such owner or tenant from the night's accumulation
|
||
of snow or ice or other impediment before eleven o'clock (11:00) A.M.,
|
||
following such accumulation thereof in business and industrial districts. All
|
||
snow or ice or other impediment shall be removed from residential areas within
|
||
twenty four (24) hours after any such accumulation. It shall be the duty of
|
||
such tenant or owner of said premises to keep the sidewalks in front of the
|
||
premises free and safe for pedestrians, and to prevent the continuance and
|
||
accumulation of the materials described herein upon such sidewalks.
|
||
Polish or smoothness resulting from any cause which renders a sidewalk
|
||
dangerous and unsafe, shall be sanded and where there is permanent polish or
|
||
smoothness on a sidewalk, the surface of the sidewalk shall be repaired.
|
||
If the aforesaid parties shall fail to comply with the provisions of this
|
||
chapter, the city shall cause any and all obstructions to be removed or
|
||
smoothness or polish repaired and shall bill the cost thereof, together with a
|
||
reasonable charge for administration and supervision, to the said parties. If
|
||
said charges are not paid within sixty (60) days, the city council shall pass a
|
||
resolution assessing said charges as a special tax against the premises.
|
||
Violation of this chapter shall be deemed a misdemeanor and any person
|
||
violating the provisions of this chapter may be fined in an amount from five
|
||
dollars ($5.00) and not to exceed fifty dollars ($50.00) for each offense.
|
||
Nothing contained in chapter 1 of this title shall be construed to release the
|
||
owners or tenants of real estate from the duty of keeping the sidewalk in front
|
||
of or adjoining their respective premises at all times in a safe and passable
|
||
condition and in good and thorough state of repair, but such duty is hereby
|
||
expressly enjoined and imposed upon all such owners and tenants. (Ord. 217, 12-
|
||
18-1979)
|
||
CHAPTER 11
|
||
FUEL PUMP PLACEMENT
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
8-11-1: Fuel Pump Restrictions
|
||
8-11-1: FUEL PUMP RESTRICTIONS:
|
||
No person shall be given a permit to construct, install or build any gasoline,
|
||
oil or any other kind of pump or piece of machinery, to serve the public, on
|
||
the sidewalk curbing or upon the sidewalk, but that any such pump or vending
|
||
machine must be placed within the boundaries upon the property of abutting
|
||
owner, nor shall any permit be given to use the sidewalk as part of a driveway
|
||
to serve the public from pumps adjacent to the sidewalk. (Ord. 102, 9-10-1949)
|
||
CHAPTER 12
|
||
OLD SCHOOL HOUSE SPRINGS AND CITY WATER SUPPLY
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
8-12-1: Definition
|
||
8-12-2: Duty Of Water Superintendent
|
||
8-12-3: Interference Unlawful
|
||
8-12-4: Destruction Of Pipes
|
||
8-12-1: DEFINITION:
|
||
The term "Old School House Springs" as used herein shall mean that certain
|
||
natural spring rising in or near the Northwest corner NE1/4SW1/4, section 24,
|
||
township 24 north range 5 west MPM. (Ord. 71, 4-4-1932)
|
||
8-12-2: DUTY OF WATER SUPERINTENDENT:
|
||
It is hereby made the duty of the water superintendent, or such other person as
|
||
the council may from time to time designate, under the direction of the
|
||
council, to supervise the flowage and disposition of the flowage of the waters
|
||
of "Old School House Springs" and all other springs and wells, owned or within
|
||
the control of the city, as a source of water supply. (Ord. 71, 4-4-1932)
|
||
8-12-3: INTERFERENCE UNLAWFUL:
|
||
Any interference with the flowage of said spring or other source by placing of
|
||
any dam, obstruction, refuse, rubbish or contaminative material therein or in
|
||
the water or channel therefrom, in such manner as to impair the purity of said
|
||
water or deprive the city of the full use and benefit thereof to the full
|
||
extent of its rights therein, is hereby prohibited and any person violating any
|
||
provision of this section shall be guilty of a misdemeanor. (Ord. 71, 4-4-1932)
|
||
8-12-4: DESTRUCTION OF PIPES:
|
||
Any person who shall, excepting as may from time to time, authorized by the
|
||
council, obstruct, tamper with, break or injure any dam, dike, pipe valve,
|
||
flume, ditch or other fixture or appurtenance, used or constructed by the city
|
||
in and about the diversion of any of the water of said spring, or other source,
|
||
shall be guilty of a misdemeanor 1 . (Ord. 71, 4-4-1932; amd. 1967 Code)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. RCM 11-1001, 11-981.
|
||
CHAPTER 13
|
||
ANTILITTER REGULATIONS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
8-13-1: Short Title
|
||
8-13-2: Definitions
|
||
8-13-3: Litter In Public Places Unlawful
|
||
8-13-4: Placement Of Litter In Receptacles; Scattering
|
||
8-13-5: Sweeping Litter Into Gutters Prohibited
|
||
8-13-6: Merchants' Duty To Keep Sidewalks Free Of Litter
|
||
8-13-7: Litter Thrown By Persons In Vehicles
|
||
8-13-8: Truckloads Causing Litter
|
||
8-13-9: Litter In Parks
|
||
8-13-10: Litter In Lakes And Fountains
|
||
8-13-11: Commercial Handbills; Public Places
|
||
8-13-12: Commercial And Noncommercial Handbills; Vehicles
|
||
8-13-13: Depositing Commercial And Noncommercial Handbills; Uninhabited Or
|
||
Vacant Premises
|
||
8-13-14: Prohibiting Distribution Of Handbills; Posted Property
|
||
8-13-15: Distributing Commercial And Noncommercial Handbills At Inhabited
|
||
Private Premises
|
||
8-13-16: Litter From Aircraft
|
||
8-13-17: Posting Notices Prohibited
|
||
8-13-18: Litter On Occupied Private Property
|
||
8-13-19: Owner To Maintain Premises Free Of Litter
|
||
8-13-20: Litter On Vacant Lots
|
||
8-13-21: Clearing Of Litter From Open Private Property By City
|
||
8-13-1: SHORT TITLE:
|
||
This chapter shall be known and may be cited as the CHOTEAU ANTILITTER
|
||
REGULATIONS. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-2: DEFINITIONS:
|
||
For the purpose of this chapter the following terms, phrases, words, and their
|
||
derivations shall have the meanings given herein.
|
||
AIRCRAFT: Any contrivance now known or hereafter invented, used or designated
|
||
for navigation or for flight in the air. The word "aircraft" shall include
|
||
helicopters and lighter than air dirigibles and balloons.
|
||
AUTHORIZED PRIVATE RECEPTACLE: A litter storage and collection receptacle as
|
||
required and authorized in title 7, chapter 1 of this code.
|
||
COMMERCIAL HANDBILL: Any printed or written matter, any sample or device,
|
||
dodger, circular, leaflet, pamphlet, paper, booklet, or any other printed or
|
||
otherwise reproduced original or copies or any matter of literature which:
|
||
1. Advertises for sale any merchandise, product, commodity, or thing; or
|
||
2. Directs attention to any business or mercantile or commercial
|
||
establishment, or other activity, for the purpose of either directly or
|
||
indirectly promoting the interest thereof by sales; or
|
||
3. Directs attention to or advertises any meeting, theatrical
|
||
performance, exhibition, or event of any kind, for which an admission fee is
|
||
charged for the purpose of private gain or profit; but the terms of this
|
||
subsection shall not apply where an admission fee is charged or a collection is
|
||
taken up for the purpose of defraying expenses incident to such meeting,
|
||
theatrical performance, exhibition, or event of any kind, when either of the
|
||
same is held, given or takes place in connection with the dissemination of
|
||
information which is not restricted under the ordinary rules of decency, good
|
||
morals, public peace, safety and good order; provided, that nothing contained
|
||
in this clause shall be deemed to authorize the holding, giving or taking place
|
||
of any meeting, theatrical performance, exhibition, or event of any kind,
|
||
without a license, where such license is or may be required by any law of this
|
||
state, or under any of the provisions of this code;
|
||
4. While containing reading matter other than advertising matter, is
|
||
predominantly and essentially an advertisement, and is distributed or
|
||
circulated for advertising purposes, or for the private benefit and gain of any
|
||
person so engaged as advertiser or distributor.
|
||
GARBAGE: Putrescible animal and vegetable wastes resulting from the handling,
|
||
preparation, cooking and consumption of food.
|
||
LITTER: Includes "Garbage", "Refuse" and "Rubbish" as defined herein and all
|
||
other waste material which, if thrown or deposited as herein prohibited, tends
|
||
to create a danger to public health, safety or welfare; or presents an
|
||
unsightly appearance.
|
||
NEWSPAPER: Any newspaper of general circulation as defined by general law, any
|
||
newspaper duly entered with the post office department of the United States, in
|
||
accordance with federal statute or regulation, and any newspaper filed and
|
||
recorded with any recording officer as provided by general law; and in addition
|
||
thereto, shall mean and include any periodical or current magazine regularly
|
||
published with not less than four (4) issues per year, and sold to the public.
|
||
NONCOMMERCIAL HANDBILL: Any printed or written matter, any sample, or device,
|
||
dodger, circular, leaflet, pamphlet, newspaper, magazine, paper, booklet, or
|
||
any other printed or otherwise reproduced original or copies of any matter of
|
||
literature not included in the aforesaid definition of a commercial handbill or
|
||
newspaper.
|
||
PARK: A park, reservation, playground, beach, recreation center or any other
|
||
public area in the city, owned or used by the city and devoted to active or
|
||
passive recreation.
|
||
PRIVATE PREMISES: Any dwelling, house, building, or other structure, designed
|
||
or used either wholly or in part for private residential purposes, whether
|
||
inhabited or temporarily or continuously uninhabited or vacant, and shall
|
||
include any yard, grounds, walk, driveway, porch, steps, vestibule or mailbox
|
||
belonging or appurtenant to such dwelling, house, building, or other structure.
|
||
PUBLIC PLACE: Any and all streets, sidewalks, boulevards, alleys or other
|
||
public ways and any and all public parks, squares, spaces, grounds and
|
||
buildings.
|
||
REFUSE: All putrescible and nonputrescible solid wastes, except body wastes,
|
||
including garbage, rubbish, ashes, street cleanings, dead animals, abandoned
|
||
automobiles, and solid market and industrial wastes.
|
||
RUBBISH: Nonputrescible solid wastes, consisting of both combustible and
|
||
noncombustible wastes, such as paper, wrappings, cigarettes, cardboard, tin
|
||
cans, yard clippings, wood, glass, bedding, crockery and similar materials.
|
||
VEHICLE: Every device in, upon, or by which any person or property is or may be
|
||
transported or drawn upon a highway, including devices used exclusively upon
|
||
stationary rails or tracks. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-3: LITTER IN PUBLIC PLACES UNLAWFUL:
|
||
No person shall throw or deposit litter in or upon any public place within the
|
||
city except in public receptacles or in authorized private receptacles for
|
||
collection, or in official city dumps. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-4: PLACEMENT OF LITTER IN RECEPTACLES; SCATTERING:
|
||
Persons placing litter in public receptacles or in authorized private
|
||
receptacles shall do so in such a manner as to prevent it from being carried or
|
||
deposited by the elements upon any public place. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-5: SWEEPING LITTER INTO GUTTERS PROHIBITED:
|
||
No persons shall sweep into or deposit in any gutter, or other public place
|
||
within the city the accumulation of litter from any building or lot or from any
|
||
public or private sidewalk or driveway. Persons owning or occupying property
|
||
shall keep the sidewalk in front of their premises free of litter. (Ord. 144,
|
||
12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-6: MERCHANTS' DUTY TO KEEP SIDEWALKS FREE OF LITTER:
|
||
No person owning or occupying a place of business shall sweep into or deposit
|
||
in any gutter or other public place within the city, the accumulation of litter
|
||
from any building or lot or from any public or private sidewalks or driveway.
|
||
Persons owning or occupying places of business within the city shall keep the
|
||
sidewalk in front of their business premises free of litter. (Ord. 144, 12-18-
|
||
1961)
|
||
8-13-7: LITTER THROWN BY PERSONS IN VEHICLES:
|
||
No person while a driver or passenger in a vehicle, shall throw or deposit
|
||
litter upon any public place within the city. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-8: TRUCKLOADS CAUSING LITTER:
|
||
No person shall drive or move any truck or other vehicle within the city unless
|
||
such vehicle is so constructed or loaded as to prevent any load or contents of
|
||
litter from being blown or deposited upon any public place. (Ord. 144, 12-18-
|
||
1961)
|
||
8-13-9: LITTER IN PARKS:
|
||
No person shall throw or deposit litter in any park within the city except in
|
||
public receptacles and in such a manner that the litter will be prevented from
|
||
being carried or deposited by the elements upon any part of the park or upon
|
||
any public place. Where public receptacles are not provided, all such litter
|
||
shall be carried away from the park by the person responsible for its presence
|
||
and properly disposed of elsewhere. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-10: LITTER IN LAKES AND FOUNTAINS:
|
||
No person shall throw or deposit litter in any fountain, pond, lake, stream, or
|
||
any other body of water in a park or elsewhere within the city. (Ord. 144, 12-
|
||
18-1961)
|
||
8-13-11: COMMERCIAL HANDBILLS; PUBLIC PLACES:
|
||
No person shall throw or deposit any commercial or noncommercial handbill in or
|
||
upon any public place within the city. Nor shall any person hand out or
|
||
distribute or sell any commercial handbill in any public place; provided,
|
||
however, that it shall not be unlawful on any sidewalk, street, or other public
|
||
place within the city for any person to hand out or distribute, without charge
|
||
to receiver thereof, any noncommercial handbill to any person willing to accept
|
||
it. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-12: COMMERCIAL AND NONCOMMERCIAL HANDBILLS; VEHICLES:
|
||
No person shall throw or deposit any commercial or noncommercial handbill in or
|
||
upon any vehicle; provided, however, that it shall not be unlawful in any
|
||
public place for a person to hand out or distribute without charge to the
|
||
receiver thereof, a noncommercial handbill to any occupant of a vehicle who is
|
||
willing to accept it. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-13: DEPOSITING COMMERCIAL AND NONCOMMERCIAL HANDBILLS; UNINHABITED OR
|
||
VACANT PREMISES:
|
||
No person shall throw or deposit any commercial or noncommercial handbill in or
|
||
upon any private premises which are temporarily or continuously uninhabited or
|
||
vacant. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-14: PROHIBITING DISTRIBUTION OF HANDBILLS; POSTED PROPERTY:
|
||
No person shall throw, deposit or distribute any commercial or noncommercial
|
||
handbill upon any private premises, if required by anyone thereon not to do so,
|
||
or if there is placed on said premises in a conspicuous position near the
|
||
entrance thereof, a sign bearing the words: "No Trespassing", "No Peddlers or
|
||
Agents", "No Advertisement", or any similar notice, indicating in any manner
|
||
that the occupants of said premises, do not desire to be molested or have their
|
||
right of privacy disturbed, or to have any such handbills left upon such
|
||
premises. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-15: DISTRIBUTING COMMERCIAL AND NONCOMMERCIAL HANDBILLS AT INHABITED
|
||
PRIVATE PREMISES:
|
||
1. Prohibition: No person shall throw, deposit or distribute any
|
||
commercial or noncommercial handbill in or upon private premises which are
|
||
inhabited, except by handing or transmitting any such handbill directly to the
|
||
owner, occupant, or other person then present in or upon such private premises;
|
||
provided, however, that in case of inhabited private premises which are not
|
||
posted, as provided in this chapter, such person, unless requested by anyone
|
||
upon such premises not to do so, shall have the authority to place or deposit
|
||
any such handbill in or upon such inhabited private premises, if such handbill
|
||
is so placed or deposited as to secure or prevent such handbill from being
|
||
blown or drifted about such premises or sidewalks, streets, or other public
|
||
places, and except that mail boxes may not be so used when so prohibited by
|
||
federal postal law or regulations.
|
||
2. Exemption For Mail And Newspapers: The provisions of this section
|
||
shall not apply to the distribution of mail by the United States, nor to
|
||
newspapers. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-16: LITTER FROM AIRCRAFT:
|
||
No person in an aircraft shall throw out, drop or deposit within the city any
|
||
litter, handbill or any other object. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-17: POSTING NOTICES PROHIBITED:
|
||
No person shall post or affix any notice, poster or other paper or device,
|
||
calculated to attract the attention of the public, to any lamp post, public
|
||
utility pole or shade tree, or upon any public structure or building, except as
|
||
may be authorized or required by law. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-18: LITTER ON OCCUPIED PRIVATE PROPERTY:
|
||
No person shall throw or deposit litter on any occupied private property within
|
||
the city, whether owned by such person or not, except that the owner or person
|
||
in control of private property may maintain authorized private receptacles for
|
||
collection in such a manner that litter will be prevented from being carried or
|
||
deposited by the elements, upon any street, sidewalk or other public place or
|
||
upon any private property. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-19: OWNER TO MAINTAIN PREMISES FREE OF LITTER:
|
||
The owner or person in control of any private property shall at all times
|
||
maintain the premises free of litter; provided, however, that this section
|
||
shall not prohibit the storage of litter in authorized private receptacles for
|
||
collection. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-20: LITTER ON VACANT LOTS:
|
||
No person shall throw or deposit litter in any open or vacant private property
|
||
within the city whether owned by such person or not. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-21: CLEARING OF LITTER FROM OPEN PRIVATE PROPERTY BY CITY:
|
||
1. Notice To Remove: The clerk, on information from any police officer,
|
||
or otherwise, is hereby authorized and empowered to notify the owner of any
|
||
open or vacant private property within the city or the agent of such owner to
|
||
properly dispose of litter located on such owner's property which is dangerous
|
||
to public health, safety or welfare, or tends to present an unsightly
|
||
appearance. Such notice shall be by registered mail, addressed to said owner,
|
||
at his last known address.
|
||
2. Action Upon Noncompliance: Upon the failure, neglect or refusal of any
|
||
owner or agent so notified to properly dispose of litter dangerous to the
|
||
public health, safety or welfare within ten (10) days after receipt of written
|
||
notice provided for in subsection (A) of this section, or within fifteen (15)
|
||
days after the date of such notice in the event the same is returned to the
|
||
city post office department because of its inability to make delivery thereof,
|
||
provided the same was properly addressed to the last known address of such
|
||
owner, or agent, the city is hereby authorized and empowered to pay for the
|
||
disposing of such litter or to order its disposal by the city.
|
||
3. Charge Included In Tax Bill: When the city has effected removal of
|
||
such dangerous litter or has paid for its removal, the actual cost thereof,
|
||
plus accrued interest at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum from the date
|
||
of the completion of the work, if not paid by such owner prior thereto, shall
|
||
be charged to the owner of such property on the next regular tax bill forwarded
|
||
to such owner by the city, and said charge shall be due and payable by said
|
||
owner at the time of payment of such bill.
|
||
4. Recorded Statement Constitutes Lien: Where the full amount due the
|
||
city is not paid by such owner within thirty (30) days after the disposal of
|
||
such litter, as provided for in subsections (A) and (B) of this section, then,
|
||
and in that case, the clerk shall cause to be recorded in the office of the
|
||
city a sworn statement showing the cost and expense incurred for the work, the
|
||
date the work was done and the location of the property on which said work was
|
||
done. Said costs and expenses shall be collected in the manner fixed by law for
|
||
the collection of taxes. Sworn statements recorded in accordance with the
|
||
provisions hereof shall be prima facie evidence that all legal formalities have
|
||
been complied with and that the work has been done properly and satisfactorily,
|
||
and shall be full notice to every person concerned that the amount of the
|
||
statement, plus interest, constitutes a charge against the property designated
|
||
or described in the statement and that the same is due and collectible as
|
||
provided by law. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
CHAPTER 14
|
||
PARK REGULATIONS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
8-14-1: Rules And Regulations
|
||
8-14-2: Penalties
|
||
8-14-1: RULES AND REGULATIONS:
|
||
It is unlawful for any person to violate any of the following rules and
|
||
regulations while within any city park:
|
||
1. Littering Or Dumping: Littering or dumping debris or garbage on or
|
||
within city park land.
|
||
2. Destruction, Defacement Or Dismantling: Destruction, defacement or
|
||
dismantling of any park equipment, park furnishings, park fixtures, trees,
|
||
shrubs, grass, flowers or other plants or facilities on city park land.
|
||
3. Overnight Camping: Overnight camping in excess of three (3)
|
||
consecutive days in any one spot on city park land or in excess of six (6) days
|
||
whether consecutive or not on any city park land during a sixty (60) day
|
||
period. The term "overnight camping" includes sleeping or staying on the park
|
||
ground or in cars, trucks, trailers, tents or other shelters between the hours
|
||
of ten thirty o'clock (10:30) P.M. and five o'clock (5:00) A.M. (Ord. 284, 10-
|
||
5-1999)
|
||
4. Fee For Overnight Stay: Persons who use the Choteau city park for
|
||
overnight camping shall pay a fee in an amount to be determined by resolution
|
||
of the city council. The fee shall be assessed for each "vehicle" for each
|
||
period of overnight camping. The term "vehicle" shall mean a car, truck,
|
||
recreational vehicle, motorcycle or any other motor vehicle or bicycle used on
|
||
the highway. (Ord. 287, 7-11-2000)
|
||
8-14-2: PENALTIES:
|
||
Any person violating any of the provisions of this chapter shall be guilty of a
|
||
misdemeanor, and on conviction thereof shall be fined in an amount not to
|
||
exceed five hundred dollars ($500.00) for each violation and imprisonment up to
|
||
ten (10) days. Each day in which such violation continues shall be deemed a
|
||
separate offense. (Ord. 284, 10-5-1999)
|
||
TITLE 9
|
||
ZONING
|
||
CHAPTER 1
|
||
TITLE, PURPOSE, AUTHORITY, AND GENERAL ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
9-1-1: Title
|
||
9-1-2: Purpose
|
||
9-1-3: Authority
|
||
9-1-4: Conflicting And Prior Regulations Repealed
|
||
9-1-5: Vesting
|
||
9-1-6: Provisions Of Title Declared To Be Minimum Requirements; Most
|
||
Restrictive Standards Apply
|
||
9-1-7: Interpretation
|
||
9-1-8: Burden Of Proof
|
||
9-1-9: Severability
|
||
9-1-10: Liability
|
||
9-1-1: TITLE:
|
||
The regulations, standards, and procedures contained herein shall be known as
|
||
the ZONING TITLE OF THE CITY OF CHOTEAU, MONTANA, and may be commonly referred
|
||
to as zoning regulations or zoning code. These regulations constitute one
|
||
component of the citywide land development regulations that includes the
|
||
official zoning map, subdivision regulations, and adopted city building codes.
|
||
(Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-1-2: PURPOSE:
|
||
The primary purpose of these regulations is to promote the public health,
|
||
safety, and general welfare through implementing the Choteau growth policy.
|
||
Other purposes of the zoning code are:
|
||
1. To promote orderly and efficient growth and development.
|
||
2. Provide for a strong and diversified economy.
|
||
3. Protect public and private investment and to provide a high degree of
|
||
predictability and assurance to those wishing to invest in the community.
|
||
4. To preserve and enhance community/neighborhood scale and character as
|
||
and where recommended in the growth policy.
|
||
(E) Provide for efficient and cost effective community services and
|
||
facilities.
|
||
(F) Establish fair, effective, and efficient development review and
|
||
decision making processes and procedures that provide procedural due process
|
||
for applicants and the general public. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-1-3: AUTHORITY:
|
||
In Montana, statutory authority for cities and towns to enact and administer
|
||
zoning codes is set forth in part 3 of chapter 2, title 76, Montana Code
|
||
Annotated. All regulations, standards, and procedures prescribed herein are
|
||
found to be consistent with the provisions of part 3. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-1-4: CONFLICTING AND PRIOR REGULATIONS REPEALED:
|
||
All prior ordinances and resolutions related to the zoning title of the city of
|
||
Choteau, Montana, adopted March 2, 1982, as amended, are hereby repealed. (Ord.
|
||
304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-1-5: VESTING:
|
||
1. Vested rights to proceed with any development initiated prior to the
|
||
adoption and effective date of these regulations shall be established only by:
|
||
1. Having obtained a zoning permit issued by the city of Choteau under prior
|
||
regulations; or
|
||
2. In the case of a subdivision, having been issued a finding of sufficiency
|
||
for a preliminary plat in compliance with the Montana subdivision and platting
|
||
act and local subdivision regulations. Approval or conditional approval of a
|
||
preliminary plat establishes a right to proceed with a final plat under state
|
||
law and local subdivision regulations. Approval or conditional approval of a
|
||
preliminary plat, or recording of a final plat, does not establish a vested
|
||
right for any particular use or development standards that might have existed
|
||
under prior regulations.
|
||
2. Vested rights to proceed with development under the provisions of
|
||
these regulations shall be established only by:
|
||
1. In the case of a subdivision, recording a final plat in full compliance with
|
||
the Montana subdivision and platting act and local regulations; or as
|
||
applicable,
|
||
2. Having a valid zoning permit in full compliance with these regulations.
|
||
Permits may expire pursuant to section
|
||
9-2-6 of this title or be revoked pursuant to section
|
||
9-2-7 of this title. Any vested rights to proceed with development expire, or
|
||
are revoked, with the zoning permit. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-1-6: PROVISIONS OF TITLE DECLARED TO BE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS; MOST
|
||
RESTRICTIVE STANDARDS APPLY:
|
||
1. In their interpretation and application, the provisions of this title
|
||
shall be held to be minimum requirements to promote the health, safety, and
|
||
general welfare.
|
||
2. When future city regulations, or state or federal law, impose
|
||
additional standards on land use or development governed by these regulations,
|
||
the most restrictive standards shall apply.
|
||
3. These regulations do not nullify easements, covenants, deed
|
||
restrictions, or other similar private agreements, but where any such private
|
||
agreement imposes standards that are less restrictive than those adopted
|
||
herein, these regulations shall apply. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-1-7: INTERPRETATION:
|
||
All provisions of these regulations shall be interpreted as the minimum
|
||
requirements necessary to protect the public health, safety, and general
|
||
welfare, and to implement the Choteau growth policy. These regulations are
|
||
designed to be consistent with the growth policy, and shall be liberally
|
||
construed to achieve its purpose, intent, policies, and recommendations. Actual
|
||
interpretation of these regulations is the responsibility of the administrator
|
||
as set forth in section
|
||
9-2-11 of this title. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-1-8: BURDEN OF PROOF:
|
||
In all proceedings, hearings, and in all application and submittal materials,
|
||
the burden of proof shall rest with the applicant or appellant, as applicable.
|
||
(Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-1-9: SEVERABILITY:
|
||
Should any provision of these regulations be held invalid by any court, the
|
||
remaining provisions shall continue in full force and effect. (Ord. 304, 4-10-
|
||
2012)
|
||
9-1-10: LIABILITY:
|
||
No individual, including members of the city council, board of adjustment,
|
||
administrator, or any other city employee, who acts in good faith and without
|
||
malice in the performance of duties assigned by these regulations, shall be
|
||
held liable for errors or omissions in their administration. (Ord. 304, 4-10-
|
||
2012)
|
||
CHAPTER 2
|
||
ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
9-2-1: Zoning Permit Required
|
||
9-2-2: Zoning Permit Fee Required
|
||
9-2-3: Application For Zoning Permit
|
||
9-2-4: Site Inspections
|
||
9-2-5: Limitations Of Zoning Permit
|
||
9-2-6: Expiration Of Zoning Permits; Extension
|
||
9-2-7: Revocation Of Zoning Permits
|
||
9-2-8: Certificate Of Compliance Required
|
||
9-2-9: Administrative Appeals
|
||
9-2-10: Variances
|
||
9-2-11: Administrator
|
||
9-2-12: Board Of Adjustment
|
||
9-2-13: Zoning Commission
|
||
9-2-14: Amendments To The Zoning Code
|
||
9-2-15: Amendments To The Official Zoning Map
|
||
9-2-16: Amendments To The Growth Policy
|
||
9-2-17: Administrator Responsible For Enforcement
|
||
9-2-18: Enforcement Protocol To Be Established
|
||
9-2-19: Application For Variance Stays All Abatement Proceedings
|
||
9-2-20: Appeal Stays All Abatement Proceedings
|
||
9-2-21: Imminent Threat To Life Or Property
|
||
9-2-22: Penalties For Violation
|
||
9-2-1: ZONING PERMIT REQUIRED:
|
||
A zoning permit shall be required for any construction, reconstruction,
|
||
addition, relocation of a structure, or change of land use, and for permanent
|
||
signs of all kinds. Subdivisions are not subject to zoning permits, but shall
|
||
be designed, reviewed, and approved pursuant to the Montana subdivision and
|
||
platting act and local subdivision regulations in effect for the city of
|
||
Choteau. Interior modifications of structures, and any other renovations that
|
||
do not increase the floor area of a structure or cause expansion of the
|
||
structure in any way, are not subject to zoning permits. Agricultural buildings
|
||
associated with bona fide agricultural operations are not subject to zoning
|
||
permits, but such structures must meet any applicable requirements of this
|
||
title. Zoning permits shall be applied for on a form provided by the city of
|
||
Choteau, and are reviewed according to procedures established by the city.
|
||
(Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-2: ZONING PERMIT FEE REQUIRED:
|
||
Each application for a zoning permit shall include the applicable fee. Fees are
|
||
established by resolution of the Choteau city council. No application for a
|
||
zoning permit is complete without the required fee. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-3: APPLICATION FOR ZONING PERMIT:
|
||
The purpose of the zoning permit is to assure that all building construction
|
||
and development activity complies with these regulations as well as regulations
|
||
promulgated by other agencies as applicable. An application for a zoning permit
|
||
may be filed either concurrently with a building permit application or prior to
|
||
applying for a building permit. A zoning permit application may also be filed
|
||
concurrently or prior to any application for a city of Choteau business
|
||
license.
|
||
1. The applicant shall file a properly completed application form,
|
||
including a site plan, project description, and any other required supporting
|
||
materials, with the administrator. Once all required materials are submitted,
|
||
the administrator shall deem the application complete.
|
||
2. The administrator or his/her designee shall review the application to
|
||
determine compliance with these regulations. Should the administrator find that
|
||
the application complies with these regulations, the application shall be
|
||
approved. However, the administrator may impose reasonable conditions on the
|
||
zoning permit to ensure compliance with these regulations as well as the
|
||
regulations promulgated by other agencies as they may apply.
|
||
3. The application shall be approved or denied within twenty (20)
|
||
business days, and the applicant shall be notified in writing within five (5)
|
||
business days of the decision. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-4: SITE INSPECTIONS:
|
||
The filing of an application for a zoning permit constitutes consent of the
|
||
property owner and applicant for authorized city personnel to conduct
|
||
inspections of the subject property during the review process. Refusal of the
|
||
owner or applicant to allow authorized personnel on site for necessary
|
||
inspections may delay review of the permit application, and/or result in denial
|
||
of the application. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-5: LIMITATIONS OF ZONING PERMIT:
|
||
Zoning permits issued pursuant to this title are limited in their authorization
|
||
to the work and/or development expressly described therein. Issuance of a
|
||
zoning permit does not convey any broad powers or authority to the applicant
|
||
beyond the purpose described in the zoning permit application and for which the
|
||
permit was issued. Zoning permits shall run with the land, are site specific,
|
||
and are not transferable to another property or site. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-6: EXPIRATION OF ZONING PERMITS; EXTENSION:
|
||
If the work described in the zoning permit has not begun within one year from
|
||
the date of issuance, the permit expires and is void. The administrator shall
|
||
provide written notice to the permittee once a permit expires. Should the
|
||
permittee request in writing an extension of the zoning permit, the
|
||
administrator may grant such extension for not more than one year. Any such
|
||
request for an extension must be made prior to the actual expiration of the
|
||
zoning permit. The administrator is not empowered to reinstate an expired
|
||
zoning permit. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-7: REVOCATION OF ZONING PERMITS:
|
||
1. Zoning permits may be revoked for good cause shown. Procedures to
|
||
revoke zoning permits may only be initiated by the city of Choteau, and only
|
||
the Choteau city council is authorized to revoke a zoning permit.
|
||
2. Prior to initiating any permit revocation procedure, the city shall
|
||
have:
|
||
1. Conducted an inspection of the subject property.
|
||
2. Thoroughly investigated any complaints.
|
||
3. Contacted the permittee in writing notifying him/her of the nature
|
||
of complaints, issues, and/or potential violations.
|
||
4. Provided the permittee every reasonable opportunity to address and
|
||
correct conditions, violations, or deficiencies.
|
||
3. A zoning permit may be revoked based on one or more of the following
|
||
findings:
|
||
1. That the initial application and/or representations made by the
|
||
applicant in connection with the application were fraudulent or otherwise
|
||
inaccurate or misleading to the extent that the decision to grant the zoning
|
||
permit was based upon or influenced by said application or representations.
|
||
2. That operation of the authorized use or development has become a
|
||
public nuisance and/or an imminent threat to the public health, safety, and
|
||
general welfare.
|
||
4. The Choteau city council may revoke a zoning permit upon approval of a
|
||
motion by simple majority where findings and cause for the revocation are set
|
||
forth in the motion to revoke.
|
||
(E) The applicant shall be notified of the revocation action through a
|
||
cease and desist order issued by the administrator. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-8: CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE REQUIRED:
|
||
1. Once a development project has been completed, a certificate of
|
||
compliance (CC) must be requested from the city of Choteau on a form provided
|
||
by the administrator. The purpose of the CC is to ensure that all work
|
||
described on the approved zoning permit has been completed, or as applicable, a
|
||
surety for performance has been provided.
|
||
2. Should a certificate of compliance be applied for in the months of
|
||
October through March, a surety may be provided in lieu of landscaping, paving,
|
||
or other improvements that do not affect the immediate and safe use of the
|
||
site, and that cannot be installed during cold weather periods. Sureties may
|
||
include letters of credit, bonds, or certified checks left on file with the
|
||
city until such time as the improvements are satisfactorily completed. Personal
|
||
or company checks cannot be accepted as sureties.
|
||
3. Failure to obtain a certificate of compliance prior to occupying the
|
||
project or improvement for which the zoning permit was issued is deemed a
|
||
violation of this code. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-9: ADMINISTRATIVE APPEALS:
|
||
1. Any interpretation of these regulations or any decision made by the
|
||
administrator pursuant to these regulations may be appealed to the board of
|
||
adjustment (BOA) following the procedures set forth below. Such appeal shall be
|
||
taken within a reasonable time as provided by the rules of the board.
|
||
1. The appellant shall file a written appeal on a form provided by the
|
||
city of Choteau, and shall provide all relevant supporting information. A
|
||
filing fee shall be paid by the appellant.
|
||
2. Upon receipt of the appeal, the administrator shall publish a notice
|
||
in the official city of Choteau newspaper at least ten (10) days prior to the
|
||
next scheduled meeting of the board of adjustment, and shall place the appeal
|
||
on the board's agenda for that meeting. The board must meet within twenty five
|
||
(25) business days of an appeal filed with the administrator.
|
||
3. The BOA shall conduct a hearing on the appeal following procedures
|
||
set forth in the board's adopted rules of procedure. No appeal shall be heard
|
||
if the appellant or a representative is not present. If the appeal involves an
|
||
action taken or permit granted to a third party, such as a property owner or
|
||
development, no hearing shall be conducted unless the third party is present.
|
||
4. Based upon relevant findings and conclusions, the BOA may uphold,
|
||
overturn, or modify the action or interpretation made by the administrator. The
|
||
BOA shall take final action within twenty (20) business days of the initial
|
||
opening of the public hearing.
|
||
5. The administrator shall notify the appellant and other interested
|
||
parties in writing of the BOA's decision within five (5) business days.
|
||
6. Any decision of the BOA may be appealed to district court as
|
||
provided in section 76-2-327, Montana Code Annotated. Notice of intent to file
|
||
an appeal shall halt all proceedings by the administrator to carry out the BOA
|
||
decision, unless in the judgment of the administrator, such action is
|
||
imperative due to imminent public health or life safety concerns.
|
||
2. When in the judgment of the administrator, his/her decision or
|
||
interpretation of the regulations will affect a specific property or class of
|
||
properties, and/or have a potentially significant impact on a neighborhood or
|
||
landscape of the city, the administrator shall notify adjacent property owners
|
||
via first class mail of his/her intent to render a decision or interpretation.
|
||
The letter shall explain the pending decision and shall invite comment for a
|
||
period of not less than fifteen (15) days following the date of the letter. At
|
||
the end of this comment period, the administrator may officially render the
|
||
decision or interpretation, and communicate it in writing to all parties
|
||
involved. Once the decision or interpretation is finalized, the decision or
|
||
interpretation may be appealed to the board of adjustment through the procedure
|
||
set forth in subsection (A) of this section. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-10: VARIANCES:
|
||
The board of adjustment (BOA) may in specific cases grant relief from the
|
||
standards and requirements of these regulations as set forth in section 76-2-
|
||
323, Montana Code Annotated.
|
||
1. The applicant shall apply for a variance on a form supplied by the
|
||
city of Choteau. The applicable filing fee shall be paid, and all relevant
|
||
supporting materials shall be submitted.
|
||
2. Upon receipt of the application, the administrator shall publish a
|
||
notice in the official city of Choteau newspaper at least fifteen (15) calendar
|
||
days prior to the next regular meeting of the board of adjustment, and shall
|
||
place the variance on the board's agenda for that meeting.
|
||
3. The administrator shall notify all property owners within one hundred
|
||
fifty feet (150') of the subject property by regular first class mail at least
|
||
fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the date of the hearing by the BOA.
|
||
4. The BOA shall conduct a hearing on the proposed variance following
|
||
procedures set forth in the board's adopted rules of procedure. No hearing
|
||
shall be conducted if the applicant or a representative is not present.
|
||
(E) In applying the provisions of section 76-2-323 (1)(c), Montana Code
|
||
Annotated, the BOA may only grant relief upon a finding that the following
|
||
criteria are met in substance as they may apply to the application:
|
||
1. The variance is necessitated due to exceptional and/or extraordinary
|
||
circumstances or conditions that are unique to the subject property, and are
|
||
not generally characteristic of similarly situated properties.
|
||
2. Approval of the variance(s) will preserve a property right or use
|
||
that is generally enjoyed by owners of similarly situated properties, and
|
||
conversely, approval of a variance will not bestow a special privilege on the
|
||
applicant that is not generally enjoyed by the owners of similarly situated
|
||
properties.
|
||
3. The alleged hardship has not been created by the applicant.
|
||
4. Specific relief from the code shall be the minimum necessary.
|
||
5. Adverse impacts associated with granting relief from the code are
|
||
avoided or effectively mitigated.
|
||
(F) Conditions may be imposed by the BOA that will cause the above
|
||
criteria to be met.
|
||
(G) Final action is required on a variance request within twenty (20)
|
||
business days of the initial opening of the public hearing.
|
||
(H) The administrator shall notify the applicant and interested parties of
|
||
the BOA decision in writing within five (5) business days.
|
||
(I) Decisions of the BOA may be appealed to district court as set forth in
|
||
section 76-2-327, Montana Code Annotated.
|
||
(J) Granting of a variance allows the applicant specific relief from the
|
||
provisions of this code. Granting of a variance does not convey broad powers to
|
||
deviate from other standards and requirements set forth herein. A variance runs
|
||
with the land and is not transferable to another site or property. (Ord. 304,
|
||
4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-11: ADMINISTRATOR:
|
||
1. Duties; General: The administrator is charged with the administration,
|
||
interpretation, and enforcement of the zoning code.
|
||
2. Powers And Duties: The administrator or his/her designees shall:
|
||
1. Enforce any and all provisions of these regulations.
|
||
2. Keep complete, accurate, and secure records.
|
||
3. Accept applications and appeals and ensure their appropriateness and
|
||
completeness.
|
||
4. Update these regulations and the official zoning map as directed by
|
||
the city council.
|
||
5. Report to the planning board and city council any recommendations
|
||
for amendments and improvements to these regulations and the procedures
|
||
contained herein.
|
||
6. Interpret these regulations as they apply to specific properties and
|
||
developments, with the proviso that the administrator does not have the
|
||
authority to alter these regulations as they may apply to a specific property
|
||
or to grant relief from the provisions of these regulations.
|
||
7. Determine the location of any zoning district boundary.
|
||
8. Render lawful similar use rulings for uses not specifically listed
|
||
in the use table for the applicable zoning district.
|
||
9. Receive and investigate allegations of noncompliance or violation of
|
||
these regulations, and take appropriate abatement action.
|
||
10. Review and issue zoning permits.
|
||
11. Make recommendations to the board of adjustment on variance
|
||
applications.
|
||
12. Make recommendations to the zoning commission and city council with
|
||
regard to amendments to these regulations, the official zoning map, and to
|
||
annexations. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-12: BOARD OF ADJUSTMENT:
|
||
The city of Choteau board of adjustment is established as authorized in section
|
||
76-2-321, Montana Code Annotated. The duties and powers of the board of
|
||
adjustment are as follows:
|
||
1. The board of adjustment shall consist of five (5) members appointed by
|
||
the city council.
|
||
2. The board of adjustment is established by city of Choteau ordinance
|
||
226, as may be amended from time to time.
|
||
3. The board shall serve without compensation except for expenses
|
||
authorized in the performance of their duties.
|
||
4. The board of adjustment shall have the authority to:
|
||
1. Hear and decide appeals in which it has been alleged that there is
|
||
an error in order, requirement, decision, or interpretation made by the
|
||
administrator in the enforcement of these regulations.
|
||
2. Hear and grant or deny any proper application for a variance to the
|
||
terms, conditions, or standards of these regulations.
|
||
(E) The board shall conduct hearings according to its own adopted rules of
|
||
procedure. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-13: ZONING COMMISSION:
|
||
The Choteau city zoning commission is established as authorized in section 76-
|
||
2-307, Montana Code Annotated. The duties and powers of the zoning commission
|
||
are as follows:
|
||
1. To conduct hearings and advise the city council on matters of
|
||
annexation, including the appropriate zoning district to which annexed property
|
||
may be applied.
|
||
2. To conduct studies and investigations on growth and/or growth
|
||
management issues arising within and/or affecting the city of Choteau, and to
|
||
advise the city council on such matters.
|
||
3. To hold public hearings on any request to amend these regulations and/
|
||
or the official zoning map of the city of Choteau, and to make recommendations
|
||
to the city council on such amendment requests. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-14: AMENDMENTS TO THE ZONING CODE:
|
||
1. Amendments to the zoning code of the city of Choteau may be initiated
|
||
by the city council, zoning commission, board of adjustment, or any individual,
|
||
group of individuals, business, corporation, or other organization whether or
|
||
not located in the city of Choteau.
|
||
2. Applications for zoning code amendments shall be made on a form
|
||
provided by the city of Choteau, and the applicable filing fee shall be paid.
|
||
No application can be considered complete without the applicable fee.
|
||
3. In the application, the complete rationale for the amendment must be
|
||
provided, and the following criteria addressed to the extent they are
|
||
applicable:
|
||
1. How the proposed amendment implements the growth policy more
|
||
effectively than existing language in the zoning code.
|
||
2. How the proposed amendment will promote the public health, safety,
|
||
and general welfare.
|
||
3. How the proposed amendment facilitates the adequate provision of
|
||
transportation, water, wastewater, schools, parks, and other public services.
|
||
4. Impact of the proposed amendment on motorized and nonmotorized
|
||
transportation systems.
|
||
5. How the proposed amendment promotes compatible urban growth and
|
||
enhances the character and qualities of Choteau.
|
||
6. How the proposed amendment will contribute to conserving the value
|
||
of buildings and encouraging the most appropriate use of land throughout the
|
||
city.
|
||
7. Additional community benefits, if any, that will be provided or
|
||
promoted by the proposed amendment.
|
||
4. Once the administrator has deemed the application complete, it shall
|
||
be forwarded to the zoning commission for review and a public hearing. The
|
||
public hearing shall be held no later than sixty (60) calendar days after the
|
||
application has been received by the zoning commission. The administrator shall
|
||
provide notice of the public hearing in a newspaper of general circulation at
|
||
least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the date of the hearing, and all
|
||
other procedures set forth in section 76-2-303 Montana Code Annotated shall be
|
||
followed.
|
||
(E) The zoning commission shall forward its recommendation to the city
|
||
council within seven (7) business days of the meeting at which the
|
||
recommendation is adopted.
|
||
(F) The city council shall take action on the proposed amendment and
|
||
zoning commission recommendation within thirty (30) business days following the
|
||
receipt of the recommendation.
|
||
(G) Final action to adopt a zoning code amendment shall be by ordinance.
|
||
(Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-15: AMENDMENTS TO THE OFFICIAL ZONING MAP:
|
||
1. Amendments to the official zoning map of the city of Choteau may be
|
||
initiated by the zoning commission, city council, any individual, group of
|
||
individuals, business, corporation, or any other organization with a property
|
||
interest in at least one property within the amendment area. A property
|
||
interest shall mean fee simple ownership or a contractual interest in
|
||
purchasing a property.
|
||
2. Applications for zoning map amendments shall be made on a form
|
||
provided by the city of Choteau. Included in the application shall be a scaled
|
||
map of the proposed amendment area depicting existing and proposed zoning
|
||
districts. The application must be signed by all owners of record of at least
|
||
one property in the area of the proposed amendment, or, a separate letter of
|
||
authorization, also signed by all owners of record of at least one of the
|
||
affected properties, may be issued to the applicant.
|
||
3. In the application, the complete rationale for the zoning map
|
||
amendment must be provided, and the following criteria shall be addressed to
|
||
the extent they are applicable:
|
||
1. How the proposed map amendment implements the growth policy more
|
||
effectively than the existing zoning district(s).
|
||
2. How the proposed amendment will promote the health, safety and
|
||
general welfare.
|
||
3. How the proposed amendment facilitates the adequate provision of
|
||
transportation, water, wastewater, schools, parks, and other public services.
|
||
4. Impact of the proposed amendment on motorized and nonmotorized
|
||
transportation systems.
|
||
5. How the proposed amendment promotes compatible urban growth and
|
||
enhances the character and qualities of Choteau.
|
||
6. How the proposed map amendment will contribute to conserving the
|
||
value of buildings and encouraging the most appropriate use of land throughout
|
||
the city.
|
||
7. Additional community benefits, if any, that will be provided or
|
||
promoted by the proposed map amendment.
|
||
4. Once the administrator has deemed the application complete, it shall
|
||
be forwarded to the zoning commission for review and a public hearing. The
|
||
public hearing shall be held no later than sixty (60) calendar days after the
|
||
application has been received by the zoning commission. The administrator shall
|
||
provide notice of the public hearing in a newspaper of general circulation at
|
||
least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the date of the hearing, and all
|
||
other procedures set forth in section 76-2-303, Montana Code Annotated shall be
|
||
followed.
|
||
(E) The zoning commission shall forward its recommendation to the city
|
||
council within seven (7) business days of the meeting at which the
|
||
recommendation is adopted.
|
||
(F) The city council shall take action on the proposed amendment and
|
||
zoning commission recommendation within thirty (30) business days following the
|
||
receipt of the recommendation.
|
||
(G) Final action to adopt a zoning map amendment shall be by ordinance.
|
||
(Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-16: AMENDMENTS TO THE GROWTH POLICY:
|
||
1. Pursuant to section 76-1-601, Montana Code Annotated, the city of
|
||
Choteau growth policy shall be reviewed at least every five (5) years. This
|
||
review shall be conducted by the Choteau- Teton County city-county planning
|
||
board in cooperation with the city of Choteau. Results of the review shall be
|
||
summarized in a written report to the city council and citizens of Choteau.
|
||
Should the city council opt to revise the growth policy, procedures set forth
|
||
in section 76-1-602 to 604, Montana Code Annotated shall be followed.
|
||
2. An amendment to or review of the growth policy may be requested at any
|
||
time by any individual, group of individuals, business, corporation, or other
|
||
organization whether or not it is located within the city of Choteau. Such
|
||
request shall be in writing, shall clearly describe the need for review or
|
||
amendment, including relevant data, and shall be submitted to the
|
||
administrator, who shall forward the request to the city-county planning board.
|
||
3. At its option, and for good cause shown, the city-county planning
|
||
board may:
|
||
1. Proceed with a review or amendment process based upon the written
|
||
request, or
|
||
2. Hold the request until the next scheduled growth policy review. The
|
||
board shall notify the originator of the request and the Choteau city council
|
||
in writing as to their decision.
|
||
4. At any time, and for good cause shown, the Choteau city council may
|
||
direct a review or initiate an amendment to the growth policy. (Ord. 304, 4-10-
|
||
2012)
|
||
9-2-17: ADMINISTRATOR RESPONSIBLE FOR ENFORCEMENT:
|
||
The zoning code administrator shall be responsible for the enforcement of all
|
||
requirements and standards set forth in these regulations. (Ord. 304, 4-10-
|
||
2012)
|
||
9-2-18: ENFORCEMENT PROTOCOL TO BE ESTABLISHED:
|
||
In order to ensure consistency and fairness in the enforcement process, the
|
||
administrator shall establish and follow an enforcement protocol. At a minimum,
|
||
this protocol shall include the following:
|
||
1. Anyone may file a complaint with the administrator regarding a
|
||
possible violation of these regulations. The complaint may be delivered by any
|
||
means including writing, via electronic mail, or by telephone, including text
|
||
messaging.
|
||
2. The administrator shall investigate the complaint within a reasonable
|
||
period of time as established in the protocol.
|
||
3. Should the administrator find that a violation exists, he/she shall
|
||
notify the responsible party (homeowner, business owner, contractor, etc.) in
|
||
writing, describing the violation, citing the applicable language in these
|
||
regulations, and providing a reasonable time for the party to abate the
|
||
violation as set forth in the enforcement protocol.
|
||
4. Should the violation not be abated or otherwise resolved by the end of
|
||
the time period set forth in the enforcement protocol, the administrator shall
|
||
mail a second notice of violation by certified return receipt requested mail.
|
||
This notice shall include a second time period in which the violation must be
|
||
abated and shall give notice that if the violation is not abated in that time
|
||
period, the matter will be turned over to the city attorney for prosecution
|
||
without further notice. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-19: APPLICATION FOR VARIANCE STAYS ALL ABATEMENT PROCEEDINGS:
|
||
If the violation is of such a nature that it can be negated through relief from
|
||
the strict provisions of these regulations, a completed application for a
|
||
variance, properly filed with the administrator, shall stay all abatement
|
||
proceedings until the board of adjustment, following the procedures set forth
|
||
in section
|
||
9-2-10 of this chapter, renders a decision on the variance application. A
|
||
subsequent appeal by any party to district court shall also stay abatement
|
||
proceedings. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-20: APPEAL STAYS ALL ABATEMENT PROCEEDINGS:
|
||
Should the responsible party choose to appeal any interpretation or
|
||
determination by the administrator relative to an alleged violation, filing
|
||
such an appeal with the administrator shall stay all abatement proceedings
|
||
until the board of adjustment, following the procedures set forth in section
|
||
9-2-9 of this chapter, renders a decision on the appeal. A subsequent appeal by
|
||
any party to district court shall also stay abatement proceedings. (Ord. 304,
|
||
4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-21: IMMINENT THREAT TO LIFE OR PROPERTY:
|
||
The provisions of sections
|
||
9-2-19 and
|
||
9-2-20 of this chapter notwithstanding, if in the judgment of the administrator
|
||
a violation of these regulations constitutes an imminent threat to life or
|
||
property, or, could result in a hazard to public health, the administrator has
|
||
the authority under this title to issue an immediate cease and desist order.
|
||
Once the threat to life, property, or public health is removed, the abatement
|
||
protocol shall be carried out. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-22: PENALTIES FOR VIOLATION:
|
||
1. Pursuant to section 76-2-315, Montana Code Annotated, a violation of
|
||
the standards and requirements set forth in this title is a misdemeanor. Anyone
|
||
convicted of violating the provisions or conditions of this title may be fined
|
||
not more than five hundred dollars ($500.00) or imprisoned for not more than
|
||
thirty (30) days, or both, and in addition shall pay all costs and expenses
|
||
incurred in the case. Each day such violation continues is a separate offense.
|
||
2. The owner or tenant of any buildings, structures, premises or part
|
||
thereof, and any architect, builder, contractor, agent, or other person who
|
||
commits, participates in, assists in, or maintains such violation may each be
|
||
found guilty of a separate offense and penalties herein provided.
|
||
3. Nothing contained herein prevents the city from taking such other
|
||
lawful action as is necessary to prevent or remedy any violation. (Ord. 304, 4-
|
||
10-2012)
|
||
CHAPTER 3
|
||
ZONING DISTRICTS AND REGULATIONS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
9-3-1: Districts Established
|
||
9-3-2: Rules For Interpretation Of District Boundaries
|
||
9-3-3: Permitted, Conditional, And Prohibited Uses
|
||
9-3-4: A Residential District
|
||
9-3-5: B Residential District
|
||
9-3-6: BR Business/Residential District
|
||
9-3-7: CB Central Business District
|
||
9-3-8: HB Highway Business District
|
||
9-3-9: GI General Industrial District
|
||
9-3-10: Planned Unit Development (PUD) Option
|
||
9-3-11: C/AU Casino/Adult Use Overlay
|
||
9-3-12: P/SP Public/Semipublic District
|
||
9-3-13: APD Airport Planned Development District
|
||
9-3-1: DISTRICTS ESTABLISHED:
|
||
The following zoning districts and overlay are hereby established and are
|
||
applicable to lands within the city of Choteau as depicted on the official
|
||
zoning map. For purposes of applying the zoning districts and interpreting
|
||
their regulations according to the provisions of this title, these zoning
|
||
districts have been formulated to implement the growth policy for the city of
|
||
Choteau and to realize the general purposes of the zoning code set forth
|
||
herein. The districts and overlay shall be named and designated as follows:
|
||
|
||
District Name Map Designation
|
||
A Residential A
|
||
B Residential B
|
||
BR Business/residential BR
|
||
CB Central business CB
|
||
HB Highway business HB
|
||
GI General industrial GI
|
||
Public/semipublic P/SP
|
||
Airport planned development APD
|
||
Casino/adult use overlay C/AU
|
||
|
||
(Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-3-2: RULES FOR INTERPRETATION OF DISTRICT BOUNDARIES:
|
||
1. Boundaries indicated as approximately following streets, highways, or
|
||
alleys shall be construed to follow the centerlines of said features.
|
||
2. Boundaries indicated as approximately following platted lot lines
|
||
shall be construed as following said lot lines.
|
||
3. Boundaries indicated as approximately following the Choteau city
|
||
limits shall be construed as following said city limits.
|
||
4. Boundaries indicated as following railroad lines shall be construed to
|
||
lie midway between the main tracks.
|
||
(E) Boundaries indicated as following rivers, creeks, or perennial or
|
||
intermittent streams of any kind shall be construed to follow the thread of
|
||
said streams. In the event that the thread of a river, creek, or stream shifts,
|
||
the boundary shall be construed as moving with the thread, except when the
|
||
thread of the stream is also a property boundary. In such a situation, the
|
||
zoning district boundary shall be determined by the administrator.
|
||
(F) Boundaries indicated as parallel to or extensions of features listed
|
||
in subsections (A) through (E) of this section are so construed. Distances not
|
||
specifically indicated on the official zoning map, or on established boundaries
|
||
such as lot lines, are to be determined by the administrator measuring the map
|
||
according to its scale.
|
||
(G) Where physical or cultural features existing on the ground are at
|
||
variance with those shown on the official zoning map or in other circumstances
|
||
not addressed by subsections (A) through (F) of this section, the administrator
|
||
shall interpret the district boundaries. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-3-3: PERMITTED, CONDITIONAL, AND PROHIBITED USES:
|
||
1. Permitted Uses: All uses listed as "permitted uses" in each zoning
|
||
district are permitted outright, and require only a zoning permit, building
|
||
permit, and/or city business license as applicable. Only those uses
|
||
specifically listed as permitted uses are so allowed in the applicable
|
||
district.
|
||
2. Conditional Uses: All uses listed as "conditional uses" in each zoning
|
||
district are permitted provided that all listed conditions are met. No hearings
|
||
or conditional use permits are required. No uses other than those listed shall
|
||
be allowed as conditional uses. Like permitted uses, conditional uses are
|
||
subject to zoning permits, building permits, and/or city business license as
|
||
may be applicable to the particular use.
|
||
3. Prohibited Uses: For some zoning districts, a list of uses that are
|
||
expressly prohibited is provided. This list is provided for clarification and
|
||
ease of interpretation only, and it is not in any way intended to be an
|
||
exhaustive list of all uses that are prohibited in the applicable district. In
|
||
general application of this zoning code, any use or uses not listed as
|
||
"permitted" or "conditional" uses are prohibited. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-3-4: A RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT:
|
||
1. Purpose: The A residential zoning district is intended to preserve,
|
||
enhance, and encourage high quality, predominantly single-family neighborhoods.
|
||
This includes setting forth standards for the bulk and scale of residential
|
||
structures so that properties do not become "overbuilt", and ensuring the open
|
||
yard areas, street connectivity, and streetscapes that are critical to
|
||
attractive and desirable neighborhoods.
|
||
2. Principal Permitted Uses And Structures: The following uses and
|
||
structures are permitted outright in the A residential district, subject only
|
||
to a zoning permit:
|
||
Class A manufactured homes. (See subsection (E) of this section.)
|
||
Daycare home providing care for twelve (12) or fewer children.
|
||
Single-family detached dwelling units.
|
||
3. Accessory Uses And Structures: The following uses and structures are
|
||
permitted as accessory uses in the A residential district, subject only to a
|
||
zoning permit:
|
||
Cottage industries subject to section
|
||
9-4-4 of this title.
|
||
Home occupations subject to section
|
||
9-4-4 of this title.
|
||
Structures that are customary and incidental to the primary residential use of
|
||
the property including, but not necessarily limited to, detached garages,
|
||
storage/tool sheds, greenhouses, workshops, TV satellite receiving dishes (not
|
||
subject to zoning permit).
|
||
4. Conditional Uses: The following uses and structures are permitted as
|
||
conditional uses in the A residential district subject to a zoning permit and
|
||
the specific conditions listed herein:
|
||
Accessory residential unit (ARU) subject to the following conditions:
|
||
1. Minimum lot size for an ARU shall be eight thousand (8,000) square
|
||
feet.
|
||
2. Maximum floor area for an ARU shall be six hundred (600) square
|
||
feet.
|
||
3. The ARU may be located in an accessory structure or within the
|
||
principal residential structure. If the ARU is, or is within, an accessory
|
||
structure, parking for the ARU shall be at the rear of the subject property.
|
||
4. Only one ARU per subject property is allowed. The ARU cannot be
|
||
rented unless the owner of the property resides in the principal residence.
|
||
5. ARUs that meet the standards of this section shall not be subject to
|
||
subdivision regulations unless the unit and/or the land on which it is situated
|
||
is to be sold or otherwise transferred.
|
||
Churches. Churches and other religious institutions subject to the following
|
||
conditions:
|
||
1. Off street parking shall be provided in accordance with section
|
||
9-4-9 of this title.
|
||
2. All dimensional standards of the A residential district shall be
|
||
met.
|
||
3. Landscaping shall be provided pursuant to section
|
||
9-4-2 of this title.
|
||
4. All parking shall be to the rear of the primary structure.
|
||
5. No religious institution shall exceed two thousand (2,000) square
|
||
feet gross floor area.
|
||
Community residential facilities meeting the definition of section 76-2-411,
|
||
Montana Code Annotated, subject to the following conditions:
|
||
1. The facility must be licensed by the Montana department of public
|
||
health and human services.
|
||
2. Off street parking shall be provided to all staff assigned to the
|
||
facility.
|
||
3. The minimum lot area shall be ten thousand (10,000) square feet.
|
||
(E) Prohibited Uses:
|
||
Any and all commercial and industrial uses, except for home occupations and
|
||
cottage industries as set forth in subsection (C) of this section.
|
||
Class B and C manufactured homes. If a class B or C manufactured home is
|
||
removed for any reason, it may only be replaced by a class A manufactured home
|
||
or a conventional site built dwelling unit.
|
||
(F) Dimensional Standards:
|
||
1. Setbacks:
|
||
1. Front: Sixteen feet (16') minimum, thirty feet (30') maximum
|
||
(see section
|
||
9-4-5, "Prevailing Front Setback Provision", of this title).
|
||
2. Sides: Six feet (6').
|
||
3. Rear: Sixteen feet (16').
|
||
2. Maximum structural height: Twenty eight feet (28').
|
||
3. Minimum lot size: Six thousand (6,000) square feet for platted
|
||
properties and for replatting of platted properties. Minimum lot size for all
|
||
new subdivisions (including newly annexed areas) is nine thousand (9,000)
|
||
square feet.
|
||
4. Minimum lot width: Fifty feet (50').
|
||
5. Maximum floor area ratio (FAR): 0.40 (see FAR/LSR adjustment in
|
||
subsection (F)8 of this section).
|
||
6. Minimum landscape ratio (LSR): 0.50 (see FAR/LSR adjustment in
|
||
subsection (F)8 of this section).
|
||
7. Maximum lot coverage: Thirty eight percent (38%).
|
||
8. FAR/LSR adjustment: For each 0.01 increase in LSR up to 0.60, the
|
||
FAR may be increased by 0.01 up to a maximum of 0.50. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-3-5: B RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT:
|
||
1. Purpose: The B residential zoning district is intended to preserve and
|
||
enhance the established residential areas of Choteau while allowing for a
|
||
variety of residential product types including duplexes, townhomes, twin homes,
|
||
and multi-family structures. Standards set forth in this section are intended
|
||
to allow development and redevelopment that is compatible with its host
|
||
neighborhood regardless of the density.
|
||
2. Principal Permitted Uses And Structures: The following uses and
|
||
structures are permitted outright in the B residential district, subject only
|
||
to a zoning permit:
|
||
Class A manufactured homes.
|
||
Class B manufactured homes, but only when replacing an existing class B or
|
||
class C manufactured home. (Note: Class B and C manufactured homes are allowed
|
||
through the PUD option, section
|
||
9-3-10 of this chapter.)
|
||
Daycare homes providing care for twelve (12) or fewer children.
|
||
Multi-family dwelling units of all types up to 8-unit structures.
|
||
Single-family detached dwelling units.
|
||
Two-family dwelling units, including townhomes, duplexes, and twin homes.
|
||
3. Accessory Uses And Structures: The following uses and structures are
|
||
permitted as accessory uses in the B residential district, subject only to a
|
||
zoning permit:
|
||
Cottage industries subject to section
|
||
9-4-4 of this title.
|
||
Home occupations subject to section
|
||
9-4-4 of this title.
|
||
Structures that are customary and incidental to the primary residential use of
|
||
the property including, but not necessarily limited to, detached garages,
|
||
storage/tool sheds, greenhouses, workshops, TV satellite receiving dishes (not
|
||
subject to zoning permit).
|
||
4. Conditional Uses: The following uses and structures are permitted as
|
||
conditional uses in the B residential district subject to a zoning permit and
|
||
the specific conditions listed herein:
|
||
Accessory residential unit (ARU) subject to the following conditions:
|
||
1. In the B residential district, an ARU is only allowed in conjunction
|
||
with a single-family detached residence.
|
||
2. Minimum lot size for an ARU shall be eight thousand (8,000) square
|
||
feet.
|
||
3. Maximum floor area for an ARU shall be six hundred (600) square
|
||
feet.
|
||
4. The ARU may be located in an accessory structure or within the
|
||
principal residential structure. If the ARU is, or is within, an accessory
|
||
structure, parking for the ARU shall be at the rear of the subject property.
|
||
5. Only one ARU per subject property is allowed. The ARU cannot be
|
||
rented unless the owner of the property resides in the principal residence.
|
||
Churches. Churches and other religious institutions subject to the following
|
||
conditions:
|
||
1. Off street parking shall be provided in accordance with section
|
||
9-4-9 of this title.
|
||
2. All dimensional standards of the B residential district shall be
|
||
met.
|
||
3. Landscaping shall be provided pursuant to section
|
||
9-4-2 of this title.
|
||
4. All parking shall be to the rear of the primary structure.
|
||
5. No religious institution shall exceed two thousand (2,000) square
|
||
feet gross floor area.
|
||
Community residential facilities meeting the definition of section 76-2-411,
|
||
Montana Code Annotated, subject to the following conditions:
|
||
1. The facility must be licensed by the Montana department of public
|
||
health and human services.
|
||
2. Off street parking shall be provided to all staff assigned to the
|
||
facility.
|
||
3. The minimum lot area shall be ten thousand (10,000) square feet.
|
||
(E) Dimensional Standards:
|
||
1. Setbacks:
|
||
1. Front: Sixteen feet (16') minimum, thirty feet (30') maximum
|
||
(see section
|
||
9-4-5, "Prevailing Front Setback Provision", of this title).
|
||
2. Sides: Six feet (6').
|
||
3. Rear: Sixteen feet (16').
|
||
2. Maximum structural height: Twenty eight feet (28').
|
||
3. Minimum lot size: Six thousand (6,000) square feet.
|
||
4. Minimum lot width: Fifty feet (50').
|
||
5. Maximum floor area ratio (FAR): 0.50.
|
||
6. Minimum landscape ratio (LSR): 0.40.
|
||
7. Maximum lot coverage: Thirty eight percent (38%).
|
||
(F) Off Street Parking:
|
||
1. Off street parking for residential uses in the B residential zoning
|
||
district must be provided in accordance with section
|
||
9-4-9 of this title. For residential units with two (2) or more bedrooms, two
|
||
(2) off street parking spaces per unit are required. For units with one
|
||
bedroom, including "efficiency apartments", one parking space per unit is
|
||
required. ARUs require one space per unit.
|
||
2. For one- and two-family residential units only, off street parking
|
||
may be provided in a driveway that may be located in the required front
|
||
setback. For all other residential units, including ARUs, off street parking
|
||
shall be located to the rear of the primary residential structure. (Ord. 304,
|
||
4-10-2012)
|
||
9-3-6: BR BUSINESS/RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT:
|
||
1. Purpose: The BR district is intended to provide a smooth transition
|
||
between commercial and residential areas, while at the same time providing
|
||
opportunities for low impact commercial and office uses away from the higher
|
||
intensity uses and higher traffic volumes of the commercial districts. A
|
||
pleasing, walkable streetscape will also be an objective of the BR district.
|
||
The adaptive reuse of residential structures for nonresidential or mixed use is
|
||
encouraged.
|
||
2. Permitted Uses:
|
||
Bed and breakfast establishments and tourist homes.
|
||
Credit unions and other financial institutions not to exceed one thousand
|
||
(1,000) square feet in gross floor area.
|
||
Dining establishments such as coffee shops, ice cream, and cafes, not to exceed
|
||
one thousand (1,000) square feet gross floor area.
|
||
Family daycare homes and group daycare homes.
|
||
Multi-family, single-family attached residential, and residential apartments
|
||
and lofts above a nonresidential permitted use.
|
||
Personal services including barber/beauty/style shops, tanning salons,
|
||
tailoring, dry cleaning/laundry, and shoe/boot building and repair.
|
||
Professional and agency offices including medical, dental, legal, real estate,
|
||
mortgage lending, and insurance.
|
||
Specialty retail shops and stores such as florists, antiques, fly and tackle
|
||
shops, camera and optic, clothing, office supply and copy. No single retail use
|
||
may exceed one thousand (1,000) square feet gross floor area.
|
||
3. Prohibited Uses: The following uses are expressly prohibited in the BR
|
||
district:
|
||
Adult bookstores and adult retail.
|
||
Drive-through facilities for any use.
|
||
Hotels and motels.
|
||
Restaurants with full beverage liquor licenses.
|
||
Taverns, bars, and casinos.
|
||
Vehicle fuel dispensing and sales, with or without retail.
|
||
4. Accessory Uses:
|
||
Enclosed storage buildings provided they are located behind (nonstreet side) of
|
||
principal building.
|
||
On site signs (subject to separate sign permit).
|
||
(E) Temporary Uses:
|
||
Outdoor/sidewalk dining (subject to separate permit).
|
||
Sidewalk sales (subject to separate permit).
|
||
(F) Dimensional Standards:
|
||
1. Setbacks:
|
||
1. Front: Ten feet (10') minimum, twenty feet (20') maximum.
|
||
2. Sides: Five feet (5').
|
||
3. Rear: Twenty feet (20').
|
||
2. Maximum structural height: Twenty eight feet (28').
|
||
3. Minimum lot size: Four thousand eighty (4,080) square feet.
|
||
4. Maximum floor area ratio (FAR): 0.90.
|
||
5. Minimum landscape ratio (LSR): 0.20.
|
||
6. Maximum lot coverage: Sixty five percent (65%).
|
||
(G) Off Street Parking And Loading: Lodging and residential uses must
|
||
provide off street parking in accordance with section
|
||
9-4-9 of this title. All other uses shall provide employee and customer parking
|
||
to the rear of the principal structure. The number of spaces required shall be
|
||
set by the administrator based upon the characteristics of the proposed use and
|
||
the width of the subject property. No off street parking or loading facilities
|
||
shall be located in front of the principal structure.
|
||
(H) Signs: On site signage is allowed pursuant to section
|
||
9-4-12 of this title.
|
||
(I) Fencing: All fencing shall be constructed according to section
|
||
9-4-11 of this title.
|
||
(J) Conditional Uses:
|
||
Churches. Churches and other religious institutions are allowed as conditional
|
||
uses in the BR district subject to the following conditions:
|
||
1. Off street parking shall be provided in accordance with section
|
||
9-4-9 of this title.
|
||
2. All dimensional standards of the BR district shall be met.
|
||
3. Landscaping shall be required pursuant to section
|
||
9-4-2 of this title.
|
||
4. All parking shall be to the rear of the primary structure.
|
||
5. No religious institution shall exceed two thousand (2,000) square
|
||
feet gross floor area. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-3-7: CB CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT:
|
||
1. Purpose: The central business district (CB) is intended to keep
|
||
downtown Choteau as the governmental, retail, entertainment, and financial
|
||
center of the community. In addition, the CB supports the expansion and
|
||
continued investment in the historical business core of Choteau, and promotes
|
||
an attractive, walkable, diverse area for shopping and entertainment.
|
||
2. Permitted Uses:
|
||
Dining and drinking establishments including restaurants, bars, and taverns,
|
||
including fraternal clubs and lodges, but not including drive-through
|
||
facilities.
|
||
Financial institutions and offices of all kinds, not including drive-up
|
||
facilities.
|
||
Governmental buildings and services including administration, employment,
|
||
utility, judicial, libraries, parks, and police and fire stations.
|
||
Hotels and motels.
|
||
Indoor entertainment such as theaters, museums, galleries, and game rooms.
|
||
Personal services including beauty/barber/style shops, tanning salons,
|
||
tailoring, dry cleaning/laundering, shoe/boot building and repair.
|
||
Professional and agency offices including medical and dental, real estate,
|
||
managerial, business, legal, and insurance.
|
||
Retail shops and stores including general and specialty items, clothing, art,
|
||
home furnishings, school/office supplies, copy centers, antiques, sporting
|
||
goods, and grocery stores.
|
||
Vehicle fuel dispensing and sales, with or without retail.
|
||
3. Prohibited Uses: The following uses are expressly prohibited in the
|
||
CB:
|
||
Adult bookstores and adult retail.
|
||
Auto dealerships, auto, truck, and trailer sales of any kind.
|
||
Mobile home or manufactured home sales of any kind.
|
||
Tire and auto service of any kind, including quick lube.
|
||
4. Accessory Uses:
|
||
Enclosed storage buildings provided they are located behind (nonstreet side) of
|
||
principal building.
|
||
On site signs (subject to separate sign permit).
|
||
Outdoor/sidewalk dining (subject to separate use permit if conducted on public
|
||
right of way).
|
||
Smoke shacks, provided they are located to the rear or nonstreet side of the
|
||
primary commercial structure.
|
||
(E) Temporary Uses:
|
||
Sidewalk sales (subject to separate permit).
|
||
Street fairs and festivals (subject to separate permit).
|
||
(F) Dimensional Standards:
|
||
1. Setbacks:
|
||
1. Front: Zero, and no more than five feet (5'). (See CB design
|
||
standards and guidelines.)
|
||
2. Sides: Zero, and joining the adjacent building at the lot line
|
||
is encouraged.
|
||
3. Rear: Ten feet (10') if adjacent to an alley, otherwise sixteen
|
||
feet (16').
|
||
2. Maximum structural height: Thirty five feet (35').
|
||
3. Minimum lot size: None.
|
||
4. Maximum floor area ratio (FAR): 2.50.
|
||
5. Minimum landscape ratio (LSR): None, although window plantings and
|
||
street furniture are encouraged by subsection
|
||
9-4-10(B) "CB Design Standards And Guidelines", of this title.
|
||
6. Maximum lot coverage: Ninety five percent (95%).
|
||
(G) Off Street Parking And Loading: Lodging, governmental facilities, and
|
||
residential uses must provide off street parking in accordance with section
|
||
9-4-9 of this title. All other uses in the CB district are exempt from off
|
||
street parking requirements.
|
||
(H) Signs: On site signage is allowed pursuant to section
|
||
9-4-12 of this title.
|
||
(I) Fencing: All fencing shall be constructed according to section
|
||
9-4-11 of this title.
|
||
(J) Conditional Uses:
|
||
Casinos. Casinos are allowed in the CB district only as accessory and clearly
|
||
incidental uses to dining and drinking establishments and to hotels and motels,
|
||
and are subject to the following conditions:
|
||
1. Gaming machines and live gaming tables shall be confined to a
|
||
separate room within the establishment and accessible only through the inside
|
||
of the host establishment. No direct access to the gaming room from the outside
|
||
is allowed.
|
||
2. The gaming room shall not be larger than six hundred (600) square
|
||
feet, and the number of machines and live gaming tables is limited only by the
|
||
gaming license issued by the state of Montana.
|
||
3. No additional signage is allowed because of a casino.
|
||
Drive-through facilities. Drive-through facilities for restaurants, financial
|
||
institutions, pharmacies, etc., are allowed as conditional uses in the CB
|
||
district subject to the following conditions:
|
||
1. The drive-through facility shall be positioned at the side or rear
|
||
of the primary structure.
|
||
2. Access to a drive-through facility shall be via an alley or side
|
||
street, and access from Main St. shall not be permitted.
|
||
Residential uses. Residential is allowed as a conditional use in the CB
|
||
district subject to the following conditions:
|
||
1. All residential units shall be located on upper floors above any
|
||
permitted use listed in this section.
|
||
2. Off street parking shall be provided in accordance with section
|
||
9-4-9 of this title. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-3-8: HB HIGHWAY BUSINESS DISTRICT:
|
||
1. Purpose: The purpose of the highway business district (HB) is to
|
||
provide commercial land for necessary community goods and services, as well as
|
||
to serve the needs of the traveling public and visitors. However, it is
|
||
recognized that these commercial areas should also be attractive components of
|
||
the built environment, and that many areas of HB zoning are located in
|
||
important community entryways. Still, the standards set forth for this district
|
||
recognize that much of the area zoned HB is already developed, and
|
||
nonconformities should be kept to a minimum in order to encourage investment.
|
||
2. Permitted Uses:
|
||
Auto and truck dealerships, new and used auto and truck sales, auto service of
|
||
all kinds provided that all service and repair work is conducted in an enclosed
|
||
building.
|
||
Churches and other religious institutions.
|
||
Dining and drinking establishments including restaurants (sit down and high
|
||
turnover), bars, taverns, fraternal clubs and lodges, including drive-through
|
||
facilities.
|
||
Financial institutions of all kinds, including drive-up and remote facilities.
|
||
Governmental buildings and services of all kinds except for water and
|
||
wastewater plants and heavy equipment storage and maintenance.
|
||
Indoor and outdoor entertainment such as theaters, bowling alleys, amusement
|
||
parks, batting cages, museums, galleries, and game rooms without gambling.
|
||
Personal services of all kinds, including beauty/barber/style shops, tanning
|
||
salons, tailoring, dry cleaning/laundry, shoe/boot building and repair.
|
||
Professional and agency offices, including medical and dental, real estate,
|
||
managerial, business, legal, and insurance, including mixed office and retail.
|
||
Retail shops and stores including general and specialty items, grocery stores,
|
||
hardware, home furnishings, home improvement, tack and feed, and vehicle fuel
|
||
dispensing and sales with or without retail.
|
||
Studios for photography, dance, visual arts, etc.
|
||
3. Prohibited Uses: The following uses are expressly prohibited in the HB
|
||
district:
|
||
Adult bookstores, adult entertainment, and adult retail except in the casino/
|
||
adult use overlay.
|
||
Heavy equipment sales and service.
|
||
4. Accessory Uses:
|
||
Enclosed storage buildings provided they are located behind (nonstreet side) of
|
||
principal building.
|
||
On site signs (subject to separate sign permit).
|
||
Smoke shacks, provided they are located to the rear or nonstreet side of the
|
||
primary commercial structure.
|
||
(E) Temporary Uses: The following temporary uses are allowed in the HB
|
||
district. Such uses may be subject to additional permits or requirements of the
|
||
city of Choteau:
|
||
Fairs, carnivals, flea markets, swap meets, provided all activities take place
|
||
on private property and off street parking is not reduced below minimum
|
||
requirements.
|
||
Sidewalk and parking lot sales and displays provided that all activity is
|
||
conducted on private property.
|
||
(F) Dimensional Standards:
|
||
1. The setbacks listed below are minimums, but they may be increased on
|
||
a case by case basis depending on the need for emergency access:
|
||
1. Front: Fifteen feet (15').
|
||
2. Sides: Fifteen feet (15'), except side can be zero for interior
|
||
side lot lines where townhouse type platting is used to convey building
|
||
footprints.
|
||
3. Rear: Fifteen feet (15').
|
||
2. Maximum structural height: Thirty five feet (35').
|
||
3. Minimum lot size: Ten thousand (10,000) square feet, but there is no
|
||
minimum for lots created by townhouse type platting.
|
||
4. Maximum floor area ratio (FAR): 0.32. Where office uses comprise at
|
||
least fifty percent (50%) of the total project gross floor area, maximum FAR is
|
||
0.42.
|
||
5. Minimum landscape ratio (LSR): 0.15.
|
||
6. Maximum lot coverage: Fifty percent (50%).
|
||
(G) Off Street Parking And Loading: Off street parking and loading
|
||
facilities are required as set forth in section
|
||
9-4-9 of this title.
|
||
(H) Signs: On site signage is allowed pursuant to section
|
||
9-4-12 of this title.
|
||
(I) Fencing: All fencing shall be constructed according to section
|
||
9-4-11 of this title.
|
||
(J) Conditional Uses:
|
||
Casinos. Casinos are allowed in the HB district only as accessory and clearly
|
||
incidental uses to dining and drinking establishments and to hotels and motels,
|
||
and are subject to the following conditions:
|
||
1. Gaming machines and live gaming tables shall be confined to a
|
||
separate room within the establishment and accessible only through the inside
|
||
of the host establishment. No direct access to the gaming room from the outside
|
||
is allowed.
|
||
2. The gaming room shall not be larger than six hundred (600) square
|
||
feet, and the number of machines and live gaming tables is limited only by the
|
||
gaming license issued by the state of Montana.
|
||
3. No additional signage is allowed because of a casino.
|
||
Cell towers and other telecommunications facilities and apparatus are allowed
|
||
as conditional uses subject to the following conditions:
|
||
1. All telecommunications facilities shall observe the setbacks set
|
||
forth in this section.
|
||
2. Collocation is the preferred method of providing a usable cellular
|
||
signal to potential telecommunications customers. If a new cell tower is
|
||
proposed, the service provider shall demonstrate why collocation is not
|
||
possible or practicable.
|
||
3. No telecommunications facilities shall impede on site vehicular or
|
||
pedestrian circulation or emergency access.
|
||
4. The gross floor area of any telecommunications building shall count
|
||
toward the maximum FAR allowed in the HB district.
|
||
5. Maximum tower height shall not exceed fifty feet (50'). For each
|
||
additional antennas (array) collocated on an existing tower, the tower height
|
||
may be increased by ten feet (10') up to a maximum height of seventy feet
|
||
(70').
|
||
6. Towers shall be sited to minimize visual impacts from nearby
|
||
residential areas.
|
||
Residential uses. Residential is allowed as a conditional use in the HB
|
||
district subject to the following conditions:
|
||
1. All residential units shall be located on upper floors above any
|
||
permitted use listed in this section.
|
||
2. Off street parking shall be provided in accordance with section
|
||
9-4-9 of this title. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-3-9: GI GENERAL INDUSTRIAL DISTRICT:
|
||
1. Purpose: The general industrial district is established to provide for
|
||
a wide range of manufacturing, processing, fabrication, distribution, and heavy
|
||
commercial and commercial service land uses. Generally, access should be from
|
||
arterial streets that can accommodate heavy truck traffic. All uses in the GI
|
||
are required to meet the performance standards set forth in this section.
|
||
2. Permitted Uses:
|
||
Automobile dealerships, motor vehicle, boat, and RV sales, service, and repair
|
||
of any kind, except salvage.
|
||
Building supply/lumberyard.
|
||
Concrete and asphalt batch plants and paving and general contractors.
|
||
Distribution, warehousing, and wholesale.
|
||
Farm and ranch service and sales, feed, tack, veterinary services and care.
|
||
Freight terminals, including trucking and rail loading facilities, heavy
|
||
equipment sales, service, and repair.
|
||
Grain storage and handling.
|
||
Manufacturing, assembly, milling, and fabrication of any kind.
|
||
Ministorage, boat, vehicle, and RV storage.
|
||
Outdoor entertainment and amusement including rodeo grounds, fairs, and
|
||
carnivals.
|
||
Public facilities and utilities, including police and fire stations, electrical
|
||
substations, and telecommunications switching centers (central office).
|
||
Recycling facilities for paper, wood, metal, plastic, and other materials not
|
||
including vehicle parts.
|
||
Truck stops and vehicle fuel dispensing and sales (with or without food service
|
||
and convenience retail).
|
||
3. Accessory Uses:
|
||
Living units for security/maintenance personnel (maximum of 2 per industrial
|
||
site).
|
||
Off street parking and loading.
|
||
On site signage (subject to separate sign permit).
|
||
Open and closed storage of merchandise, supplies, vehicles, and materials.
|
||
4. Temporary Uses Permitted:
|
||
Seasonal sales of Christmas trees and agricultural products.
|
||
Short term use of land or buildings for assembly, festivals, fairs, circus,
|
||
community events, etc.
|
||
Temporary buildings, including mobile homes, for storage and construction
|
||
offices, provided they are removed within six (6) months of placement.
|
||
(E) Dimensional Standards:
|
||
1. The setbacks listed below are minimums, but they may be increased on
|
||
a case by case basis depending on the need for emergency access:
|
||
1. Front: Fifteen feet (15').
|
||
2. Sides: Fifteen feet (15'), except side can be zero for interior
|
||
side lot lines where townhouse type platting is used to convey building
|
||
footprints.
|
||
3. Rear: Fifteen feet (15').
|
||
2. Maximum structural height: Thirty five feet (35'), except that grain
|
||
elevators, cooling towers, and similar structures may be constructed to seventy
|
||
feet (70') in height.
|
||
3. Minimum lot size: Twenty thousand (20,000) square feet.
|
||
4. Maximum floor area ratio (FAR): 0.40 for single-story; 0.50 for two
|
||
(2) stories or more.
|
||
5. Minimum landscape ratio (LSR): 0.05.
|
||
(F) Off Street Parking And Loading: Parking and loading facilities are
|
||
required in compliance with section
|
||
9-4-9 of this title.
|
||
(G) Signs: On site signage is allowed pursuant to the standards set forth
|
||
in section
|
||
9-4-12 of this title.
|
||
(H) Fencing: All fencing shall be constructed according to the standards
|
||
set forth in section
|
||
9-4-11 of this title.
|
||
(I) Performance Standards:
|
||
1. Uses in the GI district shall not pose hazards of glare, fumes,
|
||
dust, odor, explosion, or excessive noise.
|
||
2. Open storage of materials or supplies must be effectively screened
|
||
from view by a sight obscuring fence or landscaping.
|
||
3. The first eight feet (8') of the front setback (from the front
|
||
property line) must be landscaped in such a manner as to provide filtered view
|
||
of the property from the street.
|
||
(J) Conditional Uses:
|
||
Bulk fuel storage and distribution. Bulk fuel facilities are permitted as
|
||
conditional uses in the GI district subject to the following conditions:
|
||
1. No storage and handling areas shall be located nearer than one
|
||
hundred feet (100') from any property line.
|
||
2. Subject property shall not lie adjacent to any park, school, public
|
||
open space or to any residential zoning district.
|
||
Cell towers and other telecommunications facilities and apparatus are allowed
|
||
as conditional uses subject to the following conditions:
|
||
1. All telecommunications facilities shall observe the setbacks set
|
||
forth in this section.
|
||
2. Collocation is the preferred method of providing a usable cellular
|
||
signal to potential telecommunications customers. If a new cell tower is
|
||
proposed, the service provider shall demonstrate why collocation is not
|
||
possible or practicable.
|
||
3. No telecommunications facilities shall impede on site vehicular or
|
||
pedestrian circulation or emergency access.
|
||
4. The gross floor area of any telecommunications building shall count
|
||
toward the maximum FAR allowed in the GI district.
|
||
5. Maximum tower height shall not exceed fifty feet (50'). For each
|
||
additional antennas (array) collocated on an existing tower, the tower height
|
||
may be increased by ten feet (10') up to a maximum height of seventy feet
|
||
(70').
|
||
6. Towers shall be sited to minimize visual impacts from nearby
|
||
residential areas.
|
||
7. Towers shall address and accommodate collocation to the extent
|
||
possible.
|
||
Salvage yard. Any auto salvage or metal scrap/recycling facility is allowed as
|
||
a conditional use in the GI district subject to the following conditions:
|
||
1. No open storage of salvage vehicles or salvage material shall be
|
||
allowed forward of the main building on site, or, within the front setback as
|
||
applicable.
|
||
2. Open storage areas shall be screened from off site view by a sight
|
||
obscuring fence and a landscape buffer of at least eight feet (8') in width.
|
||
(Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-3-10: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD) OPTION:
|
||
1. Purpose: The PUD is intended as a residential or mixed use development
|
||
option in all zoning districts except for GI general industrial. Its specific
|
||
purposes are:
|
||
1. To allow for flexibility and innovation of site planning and design.
|
||
2. To minimize terrain disturbance in environmentally sensitive areas
|
||
through clustering development in more buildable areas of a site.
|
||
3. To provide affordable and marketable residential product types.
|
||
4. To achieve compatibility with the scale, character, and qualities
|
||
with the surrounding neighborhood.
|
||
5. To provide usable, functional open space.
|
||
2. Permitted Uses: The permitted uses under the PUD option shall be the
|
||
same as those in the applicable zoning district, except that townhomes, twin
|
||
homes, duplexes, triplexes, class A manufactured homes, and apartment type
|
||
units are all permitted. In nonresidential districts, the PUD may include
|
||
compatible residential uses. The PUD option can also be used for manufactured
|
||
home parks or subdivisions for manufactured units other than class A except in
|
||
the A residential district.
|
||
3. Accessory Uses And Structures: Accessory uses and structures under the
|
||
PUD option shall be the same as those in the applicable zoning district.
|
||
4. Conditional Uses: Conditional uses under the PUD option shall be the
|
||
same as in the applicable zoning district except that the standard conditions
|
||
set forth in each district may be modified or amended through the PUD review
|
||
and approval process.
|
||
(E) Minimum Project Size: The site area for a PUD development shall be as
|
||
follows:
|
||
1. A residential: Twelve thousand (12,000) square feet.
|
||
2. B residential: Nine thousand (9,000) square feet.
|
||
3. BR business/residential: Nine thousand (9,000) square feet.
|
||
4. CB central business and HB highway business: One acre.
|
||
(F) Deviations From Standards: The following standards of the applicable
|
||
zoning district may be deviated from through the PUD:
|
||
1. Setbacks.
|
||
2. Minimum lot area.
|
||
3. Minimum lot width.
|
||
4. Maximum structural height.
|
||
5. Density.
|
||
6. Floor area ratio.
|
||
7. Landscape ratio.
|
||
8. Lot coverage.
|
||
(G) Presubmittal Conference: All prospective PUD applicants are encouraged
|
||
to request a presubmittal conference with the administrator. The purpose of the
|
||
presubmittal conference is to review the proposed project conceptually,
|
||
identify any issues associated with the prospective project (especially those
|
||
issues which may need to be specifically addressed in the application),
|
||
application requirements, review procedures, and decision making criteria. Upon
|
||
request of the applicant, the administrator shall provide a written summary of
|
||
the presubmittal conference. Any representations made by the administrator are
|
||
not binding upon the city, and are intended solely to assist the applicant.
|
||
(H) PUD Application Procedures: A PUD may be applied for on a form
|
||
provided by the city of Choteau. In addition to the completed form, the
|
||
following submittals are required:
|
||
1. A project narrative of the proposed development program that
|
||
includes product type(s), density, percent open space, purpose of open space,
|
||
what benefits that the community will derive from the PUD (affordable housing,
|
||
functional open space, more efficient use of infrastructure, protection of
|
||
environmentally sensitive areas, protection/enhancement of water quality,
|
||
etc.), an assessment of potential neighborhood impacts, and how those impacts
|
||
will be mitigated.
|
||
2. A conceptual site plan prepared to an appropriate scale (1 inch = 10
|
||
feet, 1 inch = 20 feet, 1 inch = 50 feet, etc.) that includes at a minimum:
|
||
1. North arrow.
|
||
2. Indication of scale.
|
||
3. Vicinity map.
|
||
4. Names of adjacent streets, water bodies, and landmarks.
|
||
(e) Developer's contact information.
|
||
(f) Preparer's contact information.
|
||
(g) Indication of existing and proposed structures.
|
||
(h) Existing and proposed streets, access points, parking and drive
|
||
areas, etc.
|
||
(i) Setbacks.
|
||
(j) Open space percentage and use.
|
||
(k) Landscaping and/or screening.
|
||
(l) Preliminary building elevations.
|
||
(m) Conceptual drainage.
|
||
(n) Phasing plan (if applicable).
|
||
(I) Public Notice: Notice of a public hearing before the Choteau zoning
|
||
commission must be published in a newspaper of general circulation at least ten
|
||
(10) days in advance of the hearing. In addition, notice of the zoning
|
||
commission hearing shall be sent via first class mail to all property owners
|
||
within one hundred fifty feet (150') of the subject property (exclusive of
|
||
rights of way). Mailed notices shall be sent at least fifteen (15) calendar
|
||
days prior to the hearing date. All direct costs associated with this required
|
||
public notice shall be borne by the applicant.
|
||
(J) Community Benefit: When deviations from standards such as setbacks,
|
||
height, minimum lot size, and LSR are allowed through the PUD, a substantial
|
||
"community benefit" should result. This benefit should accrue to the
|
||
surrounding neighborhood and/or the Choteau community at large, and may include
|
||
such considerations as:
|
||
1. Preservation and/or enhancement of neighborhood character and
|
||
qualities.
|
||
2. Provides substantial functional open space.
|
||
3. Environmental benefits such as preserving wildlife habitat,
|
||
preserving existing vegetation and tree cover, avoiding development of
|
||
environmentally sensitive areas, and providing for streamside and/or wetlands
|
||
buffers to enhance water quality.
|
||
4. Guaranteed housing affordability.
|
||
5. Providing community trails or pathways.
|
||
6. Improving a streetscape and pedestrian circulation.
|
||
(K) Hearing And Standard Of Decision: The zoning commission shall conduct
|
||
a public hearing and consider testimony and other evidence, and review the
|
||
particular facts and circumstances of the proposed PUD. In considering a PUD
|
||
application, the commission may attach appropriate conditions to mitigate any
|
||
adverse impacts identified, to ensure conformance with the growth policy, to
|
||
ensure that the specific purposes of the PUD as set forth herein are achieved,
|
||
and that a significant community benefit is derived from any deviations from
|
||
standards. An application for a PUD may be approved as presented, conditionally
|
||
approved, or denied by the zoning commission. Any action by the commission
|
||
shall be based upon findings of fact that the following criteria are or are not
|
||
substantially met:
|
||
1. The proposed PUD is in conformance with the growth policy.
|
||
2. The specific purposes of the PUD as set forth in subsection (A) of
|
||
this section, as they may apply to the particular proposal, are substantially
|
||
met.
|
||
3. That any identified adverse impacts are effectively mitigated.
|
||
4. That the proposed PUD will result in a tangible and significant
|
||
community benefit(s).
|
||
(L) Final Action: Final approval, conditional approval, or denial of a
|
||
proposed PUD shall rest with the Choteau city council.
|
||
(M) Implementation: An approved PUD shall run with the land and be
|
||
implemented through the filing of a preliminary plat as set forth in the city
|
||
of Choteau subdivision regulations. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-3-11: C/AU CASINO/ADULT USE OVERLAY:
|
||
1. Purpose: The purpose of the casino/adult use overlay is to provide for
|
||
potentially controversial and volatile land uses in an appropriate location
|
||
within the community that will minimize land use conflicts.
|
||
2. Permitted Uses: In addition to the permitted uses in the underlying
|
||
zoning district, the following uses are permitted within the casino/adult use
|
||
overlay:
|
||
Adult bookstores.
|
||
Adult entertainment.
|
||
Adult retail establishments.
|
||
Casinos, including dining and drinking establishments with gaming machines and/
|
||
or live gambling.
|
||
3. Nonconforming Casinos And Adult Uses: Casinos and adult uses that were
|
||
legally located outside of the casino/adult use overlay may continue to operate
|
||
subject to section
|
||
9-4-13, "Nonconforming Lots Of Record, Land Uses, And Structures", of this
|
||
title. The addition of any gambling machines or devices or any increase in the
|
||
number of gambling machines, devices, or other gambling facilities such as
|
||
tables or dealers' stations, shall be considered an expansion of use under
|
||
section
|
||
9-4-13 of this title.
|
||
4. Development Standards: All permitted uses in the casino/adult use
|
||
overlay are subject to all development standards of the underlying zoning
|
||
district. In addition, general development standards apply including, but not
|
||
necessarily limited to, off street parking, signage, landscaping, and
|
||
architectural standards.
|
||
(E) Nonprofit Entities: Any not for profit entity holding the proper state
|
||
licensing, including, or not including, alcoholic beverage license, for charity
|
||
"casino nights" or similar infrequent events, need not be located within the
|
||
casino/adult use overlay. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-3-12: P/SP PUBLIC/SEMIPUBLIC DISTRICT:
|
||
1. Purpose: The purpose of the public/semipublic district is to recognize
|
||
and designate land for governmental and other public and semipublic facilities
|
||
and services.
|
||
2. Permitted Uses: Uses permitted in the P/SP district include all
|
||
governmental functions and facilities, including, but not necessarily limited
|
||
to, the following:
|
||
Federal, state, and local government buildings and offices.
|
||
Hospitals and publicly operated clinics.
|
||
Public libraries and auditoriums.
|
||
Public recreational facilities such as parks and golf courses.
|
||
Public schools.
|
||
Shop and maintenance yards, state highway maintenance work stations, and
|
||
material storage facilities.
|
||
Utilities and public facilities such as water and wastewater treatment plants.
|
||
3. Development Standards: The development standards in each P/SP district
|
||
shall be established by the governmental or semipublic entity developing the
|
||
site. The city of Choteau invites and encourages cooperation with all
|
||
government agencies and semipublic entities and organizations to develop public
|
||
sites and facilities in a manner that respects Choteau's unique character,
|
||
qualities, and community scale. Facility master plans that are developed
|
||
through community involvement is encouraged. Adherence to the city's
|
||
landscaping, parking, fencing, architectural, and other site development
|
||
standards is also encouraged.
|
||
4. Change Of Ownership: Should any land within a P/SP district be
|
||
transferred into private ownership, the city of Choteau will entertain an
|
||
official zoning map amendment request to the appropriate zoning district. Such
|
||
an application shall be filed and reviewed in conformance to state law and the
|
||
applicable provisions of these regulations. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-3-13: APD AIRPORT PLANNED DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT:
|
||
1. Purpose: The purpose of the airport planned development district is to
|
||
designate land for the municipal airport, support facilities, and related
|
||
commercial and industrial operations. The APD also serves to implement the
|
||
airport master plan.
|
||
2. Permitted Uses: Uses permitted in the APD include all airport, airport
|
||
operations, and support facilities, including, but not necessarily limited to,
|
||
the following:
|
||
Air carrier terminal and support facilities.
|
||
Air terminal, administrative offices, hangars, towers, and related facilities.
|
||
Airport related commercial and industrial operations.
|
||
Runways and related open space.
|
||
3. Development Standards: Development in the APD shall be according to
|
||
the official airport master plan for the facility. Compliance with city of
|
||
Choteau architectural standards and all site development standards is
|
||
encouraged.
|
||
4. Change Of Ownership: Should any land within an APD district be
|
||
transferred into private ownership, the city of Choteau will entertain an
|
||
official zoning map amendment request to the appropriate zoning district. Such
|
||
an application shall be filed and reviewed in conformance to state law and the
|
||
applicable provisions of these regulations. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
CHAPTER 4
|
||
SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
9-4-1: Purpose
|
||
9-4-2: Landscaping Standards
|
||
9-4-3: Property Maintenance
|
||
9-4-4: Home Based Businesses
|
||
9-4-5: Prevailing Front Setback Provision
|
||
9-4-6: Structural Height Measurement
|
||
9-4-7: Setback Measurements And Allowable Encroachments
|
||
9-4-8: Outdoor Lighting Standards
|
||
9-4-9: Off Street Parking Standards
|
||
9-4-10: Design Standards
|
||
9-4-11: Fencing Standards
|
||
9-4-12: Use Of Land
|
||
9-4-13: Nonconforming Lots Of Record, Land Uses, And Structures
|
||
9-4-14: Corner Visibility
|
||
9-4-15: Major Recreational Equipment
|
||
9-4-1: PURPOSE:
|
||
The general purpose of this chapter is to set forth standards for property
|
||
development, maintenance, and use that may, and usually do, apply to several
|
||
districts. Standards for parking, landscaping, measurement of setbacks and
|
||
height, and property maintenance not only will apply to almost every district
|
||
established by these regulations, but they will contribute substantially to the
|
||
preservation and enhancement of Choteau's special character and qualities.
|
||
(Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-4-2: LANDSCAPING STANDARDS:
|
||
1. Purpose And Intent: This section sets forth the standards and policies
|
||
for the design, planting, and maintenance of all required landscape areas
|
||
within the City of Choteau. The planting of trees and other landscape materials
|
||
serves to preserve and stabilize property values and enhance the built
|
||
environment of the City. Trees in particular are recognized for their
|
||
importance in shading and cooling, noise and wind reduction, open space, visual
|
||
relief, architectural enhancement, prevention of soil erosion, production of
|
||
oxygen, dust filtration, carbon dioxide uptake, providing habitat for urban
|
||
wildlife, and contributing to the aesthetic and economic value of real
|
||
property. Landscape areas that are specially designed to act as drainage
|
||
retention and snow storage areas are encouraged by the City of Choteau.
|
||
2. Applicability: The standards set forth herein apply to all required
|
||
landscaped areas within the City of Choteau. Area required to be landscaped is
|
||
set by each zoning district as a "landscape ratio", or LSR. In addition to the
|
||
required landscape area, each property owner must also landscape and maintain
|
||
the parkway area of the street right-of-way that lies between the front
|
||
property line and the curb, pavement, or attached sidewalk as applicable. One-
|
||
and two-family residential properties and parking areas with four (4) or fewer
|
||
spaces are not subject to the landscape standards contained in this section,
|
||
but are required to provide landscaped areas as required by other applicable
|
||
sections of this Code.
|
||
3. Landscape Plan Required: For each development where landscaping is
|
||
required under this Code, a landscape plan shall be submitted as part of the
|
||
application for a zoning permit. Landscaping that meets the standards of this
|
||
section, as well as the applicable zoning district, is required for all new
|
||
development and redevelopment. Landscape plans shall be drawn to scale and
|
||
shall include:
|
||
1. Symbols for each type and species of plant proposed.
|
||
2. Area in square feet of each part of the site to be landscaped.
|
||
3. A legend specifying the number and installed size of each type of
|
||
plant material.
|
||
4. Planting details (depth, growth medium, staking, balled and burlap,
|
||
etc. See example below).
|
||
5. Irrigation plan.
|
||
[https://export.amlegal.com/media/a7ce328e03c90fb96723594d121db42e148854c4/
|
||
IMAGES/0-0-0-1279.gif]
|
||
Typical planting detail for a multistem tree or shrub. This particular detail
|
||
does not include soil amendment, but soil amendment is recommended for the
|
||
Choteau area.
|
||
4. Nonconforming Properties: Properties that do not meet the landscape
|
||
standards set forth in this title, but which were legally developed prior to
|
||
the effective date of this title, may continue as legally nonconforming
|
||
properties. However, additional landscaping toward meeting the standards of
|
||
this title shall be required in the event of:
|
||
1. The use of the property changing from one permitted use to another.
|
||
2. The use of the property changing from a permitted use to a special
|
||
use.
|
||
3. An additional structure is constructed on the subject property.
|
||
4. The existing floor area of all structures on the property is
|
||
increased by twenty five percent (25%) or more.
|
||
5. The parking area is paved and/or reconstructed.
|
||
The amount and extent of additional landscaping required on nonconforming
|
||
properties shall be to the extent practicable as determined by the
|
||
administrator.
|
||
(E) Selection Of Plant Materials: All plant materials should be selected
|
||
for their hardiness and survivability in the Choteau area, which is in USDA
|
||
zone 4. Specimen trees and ornamentals should be selected from the tree list
|
||
provided in appendix A of the city's master forestry plan.
|
||
(F) Minimum Installed Sizes: All landscape materials must meet at least
|
||
the minimum installed sizes set forth below. Trees and plants recommended for
|
||
USDA plant hardiness zone 3b are preferred.
|
||
1. Coniferous specimen trees (Austrian pine, blue spruce, Douglas fir,
|
||
etc.): Eight feet (8') as measured from ground surface.
|
||
2. Deciduous specimen trees (red oak, quaking aspen, Patmore ash, green
|
||
ash, maple, etc.): Two and one-half inch (21/2") caliper as measured one foot
|
||
(1') above the ground surface.
|
||
3. Ornamentals, multistem trees/shrubs (multistem aspen, amur maple,
|
||
Russian olive, Walker weeping caragana, mountain ash, crabapple, etc.): Five
|
||
feet (5') as measured from ground surface.
|
||
4. Shrubs (potentilla, dwarf Arctic willow, snowberry, serviceberry,
|
||
red twig dogwood, etc.): Five (5) gallon containers.
|
||
5. Ground covers (kinnikinik, sweetfern, cliff green, Tammy juniper,
|
||
etc.): Three (3) gallon containers. Rock, bark, and similar materials are
|
||
suitable for planting beds, but not as a general ground cover.
|
||
6. Turf; seeding or sodding of turf grass areas are both permitted;
|
||
grasses should be drought tolerant such as buffalo grass, blue grama,
|
||
wheatgrass, etc. Rock, bark, and similar materials may not be substituted for
|
||
turf grass.
|
||
(G) Planting Standards And Guidelines: This subsection contains standards
|
||
and guidelines for the number and installed size of plant materials for each
|
||
type of landscape area.
|
||
1. General Guidelines: For each one thousand two hundred (1,200) square
|
||
feet of landscaped area, the following plant materials should be provided.
|
||
Except for specimen trees, the quantities of plant materials are guidelines,
|
||
and varying of these guidelines to accommodate the unique features of a
|
||
development site is encouraged. However, specimen trees are required as set
|
||
forth below:
|
||
1. One specimen tree. No more than seventy five percent (75%) of
|
||
the required specimen trees shall be either conifer or deciduous.
|
||
2. Two (2) ornamental trees.
|
||
3. Three (3) large shrubs/multistems.
|
||
4. Ground cover and/or turf as appropriate.
|
||
2. Planting Strips: When landscape areas consist of strips no less than
|
||
six feet (6') and no more than twelve feet (12') in width (such as in setbacks
|
||
and adjacent to parking areas), the standards set forth in this subsection
|
||
shall be applied. Because planting strips have their own set of unique
|
||
standards, their area may be subtracted from the landscape area that is subject
|
||
to the general guidelines and standards above.
|
||
1. One specimen tree for each forty (40) linear feet of strip.
|
||
Trees may be either deciduous or coniferous as appropriate for the application.
|
||
Trees need not be uniformly spaced, but may be grouped to present a more
|
||
natural looking landscape.
|
||
2. One ornamental tree for each twenty five (25) linear feet.
|
||
Ornamentals may also be grouped or clustered for a more natural look.
|
||
3. Adjacent to parking areas, car height screening is required. One
|
||
shrub or multistem for each ten (10) linear feet shall be provided, and may be
|
||
clustered for a natural affect. Bark or mulch may be used for the shrub bed.
|
||
For strips in side or rear setbacks that do not screen parking, shrubs are not
|
||
required.
|
||
3. Parking Lot Landscaping: This term refers to landscaping within the
|
||
parking area itself.
|
||
1. Landscape Islands: Landscape islands shall be provided at least
|
||
every ten (10) parking spaces (20 spaces for a head to head arrangement).
|
||
Islands shall be the approximate length of the adjacent parking space(s) and
|
||
shall be at least eight feet (8') in width. At least one deciduous specimen
|
||
tree is required per island, and the use of conifers is highly discouraged. The
|
||
specimen tree should be selected so that it does not cause a visibility hazard
|
||
to motorists as they maneuver in the parking area. Four (4) shrubs not to
|
||
exceed three and one-half feet (31/2') in height as measured from the driving
|
||
surface are also required in each island.
|
||
2. Landscape Strips (Between Parking Rows): The use of landscape
|
||
strips that separate two (2) rows of parking spaces is discouraged.
|
||
(H) Installation, Phasing, And Surety: Generally, landscaping shall be
|
||
installed prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy (CO). If no CO is
|
||
required, installation must take place prior to occupancy (residential) or
|
||
opening (nonresidential). Exceptions for landscape phasing and for building
|
||
occupancy during seasons of the year not conducive to planting are set forth
|
||
below:
|
||
1. Should any project for which landscaping is required be completed
|
||
and ready for occupancy between October 1 and April 15, landscape installation
|
||
may be postponed until such time as weather and soil conditions allow for
|
||
efficient installation and the best chance for survival of plant materials.
|
||
Occupancy or opening of a project may be allowed by the city of Choteau upon
|
||
the posting of a surety (bond or letter of credit) equal to one hundred ten
|
||
percent (110%) of the estimated cost of the landscape installation.
|
||
2. For development projects of two (2) acres or more, landscaping may
|
||
be phased over two (2) planting seasons, provided that at least fifty percent
|
||
(50%) of the required landscaping is installed during the first season prior to
|
||
opening or occupancy as set forth in subsection (H)1 of this section. In that
|
||
event, a surety shall be provided equal to one hundred ten percent (110%) of
|
||
the estimated cost of the remaining landscaping.
|
||
(I) Maintenance And Removal Of Dead And Diseased Plant Materials: All
|
||
required landscaping is required to be maintained in a parklike condition as it
|
||
was originally approved. All diseased or dead plant materials must be replaced
|
||
during the current or next planting season as applicable. Substitute plant
|
||
species (a different species than was shown on the original approved landscape
|
||
plan) may be approved by the administrator upon request. Failure to maintain
|
||
required landscaping is deemed a violation of this title. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-4-3: PROPERTY MAINTENANCE:
|
||
Property maintenance standards are intended to protect neighborhood quality,
|
||
character, and property values by eliminating public health, safety, and
|
||
nuisance issues associated with the accumulation of junk, debris, and the
|
||
substandard maintenance of buildings and structures.
|
||
1. Inoperable Vehicles And Parts: Inoperable vehicles or parts of
|
||
vehicles, including, but not limited to, auto and truck bodies, boats,
|
||
trailers, motorcycles, snowmobiles, RVs, engines, tires, rims, transmissions,
|
||
etc., may not be stored openly, except that when a vehicle is actively being
|
||
restored or repaired, the vehicle itself may be stored outdoors for no more
|
||
than thirty (30) days.
|
||
2. Trash And Debris: No trash or debris shall be allowed to accumulate on
|
||
properties, including, but not necessarily limited to, garbage, rubbish, ashes,
|
||
yard and garden waste, tree trimmings, packaging, broken concrete or asphalt,
|
||
furniture, appliances, scrap wood, demolition waste, building materials, etc.
|
||
3. Organic Waste: Accumulation of organic waste is expressly prohibited,
|
||
and such wastes must be disposed of immediately. Organic waste includes, but is
|
||
not necessarily limited to, septic tank pumpage, sludge, sewage of any kind,
|
||
waste food items, dead animals and animal parts of any kind, manure, etc.
|
||
Compost bins are allowed provided that they are restricted to side and rear
|
||
yard areas, odors are undetectable from adjacent properties, and that they do
|
||
not attract wildlife.
|
||
4. Building Condition And Maintenance: All buildings and structures shall
|
||
be kept in a sound and livable condition and properly maintained, including
|
||
siding, roofing, paint or stain, decks, porches, balconies, and windows,
|
||
including screens and sashes. Structures are not permitted to remain in an
|
||
obvious partially constructed state without continuous progress being made to
|
||
complete the structure.
|
||
(E) Building Construction: During construction, all building materials and
|
||
construction waste must be contained on site. Outdoor burning of waste building
|
||
materials is not permitted within the Choteau city limits. (Ord. 304, 4-10-
|
||
2012)
|
||
9-4-4: HOME BASED BUSINESSES:
|
||
A home based business is a nonresidential accessory and incidental use of
|
||
residential property. Typically, it is a business operated from a home with
|
||
part of the floor area of the residential unit and/or an accessory structure
|
||
devoted to the business. This zoning code recognizes two (2) types of home
|
||
based businesses: home occupations and cottage industries.
|
||
1. Home Occupations: The following standards and conditions apply to home
|
||
occupations:
|
||
1. Home occupations are conducted entirely within the primary dwelling
|
||
unit and/or in an attached garage, provided that at least the minimum number of
|
||
required parking spaces is maintained. Home occupations are not allowed to
|
||
operate in a detached accessory structure of any kind. Home occupations may be
|
||
operated from a single-family detached residence, duplex, townhome, or multi-
|
||
family dwelling unit.
|
||
2. No more than twenty five percent (25%) of the floor area of the
|
||
primary dwelling may be used for the home occupation. (Note: Floor area of an
|
||
attached garage may not be counted toward the allowable floor area for the home
|
||
occupation.)
|
||
3. There may be no outward appearance or visible evidence that a home
|
||
occupation is being conducted on site, except for signage permitted by
|
||
subsection (A)5 of this section.
|
||
4. No outdoor storage is permitted with the exception of one boat,
|
||
trailer, RV, ATV, etc., that is used in the operation of the home occupation.
|
||
Such storage is not permitted in the front yard area of the primary residence,
|
||
but may be located in a driveway provided all required off street parking
|
||
spaces are maintained.
|
||
5. One sign no greater than six (6) square feet is allowed. Said sign
|
||
must be wall mounted to the primary structure and is subject to a sign permit.
|
||
6. Home occupations are conducted solely by the resident or residents
|
||
of the dwelling, including any ARUs. No one living off site may be employed on
|
||
the premises.
|
||
7. No traffic shall be generated by any home occupation greater than
|
||
what would normally be expected in a residential neighborhood. Any delivery and
|
||
supply vehicles shall be no larger than those that normally make deliveries to
|
||
residential neighborhoods. Retail sales conducted on premises are expressly
|
||
prohibited as a home occupation. Retail sales may take place via
|
||
telecommunications with merchandise sent out by common carrier.
|
||
8. No home occupation may impact adjacent residential properties with
|
||
noise, smoke, glare, fumes, dust, or odors in excess of that which is typical
|
||
of a dwelling unit.
|
||
9. No home occupation shall cause visual or audible interference in any
|
||
radio or television receivers off premises, or cause fluctuations in line
|
||
voltage off premises.
|
||
10. Home occupations that meet the standards of this subsection may
|
||
operate as permitted uses in all residential districts. A business license from
|
||
the city of Choteau may be required.
|
||
2. Cottage Industries: The following standards and conditions apply to
|
||
cottage industries:
|
||
1. Cottage industries may be conducted by any member(s) of the
|
||
household or residents of any ARU on the subject property. In addition, up to
|
||
two (2) persons who do not reside on the premises may be employed on premises
|
||
in the cottage industry.
|
||
2. One off street parking space for each employee not residing on
|
||
premises must be provided. Said parking shall be in a driveway or to the side
|
||
or rear of the primary residence.
|
||
3. The minimum lot area for a cottage industry shall be ten thousand
|
||
(10,000) square feet, and the associated residence must be a single-family
|
||
detached dwelling unit.
|
||
4. The maximum floor area devoted to the cottage industry shall not
|
||
exceed fifty percent (50%) of the floor area of the primary residence on the
|
||
subject property.
|
||
5. The cottage industry may be conducted in the home, in an attached
|
||
garage (provided that at least the minimum number of required parking spaces is
|
||
maintained), or in an accessory structure that conforms to the standards of the
|
||
applicable zoning district.
|
||
6. No outdoor storage is permitted with the exception of two (2) boats,
|
||
trailers, RVs, ATVs, etc., that are used in the operation of the cottage
|
||
industry. Such storage is not permitted in the front yard area of the primary
|
||
residence.
|
||
7. Two (2) signs are permitted for a cottage industry. One sign may be
|
||
mounted on a wooden post(s) in the front yard of the primary residence. This
|
||
sign may be no more than four feet (4') in height and six (6) square feet per
|
||
side in area. The second sign shall be mounted flat to the wall of the
|
||
structure in which the cottage industry is conducted, and near the entryway.
|
||
This sign shall not exceed two (2) square feet in area.
|
||
8. No cottage industry may impact adjacent residential properties with
|
||
noise, smoke, glare, fumes, dust, or odors in excess of that which is typical
|
||
of a dwelling unit.
|
||
9. No cottage industry shall cause visual or audible interference in
|
||
any radio or television receivers off premises, or cause fluctuations in line
|
||
voltage off premises.
|
||
10. Other than employees as allowed in this subsection, no traffic
|
||
shall be generated by any cottage industry greater than what would normally be
|
||
expected in a residential neighborhood. Any delivery and supply vehicles shall
|
||
be no larger than those that normally make deliveries to residential
|
||
neighborhoods. Retail sales are expressly prohibited as a cottage industry.
|
||
11. Cottage industries are subject to a home business permit issued by
|
||
the Choteau city council. Anyone seeking to initiate a cottage industry shall
|
||
submit an application on a form provided by the city, including an accurate
|
||
site plan of the subject property drawn to a suitable scale (1 inch = 10 feet,
|
||
1 inch = 20 feet, etc.). The application shall include the signatures of all
|
||
adjacent property owners that they have been notified of the proposed cottage
|
||
industry. An application fee shall be set by resolution of the city council.
|
||
The council may act to approve, disapprove, or approve the application with
|
||
conditions, at any regular meeting for which the agenda is published in the
|
||
city's newspaper of record. A business license from the city may also be
|
||
required. Any cottage industry that is initiated without a home business permit
|
||
and/or a business license if so required, is deemed in violation of these
|
||
regulations. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-4-5: PREVAILING FRONT SETBACK PROVISION:
|
||
For residential structures in the A and B residential zoning districts only,
|
||
the applicant has the option of using the front setback prescribed for the
|
||
applicable district, or, the prevailing setback provision may be used as set
|
||
forth in this **SECTION**:
|
||
1. In lieu of the prescribed front setback, the applicant may reduce the
|
||
required setback by using the mean setback of the four (4) closest dwellings on
|
||
the same side of the street.
|
||
2. The applicant is responsible for obtaining accurate measurements of
|
||
the four (4) nearest residential structures and presenting them to the
|
||
administrator along with the application for a zoning permit.
|
||
3. The applicant may use any dimension between the prescribed front
|
||
setback and the mean of the four (4) nearest dwelling units. (Example:
|
||
Prescribed front setback is 16 feet. The mean front setback of the 4 nearest
|
||
dwelling units is 10 feet. The applicant may use any dimension between 10 feet
|
||
and 16 feet for the front setback.)
|
||
4. Where a maximum front setback is specified, it may not be varied
|
||
through this process. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-4-6: STRUCTURAL HEIGHT MEASUREMENT:
|
||
The "height of a structure" is defined as the distance from the highest point
|
||
of a roof to the nearest point of finished or natural grade, whichever one is
|
||
applicable. Structural height is further determined as follows:
|
||
1. Highest Point Of A Structure: The highest point of a structure is the
|
||
top of the highest roof pitch for a hip or gabled roof, or top of parapet for a
|
||
flat roof not including any mechanical structures. Steeples, chimneys,
|
||
antennas, receiving dishes, etc., are not subject to limitations of structural
|
||
height, except cell towers which are limited to fifty feet (50') in height.
|
||
2. Finished Grade: Finished grade shall be construed as the grade at the
|
||
base or foundation of a structure necessary to achieve positive drainage away
|
||
from the structure only. Soil, fill, or other material may not be bermed
|
||
against a structure to circumvent height limits.
|
||
3. Natural Grade: Natural grade shall be construed as meaning that the
|
||
natural slope and topography of the land need little or no modification to site
|
||
the structure. Where the nearest two (2) points to natural grade are at
|
||
different grades (such as a house that takes up grade through the structure),
|
||
the heights measured may be averaged. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-4-7: SETBACK MEASUREMENTS AND ALLOWABLE ENCROACHMENTS:
|
||
1. Front Setbacks: A required front setback is measured at a right angle
|
||
(90 degrees) from the front property line to the nearest of the following two
|
||
(2) points on the structure:
|
||
1. The foundation wall of the principal structure, or
|
||
2. The facing edge of a porch or deck over sixteen (16) square feet in
|
||
area extending from the front of the principal structure.
|
||
The following encroachments into the front setback are allowed:
|
||
Steps are allowed to encroach into the required front setback up to eight feet
|
||
(8').
|
||
Ramps to provide accessibility to disabled persons may encroach up to one
|
||
hundred percent (100%), but may not encroach onto the public right of way
|
||
without special authorization from the holder of said right of way.
|
||
Eaves may encroach up to two feet (2').
|
||
Porches and decks not exceeding sixteen (16) square feet in total area may
|
||
encroach up to four feet (4').
|
||
2. Side Setbacks: A required side setback is measured at a right angle
|
||
(90 degrees) from the side lot line to the nearest point of the foundation
|
||
wall. Chimneys, eaves, bay windows no more than eight feet (8') in total
|
||
length, and garden windows may encroach no more than two feet (2') into the
|
||
required side setback.
|
||
3. Rear Setback: A required rear setback is measured at a right angle
|
||
from the rear setback line to the nearest point on the foundation wall. Eaves
|
||
may encroach no more than two feet (2') and a deck or porch of no more than
|
||
sixteen (16) square feet total area may encroach no more than four feet (4').
|
||
(Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-4-8: OUTDOOR LIGHTING STANDARDS:
|
||
All outdoor lighting shall be downcast and shielded. No light trespass shall be
|
||
allowed and no glare (direct sightline to an unshielded light source) shall be
|
||
visible from off site. This includes all light sources including freestanding
|
||
luminaires, building mounted lighting, and canopy lighting. (Ord. 304, 4-10-
|
||
2012)
|
||
9-4-9: OFF STREET PARKING STANDARDS:
|
||
1. Purpose: The purpose of these standards is to provide functional
|
||
parking areas with safe and efficient circulation patterns that are adequate to
|
||
meet the needs of users while avoiding the negative environmental and urban
|
||
design impacts that can result from parking lots and other vehicular use areas.
|
||
The provisions of this section aim to protect the public health, safety, and
|
||
general welfare by avoiding spillover parking into adjacent neighborhoods,
|
||
lessening and/or mitigating traffic congestion, enhancing pedestrian safety,
|
||
reducing stormwater runoff; improving air quality through dust abatement
|
||
encouraging infill development, and providing flexible methods to respond to
|
||
the transportation and access demands of various land uses in different areas
|
||
of the community.
|
||
2. Applicability: Generally, the standards set forth herein apply only to
|
||
new construction, new expansions of existing building or land uses, and changes
|
||
of land use that result in greater parking requirements.
|
||
1. Unless otherwise expressly stated, the parking standards of this
|
||
section apply whenever an existing building or use is enlarged or expanded to
|
||
include additional dwelling units, floor area, seating capacity, employees or
|
||
other units of measurement used for establishing off street parking
|
||
requirements.
|
||
2. In the case of enlargements, expansions, or land use changes that
|
||
require additional parking, additional spaces are required only to serve the
|
||
enlarged or expanded area, or in the case of a land use change, only the
|
||
difference in spaces required between the old and new use. There is no
|
||
requirement to address lawfully existing parking deficits unless the site is
|
||
completely redeveloped.
|
||
3. Exemptions: As set forth in subsection
|
||
9-3-7(G) of this title, within the central business district (CB), all lodging,
|
||
governmental facilities, and residential development must provide parking
|
||
according to the standards set forth in this section. All other uses in the CB
|
||
are exempt from off street parking requirements.
|
||
4. Calculation Of Space Requirements:
|
||
1. Floor Area: When parking space requirements are based on floor area,
|
||
the entire gross floor area in square feet must be calculated.
|
||
2. Fractions: When calculations of the required number of spaces
|
||
results in a fraction of a space, any fraction (represented as a decimal) of
|
||
less than 0.5 is rounded down to the nearest whole space. Any fraction of 0.5
|
||
or greater is rounded up to the next whole space.
|
||
3. Mixed Uses: If more than one type of land use occupies a single
|
||
structure or parcel of land where shared parking and access have been provided
|
||
for, the total requirement for off street parking shall be the sum of the
|
||
requirements for all uses minus ten percent (10%) of the total. If the peak
|
||
parking demands of the various mixed uses occur on different days or at
|
||
different times of the day, the land owner or developer may, upon producing
|
||
relevant data and other evidence, request a reduction in the total parking
|
||
requirement from the administrator.
|
||
(E) General Requirements:
|
||
1. Location Of Parking Spaces And Access:
|
||
1. All required parking spaces shall be on the same lot or an
|
||
adjoining lot under the same ownership or lease with the principal building(s)
|
||
that the parking serves.
|
||
2. In the A and B residential and BR zoning districts, parking is
|
||
prohibited in front and street side setbacks except that parking spaces may be
|
||
located in front of a garage or carport that is located outside of required
|
||
building setbacks. No more than forty percent (40%) of the front yard area in a
|
||
residential district may be paved or used for the parking or storage of
|
||
vehicles. On corner parcels, not more than twenty percent (20%) of the street
|
||
side yard area may be paved or devoted to parking or other vehicle use.
|
||
3. In nonresidential districts, parking is permitted in all
|
||
setbacks provided it complies with standards for screening and landscaping. In
|
||
no case shall a parking space be located such that it allows a vehicle to park
|
||
across an external property line.
|
||
4. Except for one- and two-family dwellings, no parking area shall
|
||
be designed and constructed such that vehicles are permitted to back into a
|
||
street.
|
||
2. Surface Material: All parking and drive areas within the city of
|
||
Choteau shall be surfaced with asphalt, concrete, or similar material, with an
|
||
adequate subsurface base to produce a long lasting, durable, weatherproof
|
||
surface. Exceptions to this standard are:
|
||
1. One- and two-family residential development, provided that all
|
||
surfaces are kept dust free.
|
||
2. Any parking or drive area that is accessed from an unpaved alley
|
||
or street.
|
||
3. At the discretion of the administrator, spillover parking or
|
||
other parking that is not used on a regular and/or frequent basis may be
|
||
treated with "turf block", "grasscrete", or similar products that allow grass
|
||
or ground cover to grow in spaces between the structure of the product while
|
||
still supporting the weight of vehicles.
|
||
4. Emergency access across open space or landscaped areas may be
|
||
treated with products described in subsection (E)2(c) of this section, subject
|
||
to approval of the administrator and local fire department.
|
||
3. Lighting: For parking areas of eight (8) or more spaces, lighting of
|
||
the parking area and walkways shall be provided to a 1.5 foot-candle level of
|
||
illumination. Light sources shall be directed downward and shall be shielded to
|
||
prevent spillover lighting onto adjacent properties.
|
||
4. Curb Stops: Where a vehicle overhang is adjacent to a walkway,
|
||
landscaped area, or a wall, curb stops are required.
|
||
5. Maintenance And Use: The maintenance of all parking and drive areas
|
||
is the responsibility of the property owner. The following maintenance and use
|
||
standards apply to required off street parking:
|
||
1. Required off street parking areas must be used solely for the
|
||
temporary parking of licensed motor vehicles in operating condition.
|
||
2. Required off street parking spaces may not be used for the
|
||
display of goods for sale or lease.
|
||
3. Required off street parking may not be used for open storage,
|
||
storage of building materials, or storage of inoperable vehicles.
|
||
4. Off street parking spaces must be maintained to be free of
|
||
potholes, trash, debris, dirt, and dust.
|
||
(e) No commercial motor vehicle repair work of any kind is permitted
|
||
in a required parking space.
|
||
6. Snow Storage And Drainage Retention: The design of parking
|
||
facilities with area for snow storage, drainage retention, or, both functions
|
||
within the same area, is encouraged by the city of Choteau. Such areas may be
|
||
provided within landscape areas and setbacks.
|
||
7. Shared Parking And Shared Access: In any development where there are
|
||
two (2) or more businesses both using the same parking area and common points
|
||
of access, the property shall be encumbered by a "shared parking, shared
|
||
access" easement. This easement may be placed on the face of the plat, or may
|
||
be filed by separate instrument. The administrator may require proof of such an
|
||
easement prior to, or as a condition of, a zoning permit.
|
||
(F) Parking Requirements By Use: The numbers of spaces required in this
|
||
section are minimums and shall be maintained by ownership, easement, or lease,
|
||
for as long as the land use which is served by the parking exists.
|
||
1. Maximum Number Of Spaces: Provision of more than one hundred twenty
|
||
five percent (125%) of the minimum number of spaces required is not permitted.
|
||
2. On Street Parking: No credit against the required off street parking
|
||
shall be allowed for on street spaces.
|
||
3. Uses Not Specifically Listed: For uses not listed in the space
|
||
requirements set forth in this subsection, the administrator shall determine
|
||
the appropriate requirement based upon any similar uses that are listed and/or
|
||
upon research.
|
||
4. Required Off Street Parking Spaces: The minimum number of parking
|
||
spaces by land use is as follows:
|
||
|
||
Residential:
|
||
One- and two-family residential,
|
||
including townhomes, manufactured, and 2 spaces per unit
|
||
mobile units
|
||
1 bedroom units, including "efficiency 1 space per unit
|
||
apartments"
|
||
All other multi-family units 1.5 spaces per unit
|
||
Multi-family elderly 1 space per unit
|
||
Accessory residential unit (ARU) 1 space per unit
|
||
Commercial:
|
||
Auto repair/quick lube 1 space per service bay
|
||
Bed and breakfast 2 spaces plus 1 space per rentable
|
||
room or suite
|
||
1 space for every 10 children
|
||
Childcare (commercial) permitted based on total gross floor
|
||
area and facilities; drop off area
|
||
Hotel/motel 1 space per room or suite
|
||
Restaurants (high turnover) 1 space per 3 seats
|
||
Restaurants (sit down) 1 space per 4 seats
|
||
Retail (general and specialty) 1 space per 250 gsf (gross square
|
||
feet)
|
||
Retail (home furnishings/home 1 space per 600 gsf
|
||
improvement)
|
||
Taverns 1 space per 4 seats table space, 1
|
||
space per 2 bar seats
|
||
Theaters and other assembly 1 space per 4 seats
|
||
Veterinary clinic 1 space per 400 gsf
|
||
Office:
|
||
General/agency/professional office 3 spaces per 1,000 gsf
|
||
Medical/dental 1 space per 250 gsf
|
||
Public/semipublic:
|
||
Churches 1 space per 4 seats in main assembly
|
||
area
|
||
Government offices Determined by function
|
||
Recreation center/facility Determined by function
|
||
Industrial:
|
||
Manufacturing/assembly/ 1 space per 800 gsf of active
|
||
fabrication production area
|
||
Warehousing/distribution 1 space per 2,000 gsf
|
||
|
||
(G) Handicap Accessible Parking:
|
||
1. Handicap Accessible Spaces Required: Handicap accessible off street
|
||
parking shall be required according to the following schedule:
|
||
|
||
Total Spaces Provided Handicap Accessible
|
||
Spaces (Minimum)
|
||
5 to 20 1
|
||
21 to 40 2
|
||
41 to 65 3
|
||
66+ 3% of total spaces required
|
||
|
||
2. Van Accessible Spaces: One out of each eight (8) accessible spaces
|
||
provided, but at least one space in each parking facility, shall be van
|
||
accessible.
|
||
3. Location: Accessible parking spaces shall be located so as to
|
||
provide the shortest accessible route to a primary building entrance.
|
||
4. Curb Ramps And Accessible Routes: Curb ramps and accessible routes
|
||
shall be provided which allow unobstructed travel from an accessible parking
|
||
space to an accessible entrance. Parked vehicle overhangs shall not reduce the
|
||
clear width of an accessible route. Parking spaces and access aisles shall not
|
||
exceed two percent (2%) grade in all directions.
|
||
5. Signage: Each accessible space shall be identified by a sign showing
|
||
a universal symbol of accessibility (wheelchair). Van accessible spaces shall
|
||
have an additional sign ("Van Accessible") mounted below the accessibility
|
||
symbol. Each sign shall be no smaller than one foot by one foot (1' x 1') and
|
||
shall be located at the end of the space at a height between four feet (4') and
|
||
seven feet (7'). The sign(s) may be either wall mounted or freestanding. In
|
||
addition, a painted accessibility symbol shall be painted directly onto the
|
||
parking lot surface within the accessible space(s).
|
||
6. Dimensional Standards: All handicap accessible spaces shall be a
|
||
minimum of twenty feet (20') in length. Where two (2) spaces share an
|
||
accessible area, the minimum stall width shall be eight feet (8'), and the
|
||
width of the common accessible area shall also be eight feet (8').
|
||
EXHIBIT 36-5
|
||
LAYOUT OF STANDARD AND VAN ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES
|
||
[https://export.amlegal.com/media/a7ce328e03c90fb96723594d121db42e148854c4/
|
||
IMAGES/0-0-0-1281.gif]
|
||
This illustration shows 1 van accessible space and 1 car/truck space utilizing
|
||
a common accessible area. The width of each space is 8 feet. At least 1 van
|
||
accessible space is required in each parking facility.
|
||
(H) Dimensional Standards: This subsection sets forth standards for the
|
||
length and width of parking stalls and drive areas.
|
||
1. Parallel Spaces: Parking spaces designed parallel to a curb or wall
|
||
shall be at least ten feet (10') in width and 22.5 feet in length.
|
||
2. Ninety Degree Spaces: All ninety degree (90°) parking spaces
|
||
(perpendicular to the aisle) shall be at least ten feet (10') in width and
|
||
twenty feet (20') in length. The two-way aisle shall be not less than twenty
|
||
four feet (24') in width.
|
||
3. Sixty And Forty Five Degree Spaces: All sixty (60) and forty five
|
||
degree (45°) parking spaces (angle from the aisle) shall be at least ten feet
|
||
(10') in width and twenty feet (20') in length. A one-way aisle shall be
|
||
fifteen feet (15') in width and a two- way aisle shall be not less than twenty
|
||
two feet (22') wide. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-4-10: DESIGN STANDARDS:
|
||
1. Residential Design Standards:
|
||
1. Orientation: Each primary single-family detached residence shall
|
||
have a main entry facing the street from which the structure is addressed and
|
||
draws its legal access.
|
||
2. Eaves: All residential structures with pitched roofs shall have
|
||
eaves not less than twelve inches (12").
|
||
3. Facade Materials: Residential structures shall not be sided with
|
||
materials that are decidedly industrial in character. Materials such as
|
||
uncoated metal, unpainted block masonry, split faced masonry, and synthetic
|
||
stucco may be used for trim or architectural embellishment, but may not be used
|
||
as primary facade materials. Wood, brick, or stone (including synthetic stone)
|
||
are preferred materials.
|
||
4. Covered Entryways: The main entryway to a residential structure
|
||
shall be shielded by a canopy, eave, or similar structure that extends from the
|
||
exterior wall not less than four feet (4').
|
||
2. CB Design Standards And Guidelines:
|
||
1. Purpose: The purpose of this subsection is to set forth basic design
|
||
standards for certain specific elements of downtown Choteau's built
|
||
environment. These standards are intended to protect the downtown's unique
|
||
character and qualities while stimulating and protecting investment, and
|
||
allowing the architect or designer the latitude to develop a creative response
|
||
to any design issue. Where standards use terms such as "must", "required", or
|
||
"shall be", they are mandatory. Where terms such as "encouraged", "preferred",
|
||
"may" or "optional" are used, the standard is considered a guideline and is
|
||
voluntary. These standards and guidelines apply to the central business zoning
|
||
district only.
|
||
2. Front Setbacks And Exceptions: All primary structures are required
|
||
to have a front setback from zero to five feet (5'). The administrator is
|
||
empowered to grant an exception for a front setback of no more than fifteen
|
||
feet (15') when the space between the principal structure and the front
|
||
property line is designated on the zoning permit site plan as being used for
|
||
outdoor dining, for public art, or for use as a plaza or other public gathering
|
||
place. An increased front setback to allow parking in front of a structure is
|
||
expressly prohibited.
|
||
3. Exterior Building Materials: Acceptable exterior building materials
|
||
for the fronts (street facing) of primary structures include wood and
|
||
manufactured woodgrain hardboard, brick, split faced block, decorative (painted
|
||
or coated) metal siding, and stone, including manufactured stone. Acceptable
|
||
materials for the sides and rear of primary structures and for accessory
|
||
structures include smooth painted concrete or cinder block, finished metal
|
||
siding of all types, synthetic stucco, exterior insulated finish system, and
|
||
vinyl exterior finishes of all types.
|
||
4. Exterior Colors: A wide variety of colors are acceptable in the CB
|
||
district, including muted colors with a pastel or earth tone hue and all
|
||
finished natural wood colors. Fluorescent or Day-Glo colors of any shade are
|
||
prohibited. Bright and heavily saturated primary colors are encouraged for trim
|
||
and architectural embellishments only.
|
||
5. Entryways: A building's primary door and entrance shall be located
|
||
in the principal facade of the structure, and shall be oriented toward the
|
||
street. The primary entrance must be readily apparent as a prominent
|
||
architectural component. Entryways should be recessed from the front property
|
||
line so that patrons have a queuing area out of the pedestrian flow. The
|
||
recessed area must be at a minimum one and one-half (11/2) times the width of
|
||
the door to avoid a corridor like effect. Doors shall permit clear two-way
|
||
visibility, and wood and glass are preferable materials.
|
||
6. Windows: Street level windows are required of all structures,
|
||
including the sides of structures occupying corner lots. Windows shall begin at
|
||
least three feet (3') above the sidewalk and may extend vertically to the top
|
||
of the first level. Street level windows shall be designed to engage the
|
||
pedestrian and invite visual inspection of the interior of the establishment as
|
||
well as to view displays of merchandise. Stenciled signage or other signage
|
||
types that allow visual penetration through the lettering is encouraged.
|
||
Reflective glazing is expressly prohibited. Windows may be recessed to allow
|
||
patrons to view displays out of the pedestrian flow. Bay windows may not extend
|
||
into the right of way (sidewalk area). Unframed windows are not permitted
|
||
unless set into a brick or stone like facade.
|
||
7. Modulation: Segments of plain or uniformly treated storefronts that
|
||
are out of context with adjacent or nearby buildings are prohibited. Such
|
||
treatments may be avoided or mitigated through modulation. In architectural
|
||
terms, modulation is a technique for visually dividing the facade so that it
|
||
takes on the appearance of distinctly different structures or portions of
|
||
structures. This architectural technique is used to add visual interest to long
|
||
storefronts or to other structures that occupy a significant segment of a
|
||
downtown block. Visual interest can also be achieved through repeating
|
||
architectural features such as windows and the elements that frame them, and
|
||
through recesses, offsets, and other variations in plane sufficient to add
|
||
shadow lines or depth to the facade.
|
||
8. Lighting: Outside lighting should be minimal, and downtown
|
||
businesses are encouraged to rely on ambient lighting provided by streetlights
|
||
for the safe illumination of the sidewalk area. Low wattage lighting may be
|
||
used to highlight an entryway provided no glare is cast out onto the sidewalk.
|
||
Merchants are also encouraged to illuminate window displays and interior spaces
|
||
provided that no glare is cast onto the sidewalk area. Flashing or strobe type
|
||
lighting is prohibited.
|
||
9. Fencing: Chainlink and other types of metal fencing shall not be
|
||
visible from the street or sidewalk.
|
||
3. BR Design Standards And Guidelines:
|
||
1. Purpose: The purpose of this subsection is to set forth basic design
|
||
standards for certain specific elements of the business residential transition
|
||
area that lies between the CB and Choteau's traditional residential
|
||
neighborhoods. Like the CB standards, these standards are intended to protect
|
||
the character and qualities of the transition area and stimulate investment
|
||
while allowing the architect or designer the latitude to develop a creative
|
||
response to any design issue. Where standards use terms such as "must",
|
||
"required", or "shall be", they are mandatory. Where terms such as
|
||
"encouraged", "preferred", "may" or "optional" are used, the standard is
|
||
considered a guideline and is voluntary. These standards and guidelines apply
|
||
to the business residential zoning district only.
|
||
2. Exterior Building Materials: The BR transition area is more
|
||
residential in character than the CB, and this should be reflected in the
|
||
choice of exterior materials. Acceptable building materials for the fronts
|
||
(street facing) and sides of buildings include wood and manufactured woodgrain
|
||
hardboard, brick, painted or coated metal siding, and stone, including
|
||
manufactured stone. Acceptable materials for the rear of primary structures and
|
||
for accessory structures include smooth painted concrete (prestress or block),
|
||
finished metal siding of all types, synthetic stucco, exterior insulated finish
|
||
system, and vinyl exterior finishes of all types.
|
||
3. Exterior Colors: A wide variety of colors are acceptable in the BR
|
||
transition area, including muted colors with a pastel or earth tone hue and all
|
||
finished natural wood colors. Fluorescent or Day-Glo colors of any shade are
|
||
prohibited. Bright and heavily saturated primary colors are encouraged for trim
|
||
and architectural embellishments only.
|
||
4. Entryways: A building's primary door and entrance shall be located
|
||
in the principal facade of the structure, and shall be oriented toward the
|
||
street. The primary entrance must be readily apparent as a prominent
|
||
architectural component, and may include a porch, deck, or other outdoor living
|
||
space, and merchandise may be displayed in this area. Secondary entries and
|
||
exits may be provided at the sides and rear of buildings.
|
||
5. Windows: Lower level windows are required in all primary buildings,
|
||
and shall be viewable by pedestrians on the public way in front of the
|
||
property. Lower level windows shall be designed to engage the pedestrian and
|
||
invite visual inspection of the interior of the establishment as well as to
|
||
view displays of merchandise. Stenciled signage or other signage types that
|
||
allow visual penetration through the lettering is encouraged. Reflective
|
||
glazing is prohibited, but awnings and window coverings to shade the morning or
|
||
afternoon sun are allowed. Unframed windows are not permitted unless set into a
|
||
brick or stone like facade.
|
||
6. Lighting: Outside lighting should be residential like in intensity
|
||
and direction, and should be used primarily to highlight entryways and outdoor
|
||
spaces. Direct glare visible from the public way and trespass lighting onto
|
||
adjacent properties are prohibited.
|
||
7. Fencing: Chainlink and other types of metal fencing (except for
|
||
wrought iron) shall not be visible from the adjacent street or sidewalk.
|
||
4. HB Design Standards And Guidelines:
|
||
1. Purpose: The purpose of this subsection is to set forth basic design
|
||
standards for certain specific elements of the highway business areas of
|
||
Choteau that lie mostly on the fringes of town and generally encompass the
|
||
"gateway" areas of the community. These gateway areas most often establish a
|
||
first and lasting impression of the community. Therefore, a uniformly high
|
||
standard of planning and design for the built environment of these areas
|
||
benefits the entire community. Like other standards in this chapter, these
|
||
standards are intended to set planning and design benchmarks and to stimulate
|
||
and protect private investment, while allowing the architect or designer the
|
||
latitude to develop a creative response to any design issue. Where standards
|
||
use terms such as "must", "required", or "shall be", they are mandatory. Where
|
||
terms such as "encouraged", "preferred", "may" or "optional" are used, the
|
||
standard is considered a guideline and is voluntary. These standards and
|
||
guidelines apply to the highway business zoning district only.
|
||
2. Exterior Building Materials: A wide variety of exterior materials is
|
||
acceptable for use in HB, including, but not necessarily limited to:
|
||
1. Stone, including synthetic stone.
|
||
2. Wood, both natural and woodgrain hardboard products.
|
||
3. Concrete and cinder block, provided it is painted.
|
||
4. Split face masonry.
|
||
(e) Stucco/Dryvit finishes.
|
||
(f) Metal that is painted or otherwise coated. Unfinished metal or
|
||
galvanized finishes are not acceptable, and Quonset style buildings are not
|
||
acceptable in HB.
|
||
3. Exterior Colors: A wide variety of colors are acceptable in the HB
|
||
district, including muted colors with a pastel or earth tone hue and all
|
||
finished natural wood colors. Fluorescent or Day-Glo colors of any shade are
|
||
prohibited. Bright and heavily saturated primary colors are encouraged for trim
|
||
and architectural embellishments only.
|
||
4. Entryways: A building's primary door and entrance shall be located
|
||
in the principal facade of the structure, and shall be oriented toward the
|
||
street. The primary entrance must be readily apparent as a prominent
|
||
architectural component, and may include a porch, deck, or other outdoor living
|
||
space, and merchandise may be displayed in this area. Secondary entries and
|
||
exits may be provided at the sides and rear of buildings.
|
||
5. Windows: Lower level windows are encouraged, but not required, in
|
||
all primary buildings. Lower level windows should be designed to engage the
|
||
pedestrian and invite visual inspection of the interior of the establishment as
|
||
well as to view displays of merchandise. Stenciled signage or other signage
|
||
types that allow visual penetration through the lettering is encouraged.
|
||
Reflective glazing is prohibited, but awnings and window coverings to shade the
|
||
morning or afternoon sun are allowed. Unframed windows are not permitted unless
|
||
set into a brick or stone like facade.
|
||
6. Lighting: Outside lighting should be of sufficient intensity and
|
||
suitable for an environment in which both vehicles and pedestrians will be
|
||
present. Parking lot lighting is encouraged, but industrial and highway type
|
||
fixtures are not permitted. Maximum height of light standards should be no more
|
||
than twenty feet (20'), and cutoff luminaires are required. Lighting elsewhere
|
||
should be used primarily to highlight entryways and outdoor spaces. Direct
|
||
glare visible from the public way and trespass lighting onto adjacent
|
||
properties are prohibited.
|
||
7. Fencing: Chainlink and other types of metal fencing shall not be
|
||
visible from the adjacent street or sidewalk. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-4-11: FENCING STANDARDS:
|
||
Fences and retaining walls are allowed as accessory structures in all zoning
|
||
districts, subject to zoning permits. The following standards must be met:
|
||
1. Fencing:
|
||
1. Height; Materials: In all residential districts, in residential
|
||
PUDs, and in the BR district, no fence, hedge, or freestanding wall (not part
|
||
of a building) located within or bounding a required front setback, may exceed
|
||
forty two inches (42") in height. Fencing other than in the front setback shall
|
||
not exceed six feet (6') in height. Allowable fencing materials and designs
|
||
include:
|
||
1. Wood or vinyl (including PVC) picket or rail fencing.
|
||
2. Within required front setbacks, wood or vinyl board fencing must
|
||
maintain a minimum space of one inch (1") between boards. Wood and vinyl board
|
||
fencing elsewhere may be one hundred percent (100%) sight obscuring.
|
||
3. Wood or vinyl board on board fencing provided that boards on
|
||
opposite sides of stringers do not overlap.
|
||
4. Chainlink and woven metal fencing.
|
||
(e) Other similar materials and designs as approved by the
|
||
administrator.
|
||
2. Institutional Security Fencing: Open security fencing up to six feet
|
||
(6') in height may be allowed by the administrator for schools, correctional
|
||
facilities, and other public and quasi- public institutions when necessary for
|
||
the safety or restraint of the occupants thereof, without regard to the
|
||
setbacks specified in subsection (A)1 of this section.
|
||
3. Obstruction At Inter**SECTION**: No portion of any fence shall pose a
|
||
visual obstruction at any street intersection. See section
|
||
9-4-14, "Corner Visibility", of this chapter for standards.
|
||
4. Ornamental Pedestrian Entries: Ornamental pedestrian entries, such
|
||
as arches or arbors, shall not exceed ten feet (10') in height.
|
||
5. Vehicular Entries: Vehicular entries for subdivisions, parks, and
|
||
development projects shall not exceed twenty feet (20') in height and thirty
|
||
six feet (36') in width.
|
||
6. Wire Products: In all residential districts, residential PUDs, and
|
||
in the BR and CB districts, barbed wire, razor wire, concertina wire, and
|
||
similar wire products are not allowable fencing materials.
|
||
7. Open Security Fencing: In the CB, HB and GI districts, for
|
||
commercial and industrial storage areas located in side or rear yards, open
|
||
security fencing may be constructed up to eight feet (8') in height and may be
|
||
topped with barbed wire. The barbed wire course is calculated as part of the
|
||
allowable fence height.
|
||
8. Wildlife Exclusion Fencing: Wildlife exclusion fencing up to eight
|
||
feet (8') in height is allowed for gardens, haystack yards, and similar areas,
|
||
provided that the guidelines set forth in "A Landowners Guide To Wildlife
|
||
Friendly Fences: How To Build Fence With Wildlife In Mind" are followed.
|
||
9. Fences In Excess Of Six Feet: Any fence, or any portion of a fence
|
||
such as entryways and arbors, that exceeds six feet (6') in height, is subject
|
||
to a building permit.
|
||
2. Retaining Walls: Retaining walls over four feet (4') in height require
|
||
a building permit. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-4-12: USE OF LAND:
|
||
No use of land shall be permitted or allowed within the City of Choteau that is
|
||
in violation of Federal, State or local law. (Ord. 314, 8-22-2017)
|
||
9-4-13: NONCONFORMING LOTS OF RECORD, LAND USES, AND STRUCTURES:
|
||
1. Status Of Nonconformities: The adoption of the Choteau Zoning Code
|
||
will mean that some lots, land uses, and structures that may have conformed to
|
||
the prior Code will not conform to the provisions and standards set forth in
|
||
this Code. This section provides the standards and requirements by which legal
|
||
nonconforming lots, uses, and structures may be continued and even transferred.
|
||
It is the City of Choteau's intent that the adoption of these regulations will
|
||
render no legal lot of record "unbuildable", and that any use which was legal
|
||
and proper under prior regulations will continue to be legal and proper under
|
||
these regulations.
|
||
1. Lots, uses, and structures that were legally nonconforming under
|
||
prior regulations, and which do not conform to these regulations, remain
|
||
legally nonconforming.
|
||
2. Lots, uses, and structures that were legal and conformed to prior
|
||
regulations, but do not conform to these regulations, become legally
|
||
nonconforming under these regulations.
|
||
3. Lots, uses, and structures which were not legal under prior
|
||
regulations, and do not conform to these regulations, remain illegal under
|
||
these regulations.
|
||
4. Legally nonconforming lots and/or nonconforming lots with
|
||
nonconforming structures as well as nonconforming uses of land, may be
|
||
transferred to heirs and assigns in a manner similar to any conforming lot,
|
||
structure, or use.
|
||
2. Nonconforming Lots:
|
||
1. Legal lots of record that previously existed on the effective date
|
||
of these regulations that do not conform to these regulations due to lot area,
|
||
width, or other dimensional standard, may continue to exist as legally
|
||
nonconforming lots under these regulations.
|
||
2. Nonconforming lots may be developed for any of the principal
|
||
permitted, accessory, and conditional uses allowed by the applicable zoning
|
||
district.
|
||
3. Nonconforming lots are subject to all standards of the applicable
|
||
zoning district, including setbacks, floor area ratios, landscape ratios, and
|
||
structural height limits.
|
||
3. Nonconforming Land Uses:
|
||
1. Any land use that previously existed on the effective date of these
|
||
regulations, conformed to the prior regulations, but does not conform to these
|
||
regulations, may continue to exist as a legally nonconforming land use.
|
||
2. No such nonconforming use shall be enlarged nor extended to occupy a
|
||
greater area of land or structure than was occupied on the effective date of
|
||
these regulations.
|
||
3. No such nonconforming use shall be moved in whole or in part to any
|
||
portion of the lot or parcel other than that occupied on the effective date of
|
||
these regulations.
|
||
4. If any such nonconforming use is discontinued for any reason for a
|
||
period of one year (calendar date to calendar date), or three (3) years in the
|
||
case of nonresidential uses in the B Residential District, any subsequent use
|
||
of the subject property and/or structure shall conform to these regulations.
|
||
5. No additional structure not conforming to these regulations shall be
|
||
erected in connection with such nonconforming use of land or structures.
|
||
4. Nonconforming Structures:
|
||
1. Any structure that previously existed on the effective date of these
|
||
regulations, which conformed to the prior regulations, but does not conform to
|
||
these regulations in terms of height, setbacks, floor area ratio, landscape
|
||
ratio, or other such standards, may continue to exist as a legally
|
||
nonconforming structure under these regulations.
|
||
2. No such nonconforming structure may be enlarged, expanded, or
|
||
altered in a way that increases its nonconformity, but may be altered to
|
||
decrease its nonconformity.
|
||
3. Should such nonconforming structure be moved for any reason and for
|
||
any distance, it shall thereafter conform to these regulations.
|
||
4. Should any nonconforming structure or nonconforming portion of a
|
||
structure be destroyed by any means to an extent greater than fifty percent
|
||
(50%) of its floor area, it shall not be reconstructed except in conformity
|
||
with these regulations.
|
||
5. Nothing in these regulations shall be deemed to prevent the
|
||
strengthening or restoring to a safe condition of any structure or portion of a
|
||
structure declared to be unsafe by an official charged with protecting the
|
||
public safety, upon order of such official.
|
||
(E) Nonconforming Manufactured Homes:
|
||
1. Consistent with section
|
||
9-3-4 of this title, legally existing Class B and Class C manufactured homes in
|
||
the A Residential Zoning District may only be replaced by a Class A
|
||
manufactured home or a site built dwelling unit. In addition to this
|
||
requirement, all Class B and C manufactured homes in the A Residential Zoning
|
||
District are subject to applicable provisions from subsections (C) and (D) of
|
||
this section.
|
||
2. Consistent with section
|
||
9-3-5 of this title, legally existing Class B and Class C manufactured homes in
|
||
the B Residential Zoning District may only be replaced by a Class A or B
|
||
manufactured home or a site built dwelling unit. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-4-14: CORNER VISIBILITY:
|
||
1. Corner Visibility Triangle: Every street intersection shall have
|
||
associated with it a corner visibility triangle. This area shall be created by
|
||
extending the curb lines (or edge of pavement where there are no curbs) to an
|
||
imaginary point in the street where the lines intersect. From that point,
|
||
thirty feet (30') is measured back along each line, then a line across both
|
||
ends is drawn to close the triangle. In most cases, this triangular area will
|
||
include both public right-of-way and private property adjacent to the right-of-
|
||
way.
|
||
2. Visibility Standards: Within the corner visibility triangle, there
|
||
shall be no continuous obstructions between the heights of thirty inches (30")
|
||
and ten feet (10'), as measured from the adjacent road surface. This includes
|
||
landscaping, fencing, and structures of all kinds.
|
||
3. Applicability: This standard applies to streets of all functional
|
||
classifications, but does not apply to intersections of a street and an alley.
|
||
(Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-4-15: MAJOR RECREATIONAL EQUIPMENT:
|
||
1. Parking And Storage: Major recreational equipment shall not be parked
|
||
or stored in any required front or side yard other than a driveway that
|
||
provides direct access from the street to a garage or carport. However, major
|
||
recreational equipment may be parked anywhere on residential property for the
|
||
purpose of loading or unloading for a period not to exceed twenty four (24)
|
||
hours. Major recreational equipment may be parked or stored in bona fide
|
||
commercial storage facilities that meet the standards of these regulations.
|
||
2. Use As Living Or Sleeping Quarters: Major recreational equipment shall
|
||
not be used for sleeping, living, housekeeping, or any commercial purpose
|
||
(including home based business) when parked or stored on property within a
|
||
residential zoning district. Use of major recreational equipment as an ARU or
|
||
as guest quarters is expressly prohibited. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
CHAPTER 5
|
||
DEFINITIONS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
9-5-1: Interpretation Of Commonly Used Terms And Words
|
||
9-5-2: Definitions Of Terms And Words
|
||
9-5-1: INTERPRETATION OF COMMONLY USED TERMS AND WORDS:
|
||
1. Words used in the present tense include the future tense.
|
||
2. Words used in the singular include the plural, and words used in the
|
||
plural include the singular unless the natural construction of the wording
|
||
indicates otherwise.
|
||
3. The words "used for" shall include the meaning and application of
|
||
"designed for".
|
||
4. The word "shall" is always mandatory.
|
||
(E) The word "encouraged" is directory, and is used to express an intent,
|
||
although not necessarily a requirement.
|
||
(F) Where there appears to be a conflict between the content of the text
|
||
of these regulations and any definition provided in this chapter, the text
|
||
shall take precedent.
|
||
(G) Should any question of definition arise for a term not listed in this
|
||
chapter or not defined elsewhere in these regulations, the administrator may at
|
||
his/her discretion, research the term and provide a definition for general use
|
||
in administering and interpreting these regulations. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-5-2: DEFINITIONS OF TERMS AND WORDS:
|
||
The following definitions of terms and words are to be used in the
|
||
administration, interpretation, and enforcement of this title:
|
||
ACCESS: The legal means of approach to provide vehicular and/or pedestrian
|
||
physical entrance to a property.
|
||
ACCESS, SHARED: The joint and cooperative use of an access point and/or
|
||
facility (such as a driveway) by two (2) or more entities.
|
||
ACCESSORY: Customarily associated with and incidental and subordinate to.
|
||
ACCESSORY BUILDING: A building that is detached from the principal building on
|
||
the same lot, and is customarily incidental and subordinate to the principal
|
||
building and/or use of the property. Examples of accessory buildings include
|
||
detached garages, storage/tool sheds, and material, supply, and merchandise
|
||
storage structures on commercial and industrial property. Includes the term
|
||
"accessory structure".
|
||
ACCESSORY RESIDENTIAL UNIT (ARU): An independent and separate dwelling unit
|
||
that is subordinate to a primary residential use of a property. Includes the
|
||
terms "accessory apartment", "garage apartment", "granny flat", and "mother-in-
|
||
law apartment".
|
||
ACCESSORY USE: A use of land or of a building or portion thereof that is
|
||
customarily incidental and subordinate in area, extent, or purpose to the
|
||
principal use, and is located on the same lot as the principal use.
|
||
ADULT BOOKSTORE: An establishment having all or a portion of its display area,
|
||
stock in trade, or floor area used for the sale or rental of books, magazines,
|
||
publications, tapes, films, video disks, or other media that is distinguished
|
||
or characterized by an emphasis on sexually oriented and/or sexually explicit
|
||
material, describing, relating to, or depicting sexual activities.
|
||
ADULT ENTERTAINMENT: An establishment, either with or without a liquor license,
|
||
offering sexually oriented live entertainment which may include, but is not
|
||
necessarily limited to, entertainers, male or female, performing disrobed,
|
||
partially disrobed, or in the act of disrobing, and/or touching patrons in a
|
||
sexually explicit or sexually suggestive manner.
|
||
ADULT RETAIL ESTABLISHMENT: A business that offers films, books, manuals, toys,
|
||
likenesses, marital aids, and other items of a sexually explicit nature for
|
||
sale to the general public.
|
||
AGRICULTURE: The use of land for farming, dairying, grazing, the growing of
|
||
crops, or the raising and/or breeding of animals for meat and fiber. This
|
||
definition does not include feed lots or slaughtering and/or packing
|
||
facilities.
|
||
AUTO SALVAGE YARD: Any space, either inside or outside of a building, greater
|
||
than two hundred (200) square feet in area, used for the storage, dismantling,
|
||
disassembling, or salvaging wrecked or otherwise immobilized motor vehicles,
|
||
including snowmobiles, motorcycles, trailers, and ATVs.
|
||
BED AND BREAKFAST ESTABLISHMENT: A private owner or manager occupied residence
|
||
that rents rooms therein by the night or week to transient guests for
|
||
compensation, and in which breakfast is provided only to room guests, the cost
|
||
of which is included in the price of room. Terms of occupancy in a bed and
|
||
breakfast shall be not more than thirty (30) consecutive days. For purposes of
|
||
these regulations, no bed and breakfast establishment shall have more than six
|
||
(6) rooms available for rent, and all rooms shall be contained within the
|
||
principal structure on the lot.
|
||
BUILDING: Any structure having a roof supported by columns or walls and
|
||
intended for the shelter, housing, or enclosure of any individual, group of
|
||
individuals, animal, process, equipment, goods, or material of any kind.
|
||
BUILDING HEIGHT: See definition of Height, Structural.
|
||
BUILDING PERMIT: For purposes of these regulations, a "building permit" is a
|
||
permit issued by the city of Choteau and/or the Montana department of labor and
|
||
industries verifying that the project described in said permit meets all
|
||
standards and requirements of the applicable international codes. Includes the
|
||
terms "electrical permit", "plumbing permit", and "mechanical permit".
|
||
CASINO: An establishment or any portion of an establishment that offers live
|
||
and/or machine gambling to patrons. Includes the term "gambling enterprise" as
|
||
defined in section 23-5-112(15), Montana Code Annotated.
|
||
CHARACTER: Special physical features, characteristics, or scale of a structure
|
||
or area that set it apart from its surroundings and contribute to its interest
|
||
and/or individuality.
|
||
CHILD: A person under thirteen (13) years of age or a person with special
|
||
needs, as defined by the department, who is under eighteen (18) years of age or
|
||
is eighteen (18) years of age and a full time student expected to complete an
|
||
educational program by nineteen (19) years of age 1 .
|
||
CHILDCARE: See definition of Daycare.
|
||
CHURCH: See definition of Religious Institution.
|
||
COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL FACILITY: This term is defined by section 76-2-411,
|
||
Montana Code Annotated:
|
||
1. A community group home for developmentally, mentally, or severely
|
||
disabled persons that does not provide skilled or intermediate nursing care;
|
||
2. A youth foster home, a kinship foster home, a youth shelter care
|
||
facility, a transitional living program, or youth group home as defined in
|
||
section 52-2-602 Montana Code Annotated;
|
||
3. A halfway house operated in accordance with regulations of the
|
||
department of public health and human services for the rehabilitation of
|
||
alcoholics or drug dependent persons;
|
||
4. A licensed adult foster family care home; or
|
||
(E) An assisted living facility licensed under section 50-5-227 Montana
|
||
Code Annotated.
|
||
CONDITIONAL USE: A use of land or structures allowed within a zoning district
|
||
provided that the conditions specified in the district regulations for the use
|
||
are met. A use of land or structures is not a conditional use and cannot be
|
||
permitted as a conditional use unless the use is specifically listed in the
|
||
applicable zoning district.
|
||
COTTAGE INDUSTRY: For purposes of these regulations, a cottage industry is a
|
||
category of home based business. (See section
|
||
9-4-4 of this title.)
|
||
CREDIT UNION: See definition of Financial Institution.
|
||
DAYCARE: Care for children provided by an adult, other than a parent of the
|
||
children or other person living with the children as a parent, on a regular or
|
||
irregular basis, as applicable, for daily periods of less than twenty four (24)
|
||
hours, whether that care is for daytime or nighttime hours. Also includes the
|
||
term "childcare" 2 .
|
||
DAYCARE CENTER: An out of home place in which daycare is provided to thirteen
|
||
(13) or more children on a regular or irregular basis 3 .
|
||
DAYCARE HOME: A home based childcare facility licensed by the state of Montana
|
||
department of health and human services and providing daycare for not more than
|
||
twelve (12) children. This term includes "family daycare home" and "group
|
||
daycare home" as defined in section 52-2-703, Montana Code Annotated.
|
||
DINING AND DRINKING ESTABLISHMENT: Includes any type of restaurant, cafe, or
|
||
coffee shop where patrons are served prepared food and/or beverages (including
|
||
alcoholic beverages), for consumption on premises, for compensation. This term
|
||
also includes the terms "bar", "tavern", "pub", "public house", "brew pub", and
|
||
"roadhouse", and also includes "carry out" and "delivery" services for off
|
||
premises consumption of prepared foods. This term does not include "casinos".
|
||
DRIVE-THROUGH FACILITIES: Site facilities and/or features that by design
|
||
provide access to the site for customers to order, shop, make purchases, and/or
|
||
generally conduct business while remaining in their motor vehicles. Includes
|
||
the terms "drive-up facilities" and "drive-in facilities".
|
||
DWELLING UNIT: One or more rooms, designed, occupied, or intended for occupancy
|
||
as separate living quarters, with cooking, sleeping, and sanitary facilities
|
||
provided within the unit for the exclusive use of a single family maintaining a
|
||
household.
|
||
DWELLING UNIT, MULTI-FAMILY: A dwelling unit within a structure situated on a
|
||
single lot and designed for and containing three (3) or more separate dwelling
|
||
units. This definition is inclusive of the terms "apartment", "multi-family
|
||
housing unit", and "townhome unit" when the townhome structure contains three
|
||
(3) or more separate units.
|
||
DWELLING UNIT, SINGLE-FAMILY DETACHED: A structure designed and intended for
|
||
residential use, that contains one dwelling unit, and is not attached or
|
||
physically connected to any other dwelling by any means (except for an ARU
|
||
which may be allowed by this title), and is surrounded by open space or yards.
|
||
DWELLING UNIT, TWO-FAMILY: A dwelling unit within a structure situated on a
|
||
single lot and designed for and containing two (2) separate and distinct
|
||
dwelling units. This term includes the terms "duplex unit", "twin home unit",
|
||
and "townhome unit" when the townhome structure contains two (2) dwelling
|
||
units.
|
||
EXTRACTIVE INDUSTRIES: The business of removing minerals and other material
|
||
from the ground; includes quarrying, the removal of sand, soil, stone, gravel,
|
||
or clay, and all mining operations.
|
||
FAMILY: An individual, or two (2) or more persons related by blood, marriage,
|
||
or adoption, or, five (5) or fewer individuals who need not be so related,
|
||
living together as a single housekeeping unit.
|
||
FINANCIAL INSTITUTION: An establishment duly licensed by the state and/or
|
||
federal government to provide banking, saving, brokerage, safe deposit, and
|
||
other types and combinations of consumer financial services. Does not include
|
||
offices whose sole function is brokerage and/or financial planning services.
|
||
FLOOR AREA RATIO (FAR): Gross floor area divided by gross lot area.
|
||
GRADE: Slope of the land, whether natural or manmade. Also, the percentage or
|
||
ratio of rise or descent of a sloping surface. (Example: The grade of a street,
|
||
or grade of a site or lot.) Grade is measured as vertical rise (or descent)
|
||
divided by a given horizontal distance. (Example: A lot on which the elevation
|
||
rises 10 feet from front to rear, and is 100 feet in depth, has a grade [or
|
||
slope] of 10 percent; also expressed as a ratio of 1:10.)
|
||
GRADE, FINISHED: The final elevation of the average ground level adjoining a
|
||
structure at all exterior walls after development. Also refers to the state of
|
||
the land after grading and/or filling is complete.
|
||
GRADE, NATURAL: The elevation and/or slope of the land in its natural state,
|
||
prior to any excavation, filling, or construction.
|
||
GRADING: Any stripping, cutting, filling, or stockpiling of earth or land in
|
||
order to alter natural or preexisting grades for any reason, including
|
||
development. Vegetation removal without any alteration of the terrain is not
|
||
considered grading for purposes of these regulations.
|
||
GROCERY STORE: Permanent business establishment selling prepared or unprepared
|
||
and packaged food items and miscellaneous household items at retail. Term
|
||
includes "food co-op", but does not include temporary uses such as farm stands,
|
||
produce stands, or mobile food vendors.
|
||
GROSS FLOOR AREA: The total floor area of a structure, including all hallways,
|
||
stairs, restrooms, storage, lobbies, and other common areas. In residential
|
||
situations, gross floor area does not include basements that are totally below
|
||
ground level and that do not have egress windows.
|
||
GROUND COVER: Grasses and other low growing plants, intended primarily to
|
||
stabilize the soil. Also, grass or low growing plants as part of a landscape
|
||
treatment.
|
||
HEIGHT, STRUCTURAL: The mean linear distance from the ground level on finished
|
||
grade at the midpoint and immediately adjacent to each of the walls of a
|
||
structure to the highest point of the structure, not including antennas,
|
||
chimneys, steeples, or rooftop mechanical devices. (See section
|
||
9-4-6 of this title.)
|
||
HOME BASED BUSINESS: A business conducted from a residence, and conducted
|
||
primarily by the inhabitants thereof. (See section
|
||
9-4-4 of this title.)
|
||
HOME OCCUPATION: For purposes of these regulations, a category of home
|
||
business. (See section
|
||
9-4-4 of this title.)
|
||
HOMELESS SHELTER: A facility providing temporary housing to indigent, needy, or
|
||
homeless persons.
|
||
HOSPICE: A facility for the care of terminally ill persons.
|
||
HOTEL: A facility offering transient lodging accommodations to the general
|
||
public, and which may include additional facilities and services such as
|
||
restaurants, meeting rooms, entertainment, personal services, and fitness/
|
||
recreational facilities. Includes the term "motel", but does not include the
|
||
terms "bed and breakfast" or "tourist home".
|
||
JUNK: Any scrap, waste, reclaimable material, or debris, including vehicle
|
||
parts, whether or not stored, for sale, or in the process of being dismantled,
|
||
destroyed, processed, salvaged, stored, baled, disposed of, or for other use or
|
||
disposition.
|
||
JUNK VEHICLE: An inoperable motor vehicle, or component parts thereof, meeting
|
||
the definition set forth in section 75-10-501, Montana Code Annotated.
|
||
KENNEL, BOARDING: An establishment in which dogs or other domesticated animals
|
||
are housed, groomed, boarded, or trained, all for a fee for service.
|
||
KENNEL, BREEDING: The keeping, breeding, raising, showing, or training of four
|
||
(4) or more dogs over the age of six (6) months, either for the personal
|
||
enjoyment of the owner or occupant, or for compensation.
|
||
LANDSCAPE PLAN: A scaled drawing of a lot or site that depicts areas to be
|
||
landscaped, and on which is shown some or all of the following:
|
||
1. Proposed tree and plant species.
|
||
2. Number of each species to be planted and installed size.
|
||
3. Methods of protecting existing vegetation during construction.
|
||
4. Proposed treatments of hard and soft surfaces.
|
||
(E) Proposed decorative features (if applicable).
|
||
(F) Grading plan (if applicable).
|
||
(G) Buffers and screening devices.
|
||
LANDSCAPE RATIO (LSR): The amount of landscaped area measured in square feet
|
||
divided by the gross lot area.
|
||
LANDSCAPING: For purposes of these regulations, trees, shrubs, grasses and
|
||
other ground covers, and other materials such as rock, wood chips, decorative
|
||
features (birdbaths, sculpture, etc.), patterned walks, fountains, pools, and
|
||
similar naturalistic features for the primary purpose of highlighting,
|
||
complementing, or enhancing a structure(s) or any other development on a site
|
||
or lot.
|
||
LAWFUL SIMILAR USE: A use that is not necessarily in the list of permitted or
|
||
conditional uses for a particular zoning district, but which in the judgment of
|
||
the administrator, has similar characteristics, traffic generation, intensity
|
||
of use, and neighborhood and community impacts as uses that are so listed. (See
|
||
section
|
||
9-2-11 of this title.)
|
||
LODGING USE: The provision of temporary living quarters, with or without meals,
|
||
for transient guests for a fee, and for a period of less than thirty (30) days.
|
||
LOT: A unit of land described by letter or number in a legally recorded
|
||
subdivision. Also includes a parcel of land described by metes and bounds, the
|
||
description of which has been so recorded and appears on its deed. Term
|
||
includes "lot of record".
|
||
LOT COVERAGE: The amount of space on a lot or parcel taken up by principal and
|
||
accessory structures; usually expressed as a percentage of the gross lot area.
|
||
LOT, DOUBLE FRONTAGE: A lot that fronts on one street with its side lot line
|
||
lying adjacent to an intersecting street; a corner lot.
|
||
LOT, FLAG: A lot that is positioned, usually because of topography, behind
|
||
other lots and connected to a street via a long narrow portion of the lot often
|
||
called a "flag stem".
|
||
LOT FRONTAGE: The area of a lot adjacent to the street right of way from which
|
||
it gains access. Also refers to a measurement of the width of the lot at the
|
||
street right of way.
|
||
LOT LINE, FRONT: The boundary segment of a lot that lies adjacent to the street
|
||
from which the lot gains access and/or is addressed.
|
||
LOT LINE, REAR: The boundary segment of a lot that lies most opposite the front
|
||
lot line.
|
||
LOT LINE, SIDE: Any boundary segment or segments connecting the front and rear
|
||
lot lines.
|
||
LOT, THROUGH: A lot which fronts on one street and runs through to a parallel
|
||
street in the rear.
|
||
LUMINAIRE, CUTOFF: A complete lighting unit consisting of a light source,
|
||
housing, and all necessary electrical, mechanical, and decorative parts, and
|
||
which by design, limits the illumination to a specific area and does not allow
|
||
glare to be encountered beyond the illuminated area.
|
||
MAJOR RECREATIONAL EQUIPMENT: This term includes, but is not necessarily
|
||
limited to, snowmobiles and snowmobile trailers, livestock trailers, boats and
|
||
boat trailers, travel trailers (including pop ups), pickup camper tops when not
|
||
mounted on a vehicle, motor homes, tent trailers, as well as the cases, boxes,
|
||
or containers used for transporting or shipping recreational equipment, whether
|
||
or not occupied by such equipment.
|
||
MANUFACTURED HOME, CLASS A: Single-family housing built off site on a chassis,
|
||
or otherwise designed and constructed to be transported to a site for
|
||
installation and use when connected to required utilities. In addition, class A
|
||
manufactured homes meet the following standards:
|
||
1. Constructed after January 1, 1990, and certified as meeting the mobile
|
||
home construction standards of the U.S. department of housing and urban
|
||
development.
|
||
2. Is at least twenty feet (20') in width at its narrowest point.
|
||
3. Has a roof pitch not less than four to twelve (4:12) and eaves not
|
||
less than twelve inches (12"), not counting any gutter.
|
||
4. Utilizes roofing materials which are generally acceptable for site
|
||
built housing. Roofing materials must have the appearance of a shake, shingle,
|
||
or tile roof.
|
||
(E) Siding material which has the appearance of wood, masonry, or
|
||
nonreflective metal siding.
|
||
(F) Is placed on a permanent foundation for which a building permit has
|
||
been issued, or has perimeter skirting that resembles a conventional foundation
|
||
of a site built home, and is constructed of brick, concrete, concrete block, or
|
||
treated lumber.
|
||
(G) The hitch or tongue has been removed from the unit.
|
||
This definition does not include the terms "mobile home" or house trailer as
|
||
set forth in section 15-1-101, Montana Code Annotated.
|
||
MANUFACTURED HOME, CLASS B: A manufactured home meeting the mobile home
|
||
construction and safety standards of the U.S. department of housing and urban
|
||
development, but not meeting all criteria in subsections (A) through (F) of the
|
||
definition of Manufactured Home, Class A.
|
||
MANUFACTURED HOME, CLASS C: A manufactured home which does not meet the mobile
|
||
home construction and safety standards of the U.S. department of housing and
|
||
urban development, but which is at least ten feet (10') in width and forty feet
|
||
(40') in length excluding the hitch or tongue.
|
||
MANUFACTURED HOME PARK: An area designed for and occupied by two (2) or more
|
||
manufactured homes of any class where designated spaces are rented or leased to
|
||
persons having their own manufactured homes. Also includes similar areas in
|
||
which the manufactured home and the space are rented or leased to tenants.
|
||
MANUFACTURED HOME SUBDIVISION: A land subdivision in which lots are designated
|
||
and sold specifically for placement of manufactured homes of any class.
|
||
MOTEL: See definition of Hotel.
|
||
NONCONFORMING LOT OF RECORD: Any legally created lot of record that conformed
|
||
to prior regulations, but that does not conform to the standards set forth in
|
||
these regulations for lot area, dimensions, or configuration. (See section
|
||
9-4-13 of this title.)
|
||
NONCONFORMING STRUCTURE: A structure of any kind that was legal under prior
|
||
regulations, but does not conform to these regulations in terms of setbacks,
|
||
height, FAR, or LSR on the subject lot. (See section
|
||
9-4-13 of this title.)
|
||
NONCONFORMING USE: A use of land that was allowed under prior regulations, but
|
||
which does not conform to these regulations. (See section
|
||
9-4-13 of this title.)
|
||
NUISANCE: A condition or situation that results in an interference with the
|
||
enjoyment and use of property.
|
||
OCCUPANT: An individual, individuals, or entity in actual possession of a
|
||
premises.
|
||
OFF STREET PARKING: Spaces for automobiles that are provided, or are required
|
||
to be provided under these regulations, on private property, usually on the
|
||
same lot or parcel as the business, residence, or other entity served by the
|
||
parking, and not located on a street or other public way.
|
||
ORNAMENTAL TREE: A deciduous tree planted primarily for its beauty, color,
|
||
flower, or leaf rather than primarily for screening purposes.
|
||
PARAPET: The extension of the main walls of a structure above roof level.
|
||
PARAPET, TOP OF: The highest point of a parapet; often used in the measurement
|
||
of structural height.
|
||
PERSONAL SERVICES: Establishments primarily engaged in providing services, for
|
||
compensation, involving the care of a person or his or her personal goods or
|
||
apparel.
|
||
PRINCIPAL USE: The primary or predominant use of any lot or parcel.
|
||
RECREATIONAL VEHICLE (RV): See definition of Major Recreational Equipment.
|
||
RECYCLING CENTER: Land, building, and equipment used for the collection,
|
||
sorting, and reshipping of used materials for eventual reuse in new products.
|
||
RELIGIOUS INSTITUTION: A church, synagogue, temple, mosque, or other facility
|
||
where prayer, worship, fellowship, and education are partaken in by persons of
|
||
similar beliefs. Also, a special purpose building or complex of buildings that
|
||
is architecturally designed or particularly adapted for the primary use of
|
||
conducting formal religious services on a regular basis.
|
||
RESIDENTIAL USE: Use of land and/or buildings for sleeping, eating,
|
||
congregating, and general housekeeping by an individual, group of individuals
|
||
(see definition of Family), or family for a period of thirty (30) days or more.
|
||
RESTAURANT: See definition of Dining And Drinking Establishment.
|
||
RETAIL: The business activity through which durable and nondurable goods of all
|
||
kinds, including food and specialty items and household furnishings, are
|
||
offered for sale to the general public. This term does not include sales of
|
||
motor vehicles, trailers, trucks, and RVs, nor does it include the sale of
|
||
medical marijuana.
|
||
RETAINING WALL: A structure that is constructed between lands of different
|
||
elevations in order to stabilize the surfaces, prevent erosion and/or collapse,
|
||
and protect other structures such as homes and businesses.
|
||
RUBBISH: Generic term for solid waste, excluding food waste and ashes, taken
|
||
from residences, commercial establishments, and institutions.
|
||
SCALE: The proportioned relationship of the size of parts to one another, as in
|
||
the scale of buildings or of a neighborhood. Also, the relationship between
|
||
distances on a map and actual ground distances.
|
||
SCALE OF DEVELOPMENT: The relationship of a particular project or development,
|
||
in terms of its size, height, bulk, intensity of use, and aesthetics, to its
|
||
surroundings.
|
||
SELF-STORAGE FACILITY: A building or group of buildings containing separate,
|
||
individual, and private storage spaces or varying sizes available for lease or
|
||
rent for varying periods of time. Includes the terms "ministorage" and
|
||
"miniwarehouses".
|
||
SETBACK: The distance between a structure and any given lot line (front, side,
|
||
or rear).
|
||
SETBACK LINE: The line that delineates the required minimum distance from any
|
||
lot line, and establishes the area within which a principal or accessory
|
||
structure may be erected or placed.
|
||
SHRUB: A woody plant, smaller than a tree, consisting of several small branches
|
||
from the ground or small branches near the ground; may be deciduous or
|
||
evergreen.
|
||
SIGN: An object, device, display, or structure, or part thereof, situated
|
||
outdoors or indoors, that is intended and used to advertise, identify, display,
|
||
direct, or attract attention to an object, person, institution, organization,
|
||
business, product, service, event, or location by any means, including words,
|
||
letters, figures, design, symbols, fixtures, colors, illuminated, or projected
|
||
images.
|
||
SIGN, OFF PREMISES: A sign specifically designed to direct attention to a
|
||
business, product, or service, or attraction that is not provided on the
|
||
premises on which the sign is located; billboard.
|
||
SIGN, TEMPORARY: A sign or advertising display constructed of cloth, canvas,
|
||
fabric, plywood, or other light material and designed or intended to be
|
||
displayed for a relatively short period of time; not permanent.
|
||
SMOKE SHACK: A four (4) sided building no larger than ninety six (96) square
|
||
feet, one side of which is totally open. On the remaining three (3) sides,
|
||
there shall be continuous ventilation gaps of no less than eight inches (8") in
|
||
width between the wall and ceiling and the wall and the floor.
|
||
SPECIMEN TREE: A particularly impressive or outstanding example of a species
|
||
because of its size, shade, age, or other trait that epitomizes the character
|
||
of the species; in a landscape plan, species of trees that will grow the
|
||
largest and are usually installed at the largest sizes of any other plant
|
||
materials in the plan. May be coniferous or deciduous.
|
||
STRUCTURE: A combination of materials, that when combined and assembled in the
|
||
process of construction, form a substantial object for use, occupancy, or
|
||
ornamentation whether installed on, above, or below the surface of land or
|
||
water; a combination of materials assembled and set upon the land for a
|
||
beneficial use.
|
||
SUBDIVISION: The division of a lot, tract, or parcel of land into two (2) or
|
||
more lots, or other divisions of land for sale, development, or lease. A
|
||
division of land meeting the definition of subdivision set forth in section 76-
|
||
3-103, Montana Code Annotated.
|
||
TAVERN: See definition of Dining And Drinking Establishment.
|
||
TELECOMMUNICATIONS FACILITY: A federal communications commission licensed
|
||
facility, including at least one tower and support functions, designed and used
|
||
for the purpose of transmitting, receiving, and relaying voice and data signals
|
||
from various wireless communication devices and equipment. Does not include
|
||
broadcast antennas, amateur radio transmission facilities, or antennas for
|
||
public service communications such as police, fire, and other emergency
|
||
services.
|
||
THEATER: A building or part thereof used to show motion pictures or theatrical
|
||
productions including drama, dance, musical/concerts, or other live
|
||
performances.
|
||
TOURIST HOME: A lodging use of a residence where the entire residence or rooms
|
||
therein are rented to transient guests, with or without meals, for compensation
|
||
and for a term of occupancy of less than thirty (30) days.
|
||
TRAVEL TRAILER: See definition of Major Recreational Equipment.
|
||
ZONING DISTRICT: As used in these regulations, this term refers to individual
|
||
zoning districts such as A residential, highway business, general industrial,
|
||
etc. The term does not refer to all zoned land within the city of Choteau
|
||
collectively.
|
||
ZONING PERMIT: A permit issued by the city of Choteau that verifies that the
|
||
development described in the permit meets the applicable requirements of this
|
||
title. (Reference section
|
||
9-2-1 through
|
||
9-2-7 of this title.) (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. MCA § 52-2-703.
|
||
2 1. MCA § 52-2-703.
|
||
3 2. MCA § 52-2-703.
|
||
TITLE 10
|
||
TRAFFIC
|
||
CHAPTER 1
|
||
DEFINITIONS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
10-1-1: Definitions
|
||
10-1-1: DEFINITIONS:
|
||
The following words and phrases when used in this title shall for the purpose
|
||
of this title have the meanings respectively ascribed to them in this title
|
||
unless a different meaning clearly appears from the context:
|
||
ALLEY: Any public space or public thoroughfare twenty feet (20') or less in
|
||
width.
|
||
AUTHORIZED EMERGENCY VEHICLE: Vehicles of the fire department (fire patrol),
|
||
police vehicles, and such ambulances and emergency vehicles of municipal
|
||
departments or public service corporations as are designated or authorized by
|
||
the council.
|
||
BICYCLE: Every device propelled by human power upon which any person may ride,
|
||
having two (2) tandem wheels either of which is over twenty inches (20") in
|
||
diameter.
|
||
BUSINESS DISTRICT: The territory contiguous to and including a street or
|
||
highway when within any six hundred feet (600') along such street or highway
|
||
there are buildings in use for business or industrial purposes, including, but
|
||
not limited to, hotels, banks, or office buildings, railroad stations, and
|
||
public buildings which occupy at least three hundred feet (300') collectively
|
||
on both sides of the street or highway; provided however, that the chief of
|
||
police, with the consent of the council, may change the boundaries or territory
|
||
within said business district.
|
||
COMMERCIAL VEHICLE: Every vehicle designed, maintained, or used primarily for
|
||
the transportation of property.
|
||
CONTROLLED ACCESS HIGHWAY: Every highway, street, or railroad in respect to
|
||
which owners or occupants of abutting property or lands and other persons have
|
||
no legal right of access to or from the same except at such points only and in
|
||
such manner as may be determined by this title or by the council.
|
||
CROSSWALK: That part of a roadway at an intersection included within the
|
||
connections of the lateral lines of the sidewalks on opposite sides of the
|
||
highway measured from the curbs, or in the absence of curbs from the edges of
|
||
the traversable roadway. Any portion of a roadway at an intersection or
|
||
elsewhere distinctly indicated for pedestrian crossing by lines or other
|
||
markings on the surface.
|
||
CURB LOADING ZONE: A space adjacent to a curb reserved for the exclusive use of
|
||
vehicles during the loading or unloading of passengers or materials.
|
||
DRIVER: Every person who drives or is in actual physical control of a vehicle.
|
||
FREIGHT CURB LOADING ZONE: A space adjacent to a curb for the exclusive use of
|
||
vehicles during the loading or unloading of freight.
|
||
INTER**SECTION**: The area embraced within the prolongation or connection of the
|
||
lateral curb lines, or, if none, then the lateral boundary lines of the
|
||
roadways of two (2) highways which join one another at or approximately at
|
||
right angles, or the area within which vehicles traveling upon different
|
||
highways joining at any other angle may come in conflict.
|
||
Where a highway includes two (2) roadways thirty feet (30') or more apart, then
|
||
every crossing of each roadway of such divided highway by an intersecting
|
||
highway shall be regarded as a separate intersection. In the event such
|
||
intersecting highway also includes two (2) roadways thirty feet (30') or more
|
||
apart, then every crossing of two (2) roadways of such highways shall be
|
||
regarded as a separate intersection.
|
||
LANED ROADWAY: A roadway which is divided into two (2) or more clearly marked
|
||
lanes for vehicular traffic.
|
||
MOTOR VEHICLE: Every vehicle which is self-propelled not operating upon rails.
|
||
MOTORCYCLE: Every motor vehicle having a saddle for the use of the rider and
|
||
designed to travel on not more than three (3) wheels in contact with the
|
||
ground, but excluding a tractor.
|
||
OFFICIAL TIME STANDARD: Whenever certain hours are named herein they shall mean
|
||
standard time or daylight saving time as may be in current use in the city.
|
||
OFFICIAL TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES: All signs, signals, markings and devices not
|
||
inconsistent with this title placed or erected by authority of the council for
|
||
the purpose of regulating, warning, or guiding traffic and parking.
|
||
PARK: When prohibited means the standing of a vehicle, whether occupied or not,
|
||
otherwise than temporarily for the purpose of and while actually engaged in
|
||
loading or unloading.
|
||
PASSENGER CURB LOADING ZONE: A place adjacent to a curb reserved for the
|
||
exclusive use of vehicles during the loading or unloading of passengers.
|
||
PEDESTRIAN: Any person afoot.
|
||
PERSON: Every natural person, firm, copartnership, association or corporation.
|
||
POLICE OFFICER: Every officer of the municipal police department or any officer
|
||
authorized to direct or regulate traffic or to make arrests for violations of
|
||
this title.
|
||
PRIVATE ROAD OR DRIVEWAY: Every way or place in private ownership and used for
|
||
vehicular travel by the owner and those having express or implied permission
|
||
from the owner, but not by other persons.
|
||
RAILROAD: A carrier of persons or property upon cars operated upon stationary
|
||
rails.
|
||
RAILROAD TRAIN: A steam engine, electric or other motor, with or without cars
|
||
coupled thereto, operated upon rails.
|
||
RESIDENCE DISTRICT: The territory contiguous to and including a street or
|
||
highway not comprising a business district when the property on such street or
|
||
highway for a distance of three hundred feet (300') or more is in the main
|
||
improved with residences or residences and buildings in use for business.
|
||
RIGHT OF WAY: The privilege of the immediate use of the roadway.
|
||
ROADWAY: That portion of a street or highway improved, designed, or ordinarily
|
||
used for vehicular travel, exclusive of the berm or shoulder. In the event a
|
||
highway includes two (2) or more separate roadways the term "roadway" as used
|
||
herein shall refer to any such roadway separately but not to all such roadways
|
||
collectively.
|
||
SAFETY ZONE: The area or space officially set apart within a roadway for the
|
||
exclusive use of pedestrians and which is protected or is so marked or
|
||
indicated by adequate signs as to be plainly visible at all times while set
|
||
apart as a safety zone.
|
||
SIDEWALK: That portion of a street between curb lines, or the lateral lines of
|
||
a roadway, and the adjacent property lines intended for the use of pedestrians.
|
||
STOP: When required means complete cessation of movement.
|
||
STOP, STOPPING, OR STANDING: When prohibited means any stop or standing of a
|
||
vehicle, whether occupied or not, except when necessary to avoid conflict with
|
||
other traffic or in compliance with the directions of a police officer or
|
||
traffic control sign or signal.
|
||
STREET OR HIGHWAY: The entire width between the boundary lines of every way
|
||
publicly maintained when any part thereof is open to the use of the public for
|
||
purposes of vehicular travel.
|
||
THROUGH HIGHWAY: Every street or highway or portion thereof at the entrances to
|
||
which vehicular traffic from intersecting streets or highways is required by
|
||
law to stop before entering or crossing the same and when stop signs are
|
||
erected as provided in this title.
|
||
TRAFFIC: Pedestrians, ridden or herded animals, vehicles, and other conveyances
|
||
either singly or together while using any street for the purpose of travel.
|
||
TRAFFIC CONTROL SIGNAL: Any device, whether manually, electrically or
|
||
mechanically operated, by which traffic is alternately directed to stop and to
|
||
proceed.
|
||
TRAFFIC DIVISION: The traffic division of the police department of this city,
|
||
or in the event a traffic division is not established, then said term whenever
|
||
used herein shall be deemed to refer to the police department of this city.
|
||
TRUCK: Every motor vehicle designed, used, or maintained primarily for the
|
||
transportation of property and rated one ton or more capacity.
|
||
VEHICLE: Every device in, upon, or by which any person or property is or may be
|
||
transported or drawn upon a highway, except devices moved by human power or
|
||
used exclusively upon stationary rails or tracks. (1967 Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 2
|
||
TRAFFIC ADMINISTRATION
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
10-2-1: Police Administration
|
||
10-2-2: Records Of Traffic Violations
|
||
10-2-3: Police Department To Investigate Accidents
|
||
10-2-4: Driver's Files To Be Maintained
|
||
10-2-5: Annual Traffic Safety Report
|
||
10-2-6: Necessary, Emergency And Experimental Regulations
|
||
10-2-1: POLICE ADMINISTRATION:
|
||
It shall be the duty of the police department of this city to enforce the
|
||
provisions of this chapter, and all of the state vehicle laws applicable to
|
||
street traffic in this city, to make arrests for traffic violations, to
|
||
investigate accidents and to cooperate with other officers of the city in the
|
||
administration of the traffic laws and in developing ways and means to improve
|
||
traffic conditions, and to carry out those duties specially imposed upon said
|
||
department by this chapter and the traffic ordinances of this city. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-2-2: RECORDS OF TRAFFIC VIOLATIONS:
|
||
1. The police department shall keep a record of all violations of the
|
||
traffic provisions of this code or of the state vehicle laws of which any
|
||
person has been charged, together with a record of the final disposition of all
|
||
such alleged offenses. Such record shall be so maintained as to show all types
|
||
of violations and the total of each said record shall accumulate during at
|
||
least a five (5) year period and from that time on the record shall be
|
||
maintained complete for at least the most recent five (5) year period.
|
||
2. All forms for records of violations and notices of violations shall be
|
||
serially numbered. For each month and year a written record shall be kept
|
||
available to the public showing the disposal of all such forms.
|
||
3. All such records and reports shall be public records. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-2-3: POLICE DEPARTMENT TO INVESTIGATE ACCIDENTS:
|
||
It shall be the duty of the chief of police and members of the police
|
||
department to investigate traffic accidents, to arrest and to assist in the
|
||
prosecution of those persons charged with violations of laws causing or
|
||
contributing to such accidents. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-2-4: DRIVER'S FILES TO BE MAINTAINED:
|
||
1. The police department shall maintain a suitable record of all traffic
|
||
accidents, warnings, arrests, convictions, and complaints reported for each
|
||
driver which shall be filed alphabetically under the name of the driver
|
||
concerned.
|
||
2. Said department shall study the cases of all drivers charged with
|
||
frequent or serious violations of the traffic laws or involved in frequent
|
||
traffic accidents or any serious accident and shall attempt to discover the
|
||
reasons therefor, and shall take whatever steps are lawful and reasonable to
|
||
prevent the same or to have the licenses of such persons suspended or revoked.
|
||
(1967 Code)
|
||
10-2-5: ANNUAL TRAFFIC SAFETY REPORT:
|
||
The chief of police shall annually prepare a traffic report which shall be
|
||
filed with the council. Such report shall contain information on traffic
|
||
matters in this city as follows:
|
||
1. The number of traffic accidents, the number of persons killed, the
|
||
number of persons injured, and other pertinent traffic accident data.
|
||
2. The number of traffic accidents investigated and other pertinent data
|
||
on the safety activities of the police.
|
||
3. The plans and recommendations of the police department for future
|
||
traffic safety provisions. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-2-6: NECESSARY, EMERGENCY AND EXPERIMENTAL REGULATIONS:
|
||
1. The chief of police, with the approval of the council, is hereby
|
||
empowered to make and enforce regulations necessary to make effective the
|
||
provisions of the traffic code of this city.
|
||
2. The chief of police may test traffic control devices under actual
|
||
conditions of traffic. (1967 Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 3
|
||
ENFORCEMENT
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
10-3-1: Authority Of Police And Fire Department Officials
|
||
10-3-2: Required Obedience To Traffic Code
|
||
10-3-3: Obedience To Police And Fire Department Officials
|
||
10-3-4: Persons Propelling Certain Vehicles
|
||
10-3-5: Restricted Uses
|
||
10-3-6: Public Employees To Obey Traffic Regulations
|
||
10-3-7: Authorized Emergency Vehicles
|
||
10-3-8: Approaching Authorized Emergency Vehicles
|
||
10-3-9: Immediate Notice Of Accident
|
||
10-3-10: Written Reports Of Accidents
|
||
10-3-11: Driver Unable To Report
|
||
10-3-12: Written Accident Reports Confidential
|
||
10-3-1: AUTHORITY OF POLICE AND FIRE DEPARTMENT OFFICIALS:
|
||
It shall be the duty of the officers of the police department or such officers
|
||
as are assigned by the chief of police to enforce all street traffic laws of
|
||
this city and all of the state vehicle laws applicable to street traffic in
|
||
this city.
|
||
Officers of the police department or such officers as are assigned by the chief
|
||
of police are hereby authorized to direct all traffic by voice, hand, or signal
|
||
in conformance with traffic laws; provided, that, in the event of a fire or
|
||
other emergency or to expedite traffic or to safeguard pedestrians, officers of
|
||
the police department may direct traffic as conditions may require
|
||
notwithstanding the provisions of the traffic code.
|
||
Officers of the fire department, when at the scene of a fire, may direct or
|
||
assist the police in directing traffic thereat or in the immediate vicinity.
|
||
(1967 Code)
|
||
10-3-2: REQUIRED OBEDIENCE TO TRAFFIC CODE:
|
||
It is a misdemeanor for any person to do any act forbidden or fail to perform
|
||
any act required in this title. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-3-3: OBEDIENCE TO POLICE AND FIRE DEPARTMENT OFFICIALS:
|
||
No person shall wilfully fail or refuse to comply with any lawful order or
|
||
direction of a police officer or fire department official. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-3-4: PERSONS PROPELLING CERTAIN VEHICLES:
|
||
Every person propelling any push cart or riding an animal upon a roadway, and
|
||
every person driving any animal drawn vehicle, shall be subject to the
|
||
provisions of this code applicable to the driver of any vehicle, except those
|
||
provisions of this code which by their very nature can have no application.
|
||
(1967 Code)
|
||
10-3-5: RESTRICTED USES:
|
||
No person upon roller skates, or riding in or by means of any coaster, toy
|
||
vehicle, or similar device, shall go upon any roadway except while crossing a
|
||
street on a crosswalk and when so crossing such person shall be granted all the
|
||
rights and shall be subject to all of the duties applicable to pedestrians.
|
||
This section shall not apply upon any street while set aside as a play street
|
||
as authorized by the provisions of this code. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-3-6: PUBLIC EMPLOYEES TO OBEY TRAFFIC REGULATIONS:
|
||
The provisions of this code shall apply to the driver of any vehicle owned by
|
||
or used in the service of the United States government, this state, county, or
|
||
city, and it shall be unlawful for any said driver to violate any of the
|
||
provisions of this code, except as otherwise permitted in this code by state
|
||
statute. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-3-7: AUTHORIZED EMERGENCY VEHICLES:
|
||
1. The driver of an authorized emergency vehicle, when responding to an
|
||
emergency call or when in the pursuit of an actual or suspected violator of the
|
||
law or when responding to but not upon returning from a fire alarm, may
|
||
exercise the privileges set forth in this section, but subject to the
|
||
conditions herein stated.
|
||
2. The driver of an authorized emergency vehicle may:
|
||
1. Park or stand, irrespective of the provisions of this code;
|
||
2. Proceed past a red or stop signal or stop sign, but only after
|
||
slowing down as may be necessary for safe operation;
|
||
3. Exceed the prima facie speed limits so long as he does not endanger
|
||
life or property;
|
||
4. Disregard regulations governing direction of movement or turning in
|
||
specified directions.
|
||
3. The exemptions herein granted to an authorized emergency vehicle shall
|
||
apply only when the driver of any said vehicle while in motion sounds audible
|
||
signal by bell, siren or exhaust whistle as may be reasonably necessary, and
|
||
when the vehicle is equipped with at least one lighted lamp displaying a red
|
||
light visible under normal atmospheric conditions from a distance of five
|
||
hundred feet (500') to the front of such vehicle, except that an authorized
|
||
emergency vehicle operated as a police vehicle need not be equipped with or
|
||
display a red light visible from in front of the vehicle.
|
||
4. The foregoing provisions shall not relieve the driver of an authorized
|
||
emergency vehicle from the duty to drive with due regard for the safety of all
|
||
persons, nor shall such provisions protect the driver from the consequences of
|
||
his reckless disregard for the safety of others. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-3-8: APPROACHING AUTHORIZED EMERGENCY VEHICLES:
|
||
1. Upon the immediate approach of an authorized emergency vehicle
|
||
equipped with at least one lighted lamp exhibiting red light visible under
|
||
normal atmospheric conditions from a distance of five hundred feet (500') to
|
||
the front of such vehicle other than a police vehicle when operated as an
|
||
authorized emergency vehicle, and when the driver is giving audible signal by
|
||
siren, exhaust whistle, or bell.
|
||
1. The driver of every other vehicle shall yield the right of way and
|
||
shall immediately drive to a position parallel to, and as close as possible to,
|
||
the right hand edge or curb of the roadway clear of any intersection and shall
|
||
stop and remain in such position until the authorized emergency vehicle has
|
||
passed, except when otherwise directed by a police officer.
|
||
2. This section shall not operate to relieve the driver of an authorized
|
||
emergency vehicle from the duty to drive with due regard for the safety of all
|
||
persons using the highway. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-3-9: IMMEDIATE NOTICE OF ACCIDENT:
|
||
The driver of a vehicle involved in an accident resulting in injury to or death
|
||
of any person or property damage to an apparent extent of twenty five dollars
|
||
($25.00) or more, shall immediately by the quickest means of communication give
|
||
notice of such accident to the police department if such accident occurs within
|
||
this city. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-3-10: WRITTEN REPORTS OF ACCIDENTS:
|
||
The driver of a vehicle which is in any manner involved in an accident
|
||
resulting in injury to or death of a person or total property damage to an
|
||
apparent extent of twenty five dollars ($25.00) or more shall, within five (5)
|
||
days after such accident, forward a written report of such accident to the
|
||
police department, or a copy of any report he is required to forward to the
|
||
state. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-3-11: DRIVER UNABLE TO REPORT:
|
||
1. Whenever the driver of a vehicle is physically incapable of giving
|
||
immediate notice of an accident as required in section
|
||
10-3-9 of this chapter, and there was another occupant in the vehicle at the
|
||
time of the accident capable of doing so, such occupant shall give, or cause to
|
||
be given, the notice not given by the driver.
|
||
2. Whenever the driver is physically incapable of making a written report
|
||
of an accident as required in section
|
||
10-3-10 of this chapter, and such driver is not the owner of the vehicle, then
|
||
the owner of the vehicle involved in such accident shall within five (5) days
|
||
after learning of the accident make such report not made by the driver. (1967
|
||
Code)
|
||
10-3-12: WRITTEN ACCIDENT REPORTS CONFIDENTIAL:
|
||
All written accident reports made by drivers, owners or occupants of vehicles
|
||
involved in accidents as required in sections
|
||
10-3-9 and
|
||
10-3-10 of this chapter shall be without prejudice to the individual so
|
||
reporting and shall be for the confidential use of the police department or
|
||
other governmental agencies having use for the records for accident prevention
|
||
purposes, except that the police department may disclose the identity of a
|
||
person involved in an accident when such identity is not otherwise known or
|
||
when such person denies his presence at such accident. No such report shall be
|
||
used as evidence in any trial, civil or criminal, arising out of an accident
|
||
except that the department shall furnish upon demand of any person who has, or
|
||
claims to have made, such a report or upon demand of any court, a certificate
|
||
showing that a specified accident report has or has not been made to the police
|
||
department solely to prove a compliance or a failure to comply with the
|
||
requirements that such a report be made to the department. (1967 Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 4
|
||
TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
10-4-1: Authority To Install Devices
|
||
10-4-2: Specifications
|
||
10-4-3: Obedience To Traffic Control Devices
|
||
10-4-4: Enforcement Purposes
|
||
10-4-5: Traffic Control Signal Legend
|
||
10-4-6: Pedestrian Control Signals
|
||
10-4-7: Flashing Signals
|
||
10-4-8: Flashing Red Signal
|
||
10-4-9: Flashing Yellow Signal
|
||
10-4-10: Unauthorized Signs, Signals Or Markings
|
||
10-4-11: Interference Prohibited
|
||
10-4-12: Duty Of Chief Of Police
|
||
10-4-1: AUTHORITY TO INSTALL DEVICES:
|
||
The chief of police, with the approval of the council, shall place and maintain
|
||
traffic control signs, signals, and devices when and as required under the
|
||
traffic code of this city to make effective the provisions of said code, and
|
||
may place and maintain such additional traffic control devices as he may deem
|
||
necessary to regulate traffic under the traffic code or under state law, or to
|
||
guide or warn traffic. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-4-2: SPECIFICATIONS:
|
||
All traffic control signs, signals, and devices, insofar as possible, shall
|
||
conform to the standards set forth by the National Association of Traffic
|
||
Engineers. All signs and signals required hereunder for a particular purpose
|
||
shall so far as practicable be uniform as to type and location throughout the
|
||
city. All traffic control devices so erected and not inconsistent with the
|
||
provisions of state law or this code shall be official traffic control devices.
|
||
(1967 Code)
|
||
10-4-3: OBEDIENCE TO TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES:
|
||
The driver of any vehicle shall obey the instructions of any official traffic
|
||
control device applicable thereto placed in accordance with this chapter unless
|
||
otherwise directed by a police officer subject to the exceptions granted the
|
||
driver of an authorized emergency vehicle in this title. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-4-4: ENFORCEMENT PURPOSES:
|
||
No provision of this code for which signs are required shall be enforced
|
||
against an alleged violator if at the time and place of the alleged violation
|
||
an official sign is not in proper position and sufficiently legible to be seen
|
||
by an ordinarily observant person. Whenever a particular section does not state
|
||
that signs are required, such section shall be effective even though no signs
|
||
are erected or in place. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-4-5: TRAFFIC CONTROL SIGNAL LEGEND:
|
||
Whenever traffic is controlled by traffic control signals exhibiting the words
|
||
"Go", "Caution" or "Stop" or exhibiting different colored lights successively
|
||
one at a time, or with arrows, the following colors only shall be used and said
|
||
terms and lights shall indicate and apply to drivers of vehicles and
|
||
pedestrians as follows:
|
||
1. Green alone or "Go":
|
||
1. Vehicular traffic facing the signal, except when prohibited by this
|
||
chapter, may proceed straight through or turn right or left unless a sign at
|
||
such place prohibits either such turn. But vehicular traffic, including
|
||
vehicles turning right or left, shall yield the right of way to other vehicles
|
||
and to pedestrians lawfully within the intersection or an adjacent crosswalk at
|
||
the time such signal is exhibited.
|
||
2. Pedestrians facing the signal may proceed across the roadway within
|
||
any marked or unmarked crosswalk.
|
||
2. Yellow alone or "Caution" when shown following the green or "Go"
|
||
signal:
|
||
1. Vehicular traffic facing the signal is thereby warned that the red
|
||
or "Stop" signal will be exhibited immediately thereafter and such vehicular
|
||
traffic shall not enter or be crossing the intersection when the red or "Stop"
|
||
signal is exhibited.
|
||
2. No pedestrian facing such signal shall enter the roadway until the
|
||
green or "Go" is shown alone.
|
||
3. Red alone or "Stop":
|
||
1. Vehicular traffic facing the signal shall stop before entering the
|
||
crosswalk on the near side of the intersection or, if none, then before
|
||
entering the intersection and shall remain standing until green or "Go" is
|
||
shown alone.
|
||
2. No pedestrian facing such signal shall enter the roadway until the
|
||
green or "Go" is shown alone.
|
||
4. In the event an official traffic control signal is erected and
|
||
maintained at a place other than an intersection, the provisions of this
|
||
section shall be applicable except as to those provisions which by their nature
|
||
can have no application. Any stop required shall be made at a sign or marking
|
||
on the pavement indicating where the stop shall be made, but in the absence of
|
||
any such sign or marking the stop shall be made at the signal. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-4-6: PEDESTRIAN CONTROL SIGNALS:
|
||
Whenever special pedestrian control signals exhibiting the words "Walk" or
|
||
"Wait" or "Don't Walk" are in place, such signals shall indicate as follows:
|
||
1. Walk: Pedestrians facing such signal may proceed across the roadway in
|
||
the direction of the signal and shall be given the right of way by the drivers
|
||
of all vehicles.
|
||
2. Wait Or Don't Walk: No pedestrian shall start to cross the roadway in
|
||
the direction of such signal, but any pedestrian who has partially completed
|
||
his crossing on the walk signal shall proceed to a sidewalk or safety zone
|
||
while the wait signal is showing. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-4-7: FLASHING SIGNALS:
|
||
Whenever an illuminated flashing red or yellow signal is used in a traffic sign
|
||
or signal, it shall require obedience by vehicular traffic. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-4-8: FLASHING RED SIGNAL:
|
||
When a red lens is illuminated with rapid intermittent flashes, drivers of
|
||
vehicles shall stop before entering the nearest crosswalk at an intersection or
|
||
at a limit line when marked, or, if none, then before entering the
|
||
intersection, and the right to proceed shall be subject to the rules applicable
|
||
after making a stop at a stop sign. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-4-9: FLASHING YELLOW SIGNAL:
|
||
When a yellow lens is illuminated with rapid intermittent flashes, drivers of
|
||
vehicles may proceed through the intersection or past such signal only with
|
||
caution. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-4-10: UNAUTHORIZED SIGNS, SIGNALS OR MARKINGS:
|
||
1. No person shall place, maintain or display upon or in view of any
|
||
highway any unauthorized sign, signal, marking or device which purports to be
|
||
or is an imitation of or resembles an official traffic control device or
|
||
railroad sign or signal, or which attempts to direct the movement of traffic,
|
||
or which hides from view or interferes with the effectiveness of any official
|
||
traffic control device or any railroad sign or signal.
|
||
2. No person shall place or maintain nor shall any public authority
|
||
permit upon any highway any traffic sign or signal bearing thereon any
|
||
commercial advertising.
|
||
3. This section shall not be deemed to prohibit the erection upon private
|
||
property adjacent to highways of signs giving useful directional information
|
||
and of a type that cannot be mistaken for official signs.
|
||
4. Every such prohibited sign, signal, or marking is hereby declared to
|
||
be a public nuisance and the chief of police of this city is hereby empowered
|
||
to remove the same or cause it to be removed without notice. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-4-11: INTERFERENCE PROHIBITED:
|
||
No person shall without lawful authority attempt to or in fact alter, deface,
|
||
injure, knock down, or remove any official traffic control device or any
|
||
railroad sign or signal or any inscription, shield or insignia thereon, or any
|
||
other part thereof. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-4-12: DUTY OF CHIEF OF POLICE:
|
||
The chief of police, with the approval of the council, is hereby authorized:
|
||
1. To designate and maintain, by appropriate devices, marks, or lines
|
||
upon the surface of the roadway, crosswalks at intersections where in his
|
||
opinion there is particular danger to pedestrians crossing the roadway, and at
|
||
such other places as he may deem necessary.
|
||
2. To mark lanes for traffic on street pavements at such places as he may
|
||
deem advisable.
|
||
3. To mark off individual parking spaces to be designated by lines
|
||
painted or durably marked on the curbing or surface of the street; at each
|
||
space so marked off it shall be unlawful to park any vehicles in such a way
|
||
that said vehicle shall not be entirely within the limits of the space so
|
||
designated.
|
||
4. To establish safety zones of such kind and character and at such
|
||
places as he may deem necessary for the protection of pedestrians. (1967 Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 5
|
||
PLAY STREETS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
10-5-1: Authority To Establish Play Streets
|
||
10-5-2: Play Streets Designated
|
||
10-5-1: AUTHORITY TO ESTABLISH PLAY STREETS:
|
||
The chief of police, with the approval of the council, shall have the authority
|
||
to declare any street or part thereof a play street and to place appropriate
|
||
signs or devices in the roadway indicating and helping to protect the same.
|
||
(1967 Code)
|
||
10-5-2: PLAY STREETS DESIGNATED:
|
||
Whenever authorized signs are erected indicating any street, or part thereof as
|
||
a play street no person shall drive a vehicle upon any such street or portion
|
||
thereof except drivers of vehicles having business or whose residences are
|
||
within such closed area, and then any said driver shall exercise the greatest
|
||
care in driving upon any such street or portion thereof. (1967 Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 6
|
||
SPEED REGULATIONS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
10-6-1: Restrictions As To Speed
|
||
10-6-2: Speed Limits; Highways
|
||
10-6-1: RESTRICTIONS AS TO SPEED:
|
||
1. Reasonable Speed: Subject to the speed limits set forth in subsections
|
||
(B) and (D) of this section, a person shall operate a motor vehicle in a
|
||
careful and prudent manner and at a reduced rate of speed no greater than is
|
||
reasonable and prudent under the conditions existing at the point of operation,
|
||
taking into account the amount and character of traffic, visibility, weather,
|
||
and roadway conditions.
|
||
2. Speed Limit Schedule: No person shall drive a motor vehicle at a speed
|
||
greater than the speed set forth in the following schedule on the streets or
|
||
parts of streets as follows:
|
||
1. Fifteen (15) miles per hour twenty four (24) hours a day, every day
|
||
of the year, on the four (4) contiguous streets of the Choteau school property
|
||
that intersect with each other identified as follows:
|
||
1. Seventh Avenue N.W. between First Street N.W. and Third Street
|
||
N.W.; and
|
||
2. Tenth Avenue N.W. between First Street N.W. and Third Street
|
||
N.W.; and
|
||
3. First Street N.W. between Seventh Avenue N.W. and Tenth Avenue
|
||
N.W.; and
|
||
4. Third Street N.W. between Seventh Avenue N.W. and Tenth Avenue
|
||
N.W.
|
||
2. Fifteen (15) miles per hour twenty four (24) hours a day, every day
|
||
of the year, on the contiguous street and avenue of the Choteau minipark
|
||
property that intersect with each other identified as follows:
|
||
1. Between the two (2) posted fifteen (15) miles per hour signs
|
||
located on Third Street S.W. between First Avenue S.W. and Third Avenue S.W.,
|
||
each said sign located approximately one hundred fifty feet (150') from the
|
||
nearest property line of said minipark; and
|
||
2. Between the two (2) posted fifteen (15) miles per hour signs
|
||
located on Second Avenue S.W. between Second Street S.W. and Fifth Street S.W.,
|
||
each said sign located approximately one hundred fifty feet (150') from the
|
||
nearest property line of said minipark.
|
||
3. Fifteen (15) miles per hour twenty four (24) hours a day, every day
|
||
of the year, on the contiguous streets and avenues surrounding the Choteau
|
||
Baseball Complex identified as follows:
|
||
1. Beginning at the intersection of Second Avenue N.E. and First
|
||
Street S.E. and continuing in a circular direction on the existing road around
|
||
the baseball complex to the intersection of E. Division Street, and then
|
||
continuing again in a circular direction on the existing road around the
|
||
baseball complex until the road meets again with First Street S.E.
|
||
4. Twenty five (25) miles per hour on all streets and avenues within
|
||
the city limits, except as herein otherwise provided.
|
||
3. Violations: In every charge of violation of this section, the
|
||
complaint, also the summons or notice to appear, shall specify the speed at
|
||
which the defendant is alleged to have driven, also the speed which this
|
||
section and any accompanying schedules declare shall be prima facie lawful or
|
||
unlawful at the time and place of such violation.
|
||
4. Alleys: Alleys are for local access, and no person shall use an alley
|
||
as a through street. The speed limit for all alleys within the city limits
|
||
shall be five (5) miles per hour. (Ord. 309, 6-4-2014)
|
||
10-6-2: SPEED LIMITS; HIGHWAYS:
|
||
The state traffic laws regulating the speed of vehicles shall be applicable
|
||
upon all streets within this city designated as state, interstate or United
|
||
States highways, except as this chapter hereby declares and determines upon the
|
||
basis of engineering and traffic investigation that certain speed regulations
|
||
shall be applicable upon said specified highways, in which event it shall be
|
||
unlawful for any person to drive a vehicle of any character at a speed in
|
||
excess of any speed so declared in this chapter when signs are in place, giving
|
||
notice thereof.
|
||
It is hereby determined upon the basis of an engineering and traffic
|
||
investigation that the speed permitted by state law upon said state, interstate
|
||
or United States highways within the city is in some areas less than is
|
||
necessary for safe operation of vehicles thereon by reason of the designation
|
||
and sign posting of said streets as through highways and it is hereby declared
|
||
that the speed limit on said highways shall be as designated and posted. (Ord.
|
||
254, 3-20-1990)
|
||
CHAPTER 7
|
||
TURNING MOVEMENTS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
10-7-1: Turning At Intersections
|
||
10-7-2: Signals Before Certain Movements
|
||
10-7-3: Placement And Obedience To Turning Markers
|
||
10-7-4: Restricted Turn Signs
|
||
10-7-5: Obedience To No Turn Signs
|
||
10-7-6: Limitations On Turning Around
|
||
10-7-1: TURNING AT INTERSECTIONS:
|
||
The driver of a vehicle intending to turn at an intersection shall do as
|
||
follows:
|
||
1. Right Turns: Both the approach for a right turn and a right turn shall
|
||
be made as close as practicable to the right hand curb or edge of the roadway.
|
||
2. Left Turns On Two-Way Roadways: At any intersection where traffic is
|
||
permitted to move in both directions on each roadway entering the intersection,
|
||
an approach for a left turn shall be made in that portion of the right one-half
|
||
(1/2) of the roadway nearest the centerline thereof and by passing to the right
|
||
of such centerline where it enters the intersection and after entering the
|
||
intersection the left turn shall be made so as to leave the intersection to the
|
||
right of the centerline of the roadway being entered. Whenever practicable the
|
||
left turn shall be made at that portion of the intersection to the left of the
|
||
center of the intersection.
|
||
3. Left Turns On Other Than Two-Way Roadways: At any intersection where
|
||
traffic is restricted to one direction on one or more roadways, the driver of a
|
||
vehicle intending to turn left at any such intersection shall approach the
|
||
intersection in the extreme left hand lane lawfully available to traffic moving
|
||
in the direction of travel of such vehicle and after entering the intersection
|
||
the left turn shall be made so as to leave the intersection, as nearly as
|
||
practicable, in the left hand lane lawfully available to traffic moving in such
|
||
direction upon the roadway being entered. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-7-2: SIGNALS BEFORE CERTAIN MOVEMENTS:
|
||
1. The driver of any vehicle upon a highway before slowing down, stopping
|
||
or turning from a direct line shall first see that such movement can be made in
|
||
safety, and, if any pedestrians may be affected by such movement, shall signal
|
||
by sounding the horn, and whenever the operation of any vehicle may be affected
|
||
by such movement, shall give the signal required in this section plainly
|
||
visible to the driver of such vehicle of the intention to make such movement.
|
||
2. The signal herein required shall be given by means of the hand and arm
|
||
and in the manner herein specified, or by an approved mechanical or electrical
|
||
signal device, except that when conveyance is so constructed or loaded as to
|
||
prevent the hand and arm signal from being visible both to the front and rear,
|
||
the signal shall be of a device of a type which has been approved by the chief
|
||
of police.
|
||
3. Whenever the signal is given by means of the hand or arm, the driver
|
||
shall indicate his intention to slow down or stop by extending hand and arm
|
||
downward, to turn left by extending the hand and arm horizontally, and to turn
|
||
right by extending hand and arm upward beyond the left side of the vehicle.
|
||
(1967 Code)
|
||
10-7-3: PLACEMENT AND OBEDIENCE TO TURNING MARKERS:
|
||
1. The chief of police is authorized to place markers, buttons, or signs
|
||
within or adjacent to intersections indicating the course to be traversed by
|
||
vehicles turning at such intersections, and such course to be traveled as so
|
||
indicated may conform to or be other than as prescribed by the provisions of
|
||
this code or state law.
|
||
2. When authorized markers, buttons or other indications are placed
|
||
within an intersection indicating the course to be traveled by vehicles turning
|
||
thereat, no driver shall disobey the directions of such indications. (1967
|
||
Code)
|
||
10-7-4: RESTRICTED TURN SIGNS:
|
||
The chief of police with the consent of the council is hereby authorized to
|
||
determine those intersections at which drivers of vehicles shall not make a
|
||
right, left or U-turn, and shall place proper signs at such intersections. The
|
||
making of such turns may be prohibited between certain hours of any day and
|
||
permitted at other hours, in which event the same shall be plainly indicated on
|
||
the signs or they may be removed when such turns are permitted. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-7-5: OBEDIENCE TO NO TURN SIGNS:
|
||
Whenever authorized signs are erected indicating that no right or left or U-
|
||
turn is permitted, no driver of a vehicle shall disobey the directions of any
|
||
such sign. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-7-6: LIMITATIONS ON TURNING AROUND:
|
||
The driver of any vehicle shall not turn such vehicle so as to proceed in the
|
||
opposite direction upon any street in a business district and shall not upon
|
||
any other street so turn a vehicle unless such movement can be made in safety
|
||
and without interfering with other traffic. (1967 Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 8
|
||
ONE-WAY STREETS AND ALLEYS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
10-8-1: Authority To Sign One-Way Streets And Alleys
|
||
10-8-1: AUTHORITY TO SIGN ONE-WAY STREETS AND ALLEYS:
|
||
Whenever any provision of this code designates any one-way street or alley, the
|
||
chief of police shall place and maintain signs giving notice thereof, and no
|
||
such regulation shall be effective unless such signs are in place. Signs
|
||
indicating the direction of lawful traffic movement shall be placed at every
|
||
intersection where movement of traffic in the opposite direction is prohibited.
|
||
(1967 Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 9
|
||
SPECIAL STOPS REQUIRED
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
10-9-1: Through Streets Designated
|
||
10-9-2: Yield Signs
|
||
10-9-3: Stop Signs
|
||
10-9-4: Intersections Where Stop Required
|
||
10-9-5: Vehicles To Stop At Stop Signs
|
||
10-9-6: Emerging From Alley, Driveway Or Building
|
||
10-9-7: Stop When Traffic Obstructed
|
||
10-9-8: Stopping Within Intersection Or On Crosswalk
|
||
10-9-9: Obedience To Railroad Signals
|
||
10-9-1: THROUGH STREETS DESIGNATED:
|
||
The following are hereby declared to be through streets for the purpose of this
|
||
code; traffic will stop when entering:
|
||
1. Main Street, both sides, entire length;
|
||
2. All regularly designated state or federal highways.
|
||
Provided, however, that the chief of police, with the approval of the council,
|
||
may declare other streets in the city to be through streets when deemed
|
||
necessary. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-9-2: YIELD SIGNS:
|
||
When the intersection is designated by the council, as a "yield" intersection,
|
||
the driver of a vehicle approaching the "yield" sign shall slow to a speed of
|
||
not more than fifteen (15) miles per hour and yield right of way to all
|
||
vehicles approaching from the right or left on the intersecting roads, or
|
||
streets, which are so close as to constitute an immediate hazard. If a driver
|
||
is involved in a collision at an intersection or interferes with the movement
|
||
of other vehicles after driving past a "yield" sign, such collision or
|
||
interference shall be deemed evidence of the driver's failure to yield right of
|
||
way. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-9-3: STOP SIGNS:
|
||
Whenever any of the provisions of this code designate and describe a through
|
||
street it shall be the duty of the chief of police to place and maintain a stop
|
||
sign on each and every street intersecting such through street or intersecting
|
||
that portion thereof described and designated as such by any provision of this
|
||
code unless traffic at any such intersection is controlled at all times by
|
||
traffic control signals, provided, however, that at the intersection of two (2)
|
||
such through streets or at the intersection of a through street and a heavy
|
||
traffic street not so designated, stop signs shall be erected at the approaches
|
||
of either of said streets as may be determined by the chief of police upon the
|
||
basis of an engineering and traffic study. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-9-4: INTERSECTIONS WHERE STOP REQUIRED:
|
||
The chief of police, with the consent of the council, is hereby authorized to
|
||
determine and designate intersections where particular hazards exist upon other
|
||
than through streets and to determine whether vehicles shall stop at one or
|
||
more entrances to any such stop intersection, and shall erect a stop sign at
|
||
every such place where a stop is required. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-9-5: VEHICLES TO STOP AT STOP SIGNS:
|
||
When stop signs are erected as herein authorized at or near the entrance to any
|
||
intersection, every driver of a vehicle approaching a stop sign shall stop
|
||
before entering the crosswalk on the near side of the intersection or in the
|
||
event there is no crosswalk shall stop at a clearly marked stop line, but if
|
||
none, then at the point nearest the intersecting roadway where the driver has a
|
||
view of approaching traffic on the intersecting roadway before entering the
|
||
intersection except when directed to proceed by a police officer or traffic
|
||
control signal. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-9-6: EMERGING FROM ALLEY, DRIVEWAY OR BUILDING:
|
||
The driver of a vehicle within a business or residence district emerging from
|
||
an alley, driveway or building shall stop such vehicle immediately prior to
|
||
driving onto a sidewalk or onto the sidewalk area extending across any
|
||
alleyway, yielding the right of way to any pedestrian as may be necessary to
|
||
avoid collision, and upon entering the roadway shall yield the right of way to
|
||
all vehicles approaching on said roadway. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-9-7: STOP WHEN TRAFFIC OBSTRUCTED:
|
||
No driver shall enter an intersection or a marked crosswalk unless there is
|
||
sufficient space on the other side of the intersection or crosswalk to
|
||
accommodate the vehicle he is operating without obstructing the passage of
|
||
other vehicles or pedestrians, notwithstanding any traffic control signal
|
||
indication to proceed. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-9-8: STOPPING WITHIN INTERSECTION OR ON CROSSWALK:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any vehicle to stop within an intersection or on a
|
||
crosswalk for the purpose of picking up or discharging passengers, guests or
|
||
other persons. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-9-9: OBEDIENCE TO RAILROAD SIGNALS:
|
||
1. Whenever any person driving a vehicle approaches a railroad grade
|
||
crossing under any of the circumstances stated in this section, the driver of
|
||
such vehicle shall stop within fifty feet (50') but not less than fifteen feet
|
||
(15') from the nearest rail of such railroad, and shall not proceed until he
|
||
can do so safely. The foregoing requirements shall apply when:
|
||
1. A clearly visible electric or mechanical signal device gives warning
|
||
of the immediate approach of a railroad train;
|
||
2. A crossing gate is lowered or when a human flagman gives or
|
||
continues to give a signal of the approach of passage of a railroad train;
|
||
3. A railroad train approaching within approximately one thousand five
|
||
hundred feet (1,500') of the highway crossing emits a signal audible from such
|
||
distance and such railroad train, by reason of its speed or nearness to such
|
||
crossing, is an immediate hazard;
|
||
4. An approaching railroad train is plainly visible and is in hazardous
|
||
proximity to such crossing.
|
||
2. No person shall drive any vehicle through, around or under any
|
||
crossing gate or barrier at a railroad grade crossing while such gate or
|
||
barrier is closed or is being opened or closed. (1967 Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 10
|
||
MISCELLANEOUS DRIVING RULES
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
10-10-1: Following Fire Apparatus Prohibited
|
||
10-10-2: Crossing Fire Hose
|
||
10-10-3: Driving Through Processions
|
||
10-10-4: Drivers In A Procession
|
||
10-10-5: Funeral Processions To Be Identified
|
||
10-10-6: Vehicles Not To Be Driven On Sidewalks
|
||
10-10-7: Limitations On Backing
|
||
10-10-8: Riding On Motorcycles
|
||
10-10-9: Clinging To Vehicles
|
||
10-10-10: Boarding And Alighting From Vehicles
|
||
10-10-11: Unlawful Riding
|
||
10-10-12: Railroad Trains Not To Block Streets
|
||
10-10-13: Flagman At Crossing
|
||
10-10-14: Obstruction To View
|
||
10-10-15: Driving By Certain Persons Unlawful
|
||
10-10-16: Motorcycle Regulations
|
||
10-10-17: No Through Truck Traffic
|
||
10-10-18: Commercial Truck Routes
|
||
10-10-1: FOLLOWING FIRE APPARATUS PROHIBITED:
|
||
The driver of any vehicle other than one on official business shall not follow
|
||
any fire apparatus traveling in response to a fire alarm closer than five
|
||
hundred feet (500') or drive into or park such vehicle within the block where
|
||
such fire apparatus has stopped in answer to a fire alarm. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-10-2: CROSSING FIRE HOSE:
|
||
No vehicle shall be driven over any unprotected hose of the fire department
|
||
when laid down on any street or private driveway, to be used at any fire or
|
||
alarm of fire, without the consent of the fire department official in command.
|
||
(1967 Code)
|
||
10-10-3: DRIVING THROUGH PROCESSIONS:
|
||
No driver of a vehicle shall drive between the vehicles comprising a funeral or
|
||
other authorized procession while they are in motion and when such vehicles are
|
||
conspicuously designated (as required by the provisions of this chapter).
|
||
This provision shall not apply at intersections where traffic is controlled by
|
||
traffic control signals or police officers. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-10-4: DRIVERS IN A PROCESSION:
|
||
Each driver in a funeral or other procession shall drive as near to the right
|
||
hand edge of the roadway as practical and shall follow the vehicle ahead as
|
||
close as is practical and safe. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-10-5: FUNERAL PROCESSIONS TO BE IDENTIFIED:
|
||
A funeral composed of a procession of vehicles shall be identified as such by a
|
||
lighting of the headlights of all vehicles in said procession, or by such other
|
||
method as may be determined and designated by the chief of police. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-10-6: VEHICLES NOT TO BE DRIVEN ON SIDEWALKS:
|
||
The driver of a vehicle shall not drive within any sidewalk area except at a
|
||
permanent driveway, or upon a temporary driveway when a permit therefor has
|
||
been secured from the chief of police. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-10-7: LIMITATIONS ON BACKING:
|
||
The driver of a vehicle shall not back the same unless such movement can be
|
||
made with reasonable safety and without interference with other traffic. (1967
|
||
Code)
|
||
10-10-8: RIDING ON MOTORCYCLES:
|
||
A person operating a motorcycle shall ride only upon the permanent and regular
|
||
seat attached thereto, and such operator shall not carry any other person nor
|
||
shall any other person ride on a motorcycle unless such motorcycle is designed
|
||
to carry more than one person, in which event a passenger may ride upon the
|
||
permanent and regular seat if designed for two (2) persons, or upon another
|
||
seat firmly attached to the rear side of the operator. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-10-9: CLINGING TO VEHICLES:
|
||
No person riding upon any bicycle, coaster, roller skates, sled or toy vehicle
|
||
shall attach the same or himself to any vehicle upon a roadway. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-10-10: BOARDING AND ALIGHTING FROM VEHICLES:
|
||
No person shall board or alight from any vehicle while such vehicle is in
|
||
motion. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-10-11: UNLAWFUL RIDING:
|
||
No person shall ride on any vehicle or portion thereof not designed or intended
|
||
for the use of passengers. This provision shall not apply to an employee
|
||
engaged in the necessary discharge of a duty, or to persons riding within truck
|
||
bodies in space intended for merchandise. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-10-12: RAILROAD TRAINS NOT TO BLOCK STREETS:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for the directing officer, the engineer, conductor or
|
||
other person in charge of any railroad train to direct the operation of or to
|
||
operate the same in such a manner as to prevent the use of any street in the
|
||
city over which said railroad crosses for a period of time longer than five (5)
|
||
minutes, except that this provision shall not apply to trains in motion other
|
||
than those engaged in switching. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-10-13: FLAGMAN AT CROSSING:
|
||
1. Every person, association or corporation owning, running or operating
|
||
a "railroad train" or trains as defined by chapter 1 of this title, across any
|
||
street or highway in the city shall station a flagman or watchman at any such
|
||
street or highway crossing as may be designated by the council after being
|
||
notified as hereinafter provided, who shall give a signal of warning to all
|
||
persons, drivers, pedestrians or bicycle riders, or any of them, approaching
|
||
the railroad crossing before and during the passage of any railroad train, and
|
||
such flagman or watchman shall be on duty for such time during the day or
|
||
night, or both, as the council shall direct. Such flagman or watchman shall be
|
||
so stationed within five (5) days after such person, association or corporation
|
||
shall be notified in writing so to do by the chief of police of the city.
|
||
Service of such written notice of any requirement of the council under the
|
||
provisions of this code upon an agent of such person, association or
|
||
corporation with the city shall be sufficient notice thereof.
|
||
2. Any person, association or corporation failing to observe and comply
|
||
with the provisions of this section shall, upon conviction thereof, be deemed
|
||
guilty of a misdemeanor. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-10-14: OBSTRUCTION TO VIEW:
|
||
1. It shall be unlawful for the driver of any vehicle to drive the same
|
||
when such vehicle is so loaded or when there are in the front seat of such
|
||
vehicle such number of persons as to obstruct the view of the driver to the
|
||
front or sides or to interfere with the driver's control over the driving
|
||
mechanism of the vehicle.
|
||
2. It shall be unlawful for any passenger in a vehicle to ride in such a
|
||
position as to interfere with the driver's view ahead or to the sides, or to
|
||
interfere with the driver's control over the driving mechanism of the vehicle.
|
||
(1967 Code)
|
||
10-10-15: DRIVING BY CERTAIN PERSONS UNLAWFUL:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person under the age of fifteen (15) years, unless
|
||
such person has been issued and is in possession of a driving authorization
|
||
permit from the Montana highway patrol (or the chief of police) to drive any
|
||
motor vehicle on the streets of the city. It shall be the duty of members of
|
||
the police department to arrest any person violating this provision, to take
|
||
possession of the vehicle so driven and to hold the same until any penalty
|
||
imposed for such violation has been paid or satisfied. The owner of a vehicle
|
||
shall be held responsible for the operation of such vehicle by any person under
|
||
the minimum age limit hereinbefore set forth; provided, however, that this
|
||
section shall not apply to a student or other person taking a regular driving
|
||
course of learning to drive when accompanied by his or her parent or teacher
|
||
holding a driver's permit. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-10-16: MOTORCYCLE REGULATIONS:
|
||
1. A person operating a motorcycle on public streets or highways shall
|
||
ride only upon the permanent and regular seat attached thereto, and such
|
||
operator shall not carry any other person nor shall any other person ride on a
|
||
motorcycle unless such motorcycle is designed to carry more than one person, in
|
||
which event a passenger may ride upon the permanent and regular seat if
|
||
designed for two (2) persons, or upon another seat firmly attached to the rear
|
||
or side of the operator.
|
||
2. No passenger shall be carried in a position that will interfere with
|
||
the operation of the motorcycle or the view of the operator.
|
||
3. No person operating a motorcycle shall carry any packages, bundles or
|
||
articles which would interfere with the operation of said vehicle in a safe and
|
||
prudent manner.
|
||
4. "Sidesaddle" riding on a motorcycle is prohibited.
|
||
(E) Motorcycles are to be operated with lights on at all times when
|
||
operated on any public highway or street.
|
||
(F) Every person riding a motorcycle upon any public street, whether as
|
||
operator or passenger, shall wear a helmet, which is rated Z90.1-1966-USASI
|
||
safety standards, or better.
|
||
(G) Not more than two (2) motorcycles shall be operated side by side in a
|
||
single traffic lane.
|
||
(H) All motor vehicles including motorcycles, are entitled to the full use
|
||
of a traffic lane, and no vehicle shall be driven or operated in such a manner
|
||
so as to deprive any other vehicle of the full use of a traffic lane, except
|
||
that motorcycles may, with the consent of both drivers, be operated not more
|
||
than two (2) abreast in a single traffic lane.
|
||
(I) Every person riding a motorcycle upon a roadway shall be granted all
|
||
of the rights and shall be subject to all of the duties applicable to the
|
||
driver of a motor vehicle except as to those provisions which, by their nature,
|
||
can have no application.
|
||
(J) Any person violating any of the provisions of this section shall be
|
||
guilty of a misdemeanor and be subject to the penalty provided therefor in
|
||
section
|
||
1-4-1 of this code. (Ord. 179, 12-7-1970)
|
||
10-10-17: NO THROUGH TRUCK TRAFFIC:
|
||
1. There shall be no through truck traffic by individuals driving trucks
|
||
in excess of eight thousand (8,000) pounds using the following streets and
|
||
avenues or a portion thereof, of the city, hereinafter designated:
|
||
1st Street NW
|
||
2nd Street SW
|
||
3rd Street SW
|
||
1st Avenue NW
|
||
7th Avenue NW
|
||
9th Avenue NE
|
||
10th Avenue NE
|
||
11th Avenue NE
|
||
12th Avenue NE
|
||
Rice Avenue
|
||
(Ord. 308, 2-5-2014)
|
||
2. A violation of subsection (A) of this section shall subject the driver
|
||
of said truck to the penalty provided in section
|
||
1-4-1 of this code. (Ord. 280, 5-4-1999)
|
||
10-10-18: COMMERCIAL TRUCK ROUTES:
|
||
1. It is unlawful and constitutes a misdemeanor punishable as provided in
|
||
section 61-10-147 Montana Code Annotated for any person to drive or operate or
|
||
for the owner to cause or knowingly permit to be driven or operated any truck,
|
||
not involved in local services as defined in subsection (B) of this section,
|
||
upon the streets and avenues of the city of Choteau except upon the truck
|
||
routes designated as follows:
|
||
Airport Road
|
||
Secondary Highway 220
|
||
Secondary Highway 221
|
||
7th Street SW
|
||
U.S. Highway 89
|
||
U.S. Highway 287
|
||
2. For the purpose of this section, the following definitions and terms
|
||
apply:
|
||
LOCAL SERVICE: Limiting the authorized use of city streets or avenues to
|
||
those trucks which have either a point of origin or destination for immediate
|
||
business purposes or personal purposes within the limits of the city or a point
|
||
of origin or destination which is only accessible via city streets or avenues.
|
||
PERSONAL PURPOSES: Are transient, nonbusiness purposes.
|
||
TRUCK: Any motor vehicle designed, used or maintained primarily for the
|
||
transportation of property, which has a gross vehicle weight of over twenty
|
||
thousand (20,000) pounds.
|
||
3. In any court hearing, unless credible evidence is produced
|
||
demonstrating either a "personal purpose" or an "immediate business purpose"
|
||
within the limits of the city by a bill of lading or routing schedule for an
|
||
address within the limits of the city, the operation of such truck on a
|
||
prohibited street or avenue shall be prima facie evidence of a violation of
|
||
this chapter. (Ord. 293, 8-7-2001)
|
||
CHAPTER 11
|
||
OPERATION OF VEHICLES
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
10-11-1: Police May Take Possession Of Vehicles
|
||
10-11-1: POLICE MAY TAKE POSSESSION OF VEHICLES:
|
||
Any member of the police department is hereby authorized to take possession of
|
||
any motor vehicle owned by any person who has violated, as to said vehicle, any
|
||
of the provisions of section 32-2142, 32-2143 or 32-2143.3, Revised Code of
|
||
Montana, 1947, as amended, and such policeman has authority to remove such
|
||
vehicle from the street, alleys or other public places where the violation
|
||
occurs, and to store and keep possession thereof until the owner of such
|
||
vehicle appears and claims the same. The costs of towing or removing such
|
||
vehicle and the cost of storing the same shall be chargeable against the owner
|
||
of said vehicle before the same shall be released. The vehicle may be stored in
|
||
a public garage or on city property; if stored in a public garage, the storage
|
||
charges shall be the amount charged for such storage. (Ord. 209, 6-6-1978)
|
||
CHAPTER 12
|
||
PEDESTRIANS' RIGHTS AND DUTIES
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
10-12-1: Subject To Traffic Signals
|
||
10-12-2: Right Of Way In Crosswalk
|
||
10-12-3: Pedestrians To Use Right Half Of Crosswalk
|
||
10-12-4: Crossing At Right Angles
|
||
10-12-5: When Pedestrian Shall Yield
|
||
10-12-6: Pedestrians Walking Along Roadway
|
||
10-12-7: Pedestrians Soliciting Rides Or Business
|
||
10-12-8: Drivers To Exercise Due Care
|
||
10-12-1: SUBJECT TO TRAFFIC SIGNALS:
|
||
Pedestrians shall be subject to traffic control signals as heretofore declared
|
||
in sections
|
||
10-4-5 and
|
||
10-4-6 of this title, but at all other places pedestrians shall be granted
|
||
those rights and be subject to the restrictions stated in this chapter. (1967
|
||
Code)
|
||
10-12-2: RIGHT OF WAY IN CROSSWALK:
|
||
1. When traffic control signals are not in place or not in operation, the
|
||
driver of a vehicle shall yield the right of way slowing down or stopping if
|
||
need be to so yield to a pedestrian crossing the roadway or street within a
|
||
crosswalk when the pedestrian is upon the one-half (1/2) of the roadway upon
|
||
which the vehicle is traveling or when the pedestrian is approaching so closely
|
||
from the opposite one-half (1/2) of the roadway as to be in danger, but no
|
||
pedestrian shall suddenly leave a curb or other place of safety and walk or run
|
||
into the path of a vehicle, which is so close that it is impossible for the
|
||
driver to yield.
|
||
2. Whenever any vehicle is stopped at a marked crosswalk or at any
|
||
unmarked crosswalk at an intersection to permit a pedestrian to cross the
|
||
roadway, the driver of any other vehicle approaching from the rear shall not
|
||
overtake and pass such stopped vehicle.
|
||
3. No person except a blind person shall carry a white cane in the city.
|
||
When a person carrying a white cane enters any intersection in this city, the
|
||
driver of any motor vehicle shall bring such motor vehicle to a stop.
|
||
4. It is unlawful for any person to drive a motor vehicle through a
|
||
column of school children crossing a street or highway or past a member of the
|
||
school safety patrol while the member of the school safety patrol is directing
|
||
the movement of children across a street or highway and while the school safety
|
||
patrol member is holding his official signal in the stop position. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-12-3: PEDESTRIANS TO USE RIGHT HALF OF CROSSWALK:
|
||
Pedestrians shall move, whenever practicable, upon the right one- half (1/2) of
|
||
crosswalks. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-12-4: CROSSING AT RIGHT ANGLES:
|
||
No pedestrian shall cross a roadway at any place other than right angles to the
|
||
curb or by the shortest route to the opposite curb except in a crosswalk. (1967
|
||
Code)
|
||
10-12-5: WHEN PEDESTRIAN SHALL YIELD:
|
||
Every pedestrian crossing a roadway at any point other than within a marked
|
||
crosswalk or within an unmarked crosswalk at an intersection shall yield the
|
||
right of way to all vehicles upon the roadway. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-12-6: PEDESTRIANS WALKING ALONG ROADWAY:
|
||
1. Where sidewalks are provided it shall be unlawful for any pedestrian
|
||
to walk along and upon adjacent road.
|
||
2. Where sidewalks are not provided, any pedestrian walking along and
|
||
upon a highway shall when practicable walk only on the left side of the roadway
|
||
or its shoulder facing traffic which may approach from the opposite direction.
|
||
(1967 Code)
|
||
10-12-7: PEDESTRIANS SOLICITING RIDES OR BUSINESS:
|
||
1. No person shall stand in a roadway for the purpose of soliciting a
|
||
ride, employment or business from the occupant of any vehicle.
|
||
2. No person shall stand on or in proximity to a street or highway for
|
||
the purpose of soliciting the watching or guarding of any vehicle while parked
|
||
or about to be parked on a street or highway. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-12-8: DRIVERS TO EXERCISE DUE CARE:
|
||
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this chapter, every driver of a
|
||
vehicle shall exercise due care to avoid colliding with any pedestrian upon any
|
||
roadway, and shall give warning by sounding the horn when necessary and shall
|
||
exercise proper precaution upon observing any child or any confused or
|
||
incapacitated person upon a roadway. (1967 Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 13
|
||
METHOD OF PARKING
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
10-13-1: Standing Or Parking Close To Curb
|
||
10-13-2: Signs Or Markings Indicating Angle Parking
|
||
10-13-3: Obedience To Signs Or Markers
|
||
10-13-1: STANDING OR PARKING CLOSE TO CURB:
|
||
No person shall stand or park a vehicle in a roadway other than parallel with
|
||
the edge of the roadway headed in the direction of lawful traffic movement and
|
||
with the right hand wheels of the vehicle within eighteen inches (18") of the
|
||
curb or edge of the roadway except as otherwise provided in this chapter. (1967
|
||
Code)
|
||
10-13-2: SIGNS OR MARKINGS INDICATING ANGLE PARKING:
|
||
1. The chief of police, with the approval of the council, shall determine
|
||
upon what streets angle parking shall be permitted and shall mark or sign such
|
||
streets but such angle parking shall not be indicated upon any federal aid or
|
||
state highway within this city unless the state highway commission has
|
||
determined by resolution or order entered in its minutes that the roadway is of
|
||
sufficient width to permit angle parking without interfering with the free
|
||
movement of traffic.
|
||
2. Angle parking shall not be indicated or permitted at any place where
|
||
passing traffic would thereby be caused or required to drive upon the left side
|
||
of the street. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-13-3: OBEDIENCE TO SIGNS OR MARKERS:
|
||
Upon those streets which have been signed or marked by the chief of police for
|
||
angle parking, no person shall park or stand a vehicle other than at the angle
|
||
to the curb or edge of the roadway indicated by such signs or markings and in
|
||
such a manner that said vehicle shall be entirely within the limits of the
|
||
space so designated. (1967 Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 14
|
||
STOPPING, STANDING OR PARKING
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
10-14-1: Stopping, Standing Or Parking Prohibited
|
||
10-14-2: Parking Not To Obstruct Traffic
|
||
10-14-3: Parking In Alleys
|
||
10-14-4: Parking For Certain Purposes Prohibited
|
||
10-14-5: Parking Adjacent To Schools
|
||
10-14-6: Parking Prohibited On Narrow Streets
|
||
10-14-7: Standing Or Parking On One-Way Streets
|
||
10-14-8: Standing Or Parking On One-Way Roadways
|
||
10-14-9: Stopping, Standing Or Parking Near Hazardous Or Congested Places
|
||
10-14-10: Application Of Chapter
|
||
10-14-11: Regulations Not Exclusive
|
||
10-14-12: Certain Parking Prohibited
|
||
10-14-13: Parking Time Limited
|
||
10-14-14: Parking Signs Required
|
||
10-14-15: Truck, Truck Tractor, Trailer, Semitrailers, Bus And School Bus
|
||
Parking
|
||
10-14-1: STOPPING, STANDING OR PARKING PROHIBITED:
|
||
No signs required:
|
||
1. No person shall stop, stand or park a vehicle, except when necessary
|
||
to avoid conflict with other traffic or in compliance with law or the direction
|
||
of a police officer or a traffic control device in any of the following places:
|
||
1. On a sidewalk.
|
||
2. In front of a public or private driveway.
|
||
3. Within an intersection.
|
||
4. Within eight feet (8') of a fire hydrant.
|
||
5. On a crosswalk.
|
||
6. Within prohibited designated area next to crosswalk at an
|
||
intersection.
|
||
7. Within thirty feet (30') upon the approach to any flashing beacon,
|
||
stop sign or traffic control signal located at the side of a roadway provided
|
||
that bus stops may be established in said areas, as provided in this code.
|
||
8. Within fifty feet (50') of the nearest rail of a railroad crossing.
|
||
9. Within ten feet (10') of the driveway entrance to any fire station
|
||
and on the side of a street opposite the entrance to any fire station within
|
||
seventy five feet (75') of said entrance when properly signposted.
|
||
10. Alongside or opposite any street excavation or obstruction when
|
||
stopping, standing or parking would obstruct traffic.
|
||
11. On the roadway side of any vehicle stopped or parked at the edge or
|
||
curb of a street.
|
||
12. Upon any bridge or other elevated structure upon a highway.
|
||
13. At any place where official signs prohibit stopping.
|
||
2. No person shall move a vehicle not lawfully under his control into any
|
||
such prohibited area or away from a curb such distance as is unlawful. (1967
|
||
Code)
|
||
10-14-2: PARKING NOT TO OBSTRUCT TRAFFIC:
|
||
No person shall park any vehicle upon a street, other than an alley, in such a
|
||
manner or under such conditions as to leave available less than ten feet (10')
|
||
of the width of the roadway for free movement of vehicular traffic. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-14-3: PARKING IN ALLEYS:
|
||
No person shall park a vehicle within an alley in such a manner or under such
|
||
conditions as to leave available less than ten feet (10') of the width of the
|
||
roadway for the free movement of vehicular traffic, and no person shall stop,
|
||
stand or park a vehicle within an alley in such position as to block the
|
||
driveway entrance to any abutting property; excepting, however, commercial
|
||
vehicles while actually engaged in loading or unloading property. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-14-4: PARKING FOR CERTAIN PURPOSES PROHIBITED:
|
||
No person shall park a vehicle upon any roadway for the principal purpose of:
|
||
1. Displaying such vehicle for sale.
|
||
2. Greasing or repairing such vehicle, except repairs necessitated by an
|
||
emergency.
|
||
3. Selling merchandise, tickets or solicitations of subscriptions to
|
||
magazines or other printed periodicals.
|
||
4. Storage of any such vehicle other than normal parking of vehicles
|
||
regularly used.
|
||
(E) Any vehicle parked continuously on street in business district for ten
|
||
(10) days, or in residential district for thirty (30) days, may be removed as
|
||
provided in section
|
||
10-19-15 of this title. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-14-5: PARKING ADJACENT TO SCHOOLS:
|
||
1. The chief of police, with the consent of the council, is hereby
|
||
authorized to erect signs indicating no parking upon either or both sides of
|
||
any street adjacent to any school property when such parking would in his
|
||
opinion interfere with traffic or create a hazardous situation.
|
||
2. When official signs are erected indicating no parking upon either side
|
||
of a street adjacent to any school property as authorized herein, no person
|
||
shall park a vehicle in any such designated place. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-14-6: PARKING PROHIBITED ON NARROW STREETS:
|
||
1. The chief of police, with the consent of the council, is hereby
|
||
authorized to erect signs indicating no parking upon any street when the width
|
||
of the roadway does not exceed twenty feet (20'), or upon one side of a street
|
||
as indicated by such signs when the width of the roadway does not exceed thirty
|
||
feet (30').
|
||
2. When official signs prohibiting parking are erected upon narrow
|
||
streets as authorized herein, no person shall park a vehicle upon any such
|
||
street in violation of any such signs. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-14-7: STANDING OR PARKING ON ONE-WAY STREETS:
|
||
The chief of police is authorized to erect signs upon the left hand side of any
|
||
one-way street to prohibit the standing or parking of vehicles, and when such
|
||
signs are in place, no person shall stand or park a vehicle upon such left hand
|
||
side in violation of any such sign. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-14-8: STANDING OR PARKING ON ONE-WAY ROADWAYS:
|
||
In the event a highway includes two (2) or more separate roadways and traffic
|
||
is restricted to one direction upon any such roadway, no person shall stand or
|
||
park a vehicle upon the left hand side of such one-way roadway unless signs are
|
||
erected to permit such standing or parking. The chief of police is authorized
|
||
to determine when standing or parking may be permitted upon the left hand side
|
||
of any such one-way roadway and to erect signs giving notice thereof. (1967
|
||
Code)
|
||
10-14-9: STOPPING, STANDING OR PARKING NEAR HAZARDOUS OR CONGESTED PLACES:
|
||
1. The chief of police, with the consent of the council, is hereby
|
||
authorized to determine and designate by proper signs placed not exceeding one
|
||
hundred feet (100') in length in which the stopping, standing or parking of a
|
||
vehicle would create an especially hazardous condition or would cause unusual
|
||
delay to traffic.
|
||
2. When official signs are erected at hazardous or congested places as
|
||
authorized herein, no person shall stop, stand or park a vehicle in any such
|
||
designated place. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-14-10: APPLICATION OF CHAPTER:
|
||
The provisions of this chapter prohibiting the standing or parking of a vehicle
|
||
shall apply at all times or at those times herein specified or as indicated on
|
||
official signs, except when it is necessary to stop a vehicle to avoid conflict
|
||
with other traffic or in compliance with the directions of a police officer or
|
||
official traffic control device. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-14-11: REGULATIONS NOT EXCLUSIVE:
|
||
The provisions of this chapter imposing a time limit on parking shall not
|
||
relieve any person from the duty to observe other and more restrictive
|
||
provisions prohibiting or limiting the stopping, standing or parking of
|
||
vehicles in specified places or at specified times. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-14-12: CERTAIN PARKING PROHIBITED:
|
||
It shall be unlawful to park any vehicle on any paved street, avenue or alley
|
||
as posted between the hours of five o'clock (5:00) A.M. and eight o'clock (8:
|
||
00) A.M., while any such street, avenue or alley is being cleaned and the city
|
||
council shall have the authority to designate the days upon which certain
|
||
streets, avenues and alleys shall be cleaned and no parking permitted. (Ord.
|
||
210, 6-6-1978)
|
||
10-14-13: PARKING TIME LIMITED:
|
||
When signs are erected in each block giving notice thereof, no person shall
|
||
park a vehicle for longer than three (3) hours at any time between the hours of
|
||
nine o'clock (9:00) A.M. and five o'clock (5:00) P.M. on any day, except Sunday
|
||
and public holidays, within the district so posted. (Ord. 138, 10-17-1960)
|
||
10-14-14: PARKING SIGNS REQUIRED:
|
||
The city council may, from time to time or as it deems necessary, erect parking
|
||
signs which impose a parking time limitation limit, or prohibit parking on
|
||
certain designated streets. (Ord. 233, 11-5-1984)
|
||
10-14-15: TRUCK, TRUCK TRACTOR, TRAILERS, SEMITRAILERS, BUS AND SCHOOL BUS
|
||
PARKING:
|
||
1. No truck, truck tractor, trailer or semitrailer of licensed gross
|
||
vehicle weight (GVW), as shown by their valid owner's certificate of
|
||
registration and tax receipt or the gross vehicle weight receipt, of twelve
|
||
thousand (12,000) pounds and over, shall be parked at any time, on Main Avenue
|
||
between Division Street and Fourth Street NW or NE, on First Avenue SW between
|
||
Division Street and First Street SW, on First Street SW to the west of West
|
||
Court Avenue; or on Division Street, First Street NW, Second Street NW, Third
|
||
Street NW, or Fourth Street NW, to the west of first alley east of Main Avenue,
|
||
which alley parallels Main Avenue and is adjacent to and to the west of the
|
||
railroad right of way, except that such vehicles may be parked on Third Street
|
||
Northwest along block 2 and block 5 of the original townsite of the city from
|
||
the east boundary of the alley dissecting each block for one hundred feet
|
||
(100') in an easterly direction along said street.
|
||
2. No person shall park a truck, truck tractor, trailer, semitrailer,
|
||
school bus, or bus on any street or alley in the residential zones A, B, and C
|
||
as depicted on the zoning map of the city, a modified copy of which is attached
|
||
hereto and incorporated herein and marked as "exhibit A".
|
||
[https://export.amlegal.com/media/a7ce328e03c90fb96723594d121db42e148854c4/
|
||
IMAGES/0-0-0-1283.gif]
|
||
3. The following exceptions shall apply to the above stated restrictions
|
||
for residential zones A, B and C:
|
||
1. Trucks, truck tractors, trailers, semitrailers, buses and school
|
||
buses may be temporarily parked for the expeditious loading and unloading of
|
||
such vehicles, and for the parking of a truck, truck tractor, trailer or
|
||
semitrailer while such vehicle is being used in connection with the
|
||
construction or repair of buildings, service calls or the moving of household
|
||
goods.
|
||
2. All recreational vehicles, campers and horse trailers or other
|
||
vehicles which may be pulled or trailed behind a motor vehicle will be allowed
|
||
to park for seventy two (72) consecutive hours on city streets with the
|
||
exception of Main Avenue North and South, First Street Northeast, Division
|
||
Street West and Seventh Avenue SW to the city limits.
|
||
3. Persons seeking waiver of any parking restrictions covered by this
|
||
section because of special need or business requirements may, by written
|
||
request, petition the city council for a special parking permit. The council
|
||
may, after public hearing, issue said special parking permit for a period not
|
||
to exceed one year per parking area.
|
||
1. Notice: The city council shall, after receiving written
|
||
request for a special parking permit, publish notice one time in a local
|
||
newspaper of general circulation of the general nature of the permit requested
|
||
and set the matter for public hearing at the next regular meeting of the city
|
||
council.
|
||
2. Hearing: The decision of the city council as to whether or
|
||
not to issue a special parking permit after public hearing shall be final.
|
||
3. Fee: The city shall charge a twenty five dollar ($25.00)
|
||
fee for each separate special parking permit.
|
||
4. Permit Issued: A special parking permit may be issued for
|
||
a particular vehicle or a particular location but a special parking permit
|
||
shall be required for each separate location.
|
||
(e) Permit Specifications: The special parking permit shall
|
||
particularly describe the particular location as to address and size of parking
|
||
area permitted and specify the use for which the permit is granted.
|
||
(f) Permit Regulations: No special parking permit area may
|
||
interfere with public safety, normal traffic flow nor infringe on private
|
||
property other than that owned, leased or otherwise vested or used by legal
|
||
right by the person receiving the special parking permit.
|
||
(g) Revocation Of Special Permit: The city council may, upon
|
||
receiving a written complaint and proper written notice to the permit holder
|
||
and after public hearing of the city council, revoke any special parking permit
|
||
issued hereunder, when, in the council's opinion, it is in the best interest of
|
||
the city to do so. The city council shall have the discretion to determine
|
||
whether to hold a hearing on the complaint. No permit shall be revoked without
|
||
opportunity for hearing.
|
||
(h) Renewal Of Special Permit: Once a special parking permit
|
||
has been issued, the city council may, upon request from a permit holder, renew
|
||
for another year without a public hearing upon condition the permit holder pay
|
||
a new annual fee and there are no written protests made to the city council
|
||
regarding that permit. If the city council receives a written protest, they
|
||
must conduct a new public hearing before deciding whether to renew the special
|
||
parking permit.
|
||
4. The definition of "truck", "truck tractor", "trailer", "semitrailer",
|
||
"vehicle", "motor vehicle", "school bus", "bus", "axle", and "gross weight"
|
||
under Montana state law, as described in title 61 of the Montana Codes
|
||
Annotated, or its successor, shall be applicable for the purposes of this
|
||
section.
|
||
(E) Violation of any provisions of this section shall be a misdemeanor
|
||
which is punishable by fine or imprisonment as provided in section 61-8-711,
|
||
Montana Code Annotated or its successor. Each day such violation continues is a
|
||
separate offense.
|
||
(F) Should any part or provisions of this section be declared
|
||
unconstitutional or invalid by the courts, such decision shall not affect the
|
||
validity of the section as a whole, or any part thereof other than the part
|
||
declared unconstitutional or invalid. (Ord. 233, 11-5-1984)
|
||
CHAPTER 15
|
||
LICENSE REGULATIONS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
10-15-1: State License
|
||
10-15-1: STATE LICENSE:
|
||
The owner of a motor vehicle shall register such vehicle with the registrar of
|
||
motor vehicles of the state of Montana and shall further comply with all
|
||
provisions of the motor vehicle registration act. The owner shall display in a
|
||
conspicuous place on such registered vehicle the proper license plates which
|
||
must be legible at all times for a distance of one hundred feet (100'). Any
|
||
Montana resident who shall drive any motor vehicle upon the streets of the city
|
||
shall have in his possession a driver's license issued to him by the state of
|
||
Montana. Nonresidents shall comply in this respect with the Montana nonresident
|
||
act. (1967 Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 16
|
||
VEHICLE RIGHT OF WAY REGULATIONS
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
10-16-1: Drive On Right Hand Side Of Street
|
||
10-16-2: Crossing Railroad Intersections
|
||
10-16-3: Meeting Of Vehicles
|
||
10-16-4: Overtaking And Passing A Vehicle
|
||
10-16-5: Limitations On Overtaking And Passing
|
||
10-16-6: Operators To Give Way
|
||
10-16-7: Following Too Closely
|
||
10-16-8: Right Of Way
|
||
10-16-9: Through And Preferential Streets
|
||
10-16-10: Right Of Way Backing
|
||
10-16-11: U-Turns
|
||
10-16-1: DRIVE ON RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STREET:
|
||
Upon all streets, except one-way streets, the driver of a vehicle shall drive
|
||
the same upon the right one-half (1/2) of the street and the driver of a slow
|
||
moving vehicle shall drive the same as close as possible to the right hand curb
|
||
of a street, unless it is impracticable to travel on such side of the street,
|
||
and except when overtaking and passing another vehicle, subject to the
|
||
limitations applicable by law for overtaking and passing.
|
||
The foregoing provisions of this section shall not be deemed to prevent the
|
||
marking of lanes for traffic upon any street and the allocation of designated
|
||
lanes to traffic moving in a particular direction or at designated speeds.
|
||
(1967 Code)
|
||
10-16-2: CROSSING RAILROAD INTERSECTIONS:
|
||
In crossing an intersection of a highway and railroad right of way, except upon
|
||
a one-way street, the driver of a vehicle shall at all times cause such vehicle
|
||
to travel on the right one-half (1/2) of the roadway unless such right one-half
|
||
(1/2) is obstructed or impassable. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-16-3: MEETING OF VEHICLES:
|
||
Drivers of vehicles proceeding in opposite directions shall pass each other to
|
||
the right, each giving to the other at least one- half (1/2) of the main
|
||
traveled portion of the roadway as nearly as possible. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-16-4: OVERTAKING AND PASSING A VEHICLE:
|
||
The driver of a vehicle overtaking another vehicle proceeding in the same
|
||
direction shall pass at a safe distance to the left thereof, and shall not
|
||
again drive to the right side of the highway until safely clear of such
|
||
overtaken vehicle. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-16-5: LIMITATIONS ON OVERTAKING AND PASSING:
|
||
The driver of a vehicle shall not drive to the left side of the centerline of a
|
||
highway in overtaking and passing another vehicle proceeding in the same
|
||
direction unless such left side is clearly visible and is free of oncoming
|
||
traffic for a sufficient distance ahead so to drive in safety. The foregoing
|
||
provision of this section shall not apply upon one-way streets laned for
|
||
traffic in which latter event vehicles traveling in lanes shall move in the
|
||
direction permitted for such lanes.
|
||
The driver of a vehicle shall not overtake and pass another vehicle proceeding
|
||
in the same direction at any railroad grade crossing or at any intersection of
|
||
highways. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-16-6: OPERATORS TO GIVE WAY:
|
||
The operator of a vehicle upon a highway about to be overtaken and passed by
|
||
another vehicle approaching from the rear, or about to pull away from the curb,
|
||
shall give way to the right in favor of the overtaking vehicle, and shall not
|
||
start or increase the speed of his vehicle until completely passed by the
|
||
overtaking vehicle. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-16-7: FOLLOWING TOO CLOSELY:
|
||
1. The operator of a motor vehicle shall not follow another vehicle more
|
||
closely than is reasonable and prudent, having due regard to the speed of such
|
||
vehicle and the traffic upon and condition of the highway.
|
||
2. The driver of any motor truck when moving upon a highway outside of a
|
||
business district or resident district shall not follow another motor truck
|
||
within one hundred feet (100') but this shall not be construed to prevent one
|
||
motor truck overtaking and passing another. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-16-8: RIGHT OF WAY:
|
||
When two (2) vehicles enter an intersection the driver of the vehicle on the
|
||
left shall yield the right of way to the vehicle on the right. The driver of a
|
||
vehicle within an intersection intending to turn to the left shall yield the
|
||
right of way to any vehicle approaching from the opposite direction. (1967
|
||
Code)
|
||
10-16-9: THROUGH AND PREFERENTIAL STREETS:
|
||
The driver of any vehicle who has come to a full stop as herein required upon
|
||
entering a through or preferential street, shall yield the right of way to
|
||
vehicle or vehicles on such through or preferential street. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-16-10: RIGHT OF WAY BACKING:
|
||
The driver of any vehicle backing the same against the current of traffic shall
|
||
be responsible for any accident in which he may become involved. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-16-11: U-TURNS:
|
||
The chief of police, with the consent of the council, is hereby authorized to
|
||
designate those streets upon which no U-turns shall be made and shall cause the
|
||
same to be plainly marked. (1967 Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 17
|
||
EQUIPMENT STANDARD
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
10-17-1: Brakes
|
||
10-17-2: Required Lighting Equipment
|
||
10-17-3: Additional Permissible Lights
|
||
10-17-4: Load Requirements
|
||
10-17-5: Horns And Warning Devices
|
||
10-17-6: Muffler Cutouts Regulated
|
||
10-17-7: Red Light In Front Of Vehicle Prohibited
|
||
10-17-8: Size Of Vehicles And Loads
|
||
10-17-9: Trailers And Towed Vehicles
|
||
10-17-10: Restrictions As To Tire Equipment
|
||
10-17-11: State Statutes Shall Control
|
||
10-17-12: Vehicles With Lugs
|
||
10-17-13: Hot Rods
|
||
10-17-1: BRAKES:
|
||
Every motor vehicle operated or driven upon any public highway in the city
|
||
shall be provided with at least two (2) sets of independently operated brakes
|
||
in good working order, either one of which must be sufficient to stop the drive
|
||
wheels of the car and prevent them from turning while the car is in motion;
|
||
provided, however, that motorcycles need be equipped with only one brake. All
|
||
such brakes shall be maintained in good working order and shall conform to
|
||
regulations not inconsistent with this section promulgated by the chief of
|
||
police or by the Montana highway patrol.
|
||
Any police officer having reason to believe that the brakes with which any
|
||
motor vehicle is equipped are unlawful, is authorized to test the same either
|
||
by means of a portable brake testing machine or a stationary brake testing
|
||
machine, and may require each motor vehicle to be driven to the nearest brake
|
||
testing machine in the event that such brake testing machine is within two (2)
|
||
miles. The officer may then order such repairs or adjustments to the brakes as
|
||
may be necessary to make such brakes lawful. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-17-2: REQUIRED LIGHTING EQUIPMENT:
|
||
1. Period When Lights Required To Be Displayed: During the period between
|
||
one-half (1/2) hour after sunset and one-half (1/2) hour before sunrise every
|
||
vehicle operated or driven upon any public highway in the city shall display
|
||
the lights in this section required for the class of vehicle to which it
|
||
belongs.
|
||
2. Lights Required To Be Displayed By Motor Vehicles Of Three Or More
|
||
Wheeled Type: Every vehicle of three (3) or more wheeled type shall display at
|
||
least two (2) white headlights in front (one on each side) and two (2) lights
|
||
in the rear.
|
||
3. Lights Required To Be Displayed By Motor Vehicles Of The Motorcycle Or
|
||
Two-Wheeled Type: Every motor vehicle of the motorcycle or two-wheeled type
|
||
shall display one white light in front and one red light in the rear.
|
||
4. Color And Type Of Rear Light: The rear light required in subsections
|
||
(B) and (C) of this section shall display red rays visible to the rear, and
|
||
shall throw white light upon the number plate carried on the rear of such
|
||
vehicle so that the number will be clearly visible at a distance of five
|
||
hundred feet (500').
|
||
(E) Intensity Of Front Lights: The light of the front lamps required in
|
||
subsections (B) and (C) of this section shall be visible at least five hundred
|
||
feet (500') in the direction in which the motor vehicle is proceeding.
|
||
(F) Nonglare Dimmers: The front lights of all motor vehicles shall be
|
||
equipped with some style of nonglare dimmers by which the intensity of such
|
||
lights is diminished, and it shall be unlawful for the driver of any motor
|
||
vehicle in the city to display on the front of such vehicle lights of such
|
||
degree of brightness as tend to confuse drivers of vehicles coming in contact
|
||
with or moving in an opposite direction from such motor vehicles, but lamps
|
||
shall be deemed to comply with the foregoing provisions as to confusing
|
||
brightness if none of the main bright portion of the headlight beams rises
|
||
above a horizontal plane passing through the lamp centers, parallel to the
|
||
level road upon which the loaded vehicle stands and in no case higher than
|
||
forty two inches (42"), seventy five feet (75') ahead of the vehicle.
|
||
(G) Clearance Lamps: Trucks, trailers and automobiles which are of a
|
||
greater width than eighty inches (80"), upon any public highway in the city
|
||
shall be equipped with and display on each side of the body thereof a white,
|
||
yellow or green light or reflector facing the front and on each side of the
|
||
rear of such vehicle a red light or reflector facing the rear.
|
||
(H) Stop Light On Motor Buses: All motor buses operating upon the streets,
|
||
avenues or alleys of the city shall in addition to the rear lamp provided in
|
||
subsection (B) of this section, carry also at the rear a lamp which exhibits a
|
||
red light when said vehicle is slowed for a stop, or what is commonly called a
|
||
stop light, which shall be visible under normal atmospheric conditions at a
|
||
distance of not less than two hundred feet (200') from the rear of such motor
|
||
bus.
|
||
(I) Stop Lights On Other Vehicles: All vehicles not heretofore in this
|
||
section required to be equipped with specified lighted lamps shall carry one or
|
||
more lighted lamps or lanterns displaying a white light visible under normal
|
||
atmospheric conditions from a distance of not less than five hundred feet
|
||
(500') to the rear of such vehicle; provided, however, that if any provision of
|
||
this section shall conflict with any state law applicable to lighting equipment
|
||
on vehicles, then the state law, so far as conflicting herewith, shall control.
|
||
(1967 Code)
|
||
10-17-3: ADDITIONAL PERMISSIBLE LIGHTS:
|
||
1. Spotlights: Any motor vehicle may be equipped with not to exceed two
|
||
(2) spotlights, except a motorcycle shall not be equipped with more than one
|
||
spotlight and every lighted spotlight shall be so aimed and used upon
|
||
approaching another vehicle that no part of the beam will be directed to the
|
||
left of center of the car nor more than one hundred feet (100') ahead of the
|
||
vehicle.
|
||
2. Auxiliary Driving Lamps: Any motor vehicle may be equipped with not to
|
||
exceed two (2) auxiliary lamps mounted on the front at a height of not less
|
||
than twenty four inches (24") above the level surface on which the vehicle
|
||
stands and every such auxiliary driving lamp or lamps shall meet the
|
||
requirements and limitations set forth in this title as to the elements of
|
||
overbrightness or glare.
|
||
3. Restrictions On Lamps: Any device other than headlamps, spotlights or
|
||
auxiliary lamps, which project a beam of light of an intensity greater than
|
||
twenty five (25) candle power, shall be so directed that no part of the beam
|
||
will strike the level surface on which the vehicle stands at a distance of more
|
||
than fifty feet (50') of the vehicle. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-17-4: LOAD REQUIREMENTS:
|
||
Whenever any trucks, trailers and automobiles upon a public highway in the city
|
||
shall be loaded with any material in such a manner that any portion of such
|
||
load extends toward the rear three feet (3') or more beyond the rear of the
|
||
body or bed of such vehicle, there shall be displayed at the extreme rear end
|
||
of the load, during the period between sunset and sunrise, a light or reflector
|
||
plainly visible under normal atmospheric conditions at least two hundred feet
|
||
(200') from the rear, and at all other times while such vehicle is upon a
|
||
public highway in said city, a red flag or cloth not less than sixteen inches
|
||
(16") square shall be displayed at the extreme rear of said load as a warning
|
||
signal to persons operating vehicles approaching from the rear. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-17-5: HORNS AND WARNING DEVICES:
|
||
1. Every motor vehicle operated or driven upon a public highway in the
|
||
city shall be provided with a horn or other device for signaling sufficiently
|
||
under all reasonable conditions to give timely warning of the approach of the
|
||
motor vehicle, and it shall be unlawful, except as otherwise provided in this
|
||
section, for any vehicle to be equipped with or for any person to use upon a
|
||
vehicle any siren, bell, or any compression or spark plug whistle, or any
|
||
exhaust horn or whistle which does not produce a harmonious sound, or for any
|
||
person at any time to use a horn otherwise than as a reasonable warning, or to
|
||
make unnecessary or unreasonable loud or harsh sound by means of a horn or
|
||
other warning device.
|
||
2. Every authorized emergency vehicle shall be equipped with a bell,
|
||
siren, or exhaust whistle of a type approved by the council. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-17-6: MUFFLER CUTOUTS REGULATED:
|
||
1. No person shall drive a motor vehicle on a highway unless such motor
|
||
vehicle is equipped with a muffler in good working order and in constant
|
||
operation to prevent excessive or unusual noise or annoying smoke.
|
||
2. It shall be unlawful to use a "muffler cutout" on any motor vehicle on
|
||
any street, avenue or alley in the city. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-17-7: RED LIGHT IN FRONT OF VEHICLE PROHIBITED:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to operate or drive any vehicle upon any
|
||
public highway in the city displaying a red light or red reflector visible from
|
||
the front of such vehicle; provided, however, that this section shall not apply
|
||
to police cars, sheriff's cars, emergency ambulances, wreckers or firefighting
|
||
equipment and vehicles of volunteer firemen. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-17-8: SIZE OF VEHICLES AND LOADS:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to drive, park, or move, or for the owner
|
||
to cause or knowingly permit to be driven, parked or moved, on any public
|
||
highway in the city any vehicle or vehicles of a size exceeding the limitations
|
||
stated in this section.
|
||
1. No vehicle shall exceed a total outside width including any load
|
||
thereon, of eight feet (8'), except that the width of a farm tractor, or of
|
||
loads of hay or straw, shall not exceed twelve feet (12'), and except further
|
||
that the limitations as to size of vehicles stated in this section shall not
|
||
apply to implements of husbandry, equipment structures, or implements of
|
||
industry temporarily propelled or moved upon the public highway or to road
|
||
machinery engaged in the construction or maintenance of highways.
|
||
2. No vehicle unloaded or with load shall exceed a height of fourteen
|
||
feet six inches (14'6").
|
||
3. No vehicle shall exceed a length of thirty three feet (33').
|
||
4. No vehicle shall carry any load extending more than three feet (3')
|
||
beyond the front thereof.
|
||
(E) No passenger vehicle shall carry any load extending beyond the line of
|
||
the fenders on either side of such vehicle more than twelve inches (12").
|
||
(F) No buildings shall be moved along or over any of the streets of the
|
||
city unless a permit therefor shall be first granted by the city clerk, and in
|
||
granting such permit, the city clerk shall be empowered to designate the route
|
||
which shall be taken in moving any such building.
|
||
(G) No vehicle shall be driven or moved on a highway within the city
|
||
unless such vehicle is so constructed or loaded as to prevent its contents from
|
||
dropping, sifting, leaking or otherwise escaping therefrom. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-17-9: TRAILERS AND TOWED VEHICLES:
|
||
1. No motor vehicle shall be driven upon any public highway in the city
|
||
drawing or having attached thereto more than one other vehicle.
|
||
2. The draw bar or other connection between any two (2) vehicles; one of
|
||
which is towing or drawing the other on a public highway in the city, shall not
|
||
exceed fifteen feet (15') in length from one vehicle to the other. Whenever
|
||
such connection consists of a chain, rope or cable there shall be displayed
|
||
upon such connection a red flag or other signal or cloth not less than twelve
|
||
inches (12") both in length and width.
|
||
3. The total length of any combination of vehicles shall in no case
|
||
exceed sixty feet (60'). (1967 Code)
|
||
10-17-10: RESTRICTIONS AS TO TIRE EQUIPMENT:
|
||
1. Every solid rubber tire on a vehicle moved on any highway in the city
|
||
shall have rubber on its entire traction surface at least one inch (1") thick
|
||
above the edge of the flange of the entire periphery.
|
||
2. No tire on a vehicle moved on a highway in the city shall have on its
|
||
periphery any block, stud, flange, cleat, or spike, or any other protuberances
|
||
of any material other than rubber which projects beyond the tread of the
|
||
traction surface of the tire, unless state approved, except that it shall be
|
||
permissible to use tire chains of reasonable proportions upon any vehicle when
|
||
required for safety because of snow, ice or other conditions tending to cause a
|
||
vehicle to slide or skid; and provided further, that the chief of police may in
|
||
his discretion issue special permits authorizing the operation upon a highway
|
||
in said city of traction engines or tractors having movable tracks with
|
||
transverse corrugations upon the periphery of such movable tracks on farm
|
||
tractors or other farm machinery. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-17-11: STATE STATUTES SHALL CONTROL:
|
||
If the provisions of the statutes of Montana shall vary or conflict with the
|
||
provisions of this chapter, then the provisions of the state statutes shall
|
||
control and the provisions of this chapter shall be considered subject to
|
||
statutory provisions. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-17-12: VEHICLES WITH LUGS:
|
||
It shall be unlawful to operate any vehicle with lugs, hard tires or wheels
|
||
along or across any paved street in the city which might break, injure or
|
||
damage such pavement; provided, however, that any such movement may be made
|
||
under the supervision of the chief of police and then only upon planks or other
|
||
covering to be designated by the officer. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-17-13: HOT RODS:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to run or operate upon the highways,
|
||
streets, or alleys of the city any passenger automobile without being equipped
|
||
with front and rear fenders, front bumper and windshield, or any trucks,
|
||
pickup, trailer or motorcycle without said fenders unless the body thereof is
|
||
so designed and constructed as to afford the same protection as if it were
|
||
equipped with fenders. (1967 Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 18
|
||
BICYCLES
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
10-18-1: Effect Of Regulations
|
||
10-18-2: License Required
|
||
10-18-3: Application
|
||
10-18-4: Issuance
|
||
10-18-5: Attachment Of License Plate
|
||
10-18-6: Inspection
|
||
10-18-7: Transfer Of Ownership
|
||
10-18-8: Rental Agencies
|
||
10-18-9: Traffic Laws Apply
|
||
10-18-10: Obedience To Traffic Control Devices
|
||
10-18-11: Riding On Bicycles
|
||
10-18-12: Speed
|
||
10-18-13: Emerging From Alley Or Driveway
|
||
10-18-14: Clinging To Vehicles
|
||
10-18-15: Carrying Articles
|
||
10-18-16: Parking
|
||
10-18-17: Riding On Sidewalks
|
||
10-18-18: Lamps And Other Equipment
|
||
10-18-1: EFFECT OF REGULATIONS:
|
||
1. It shall be unlawful for any person to do any act forbidden or fail to
|
||
perform any act required herein.
|
||
2. The parent of any child and the guardian of any ward shall not
|
||
authorize or knowingly permit any such child or ward to violate any of the
|
||
provisions of this chapter.
|
||
3. These regulations applicable to bicycles shall apply whenever a
|
||
bicycle is operated upon any public thoroughfare or public path set aside for
|
||
the exclusive use of bicycles. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-18-2: LICENSE REQUIRED:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person, residing in the municipality, to ride or
|
||
propel a bicycle on any public thoroughfare unless such bicycle has been
|
||
licensed and a license plate is attached thereto. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-18-3: APPLICATION:
|
||
Application for a bicycle license and license plate shall be made to the clerk.
|
||
A fee of twenty five cents ($0.25) for two (2) years shall be paid before such
|
||
license is issued. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-18-4: ISSUANCE:
|
||
1. The clerk upon receiving proper application therefor is authorized to
|
||
issue a bicycle license which shall be effective until the end of the calendar
|
||
year.
|
||
2. The clerk shall not issue a license for any bicycle when he knows the
|
||
applicant is not the owner of or entitled to the possession of such bicycle.
|
||
3. The clerk shall keep a record of the number of such license, the date
|
||
issued, the name and address of the person to whom issued, the number on the
|
||
frame of the bicycle and a record of all bicycle license fees collected. (1967
|
||
Code)
|
||
10-18-5: ATTACHMENT OF LICENSE PLATE:
|
||
1. The clerk upon issuing a license shall also issue a license plate
|
||
bearing the license number assigned to the bicycle which shall include the name
|
||
of the municipality and the calendar year.
|
||
2. Each license plate shall be firmly attached to the bicycle in such a
|
||
position as to be plainly visible.
|
||
3. It shall be unlawful for any person to remove a license plate from a
|
||
bicycle during the period for which issued except upon a transfer of ownership
|
||
or in the event the bicycle is dismantled. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-18-6: INSPECTION:
|
||
The clerk shall inspect each bicycle before licensing the same and shall refuse
|
||
a license for any bicycle which he determines is in unsafe mechanical
|
||
condition. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-18-7: TRANSFER OF OWNERSHIP:
|
||
Upon the sale or transfer of a licensed bicycle the licensee shall remove the
|
||
plate and shall either surrender the same to the clerk or may upon proper
|
||
application, but without payment of an additional fee, have said plate assigned
|
||
to another bicycle owned by the applicant. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-18-8: RENTAL AGENCIES:
|
||
A rental agency shall not rent or offer any bicycle for rent unless the bicycle
|
||
is licensed and a license plate is attached thereto. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-18-9: TRAFFIC LAWS APPLY:
|
||
Every person riding a bicycle shall be granted all of the rights and shall be
|
||
subject to all of the duties applicable to the driver of a vehicle except as to
|
||
those provisions of law which by their nature can have no application. (1967
|
||
Code)
|
||
10-18-10: OBEDIENCE TO TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES:
|
||
1. Any person operating a bicycle shall obey the instructions of official
|
||
traffic control signs, signals and other control devices applicable to vehicles
|
||
unless otherwise directed by a police officer.
|
||
2. Wherever authorized signs are erected indicating that no right, left
|
||
or U-turn is permitted, it shall be unlawful for any person operating a bicycle
|
||
to disobey the directions of any such sign except where a person dismounts from
|
||
the bicycle to make such turn in which event such person shall then obey the
|
||
regulations applicable to pedestrians. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-18-11: RIDING ON BICYCLES:
|
||
1. A person propelling a bicycle shall not ride other than astride a
|
||
permanent and regular seat attached thereto.
|
||
2. Persons riding bicycles upon a roadway shall not ride more than two
|
||
(2) abreast except on paths or parts of roadways set aside for the exclusive
|
||
use of such.
|
||
3. Whenever a usable path for bicycles has been provided adjacent to a
|
||
roadway, bicycle riders shall use such path. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-18-12: SPEED:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to operate a bicycle at a speed greater
|
||
than is reasonable and prudent under the conditions then existing. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-18-13: EMERGING FROM ALLEY OR DRIVEWAY:
|
||
The operator of a bicycle emerging from an alley, driveway or building shall
|
||
upon approaching a sidewalk or the sidewalk area extending across any alleyway,
|
||
yield the right of way to all pedestrians approaching on said sidewalk and upon
|
||
entering the roadway shall yield the right of way to all vehicles approaching
|
||
on said roadway. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-18-14: CLINGING TO VEHICLES:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person riding upon any bicycle to attach the same
|
||
or himself to any vehicle upon any public thoroughfare. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-18-15: CARRYING ARTICLES:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person operating a bicycle to carry any package,
|
||
bundle or article which prevents the rider from keeping at least one hand on
|
||
the handlebars. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-18-16: PARKING:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to park a bicycle in such a manner as to
|
||
interfere or obstruct pedestrian traffic. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-18-17: RIDING ON SIDEWALKS:
|
||
The clerk is authorized to erect signs on any sidewalk or roadway prohibiting
|
||
the riding of bicycles thereon and when such signs are in place it shall be
|
||
unlawful for any person to disobey the same. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-18-18: LAMPS AND OTHER EQUIPMENT:
|
||
1. Every bicycle when in use at nighttime shall be equipped with a lamp
|
||
on the front which shall emit a white light visible from a distance of at least
|
||
five hundred feet (500') to the front and a red reflector on the rear of a type
|
||
which shall be visible from all distances from fifty feet (50') to three
|
||
hundred feet (300') to the rear when directly in front of lawful upper beams of
|
||
headlamps on a motor vehicle. A lamp emitting a red light visible from a
|
||
distance of five hundred feet (500') to the rear may be used in addition to the
|
||
red reflector.
|
||
2. It shall be unlawful for any person to operate a bicycle unless it is
|
||
equipped with a bell or other device capable of giving a signal audible for a
|
||
distance of at least one hundred feet (100') except that a bicycle shall not be
|
||
equipped with any siren or whistle.
|
||
3. Every bicycle shall be equipped with a brake which will enable the
|
||
operator to make the braked wheel skid on dry, level, clean pavement. (1967
|
||
Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 19
|
||
PENALTIES AND PROCEDURE ON ARREST
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
10-19-1: Penalties
|
||
10-19-2: Forms And Records Of Traffic Citations And Arrests
|
||
10-19-3: Procedure Of Police Officers
|
||
10-19-4: Disposition Of Records
|
||
10-19-5: Illegal Cancellation Of Citations
|
||
10-19-6: Audit Of Records
|
||
10-19-7: Copy Of Citation May Be Deemed Lawful Complaint
|
||
10-19-8: Failure To Obey Citation
|
||
10-19-9: Citation On Illegally Parked Vehicle
|
||
10-19-10: Failure To Comply With Traffic Citation
|
||
10-19-11: Presumption In Reference To Illegal Parking
|
||
10-19-12: Warrant To Be Issued
|
||
10-19-13: Records; Reports
|
||
10-19-14: Disposition Of Traffic Fines And Forfeitures
|
||
10-19-15: Authority To Impound Vehicles
|
||
10-19-1: PENALTIES:
|
||
In all cases where the penalty for the violation of the provisions of this
|
||
title is not prescribed or is otherwise provided by law, every person violating
|
||
any provisions of this title shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and upon
|
||
conviction thereof shall be punished as provided in title 1, chapter 4 of this
|
||
code. (Ord. 172, 5-20-1968)
|
||
10-19-2: FORMS AND RECORDS OF TRAFFIC CITATIONS AND ARRESTS:
|
||
1. The clerk shall provide books to include traffic citation forms for
|
||
notifying alleged violators to appear and answer to charges of violating
|
||
traffic laws and regulations in the police court of this city. Said books shall
|
||
include serially numbered sets of citations in quadruplicate in the form
|
||
prescribed and approved by the council.
|
||
2. The clerk shall issue such books to the chief of police or his duly
|
||
authorized agent and shall maintain a record of every book so issued.
|
||
3. The chief of police shall be responsible for the issuance of such
|
||
books to individual members of the department. The chief shall require a
|
||
written receipt for every book so issued and shall maintain a record of every
|
||
such book and each set of citations contained therein. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-19-3: PROCEDURE OF POLICE OFFICERS:
|
||
Except when authorized or directed under state law to immediately take a person
|
||
before a magistrate for the violation of any traffic laws, a police officer who
|
||
halts a person for such violation other than for the purpose of giving him a
|
||
warning or warning notice and does not take such person into custody under
|
||
arrest, shall take the name, address, and operator's license number of said
|
||
person, the registered number of the motor vehicle involved, and such other
|
||
pertinent information as may be necessary, and shall issue to him in writing on
|
||
a form provided by the council a traffic citation containing a notice to answer
|
||
to the charge against him in the police court of the city at a time within five
|
||
(5) days after such alleged violation, to be specified in the citation, shall
|
||
release such person from custody. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-19-4: DISPOSITION OF RECORDS:
|
||
1. Every police officer upon issuing a traffic citation to an alleged
|
||
violator of any provision of the motor vehicle laws of this state or any
|
||
provision of the traffic code of this city shall deposit the original and a
|
||
duplicate copy of the citation with his immediate superior officer, who shall
|
||
cause the original to be delivered to the police court of this city and said
|
||
duplicate copy to the central records section of the police department. The
|
||
second duplicate copy of the citation shall be retained in the traffic citation
|
||
book and shall be delivered by such superior officer to the clerk together with
|
||
such book when all traffic citations therein have been used.
|
||
2. Upon the filing of such original citation in the police court of this
|
||
city as aforesaid, said citation may be disposed of only by trial in said court
|
||
or by other official action by a judge of said court, including forfeiture of
|
||
bail or by payment of a fine to the court.
|
||
3. The chief of police shall require the return to him of each traffic
|
||
citation and all copies thereof, except that copy required to be retained in
|
||
the book as provided herein, which has been spoiled or upon which any entry has
|
||
been made and has not been issued to an alleged violator.
|
||
4. The police judge shall maintain or cause to be maintained in
|
||
connection with every traffic citation issued by a member of the police
|
||
department a record of the disposition of the charge by the police court of
|
||
this city.
|
||
(E) The chief of police shall maintain or cause to be maintained a record
|
||
of all warrants issued by the police court of this city or by any other court
|
||
on said traffic violation charges and which are delivered to the police
|
||
department for service, and of the final disposition of all such warrants.
|
||
(F) It shall be unlawful and official misconduct for any member of the
|
||
police department or other officer or public employee to dispose of, alter, or
|
||
deface a traffic citation or any copy thereof, or the record of the issuance or
|
||
disposition of any traffic citation, complaint, or warrant, in a manner other
|
||
than as required in this section. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-19-5: ILLEGAL CANCELLATION OF CITATIONS:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to cancel or solicit the cancellation of
|
||
any traffic citation in any manner other than as provided in this chapter.
|
||
(1967 Code)
|
||
10-19-6: AUDIT OF RECORDS:
|
||
Every record of traffic citations, complaints thereon, and warrants issued
|
||
therefor required in this chapter shall be public records. The court shall
|
||
report monthly to the city council. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-19-7: COPY OF CITATION MAY BE DEEMED LAWFUL COMPLAINT:
|
||
In the event the form of citation provided under section
|
||
10-19-2 of this chapter includes information and is sworn to as required under
|
||
the general laws of this state in respect to a complaint charging commission of
|
||
the offense alleged in said citation to have been committed, then such citation
|
||
when filed with a court having jurisdiction shall be deemed to be a lawful
|
||
complaint for the purpose of prosecution under this title. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-19-8: FAILURE TO OBEY CITATION:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to violate his written promise to appear
|
||
given to an officer upon the issuance of a traffic citation regardless of the
|
||
disposition of the charge for which such citation was originally issued. (1967
|
||
Code)
|
||
10-19-9: CITATION ON ILLEGALLY PARKED VEHICLE:
|
||
Whenever any motor vehicle without driver is found parked or stopped in
|
||
violation of any of the restrictions imposed by the provisions of this code, or
|
||
by state law, the officer finding such vehicle shall take its registration
|
||
number and may take any other information displayed on the vehicle which may
|
||
identify its user, and shall conspicuously affix to such vehicle a traffic
|
||
citation, on a form provided by the council, for the driver to answer to the
|
||
charge against him within forty eight (48) hours during the hours and at a
|
||
place specified in the citation. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-19-10: FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH TRAFFIC CITATION:
|
||
If a violator of the restrictions on stopping, standing or parking under the
|
||
traffic laws or regulations does not appear in response to a traffic citation
|
||
affixed to such motor vehicle within a period of five (5) days, the police
|
||
court shall send to the owner of the motor vehicle to whom the traffic citation
|
||
was affixed, a letter informing him of the violation and warning him that in
|
||
the event such letter is disregarded for a period of five (5) days a warrant of
|
||
arrest will be issued. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-19-11: PRESUMPTION IN REFERENCE TO ILLEGAL PARKING:
|
||
1. In any prosecution charging a violation of any law or regulation
|
||
governing the standing or parking of a vehicle, proof that the particular
|
||
vehicle described in the complaint was parked in violation of any such law or
|
||
regulation together with the proof that the defendant named in the complaint
|
||
was at the time of such parking the registered owner of such vehicle, shall
|
||
constitute in evidence a prima facie presumption that the registered owner of
|
||
such vehicle was the person who parked or placed such vehicle at the point
|
||
where, and for the time during which, such violation occurred.
|
||
2. The foregoing stated presumption shall apply only when the procedure
|
||
as prescribed in sections
|
||
10-19-9 and
|
||
10-19-10 of this chapter has been followed. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-19-12: WARRANT TO BE ISSUED:
|
||
In the event any person fails to comply with a traffic citation given to such
|
||
person or attached to a vehicle or fails to make appearance pursuant to a
|
||
summons directing an appearance to the police court, or if any person fails or
|
||
refuses to deposit bail as required and within the time permitted by law, the
|
||
police court shall secure and issue a warrant for his arrest. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-19-13: RECORDS; REPORTS:
|
||
1. Every magistrate or judge of a court shall keep or cause to be kept a
|
||
record of every traffic complaint, traffic citation, or other legal form of
|
||
traffic charge deposited with or presented to said court or its traffic
|
||
violations bureau, and shall keep a record of every official action by said
|
||
court or its traffic violations bureau in reference thereto, including, but not
|
||
limited to, a record of every conviction, forfeiture of bail, judgment of
|
||
acquittal, and the amount of fine or forfeiture resulting from every said
|
||
traffic complaint or citation deposited with or presented to said court or
|
||
traffic violations bureau.
|
||
2. Within ten (10) days after the conviction or forfeiture of bail of a
|
||
person upon a charge of violating any provisions of this code or other law
|
||
regulating the operation of vehicles on highways every said magistrate of the
|
||
court or clerk of the court of record in which such conviction was had or bail
|
||
was forfeited shall prepare and immediately forward to said state department of
|
||
motor vehicles an abstract of the record of said court covering the case in
|
||
which said person was so convicted or forfeited bail, which abstract must be
|
||
certified by the person so required to prepare the same to be true and correct.
|
||
Report need not be made of any conviction involving the illegal parking or
|
||
standing of a vehicle.
|
||
3. Said abstract must be made upon a form furnished by said state
|
||
department of motor vehicles and shall include the name and address of the
|
||
party charged, the number, if any, of his operator's or chauffeur's license,
|
||
the registration number of the vehicle involved, the nature of the offense, the
|
||
date of hearing, the plea, the judgment, or whether bail was forfeited, and the
|
||
amount of the fine or forfeiture as the case may be.
|
||
4. The failure, refusal or neglect of any such judicial officer to comply
|
||
with any of the requirements of this section shall constitute misconduct in
|
||
office and shall be grounds for removal therefrom. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-19-14: DISPOSITION OF TRAFFIC FINES AND FORFEITURES:
|
||
All fines or forfeitures collected upon conviction or upon the forfeiture of
|
||
bail of any person charged with a violation of any of the provisions of this
|
||
title shall be paid into the office of the treasurer to be credited by that
|
||
officer to either the police license fund or the general fund of the city as
|
||
may be directed. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-19-15: AUTHORITY TO IMPOUND VEHICLES:
|
||
1. Members of the police department are hereby authorized to remove a
|
||
vehicle from a street or highway to the nearest garage, or other place of
|
||
safety, or to a garage designated or maintained by the police department, or
|
||
otherwise maintained by this city under the circumstances hereinafter
|
||
enumerated:
|
||
1. When any vehicle is left unattended upon any bridge, viaduct, or
|
||
causeway, or in any tube or tunnel where such vehicle constitutes an
|
||
obstruction to traffic.
|
||
2. When a vehicle upon a highway is so disabled as to constitute an
|
||
obstruction to traffic and the person or persons in charge of the vehicle are
|
||
by reason of physical injury incapacitated to such an extent as to be unable to
|
||
provide for its custody or removal.
|
||
3. When any vehicle is left unattended upon a street and is so parked
|
||
illegally as to constitute a definite hazard or obstruction to the normal
|
||
movement of traffic or the movement of traffic during extraordinary occasions.
|
||
2. Whenever an officer removes a vehicle from a street as authorized in
|
||
this section and the officer knows or is able to ascertain from the
|
||
registration records in the vehicle the name and address of the owner thereof,
|
||
such officer shall immediately give or cause to be given notice in writing to
|
||
such owner of the fact of such removal and the reasons therefor, and of the
|
||
place to which such vehicle has been removed. In the event any such vehicle is
|
||
stored in a public garage, a copy of such notice shall be given to the
|
||
proprietor of such garage.
|
||
3. Whenever an officer removes a vehicle from a street under this section
|
||
and does not know and is not able to ascertain the name of the owner, or for
|
||
any other reason is unable to give the notice to the owner as hereinbefore
|
||
provided, and in the event the vehicle is not returned to the owner within a
|
||
period of three (3) days, then and in that event the officer shall immediately
|
||
send or cause to be sent a written report of such removal by mail to the
|
||
Montana registrar of motor vehicles, and shall file a copy of such notice with
|
||
the proprietor of any public garage in which the vehicle may be stored. Such
|
||
notice shall include a complete description of the vehicle, the date, time, and
|
||
place from which removed, the reasons for such removal and name of the garage
|
||
or place where the vehicle is stored. (1967 Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 20
|
||
SNOWMOBILES
|
||
**SECTION**:
|
||
10-20-1: Definition Of Terms
|
||
10-20-2: Regulations
|
||
10-20-3: Exceptions To Regulations
|
||
10-20-4: Equipment Required
|
||
10-20-5: Traffic Regulations
|
||
10-20-6: Violations; Penalties
|
||
10-20-1: DEFINITION OF TERMS:
|
||
As used in this chapter, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated
|
||
herein, unless the context otherwise clearly requires that another meaning be
|
||
intended:
|
||
OPERATOR: Shall include every person who operates or is in actual physical
|
||
control of the operation of a snowmobile.
|
||
OWNER: Shall include every "person" as defined herein, other than a lien holder
|
||
or other person having a security interest only, holding record title to a
|
||
snowmobile, and entitled to the use or possession thereof.
|
||
PERSON: Includes an individual, partnership, association, corporation, and any
|
||
other body or group of persons, whether incorporated or not, and regardless of
|
||
the degree of formal organization.
|
||
ROADWAY: Shall include only those portions of any highway, road or street
|
||
improved, designed or ordinarily used for travel or parking of motor vehicles.
|
||
SNOWMOBILE: Includes any self-propelled, track driven vehicle, designed
|
||
primarily for travel on snow or ice or natural terrain, which may be steered by
|
||
wheels, skis or runners, and which is not otherwise registered or licensed
|
||
under the laws of the state of Montana. (Ord. 199, 12-1-1975)
|
||
10-20-2: REGULATIONS:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to operate a snowmobile under the following
|
||
circumstances:
|
||
1. On any street or alley within the city.
|
||
2. On private property of another without the express permission to do so
|
||
by the owner or occupant of said property.
|
||
3. On public school grounds, park property, playgrounds, recreational
|
||
areas and golf courses without express provision or permission to do so by the
|
||
proper public authority.
|
||
4. In a manner so as to create loud, unnecessary or unusual noise so as
|
||
to disturb or interfere with the peace and quiet of other persons.
|
||
(E) In a careless, reckless or negligent manner so as to endanger the
|
||
safety of any person or the property of any other person.
|
||
(F) Without having such snowmobile registered as provided for by statute
|
||
except that this provision shall not apply to the operation of a snowmobile on
|
||
the private property of the owner by the owner or a member of his immediate
|
||
family.
|
||
(G) Within the right of way of any public street within the city unless
|
||
the operator shall have a valid driver's license.
|
||
(H) Without the necessary equipment meeting the standards of noise level
|
||
as may be set by federal or state law or regulation. (Ord. 199, 12-1-1975)
|
||
10-20-3: EXCEPTIONS TO REGULATIONS:
|
||
1. Notwithstanding the prohibitions of this chapter, the city council may
|
||
by permit allow supervised and regulated events or programs conducted in a
|
||
recreation area of the city in which snowmobiles may be used. The city council
|
||
shall have the authority to designate such areas.
|
||
2. A snowmobile may be operated on the roadway of any highway, street or
|
||
alley located within the boundaries of the city, excepting on Main Street,
|
||
between Fourth Street NW and Fifth Street SW, for the purpose of proceeding out
|
||
of the city and returning into the city. No snowmobile shall be operated within
|
||
one block of Teton County Rest Home, the hospital, the schools, and Skyline
|
||
Lodge. No snowmobile may be operated in proceeding out of the city after ten
|
||
o'clock (10:00) P.M., nor before seven o'clock (7:00) A.M.
|
||
3. A snowmobile making a crossing of a street or highway shall make such
|
||
crossing at an angle of approximately ninety degrees (90°) to the direction of
|
||
the highway. The snowmobile shall make a complete stop before entering upon any
|
||
part of the highway. A snowmobile shall yield right of way to all motor
|
||
vehicles at all times, at all intersections. (Ord. 199, 12-1-1975)
|
||
10-20-4: EQUIPMENT REQUIRED:
|
||
1. Mufflers which are properly attached and which reduce the noise of
|
||
operation of the vehicle to the minimum noise necessary for operating the
|
||
vehicle and no person shall use a muffler cutout, bypass or similar device on
|
||
said vehicle, conforming to all federal and state laws and regulations.
|
||
2. Adequate brakes in good working condition and at least one headlight
|
||
and one taillight, and headlights and taillights must be on at all times during
|
||
operation. (Ord. 199, 12-1-1975)
|
||
10-20-5: TRAFFIC REGULATIONS:
|
||
1. Each person operating a snowmobile shall strictly observe all traffic
|
||
signs and signals and all other traffic rules and regulations applicable
|
||
thereto, and shall obey the orders and directions of any police officer of the
|
||
city authorized to direct or regulate traffic.
|
||
2. Snowmobiles shall not be operated within the city limits at a speed in
|
||
excess of fifteen (15) miles per hour. (Ord. 199, 12-1-1975)
|
||
10-20-6: VIOLATIONS; PENALTIES:
|
||
Violation of any section of this chapter shall be a misdemeanor and punishable
|
||
by fine or imprisonment or both as fixed by the provisions of this code. (Ord.
|
||
199, 12-1-1975)
|